Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2015.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Australia   2834   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

F6A/1-15 Barr Street

Balmain, NSW, 2041, Australia

Tel: +61 2 9555 6986

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Tacere Therapeutics, Inc.

3940 Trust Way

Hayward, CA 94545

Tel: (510) 780-0819

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

Andrew S. Reilly
Baker & McKenzie
50 Bridge Street, Level 27
Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
Tel: +61 2 9225 0200
Fax: +61 2 9225 1595
  Marc R. Paul
Baker & McKenzie LLP
815 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
Tel: (202) 452-7000
Fax: (202) 416-7035
 

Divakar Gupta
Brent B. Siler
Cooley LLP
1114 Avenue of Americas

New York, NY 10036
Tel: (212) 479-6474

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earliest effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered (1)(2)
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (3)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Ordinary shares, no par value

  $70,000,000   $8,134

 

 

(1)   American depositary shares, or ADSs, issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333-196105). Each ADS represents 20 ordinary shares.
(2)   Includes additional ordinary shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3)   Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

 

 

Preliminary Prospectus    Subject to Completion, dated June 22, 2015

 

 

 

                 American Depositary Shares

Representing              Ordinary Shares

 

LOGO

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited

US$         per ADS

 

This is the initial public offering in the United States of Benitec Biopharma Limited, an Australian corporation. We are offering          American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Each ADS will represent 20 ordinary shares. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between US$         and US$         per ADS.

 

Prior to this offering, the ADSs have not been listed on any stock exchange. We have applied for a listing of the ADSs on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BNTC.”

 

Our ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under the symbol “BLT.” On June 22, 2015, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the Australian Securities Exchange was A$0.78 per ordinary share, equivalent to US$12.17 per ADS based on an exchange rate of A$1.00 to US$0.78 (as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of June 22, 2015).

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

Investing in the ADSs involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

       Per ADS      Total  

Public offering price

   US$                    US$                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   US$                    US$                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)

   US$                    US$                
(1)   We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses. See “Underwriting.”

 

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to          additional ADSs from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise their option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be US$         and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be US$        .

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Delivery of the ADSs will be made against payment in New York, New York, on or about                     , 2015.

 

 

 

Sole Bookrunner

 

BMO Capital Markets

 

Lead Manager

 

Maxim Group LLC

 

Co-Manager

 

Roth Capital Partners

 

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2015.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

     ii   

Industry and Market Data

     ii   

Trademarks and Tradenames

     iii   

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     8   

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     10   

Risk Factors

     12   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     55   

Use of Proceeds

     56   

Price Range of Ordinary Shares

     57   

Dividend Policy

     58   

Exchange Rate Information

     59   

Capitalization

     60   

Dilution

     61   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     63   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     65   

Business

     77   

Management

     126   

Principal Shareholders

     132   

Related Party Transactions

     134   

Description of Share Capital

     135   

Description Of American Depositary Shares

     143   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     150   

Taxation

     152   

Underwriting

     160   

Expenses Relating to This Offering

     167   

Legal Matters

     167   

Experts

     167   

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

     167   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     168   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

You may rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in this prospectus. When you make a decision about whether to invest in the ADSs, you should not rely upon any information other than the information in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of ADSs means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the ADSs in any circumstances under which the offer of solicitation is unlawful.

 

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ADSs outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

CONVENTIONS THAT APPLY TO THIS PROSPECTUS

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context implies otherwise:

 

   

“we,” “us,” “our” or “Benitec” refers to Benitec Biopharma Limited, an Australian corporation, and its subsidiaries;

 

   

“shares” or “ordinary shares” refers to our ordinary shares;

 

   

“ADSs” refers to American Depositary Shares, each of which represents 20 ordinary shares; and

 

   

“ADRs” refers to American Depositary Receipts, which evidence the ADSs.

 

Our reporting and functional currency is the Australian dollar. Solely for the convenience of the reader, this prospectus contains translations of some Australian dollar amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. Except as otherwise stated in this prospectus, all translations from Australian dollars to U.S. dollars are based on the rate published by the Reserve Bank of Australia on the date indicated. See “Exchange Rate Information.” No representation is made that the Australian dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rate.

 

Unless otherwise noted, all industry and market data in this prospectus, including information provided by independent industry analysts, is presented in U.S. dollars. Unless otherwise noted, all other financial and other data related to Benitec Biopharma Limited in this prospectus is presented in Australian dollars. All references to “$” in this prospectus refer to Australian dollars or U.S. dollars, as the context requires based on the foregoing. All references to “A$” in this prospectus mean Australian dollars. All references to “US$” in this prospectus mean U.S. dollars.

 

Our fiscal year end is June 30. References to a particular “fiscal year” are to our fiscal year ended June 30 of that calendar year.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards and also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which differ in certain significant respects from Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, or GAAP. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Certain Differences Between IFRS and GAAP.”

 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

This prospectus includes information with respect to market and industry conditions and market share from third-party sources or based upon estimates using such sources when available. We believe that such information and estimates are reasonable and reliable. We also believe the information extracted from publications of third-party sources has been accurately reproduced. However, we have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources. Similarly, our internal research is based upon our understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources.

 

ii


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES

 

We have proprietary and licensed rights to trademarks used in this prospectus which are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. These trademarks are as follows:

 

   

BENITEC BIOPHARMA ®

 

   

SILENCING GENES FOR LIFE ®

 

   

Tribetarna ®

 

   

Hepbarna ®

 

   

Nervarna ®

 

   

Pabparna™

 

Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus appear without the “ ® ” or “™” symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus is the property of its respective holder.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the ADSs. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision, including the information presented under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company developing a novel, proprietary therapeutic technology platform that combines gene silencing and gene therapy with a goal of providing sustained, long- lasting silencing of disease-causing genes from a single administration. We believe our technology has the potential to be a “one shot” cure for a wide range of diseases that are currently addressed by strict ongoing treatment regimens or that have no effective treatment or only palliative care options. We are using our technology, called DNA-directed RNA interference, or ddRNAi, to develop our pipeline of product candidates for the treatment of numerous chronic and life-threatening human diseases, such as hepatitis C, hepatitis B, age-related macular degeneration, or AMD, drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, and oculopharyngeal muscular dystrophy, or OPMD. These diseases have large patient populations, with the exception of OPMD which is a rare disease. In addition, we have licensed our ddRNAi technology to other biopharmaceutical companies whose pipeline programs are progressing towards, or are in, clinical development for applications including HIV/AIDS, retinitis pigmentosa, Huntington’s disease, cancer immunotherapy and intractable neuropathic pain.

 

Our Technology

 

Standard RNAi approach

 

Many diseases are known to be caused by the inappropriate expression of a gene or multiple genes. It has been observed since 1998 that RNA interference, or RNAi, is a mechanism that can potentially be used to specifically turn off, or silence, genes whose sequences are known. Thus, RNAi can potentially be used to treat or cure diseases with a genetic basis by targeting a specific region of the molecular sequence of the disease-causing gene. RNAi is potentially applicable to over 20,000 human genes and a large number of disease-causing microorganism-specific genes. The mechanism of action of RNAi involves the introduction of short interfering RNA, or siRNA, into a cell. The siRNA’s sequence is constructed to match a short region of the target gene. The siRNA is processed by the cell’s own enzymes to destroy the target gene’s messenger RNA, or mRNA, thus preventing the disease-causing gene from being expressed. This occurs as long as the siRNA remains prevalent in the cell.

 

Our ddRNAi approach

 

Our approach differs from the standard RNAi approach, which is commonly referred to as siRNA, which is being developed by several other companies, including Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Alnylam, Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation, or Tekmira, and Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Dicerna. In this standard RNAi approach, double-stranded siRNA is produced synthetically and subsequently introduced into the target cell

 

 

1


Table of Contents

either by chemical modification of the RNA or by a range of other delivery methods. While clinical efficacy has been demonstrated for a number of indications utilizing this approach, it has a number of limitations, which include:

 

   

treatment requires repeat administration for multiple cycles in order to maintain its efficacy;

 

   

patient adherence challenges due to dosing frequency and treatment duration;

 

   

therapeutic concentrations of siRNA are not stably maintained because the levels of synthetic siRNA in the cells decrease over time;

 

   

novel chemical modifications or novel delivery materials are typically required to introduce the siRNA into the target cells, making it complicated to develop therapeutics;

 

   

limited ability to target diseases of tissues other than the liver;

 

   

can have an adverse immune response, or interferon response, potentially resulting in serious adverse effects;

 

   

requirement for specialized delivery formulations for those diseases caused by multiple disease-causing genes; and

 

   

siRNA only acts to silence genes, but cannot be used to replace defective genes with normally functioning genes.

 

Our ddRNAi technology is designed to utilize the specificity and gene silencing effect of RNA interference while overcoming many of the limitations associated with the ongoing administration of siRNA. Our ddRNAi approach combines RNA interference with gene therapy. Unlike siRNA, our ddRNAi technology starts with a DNA construct. Gene therapy vectors, which are carrier molecules, often viruses, that deliver genetic material into the cell, are used to deliver the DNA construct to the nucleus of the targeted cells. The DNA construct then generates double-stranded short hairpin RNAs, or shRNAs, which are processed by the cell into siRNAs, which in turn silence the disease-associated genes. Advantages of our ddRNAi approach include:

 

   

ddRNAi is designed to produce sustained, long-lasting silencing of the disease-causing gene, following a single administration, leading to the potential for “one shot” cures for a wide range of diseases, which could eliminate the requirement for patient compliance to take regular doses of medicine for long-term management of their disease;

 

   

ddRNAi technology can target a wide range of tissues, including, but not limited to, the liver;

 

   

ddRNAi uses the cell’s own transcriptional mechanisms to produce a constant level of shRNA so that intracellular levels of siRNA do not fall below threshold levels required for disease suppression;

 

   

the level of shRNA in the cells can potentially be fine-tuned to achieve optimal concentrations;

 

   

off-tissue effects can be minimized;

 

   

the DNA constructs are shielded in gene therapy vectors that are designed to avoid activating the interferon response;

 

   

ddRNAi provides the option to both silence the defective gene and replace the defective gene with a normal version;

 

   

ddRNAi can be designed to express multiple siRNAs in the same cell, targeting either a single gene at several different sites to minimize the risk of viral resistance, or multiple genes in distinct cellular pathways, potentially enabling treatment of complex genetic diseases such as cancer, diabetes and heart disease; and

 

   

ddRNAi can elicit long-term response by continued expression of siRNA from a single administration, potentially preventing viral reinfection.

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Pipeline

 

The following table sets forth our current product candidates and out-licensed product candidates and their development status.

 

LOGO

 

Our lead product candidate, TT-034, which currently is in a Phase I/IIa first-in-human clinical trial, is being developed to treat patients chronically infected with the most common genotype, GT-1, of the hepatitis C virus, or HCV. We expect to receive efficacy data in the fourth quarter of 2015. If the results of the trial are favorable, we anticipate commencing a Phase IIb/III trial in the second quarter of 2017. Of the five patients who have been dosed thus far in the Phase I/IIa trial, there have been no treatment-related serious adverse effects observed. Three of the five patients have been biopsied to date, and we have seen shRNA expression in all three. We believe, based on preliminary results from three patients, that TT-034 has clinical proof of concept for the production of shRNA in the liver from a single administration. According to the World Health Organization, or the WHO, 130 million to 150 million individuals worldwide have chronic hepatitis C. Hepatitis C is a leading cause of cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, which often requires a liver transplant. Patients suffering from HCV have limited treatment options that require adherence to strict recurrent treatment regimens, cause debilitating side effects that can cause patients to deviate from their prescribed treatment regimen, and lack the ability to prevent reinfection. We believe TT-034 represents the first systemic administration of a ddRNAi-based therapeutic, making us the only company to date to advance into a clinical trial an RNAi therapeutic for systemic administration by gene therapy vectors.

 

We are also developing Hepbarna, which currently is in preclinical studies, for the treatment of the hepatitis B virus, or HBV. We plan to file an investigational new drug, or IND, application in the first quarter of 2017. HBV is a small DNA virus that, according to the WHO, infects up to 240 million people worldwide, resulting in up to 780,000 deaths per year. Infection with HBV occurs in phases ranging from a silent, acute phase that can be resolved by the immune system, to a persistent chronic infection requiring life-long therapy. In the case of a chronic HBV infection, the presence of viral particles and proteins, particularly the s-antigen, causes hepatic inflammation leading to liver dysfunction, acute hepatic failure, cirrhosis or hepatocellular carcinoma. Patients suffering from HBV have limited treatment options from therapies consisting of antivirals and, less commonly, interferon therapy. These treatments require adherence to strict recurrent treatment regimens, may cause the hepatitis B virus to mutate and develop antiviral drug resistance, and may only provide viral suppression through the course of administration, and not a cure. The long-term use of interferon, particularly in high doses, may also be associated with significant side effects, including nausea, vomiting, shortness of breath, dizziness and fatigue,

 

3


Table of Contents

that can cause patients to deviate from the course of treatment. Hepbarna is designed to be a single administration ddRNAi-based monotherapy that is delivered using a gene therapy vector that targets the liver and inhibits viral replication and s-antigen production on a long-term basis. As both HBV and HCV replicate in the liver, we have designed Hepbarna to mimic the design elements of TT-034, which we believe could help expedite Hepbarna’s regulatory pathway.

 

In addition to TT-034 for HCV and Hepbarna for HBV, we are focusing on developing product candidates to treat AMD, OPMD and drug-resistant NSCLC. For selected product candidates, at the appropriate stage, we may collaborate with large pharmaceutical companies to further develop and, if approved, commercialize them to achieve broad product distribution. For certain products we deem to be outside of our immediate focus, we will continue to out-license, where appropriate, applications of our ddRNAi technology for the development of a range of therapeutics, which we believe could provide further validation of our technology’s potential to address numerous diseases.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to become the leader in discovering, developing, clinically validating and commercializing ddRNAi-based therapeutics for a range of human diseases with high unmet clinical need or large patient populations, and to thereby provide a better life for patients with these diseases. Our strategy to accomplish this goal is to:

 

   

Progress our pipeline of proprietary ddRNAi-based therapeutics . Our lead product candidate, TT-034, is a single administration ddRNAi-based therapeutic currently in Phase I/IIa to treat the most common genotype of HCV. We are also pursuing early preclinical research in HBV, AMD, drug-resistant NSCLC and OPMD. We plan to submit IND applications for our drug-resistant NSCLC product candidate in the third quarter of 2016 and for our HBV and AMD product candidates in the first and second quarters of 2017, respectively. We expect to complete preclinical proof-of-concept studies for our OPMD product candidate in the third quarter of 2016.

 

   

Continue our leadership position in ddRNAi-based therapeutics . We believe we are the only company to date to advance into a clinical trial an RNAi therapeutic for systemic administration by gene therapy vectors.

 

   

Further develop and improve our ddRNAi platform technology and its associated intellectual property position . In addition to progressing our pipeline of product candidates, we will further develop and improve our ddRNAi platform technology and its associated intellectual property through in-house development and in-licensing of complementary technologies.

 

   

Develop drugs in our core disease areas and partner selectively to commercialize and expand our pipeline . The adaptability of our platform also presents an opportunity for us to selectively form collaborations to expand our capabilities and product offerings into a range of diseases and potentially to accelerate the development and commercialization of ddRNAi therapeutics more broadly. We will continue to expand our franchise of ddRNAi-based therapeutics by out-licensing, where appropriate, applications of ddRNAi for the development of a range of therapeutics outside of our immediate focus. Once clinical proof of concept has been achieved for a product candidate, we plan, where appropriate, to enter into collaborations with pharmaceutical companies to develop that product candidate and ultimately commercialize it if it receives regulatory approval.

 

   

Pursue indications with high unmet medical need or large patient populations . Each of our five current core indications are severe diseases with high unmet medical need or large patient populations. We believe there is a strong rationale for treating these diseases and other diseases that have well- characterized gene targets that can be silenced, thus preventing the disease-causing gene from being

 

4


Table of Contents
 

expressed. We also intend to develop ddRNAi applications in novel technologies, including cell therapy and immunotherapy, such as chimeric antigen receptor T cells, or CAR T, for a range of additional disease areas.

 

Our development team has more than 50 years of combined experience in designing and developing ddRNAi therapeutics and includes founding scientists in the ddRNAi field. Additionally, we have rights to intellectual property that includes a patent portfolio protecting our ddRNAi technology platform in numerous jurisdictions through 2019, and a growing portfolio of patents protecting improvements to our ddRNAi technology and product candidates in numerous jurisdictions through at least 2025.

 

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully consider the risks described under the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 12. Some of these risks are:

 

   

We have incurred significant net losses and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant net losses for the foreseeable future. We may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

   

We have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable.

 

   

Even if this offering is successful, we will need to raise additional funding, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or discontinue our product development efforts or other operations.

 

   

Currently, no product candidates utilizing ddRNAi technology have been approved for commercial sale, and our approach to the development of ddRNAi technology may not result in safe, effective or marketable products.

 

   

We are early in our product development efforts and have only one product candidate in early-stage clinical trials. All of our other current product candidates are still in preclinical development. We may not be able to obtain regulatory approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates.

 

   

Issues which may impact ddRNAi delivery into the cell could limit our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates.

 

   

If other companies develop technologies or product candidates for our target disease indications more rapidly than we do or if their technologies, including delivery technologies, are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize product candidates may be compromised.

 

   

If we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates, we may not be able to obtain exclusivity for our product candidates or prevent others from developing similar competitive products.

 

   

If we are classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” our U.S. shareholders could suffer adverse tax consequences as a result.

 

   

Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of a significant position in our ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

These and other risks described in this prospectus could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow, which could cause the trading price of our ADSs to decline and could result in a loss of your investment.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited was incorporated under the laws of Australia in 1995 and has been listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, or ASX, since 1997.

 

Our headquarters are located at F6A/1-15 Barr St, Balmain, New South Wales, Australia. Our telephone number is +61 2 9555 6986. Our website address is www.benitec.com. Information on our website and the websites linked to it do not constitute part of this prospectus or the registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Tacere Therapeutics, Inc., 3940 Trust Way, Hayward, CA 94545.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

As a company with less than US$1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, with less than US$1 billion in non-convertible debt securities issued in the past three years, and that is pursuing a first registered equity offering in the United States, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may avail itself of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we have elected to rely on an exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, relating to internal control over financial reporting, and we will not provide such an attestation from our auditors for as long as we qualify as an emerging growth company. We have also elected to rely on an exemption that permits an emerging growth company to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure, and we have therefore only included two years of audited financial statements and related disclosure in this prospectus.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

   

the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering occurs;

 

   

the end of the first fiscal year in which the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the end of the second quarter of such fiscal year;

 

   

the end of the first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1 billion; and

 

   

the date on which we have issued more than US$1 billion in non-convertible debt securities in any rolling three-year period.

 

Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided for by the JOBS Act.

 

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

 

We are also considered a “foreign private issuer” pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In our capacity as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our common shares. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

 

6


Table of Contents

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (1) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States. We are required to determine our status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of our second fiscal quarter.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

ADSs offered by us

        ADSs

 

ADSs to be outstanding immediately after this offering

        ADSs

 

Ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering, including shares underlying ADSs

        ordinary shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs

        ADSs

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents 20 ordinary shares.

 

  The depositary (as identified below) will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs and you will have the rights of an ADS holder as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and holders and beneficial owners of ADSs from time to time.

 

  You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary to withdraw the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. The depositary will charge you a fee for such an exchange.

 

  We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement for any reason without your consent. Any amendment that imposes or increases fees or charges or which materially prejudices any substantial existing right you have as an ADS holder will not become effective as to outstanding ADSs until 30 days after notice of the amendment is given to ADS holders. If an amendment becomes effective, you will be bound by the deposit agreement as amended if you continue to hold your ADSs.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the section in this prospectus entitled “Description of American Depositary Shares.” We also encourage you to read the deposit agreement, which is an exhibit to the registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Depositary

The Bank of New York Mellon.

 

Shareholder approval of offering

Under Australian law, certain steps necessary for the consummation of this offering require the approval of our shareholders voting at an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders. We expect to receive all such required approvals from our shareholders prior to the completion of this offering.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be US$         million, assuming the ADSs are offered at US$         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to advance the programs for our therapies, for working capital and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Risk factors

You should carefully read and consider the information in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information included in this prospectus before deciding to invest in the ADSs.

 

Listing and trading symbol

We have applied for the listing of the ADSs on NASDAQ under the symbol “BNTC.”

 

Lock-up

We and our directors and executive officers have agreed with the underwriters, subject to specified exceptions, not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares or ADSs or securities convertible into or exercisable for ordinary shares or ADSs, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting.”

 

The number of ordinary shares shown above that will be outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering:

 

   

is based on 115,881,763 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015; and

 

   

excludes an aggregate of 25,684,481 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at March 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of A$1.27, of which options to purchase 21,172,996 ordinary shares were vested at a weighted average exercise price of A$1.29.

 

Except as otherwise indicated herein, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to         additional ADSs.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables set forth summary historical financial data for the periods indicated.

 

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data and consolidated statement of financial position data for and as of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2014 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2013 are derived from the unaudited consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2013 not included in this prospectus.

 

Our financial statements have been prepared in Australian dollars and in accordance with International Accounting Standards and IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

 

You should read the summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate our expected results for any future periods. Financial results for the six months ended December 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ended June 30, 2015.

 

     For the year ended June 30,     For the six months ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013     2014     2013  

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income Data:

         (unaudited)        (unaudited)   

Revenue:

        

Revenue

   A$ 597,940      A$ 639,849      A$ 639,167      A$ 223,917   

Other income

     775,833        824,333        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     1,373,773        1,464,182        639,167        223,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

        

Royalties and license fees

     (192,753     (30,000     (40,000     (5,596

Research and development

     (3,757,869     (1,280,012     (2,210,023     (1,850,012

Employment related

     (2,444,015     (1,832,065     (2,343,524     (1,243,816

Share-based expenses

     (355,116     (518,749     —          —     

Impairment costs

     —          (1,503,296     —          —     

Travel related expenses

     (585,359     (345,826     (516,528     (209,772

Consultants costs

     (652,839     (336,570     (400,305     (304,341

Occupancy costs

     (121,582     (100,153     (131,364     (61,785

Corporate expenses

     (646,315     (531,686     (436,353     (386,415

Foreign exchange translation

     (111,399     1,526,215        391,955        14,625   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     (8,867,247     (4,952,142     (5,686,142     (4,047,112
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (7,493,474     (3,487,960     (5,046,975     (3,823,195

Income tax benefit

     454,365        —          —          454,365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

   A$ (7,039,109   A$ (3,487,960   A$ (5,046,975   A$ (3,368,830
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share, basic and diluted

   A$ (0.0781   A$ (0.0825   A$ (0.044   A$ (0.043

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     90,432,177        41,688,975        115,218,666        78,846,552   

 

 

10


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,      As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2014     2013  
           (unaudited)        (unaudited)   

Statement of Financial Position Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   A$ 31,359,199       A$ 1,587,299       A$ 26,827,488      A$ 5,183,854   

Total current assets

     34,447,525         1,722,590         29,917,889        8,071,440   

Total assets

     34,495,202         1,750,710         30,336,095        8,095,936   

Total current liabilities

     954,680         1,110,370         718,850        404,981   

Total liabilities

     954,680         1,110,370         718,850        404,981   

Total equity

     33,540,522         640,340         29,617,245        7,690,955   

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in the ADSs involves significant risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to invest in the ADSs. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, the trading price of the ADSs could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

 

We have incurred significant net losses. We anticipate that we will continue to incur significant net losses for the foreseeable future and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company and have not yet generated significant revenue. We have incurred losses of A$3.5 million, A$7.0 million and A$5.0 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended December 31, 2014, respectively. We have not generated any revenues from sales of any of our product candidates.

 

As of December 31, 2014, we had accumulated losses of A$101.3 million. We have devoted most of our financial resources to research and development, including our clinical and preclinical development activities. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of equity securities, research and development grants from the Australian government and payments from our collaboration partners. We have not generated, and do not expect to generate, any significant revenue for the foreseeable future, and we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future due to the cost of research and development, preclinical studies and clinical trials and the regulatory approval process for product candidates. The amount of our future net losses is uncertain and will depend, in part, on the rate of our future expenditures. Our ability to continue operations will depend on, among other things, our ability to obtain funding through equity or debt financings, strategic collaborations or additional grants.

 

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

   

continue our research and preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates;

 

   

expand the scope of our current preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates or initiate additional preclinical, clinical or other studies for product candidates;

 

   

seek regulatory and marketing approvals for any of our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

   

further develop the manufacturing process for our product candidates;

 

   

change or add additional manufacturers or suppliers;

 

   

seek to identify and validate additional product candidates;

 

   

acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies, which may or may not include those related to our ddRNAi technology and delivery vectors for our therapeutic candidates;

 

   

maintain, protect and expand our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

create additional infrastructure to support our operations as a public company in the United States and our product development and future commercialization efforts; and

 

   

experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above.

 

The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year, such that a period-to-period comparison of our results of operations may not be a good indication of our future performance. In any particular quarter or quarters, our operating results could be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could cause the price of the ADSs to decline.

 

12


Table of Contents

We have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable.

 

Our ability to generate significant revenue and achieve profitability depends on our ability to, alone or with strategic collaboration partners, successfully complete the development of and obtain the regulatory approvals for our product candidates, to manufacture sufficient supply of our product candidates, to establish a sales and marketing organization or suitable third-party alternative for the marketing of any approved products and to successfully commercialize any approved products on commercially reasonable terms. All of these activities will require us to raise sufficient funds to finance business activities. We do not expect any milestone payments from our collaborative partners to be significant in the foreseeable future. In addition, we do not anticipate generating revenue from commercializing product candidates for the foreseeable future, if ever. Our ability to generate future revenues from commercializing product candidates depends heavily on our success in:

 

   

establishing proof of concept in preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

   

successfully completing clinical trials of our product candidates;

 

   

obtaining regulatory and marketing approvals for product candidates for which we complete clinical trials;

 

   

maintaining, protecting and expanding our intellectual property portfolio, and avoiding infringing on intellectual property of third parties;

 

   

establishing and maintaining successful licenses, collaborations and alliances with third parties;

 

   

developing a sustainable, scalable, reproducible and transferable manufacturing process for our product candidates;

 

   

establishing and maintaining supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties that can provide products and services adequate, in amount and quality, to support clinical development and commercialization of our product candidates, if approved;

 

   

launching and commercializing any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory and marketing approval, either by collaborating with a partner or, if launched independently, by establishing a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure;

 

   

obtaining market acceptance of any product candidates that receive regulatory approval as viable treatment options;

 

   

obtaining favorable coverage and reimbursement rates for our products from third-party payors;

 

   

addressing any competing technological and market developments;

 

   

identifying and validating new product candidates; and

 

   

negotiating favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter.

 

The process of developing product candidates for ddRNAi-based therapeutics contains a number of inherent risks and uncertainties. For example, it may not be possible to identify a target region of a disease-associated gene that has not been previously identified and/or patented by others, resulting in restrictions on freedom to operate for that target sequence. Silencing the target gene may not ultimately result in curing the disease as there may be more factors contributing to the development of the disease than the target gene. Silencing the target gene using ddRNAi may lead to short- or long-term adverse effects that were not predicted or observed in preclinical studies. The delivery of the DNA construct to the target cells may not be possible, or complete or adequate to provide sufficient therapeutic benefit.

 

Even if one or more of our product candidates is approved for commercial sale, we may incur significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product candidate. As one example, our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or other regulatory agencies, domestic or foreign, to perform clinical and other studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of any approved products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

13


Table of Contents

Even if this offering is successful, we will need to raise additional funding, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or discontinue our product development efforts or other operations.

 

Developing ddRNAi products is expensive, and we expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance our product candidates in preclinical studies and clinical trials and as we undertake preclinical studies of new product candidates.

 

As of March 31, 2015, our cash and cash equivalents were A$26.7 million. We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately US$        million, assuming an initial public offering price of US$        per ADS, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We estimate that these net proceeds, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations until at least                 . However, our operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings, government grants or other third-party funding, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these approaches. In addition, because the length of time and activities associated with successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain, we are unable to estimate the actual funds we will require for development and any approved marketing and commercialization activities. In any event, we will require additional capital to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates and to commercialize any product candidates that receive regulatory approval.

 

Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may compromise our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. In addition, we cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Moreover, the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our shareholders, and the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our ordinary shares and the ADSs to decline. If we incur indebtedness we may be required to agree to restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could compromise our ability to conduct our business. We could also seek financing through arrangements with collaborative partners at an earlier stage than would otherwise be desirable and we may be required to relinquish rights to some or all of our technologies or product candidates or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us.

 

If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis or on acceptable terms, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of any approved product candidates.

 

We receive Australian government research and development grants. If we lose funding from these research and development grants, we may encounter difficulties in the funding of future research and development projects, which could harm our operating results.

 

We have historically received, and expect to continue to receive, grants through the Australian federal government’s Research and Development Tax Incentive program, under which the government provides a cash refund for the 45% of eligible research and development expenditures by small Australian entities, which are defined as Australian entities with less than A$20 million in revenue, having a tax loss. The Research and Development Tax Incentive grant is made by the Australian federal government for eligible research and development purposes based on the filing of an annual application. We received Research and Development Tax Incentive grants in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014 of A$824,333 and A$775,833, respectively. This grant is available for our research and development activities in Australia, as well as activities in the United States to the extent such U.S.-based expenses relate to our activities in Australia, do not exceed half the expenses for the relevant activities and are approved by the Australian government. To the extent our

 

14


Table of Contents

research and development expenditures are deemed to be “ineligible,” then our grants would decrease. In addition, the Australian government may in the future modify the requirements of, reduce the amounts of the grants available under, or discontinue the Research and Development Tax Incentive program. Any such change in the Research and Development Tax Incentive program would have a negative effect on our future cash flows.

 

Risks Related to the Product Development and Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates

 

Our product candidates are based on ddRNAi technology. Currently, no product candidates utilizing ddRNAi technology have been approved for commercial sale and our approach to the development of ddRNAi technology may not result in safe, effective or marketable products.

 

We have concentrated our product research and development efforts on our ddRNAi technology, and our future success depends on successful clinical development of this technology. We plan to develop a pipeline of product candidates using our ddRNAi technology and deliver therapeutics for a number of chronic and life-threatening conditions, including hepatitis C, hepatitis B, age-related macular degeneration, drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer and OPMD.

 

The scientific research that forms the basis of our efforts to develop product candidates is based on the therapeutic use of ddRNAi, and the identification, optimization and delivery of ddRNAi-based product candidates is relatively new. The scientific evidence to support the feasibility of successfully developing therapeutic treatments based on ddRNAi is preliminary and limited. There can be no assurance that any development and technical problems we experience in the future will not cause significant delays or unanticipated costs, or that such development problems can be solved. We may be unable to reach agreement on favorable terms, or at all, with providers of vectors needed to optimize delivery of our product candidates to target disease cells and we may also experience unanticipated problems or delays in expanding our manufacturing capacity or transferring our manufacturing process to commercial partners, any of which may prevent us from completing our clinical trials or commercializing our products on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

 

Only a few product candidates based on RNAi or ddRNAi have been tested in either animals or humans, and a number of clinical trials conducted by other companies using other forms of RNAi technologies have not been successful. We may discover that application of ddRNAi does not possess properties required for a therapeutic benefit, such as the ability to continually express shRNAs for the period of time required to be maximally effective or the ability of viral vectors or other technologies to effectively deliver ddRNAi constructs to target cells in therapeutically relevant concentrations. In addition, application of ddRNAi-based products in humans may result in safety problems. We currently have only limited data, and no conclusive evidence, to suggest that we can effectively produce effective therapeutic treatments using our ddRNAi technology.

 

We are early in our product development efforts and have only one product candidate in early-stage clinical trials. All of our other current product candidates are still in preclinical development. We may not be able to obtain regulatory approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates.

 

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, marketing and distribution of biologics is subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities, and these regulations differ from country to country. We do not have any products on the market and are early in our development efforts. We have only one product candidate in clinical trials and all of our other product candidates are in preclinical development. All of our current and future product candidates are subject to the risks of failure typical for development of biologics. The development and approval process is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. In addition, the outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results.

 

We have not submitted an application, or received marketing approval, for any of our product candidates and will not submit any applications for marketing approval for several years. We have limited experience in

 

15


Table of Contents

conducting and managing clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approvals, including approval by the FDA. To receive approval, we must, among other things, demonstrate with evidence from clinical trials that the product candidate is both safe and effective for each indication for which approval is sought, and failure can occur in any stage of development. Satisfaction of the approval requirements typically takes several years and the time needed to satisfy them may vary substantially, based on the type, complexity and novelty of the pharmaceutical product. We cannot predict if or when we might receive regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates currently under development.

 

The FDA and foreign regulatory authorities also have substantial discretion in the pharmaceutical product approval process. The numbers, types and sizes of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for regulatory approval varies depending on the product candidate, the disease or condition that the product candidate is designed to address and the regulations applicable to any particular product candidate. Approval policies, regulations or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions, and there may be varying interpretations of data obtained from preclinical studies or clinical trials, any of which may cause delays or limitations in the approval or the decision not to approve an application. Regulatory agencies can delay, limit or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including:

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

   

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

 

   

the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

 

   

the patients recruited for a particular clinical program may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

   

the results of clinical trials may not confirm the positive results from earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to the satisfaction of FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to support the submission of a biologics license application, or BLA, or other comparable submission in foreign jurisdictions or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may only agree to approve a product candidate under conditions that are so restrictive that the product is not commercially viable;

 

   

regulatory agencies might not approve or might require changes to our manufacturing processes or facilities; or

 

   

regulatory agencies may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

 

Any delay in obtaining or failure to obtain required approvals could materially and adversely affect our ability to generate revenue from the particular product candidate, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact the price of the ADSs. Furthermore, any regulatory approval to market a product may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which we may market the product. These limitations may limit the size of the market for the product.

 

16


Table of Contents

We are not permitted to market our product candidates in the United States or in other countries until we receive approval of a BLA from the FDA or marketing approval from applicable regulatory authorities outside the United States. Obtaining approval of a BLA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. If we fail to obtain FDA approval to market our product candidates, we will be unable to sell our product candidates in the United States, which will significantly impair our ability to generate any revenues. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and non-U.S. regulatory requirements may, either before or after product approval, if any, subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including:

 

   

restrictions on our ability to conduct clinical trials, including full or partial clinical holds on ongoing or planned trials;

 

   

restrictions on the products, manufacturers or manufacturing process;

 

   

warning letters;

 

   

civil and criminal penalties;

 

   

injunctions;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals;

 

   

product seizures, detentions or import bans;

 

   

voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

   

total or partial suspension of production;

 

   

imposition of restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; and

 

   

refusal to approve pending BLAs or supplements to approved BLAs.

 

Even if we do receive regulatory approval to market a product candidate, any such approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which we may market the product. It is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain the appropriate regulatory approvals necessary for us or our collaborators to commence product sales. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approvals would prevent us from commercializing our product candidates, generating revenues and achieving and sustaining profitability.

 

Because our product candidates are based on a novel technology, it is difficult to predict the time and cost of product candidate development and subsequently obtaining regulatory approval.

 

The clinical trial requirements of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use and market of such product candidates. The regulatory approval process for novel product candidates such as ours can be more expensive and take longer than for other pharmaceutical product candidates. The FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities have relatively limited experience with ddRNAi-based therapeutics, which makes it difficult to determine how long it will take or how much it will cost to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates in the United States or other countries. We and our current collaborators, or any future collaborators, may never receive approval to market and commercialize any product candidate. Even if we or a collaborator obtain regulatory approval, the approval may be for disease indications or patient populations that are not as broad as we intended or desired and may require labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings.

 

Regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future. For example, the FDA has established the Office of Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies within its Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER, to consolidate the review of gene therapy and related products, and the Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee to advise CBER on its review. Gene therapy clinical trials conducted at institutions that receive funding for recombinant DNA research from the United States National Institutes of Health, or the NIH, are also subject to review by the NIH

 

17


Table of Contents

Office of Biotechnology Activities’ Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee, or the RAC. Although the FDA decides whether individual gene therapy protocols may proceed, the RAC review process can delay the initiation of a clinical trial, even if the FDA has reviewed the trial design and details and approved its initiation. Conversely, the FDA can put a proposed biological product on clinical hold even if the RAC has provided a favorable review of the product. Also, before a clinical trial can begin at any institution, that institution’s institutional review board, or IRB, and its institutional biosafety committee, or IBC, if it has one, have to review the proposed clinical trial to assess the safety of the trial. In addition, adverse developments in clinical trials of gene therapy products conducted by others may cause the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory bodies to change the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates.

 

These committees and advisory groups and the new guidelines they promulgate and new requirements they may impose may lengthen the clinical development and regulatory review process, require us to perform additional studies, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of these product candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory committees and advisory groups, and comply with applicable guidelines and requirements as they may change from time to time. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of our product candidates. These additional processes may result in a development, review and approval process that is longer than we otherwise would have expected for our product candidates. Delay or failure to obtain, or unexpected costs in obtaining, the regulatory approval necessary to bring a potential product to market would delay or prevent us from commercializing our product candidates, generating revenues and achieving and sustaining profitability.

 

Preliminary positive results from the clinical trial of our leading product candidate are not necessarily predictive of the final results of the trial, and positive results from preclinical studies of our product candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of our planned clinical trials of our product candidates.

 

As of April 2015, five patients have been dosed and three of those have been biopsied in our Phase I/IIa clinical trial for TT-034 and in those biopsied patients we have observed shRNA expressions in the patients’ liver cells. The preliminary results from this trial are not necessarily predictive of the final results of the trial. The biological effect observed in this trial has been observed in only the three patients who have been biopsied to date, is not statistically significant and might not be observed in any other patients treated with TT-034. It is also important to note that in these first two dose cohorts, the biological response was designed to be, and was observed to be, lower than the level required to achieve a therapeutic effect in those patients.

 

In addition, positive results in preclinical proof-of-concept and animal studies of our product candidates may not result in positive results in clinical trials in humans. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials after achieving positive results in preclinical development or early stage clinical trials, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including adverse events. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or other regulatory authority approval. If we fail to produce positive results in our clinical trials of our product candidates, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for our product candidates, and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects, would be negatively impacted.

 

Issues that may impact ddRNAi delivery to the cell could adversely affect or limit our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates.

 

Successful clinical development of ddRNAi-based therapeutics is largely dependent on using the appropriate vectors to obtain therapeutically relevant concentrations of the DNA constructs that express the

 

18


Table of Contents

shRNAs in the appropriate target cells. To develop effective product candidates, we will need to license delivery technologies from third parties or develop delivery technologies with research collaborators. Although delivery technologies, including AAV vectors, have been identified and are well defined for specific tissue types, we continue to seek vectors with ideal delivery properties for other indications we are pursuing, including OPMD. The tissue tropism and other physical properties of AAV vectors are limited and may not be effective for other product candidates or delivery into a wide array of tissues types. AAV vectors can also trigger immune responses in some patients, and those patients will not derive clinical benefit from administration of a product candidate unless steps are taken to clinically address the issue. If we or our collaborators are not successful in identifying effective vectors for our product candidates, we may not succeed in developing marketable products. In addition, if we are unable to reach agreement on favorable terms, or at all, with providers of any effective vectors that we do identify, we may not succeed in completing our clinical trials or commercializing our products on a timely or profitable basis, if at all. We have only one such agreement in place that allows us to use a vector both for clinical trials and for commercialization, and that agreement is with respect to our program for the treatment of AMD.

 

We use AAV vectors as part of our ddRNAi approach for several indications. As such, we require licenses and the ability to manufacture large quantities of AAV particles under the FDA’s current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, requirements and those of comparable foreign regulatory authorities in order to commercialize a product candidate using an AAV vector.

 

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials, and patients could discontinue their participation in our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent clinical trials of our product candidates and make those trials more expensive to undertake.

 

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our product candidates. Patients may be unwilling to participate in our clinical trials because of negative publicity from adverse events in the biotechnology, RNAi or gene therapy industries. Patients may be unavailable for other reasons, including competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, and the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed. If we have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients to conduct our clinical trials as planned, we may need to delay, limit or discontinue ongoing or planned clinical trials. Clinical trial delays could result in increased costs, slower product development, setbacks in testing the effectiveness of our technology or discontinuation of the clinical trials altogether.

 

We may not be able to identify, recruit and enroll a sufficient number of patients, or those with required or desired characteristics to achieve diversity in a trial, to complete our clinical trials in a timely manner. Patient enrollment is affected by factors including:

 

   

finding and diagnosing patients;

 

   

severity of the disease under investigation;

 

   

design of the clinical trial protocol;

 

   

size and nature of the patient population;

 

   

eligibility criteria for the trial in question;

 

   

perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

   

proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients;

 

   

availability of competing therapies and clinical trials;

 

   

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions of the potential advantages of the product being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new products that may be approved for the indications we are investigating;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

patient referral practices of physicians; and

 

   

ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment.

 

For example, we have experienced some difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trial of TT-034. This has been due to several factors, including sudden changes in patients’ viral load, liver enzymes and other clinical parameters immediately prior to their dosing, as well as late withdrawal due to personal reasons. We believe the increased availability of new and effective therapies such as Sovaldi and Harvoni, which were recently approved for treatment of the hepatitis C virus, and the fact that the early lower-dose cohort patients receive a sub-therapeutic dose of TT-034, may also be contributing factors. We may continue to face difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials for TT-034 for these and other reasons that may arise as we proceed.

 

We or our collaborators plan to seek initial marketing approval for our product candidates in the United States, Australia and Europe. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials in a timely manner if we cannot enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in the clinical trials required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory agencies. Our ability to successfully initiate, enroll and complete a clinical trial in any foreign country is subject to numerous risks unique to conducting business in foreign countries, including:

 

   

difficulty in establishing or managing relationships with contract research organizations, or CROs, clinical sites and physicians;

 

   

different standards for the conduct of clinical trials;

 

   

our inability to locate and engage qualified local consultants, physicians and partners; and

 

   

the potential burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws, medical standards and regulatory requirements, including the regulation of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products and treatments.

 

In addition, patients enrolled in our clinical trials may discontinue their participation at any time during the trial as a result of a number of factors, including experiencing adverse events, which may or may not be judged related to our product candidates under evaluation. The discontinuation of patients in any one of our trials may cause us to delay or discontinue our clinical trial, or cause the results from that trial not to be positive or sufficient to support either partnering with a pharmaceutical company to further develop and commercialize the product candidate or filing for regulatory approval of the product candidate.

 

We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials or we may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities.

 

We are currently in Phase I/IIa clinical trials for TT-034 for the treatment of hepatitis C. None of our other proprietary product candidates is currently in clinical trials. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of TT-034 or any other product candidates, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidates in humans. Clinical trials are expensive and time-consuming, and their outcome is uncertain. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:

 

   

inability to generate sufficient preclinical, toxicology or other data to support the initiation of human clinical trials;

 

   

delays in reaching consensus with regulatory agencies on trial design;

 

   

identifying, recruiting and training suitable clinical investigators;

 

   

delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites;

 

   

delays in obtaining required IRB or IBC approval at each clinical trial site;

 

   

delays in recruiting suitable patients to participate in our clinical trials;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory agencies, including after an inspection of our clinical trial operations or trial sites;

 

   

failure by our CROs, other third parties or us to adhere to clinical trial requirements;

 

   

failure to perform in accordance with the FDA’s good clinical practices, or GCP, or applicable regulatory requirements in other countries;

 

   

inability to manufacture, test, release, import or export for use sufficient quantities of our product candidates for use in clinical trials;

 

   

failure to manufacture our product candidate in accordance with cGMP requirements or applicable regulatory guidelines in other countries;

 

   

delays in the testing, validation and manufacturing of our product candidates;

 

   

delays in the delivery of our product candidates to the clinical trial sites;

 

   

delays in having patients complete participation in a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

   

clinical trial sites dropping out of a trial;

 

   

occurrence of serious adverse events associated with the product candidate that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits;

 

   

changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical trial protocols; or

 

   

clinical trials of our product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or discontinue product development programs.

 

Further, a clinical trial may be suspended or discontinued by us, our collaborators, the IRBs or the IBCs at the sites in which such trials are being conducted, the data safety monitoring board, or DSMB, for such trial, or by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including the imposition of a clinical hold or termination of a trial due to failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects of our product candidate, or a product candidate from another company that shares similar properties, failure to demonstrate adequate benefit from using a product candidate, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience discontinuation of, or delays in the completion of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates may be eliminated or delayed. Furthermore, many of the factors that lead to a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

 

In addition, if we or our third-party collaborators make significant manufacturing or formulation changes to our product candidates, we or they may need to conduct additional studies to bridge the modified product candidates to earlier versions to ensure comparability and safety of the two different product candidates.

 

Any inability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to commercialize our programs and product candidates. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates.

 

If the results of our clinical trials are inconclusive or if there are safety concerns or adverse events associated with our product candidates, we may:

 

   

fail to obtain, or be delayed in obtaining, marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

   

obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings;

 

   

need to change the way the product is administered;

 

   

be required to perform additional clinical trials to support approval or be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements;

 

   

have regulatory authorities withdraw their marketing approval of the product after granting it;

 

   

have regulatory authorities impose restrictions on distribution of the product in the form of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, or modified REMS, that limit our ability to commercialize the product;

 

   

be subject to the addition of labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications;

 

   

be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; or

 

   

experience damage to our reputation.

 

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of our product candidates and impair our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

 

In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and may receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of any particular study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection of any BLA we submit to the FDA or any comparable foreign regulating authorities. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates.

 

Our product candidates and the process for administering our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following any potential marketing approval.

 

Treatment with our product candidates may produce undesirable side effects or adverse reactions or events. For example, the AAV vector and related capsid protein, which we are currently using to deliver most of our ddRNAi product candidates, could cause adverse immunological side effects due to preexisting and/or recall responses to the naturally occurring virus from which the vector is engineered, or to the DNA construct product itself. These responses may also interfere with therapeutic efficacy if not identified and managed optimally. Preexisting immune responses to AAV manifesting as neutralizing antibodies are common within the general population and may be a limitation to the enrollment of patients in gene therapy clinical trials using AAV vectors, the successful use of AAV vectors in gene therapy clinical trials and the market acceptance of product candidates, if approved, that are delivered using AAV vectors. Patients with neutralizing antibodies to AAV will not derive clinical benefit from administration of such a product candidate unless steps are taken to clinically address the issue and those treatments themselves may cause adverse effects. In previous clinical trials undertaken by other companies involving systemic administration of AAV viral vectors for gene therapy, some subjects experienced adverse events, including the development of a negative T cell response against the AAV capsid protein. If our vectors cause similar adverse events, we may be required to delay or discontinue further clinical development of our product candidates. It is also possible that we may discover new adverse events related to AAV or other vectors, which could potentially enhance the risk to patients who use our product candidates delivered with that vector.

 

If any such adverse events occur, our clinical trials could be suspended or discontinued and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development or deny approval of our

 

22


Table of Contents

product candidates for any or all targeted indications. The product-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial. If we elect or are required to delay, suspend or discontinue any clinical trial of any of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of such product candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates will be delayed or eliminated. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

 

Additionally, if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval, the FDA could require us to adopt a REMS to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh its risks, which may include, among other things, a medication guide outlining the risks of gene therapies for distribution to patients and a communication plan to patients and healthcare practitioners. Other elements to assure safe use in a mandated REMS could include, but are not limited to, restrictions upon distribution and prescribing, additional prescriber training, establishment of patient registries and other measures that could limit commercialization of the product. Comparable foreign regulating authorities might require adoption of measures similar to a REMS. Furthermore, if we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by our product candidate, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product candidate;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label;

 

   

we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

we may be required to change the way a product candidate is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

 

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of our product candidates and could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we are unable to successfully develop related diagnostics for our therapeutic product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, we may not achieve marketing approval or realize the full commercial potential of our therapeutic product candidates.

 

We plan to develop related diagnostics for some of our therapeutic product candidates, including Tribetarna targeting drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer. Such related diagnostics are subject to regulation by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities as medical devices and require separate regulatory approval or clearance prior to commercialization. Marketing approval or clearance of the diagnostic will require sufficient data to support its safety and efficacy. In addition, at least in some cases, the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require the development and regulatory approval or clearance of a related diagnostic as a condition to approving our therapeutic product candidates. While we have some, limited experience in developing diagnostics, we plan to rely in large part on third parties to perform these functions. We may seek to enter into arrangements with one or more third parties to create a related diagnostic for use with our current or future product candidates.

 

If we, or any third parties that we engage to assist us, are unable to successfully develop or obtain marketing approval or clearance for related diagnostics for our therapeutic product candidates, or experience delays in doing so:

 

   

the development of Tribetarna and potentially other product candidates may be delayed or impaired altogether if we are unable to appropriately select patients for enrollment in our clinical trials;

 

   

our relevant therapeutic product candidate may not receive marketing approval if its effective use depends on a related diagnostic in the regulatory authority’s judgment; and

 

23


Table of Contents
   

we may not realize the full commercial potential of any therapeutic product candidates that receive marketing approval if, among other reasons, we are unable to appropriately identify patients with the specific genetic alterations targeted by our therapeutic product candidates.

 

If any of these events were to occur, our business would be harmed.

 

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, we cannot predict when or if we will obtain regulatory approval to commercialize a product candidate or the approval may be for a more narrow indication than we expect.

 

We cannot commercialize a product until the appropriate regulatory authorities have reviewed and approved the product candidate. Even if our product candidates demonstrate safety and efficacy in clinical trials, the regulatory agencies may not complete their review processes in a timely manner, or we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval. Additional delays may result if an FDA Advisory Committee or comparable foreign regulatory authority recommends non-approval or restrictions on approval. In addition, we may experience delays or rejections based upon additional government regulation from future legislation or administrative action, or changes in regulatory agency policy during the period of product development, clinical trials and the review process. Regulatory agencies also may approve a treatment candidate for fewer or more limited indications than requested, may not approve the price we intend to charge for our product candidate, may limit our ability to promote the product, may impose significant limitations upon the approval of the product, including, but not limited to, narrow indications, significant warnings, precautions or contraindications with respect to conditions of use, or may grant approval subject to the performance of post-marketing studies. In addition, regulatory agencies may not approve the labeling claims that are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may impose a REMS or other conditions upon our approval that limit our ability to commercialize the product candidate.

 

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate, our products will remain subject to regulatory scrutiny.

 

Even if we obtain regulatory approval in a jurisdiction, the regulatory authority may still impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses or marketing of our product candidates, or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance. For example, the holder of an approved BLA is obligated to monitor and report to the FDA adverse events and any failure of a product to meet the specifications in the BLA. FDA guidance advises that patients treated with some types of gene therapy undergo follow-up observations for potential adverse events for as long as 15 years. The holder of an approved BLA must also submit new or supplemental applications and obtain FDA approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling or manufacturing process. Advertising and promotional materials must comply with FDA rules and are subject to FDA review, in addition to other potentially applicable foreign, federal and state laws.

 

In addition, product manufacturers and their establishments, products and applications are subject to payment of user fees and continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP and comparable foreign requirements, and adherence to commitments made in the BLA. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with a product such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions relative to that product or the manufacturing facility, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing.

 

If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of any of our product candidates, a regulatory agency may:

 

   

issue a warning letter asserting that we are in violation of the law;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

 

   

suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

 

   

suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

 

   

refuse to permit government reimbursement of our product by government-sponsored third-party payors;

 

   

refuse to approve a pending BLA or supplements to a BLA submitted by us for other indications or new product candidates;

 

   

seize our product; or

 

   

refuse to allow us to enter into or continue supply contracts, including government contracts.

 

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenues.

 

Even if we obtain and maintain approval for our product candidates from the FDA, we may never obtain approval for our product candidates outside of the United States, which would limit our market opportunities and adversely affect our business.

 

Approval of a product candidate in the United States by the FDA does not ensure approval of such product candidate by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. Sales of our product candidates outside of the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical trials and marketing approval. Even if the FDA grants marketing approval for a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries must also approve the manufacturing and marketing of the product candidates in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials. In many countries outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products, if approved, is also subject to approval. Even if a product candidate is approved, the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities in other countries, as the case may be, may limit the indications for which the product may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling or require expensive and time-consuming clinical trials or reporting as conditions of approval. Regulatory authorities in countries outside of the United States also have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those countries. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our product candidates in certain countries.

 

Further, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Regulatory approval of a product candidate in one country does not ensure approval in any other country, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in other countries. Also, regulatory approval for any of our product candidates may be withdrawn based on adverse events reported or regulatory decisions made in other countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or fail to receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be compromised and our business may be adversely affected.

 

Our future prospects are also dependent on our or our collaborators’ ability to successfully develop a pipeline of additional product candidates, and we and our collaborators may not be successful in efforts to use our platform technologies to identify or discover additional product candidates.

 

The success of our business depends primarily upon our ability to identify, develop and commercialize products based on our platform technology. We only have one product candidate currently in clinical development.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our other product candidates derived from our platform technology may not successfully complete IND-enabling studies, and our research programs may fail to identify other potential product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons. Our and our collaborators’ research methodology may be unsuccessful in identifying potential product candidates, our potential product candidates may not demonstrate the necessary preclinical outcomes to progress to clinical studies, or our product candidates may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may make the products unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval.

 

If any of these events occur, we may be forced to discontinue our development efforts for a program or programs. Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. We may focus our efforts and resources on potential programs or product candidates that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.

 

We may not be able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for our product candidates.

 

Of our current product candidates, the only one designed for treatment of an indication that would likely qualify for rare disease status is Pabparna for the treatment of OPMD. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, may designate drugs or biological products for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States. The FDA may also designate a product as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a disease or condition of more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug or biological product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product candidate. Under the European Union orphan drug legislation, a rare disease or condition means a disease or condition which affects not more than five in ten thousand persons in the European Union at the time of the orphan drug designation application.

 

Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for that time period. During the marketing exclusivity period, in the European Union, the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, is precluded from approving a similar drug with an identical therapeutic indication. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in the European Union. The European Union exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

 

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition, and the same drug could be approved for a different condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same drug, made by a competitor, for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the competitive product is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. In the European Union, the EMA can approve a competitive product if the orphan drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation (including sufficient profitability), if the competitive product is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior, or if the orphan drug cannot be supplied in sufficient quantities.

 

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

 

Our prospects for successful development and commercialization of our products are dependent to varying degrees upon the research, development, commercialization, and marketing efforts of our collaborators.

 

We rely on third parties for certain aspects of the research, development, commercialization and marketing of our current and any future product candidates. Other than as provided for in our collaboration agreements, we

 

26


Table of Contents

have no control over the resources, time and effort that our collaborators may devote to the development of product candidates using our ddRNAi technology. We are dependent on our collaborators to conduct some aspects of the research and development of each of our product candidates, and expect to need access to them to facilitate and/or to complete the regulatory process. We will likely rely on a pharmaceutical company for the successful marketing and commercialization of any such product candidates for which they/we receive approval, if any. There can be no guarantee at this stage that we will conclude a partnership with such a company on favorable terms, or at all, nor even if we do so, that success will be achieved.

 

Our ability to recognize revenues from successful collaborations may be impaired by multiple factors including:

 

   

a collaborator may shift its priorities and resources away from our programs due to a change in business strategies, or a merger, acquisition, sale or downsizing of its company or business unit;

 

   

a collaborator may cease development in an area that is the subject of a collaboration agreement;

 

   

a collaborator may change the success criteria for a particular program or product candidate in development, thereby delaying or ceasing development of such program or product candidate in development;

 

   

a collaborator with commercialization obligations may not commit sufficient financial or human resources to the marketing, distribution or sale of a product;

 

   

a collaborator with manufacturing responsibilities may encounter regulatory, resource or quality issues and be unable to meet demand requirements;

 

   

a collaborator may exercise its rights under the agreement to discontinue our collaboration;

 

   

a dispute may arise between us and a collaborator concerning the development and commercialization of a product candidate in development, resulting in a delay in milestones, royalty payments, or discontinuation of a program and possibly resulting in costly litigation or arbitration that may divert management attention and resources;

 

   

a collaborator may not adequately protect the intellectual property rights associated with a product candidate; and

 

   

a collaborator may use our proprietary information or intellectual property in such a way as to expose us to litigation from a third party.

 

If our collaborators do not perform in the manner we expect or fulfill their responsibilities in a timely manner, or at all, the development, regulatory and commercialization process could be delayed or discontinued or otherwise be unsuccessful. Conflicts between us and our collaborators may arise. In the event of discontinuation of one or more of our collaboration agreements, it may become necessary for us to assume the responsibility for any such product candidates at our own expense or seek new collaborators. In that event, we likely would be required to limit the size and scope of one or more of our independent programs or increase our expenditures and seek additional funding, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all, and our business may be harmed.

 

We rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not meet our deadlines or otherwise conduct the studies as required, we may be delayed in progressing, or ultimately may not be able to progress, product candidates to clinical trials, our clinical development programs could be delayed or unsuccessful, and we may not be able to commercialize or obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates when expected, or at all.

 

We do not have the ability to conduct all aspects of our preclinical testing or clinical trials ourselves. We are dependent on third parties to conduct the clinical trials for TT-034, and preclinical studies for our other product candidates, and therefore the timing of the initiation and completion of these trials and studies is reliant on third parties and may occur at times substantially different from our estimates or expectations.

 

27


Table of Contents

In the case of clinical trials, we rely on CROs and third-party collaborators to conduct our clinical trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and regulatory requirements. Our CROs, investigators and third-party collaborators play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and subsequent collection and analysis of data. There is no guarantee that any CROs, investigators or the other third-party collaborators on which we rely for administration and conduct of our clinical trials will devote adequate time and resources to such trials or perform as contractually required. If any of these third parties fails to meet expected deadlines, fails to adhere to our clinical protocols, fails to meet regulatory requirements or otherwise performs in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated. If any of our clinical trial sites terminates for any reason, we may lose all of the information on subjects enrolled in our ongoing clinical trials.

 

If we cannot contract with acceptable third parties on commercially reasonable terms, or if these third parties do not carry out their contractual duties, satisfy legal and regulatory requirements for the conduct of preclinical studies or clinical trials or meet expected deadlines, our clinical development programs could be delayed or discontinued.

 

In all events, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. The FDA requires clinical trials to be conducted in accordance with current GCP, including for conducting, recording and reporting the results of preclinical studies and clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control does not relieve us of these responsibilities and requirements, and any failure to satisfy these responsibilities and requirements, whether caused by us or by third parties upon whom we rely, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

Because we rely on third-party manufacturing and supply partners, our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development materials may become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quantity or quality.

 

We rely on third-party supply and manufacturing partners to manufacture and supply the materials for our research and development and preclinical and clinical study supplies. We do not own manufacturing facilities or supply sources for such materials.

 

There can be no assurance that our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development biologics and other materials will not be limited, interrupted or restricted in certain geographic regions, be of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. Replacement of a third-party manufacturer could require significant effort, cost and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements.

 

The manufacturing process for a product candidate is subject to FDA and foreign regulatory authority review. Suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards, such as cGMP. In the event that any of our suppliers or manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations to us in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves or enter into an agreement with another third party, which would be costly and delay clinical trials.

 

In some cases, the technical skills or technology required to manufacture our product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original manufacturer and we may have difficulty, or there may be contractual restrictions prohibiting us from, transferring such skills or technology to another third party. These factors increase our reliance on our manufacturers and may require us to obtain a license from a manufacturer in order to

 

28


Table of Contents

have another third-party manufacture our product candidates. If we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The delays and costs associated with the verification of a new manufacturer could increase our costs and delay the development of our product candidates.

 

We expect to continue to rely on third-party manufacturers for preclinical and clinical grade product candidates and if we receive regulatory approval for any product candidate. To the extent that we have existing, or enter into future, manufacturing arrangements with third parties, we will depend on these third parties to perform their obligations in a timely manner consistent with contractual and regulatory requirements, including those related to quality control and assurance. If we are unable to obtain or maintain third-party manufacturing for product candidates, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to develop and commercialize our product candidates successfully. Our or a third party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

 

   

an inability to conduct necessary preclinical studies to progress our product candidates to clinical trials;

 

   

an inability to initiate or continue clinical trials of product candidates under development;

 

   

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving regulatory approvals, for product candidates;

 

   

loss of the cooperation of a collaborator;

 

   

subjecting our product candidates to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

 

   

requirements to cease distribution or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

 

   

in the event of approval to market and commercialize a product candidate, an inability to meet commercial demands for our products.

 

We and our collaborators may disagree over our right to receive payments under our collaboration agreements, potentially resulting in costly litigation and loss of reputation.

 

Our ability to receive payments under our collaboration agreements depends on our ability to clearly delineate our rights under those agreements. We have out-licensed portions of our intellectual property to our collaborators with the intent that our collaborators will develop product candidates based on our ddRNAi technology to address specific conditions, including HIV/AIDS, certain cancers, ocular diseases and genetic diseases and intractable neuropathic pain. However, a collaborator may use our intellectual property without our permission, dispute our ownership of intellectual property rights, or argue that our intellectual property does not cover, or add value to, any product candidates they develop. If a dispute arises, it may result in costly patent office procedures and litigation, and our collaborator may refuse to pay us while the dispute is ongoing. Furthermore, regardless of any resort to legal action, a dispute with a collaborator over intellectual property rights may damage our relationship with that collaborator and may also harm our reputation in the industry. Even if we are entitled to payments from our collaborators, we may not actually receive these payments, or we may experience difficulties in collecting the payments to which we believe we are entitled. After our collaborators launch commercial products containing our licensed traits, we will need to rely on the good faith of our collaborators to report to us the sales they earn from these products and to accurately calculate the payments we are entitled to, a process that will involve complicated and difficult calculations. Although we seek to address these concerns in our collaboration agreements by reserving our right to audit financial records, such provisions may not be effective.

 

We have only limited experience in regulatory affairs and intend to rely on consultants and other third parties for regulatory matters, which may affect our ability or the time we require to obtain necessary regulatory approvals.

 

We have limited experience in filing and prosecuting the applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals for gene therapy or ddRNAi product candidates. Moreover, the product candidates that are likely to result from

 

29


Table of Contents

our development programs are based on novel technologies that have not been extensively tested in humans. The regulatory requirements governing these types of product candidates may be less well defined or more rigorous than for conventional products. As a result, we may experience a longer regulatory process in connection with obtaining regulatory approvals of any products that we develop. We intend to rely on independent consultants for purposes of our regulatory compliance and product development and approvals in the United States and elsewhere. Any failure by our consultants to properly advise us regarding, or properly perform tasks related to, regulatory compliance requirements could compromise our ability to develop and seek regulatory approval of our product candidates.

 

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

 

Because we rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates, and because we collaborate with various organizations and academic institutions on the advancement of our technology and product candidates, we may, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, such as trade secrets. Despite these contractual provisions, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by potential competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, discovery by a third party of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our intellectual property rights and protections in our product candidates.

 

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets. Our academic collaborators typically have rights to publish data, provided that we are notified in advance and may delay publication for a specified time in order to secure our intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration. In other cases, publication rights are controlled exclusively by us. In other cases we may share these rights with other parties. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of these agreements, independent development or publication of information including our trade secrets in cases where we do not have proprietary or otherwise protected rights at the time of publication.

 

Risks Related to Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

 

We have not entered into agreements with any third-party manufacturers to support commercialization of our product candidates. Additionally, no manufacturers have experience producing our product candidates at commercial levels, and any manufacturer that we work with may not achieve the necessary regulatory approvals or produce our product candidates at the quality, quantities, locations and timing needed to support commercialization.

 

We have not yet secured manufacturing capabilities for commercial quantities of our product candidates or established facilities in the desired locations to support commercialization of our product candidates. We intend to rely on third-party manufacturers for commercialization, and currently we have only entered into agreements with such manufacturers to support our clinical trials for TT-034. We may be unable to negotiate agreements with third-party manufacturers to support our commercialization activities on commercially reasonable terms.

 

We may encounter technical or scientific issues related to manufacturing or development that we may be unable to resolve in a timely manner or with available funds. Currently, we do not have the capacity to manufacture our product candidates on a commercial scale. In addition, our product candidates are novel, and no manufacturer currently has experience producing our product candidates on a large scale. If we are unable to engage manufacturing partners to produce our product candidates on a larger scale on reasonable terms, our commercialization efforts will be harmed.

 

30


Table of Contents

Even if we timely develop a manufacturing process and successfully transfer it to the third-party manufacturers of our product candidates, if such third-party manufacturers are unable to produce the necessary quantities of our product candidates, or do so in compliance with cGMP or with pertinent foreign regulatory requirements, and within our planned time frame and cost parameters, the development and sales of our product candidates, if approved, may be impaired.

 

If we are unable to enter into agreements with third parties to commercialize our product candidates or establish sales and marketing capabilities to market and sell our product candidates, we may be unable to generate any revenues.

 

We currently have no sales and marketing organization and have no experience selling and marketing pharmaceutical products. To successfully commercialize any product candidates that may be approved, we will need to develop these capabilities, either through our relationships with collaborators or our own. We may seek to enter into collaborations with other entities to utilize their marketing and distribution capabilities, but we may be unable to enter into marketing agreements on favorable terms, if at all. If our future collaborators do not commit sufficient resources to commercialize our future products, if any, and we are unable to develop the necessary marketing capabilities on our own, we will be unable to generate sufficient product revenue to sustain our business. The establishment and development of our own sales force or the establishment of a contract sales force to market any products we may develop will be expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. Moreover, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully develop this capability. We will be competing with many companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing and sales operations to recruit, hire, train and retain marketing and sales personnel. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of our product candidates. Without an internal team or the support of a third party to perform marketing and sales functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.

 

Physicians, patients, third-party payors or others in the medical community may not be receptive to our product candidates, and we may not generate any future revenue from the sale or licensing of our product candidates.

 

Even if we obtain approval for a product candidate, we may not generate or sustain revenue from sales of the product if the product cannot be sold at a competitive cost or if it fails to achieve market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors or others in the medical community. These market participants may be hesitant to adopt a novel treatment based on ddRNAi technology, and we may not be able to convince the medical community and third-party payors to accept and use, or to provide favorable reimbursement for, any product candidates developed by us or our existing or future collaborators. Market acceptance of our product candidates will depend on, among other factors:

 

   

the safety and efficacy of our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to offer our products for sale at competitive prices;

 

   

the relative convenience and ease of administration of our product candidates;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects associated with our product candidates;

 

   

the terms of any approvals and the countries in which approvals are obtained;

 

   

limitations or warnings contained in any labeling approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

   

conditions upon the approval imposed by FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including, but not limited to, a REMS;

 

   

the willingness of patients to try new treatments and of physicians to prescribe these treatments;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

the availability of government and other third-party payor coverage and adequate reimbursement; and

 

   

availability of alternative effective treatments for the disease indications our product candidates are intended to treat and the relative risks, benefits and costs of those treatments.

 

Since we are focused on the emerging therapeutic modality of ddRNAi, these risks may increase if new competitors are able to market ddRNAi-based therapeutics or if these treatments become less favored in the commercial marketplace. In addition, we believe that one of the benefits of our ddRNAi technology is the expected length of time of its effect. If our treatments do not have a long-term effect after administration, such a development would likely significantly and adversely affect market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved.

 

Additional risks apply in relation to any disease indications we pursue which are classified as rare diseases and allow for orphan drug designation by regulatory agencies in major commercial markets, such as the United States or European Union. If pricing is not approved or accepted in the market at an appropriate level for any approved product for which we pursue and receive an orphan drug designation, such product may not generate enough revenue to offset costs of development, manufacturing, marketing and commercialization despite any benefits received from the orphan drug designation, such as market exclusivity, for a period of time. Orphan exclusivity could temporarily delay or block approval of one of our products if a competitor obtains orphan drug designation for its product first. However, even if we obtain orphan exclusivity for one of our products upon approval, our exclusivity may not block the subsequent approval of a competitive product that is shown to be clinically superior to our product.

 

Market size is also a variable in disease indications not classified as rare. Our estimates regarding potential market size for any indication may be materially different from what we discover to exist at the time we commence commercialization, if any, for a product, which could result in significant changes in our business plan and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

We face competition from entities that have developed or may develop product candidates for our target disease indications, including companies developing novel treatments and technology platforms based on modalities and technology similar to ours. If these companies develop technologies or product candidates more rapidly than we do or their technologies, including delivery technologies, are more effective, our ability to develop and successfully commercialize product candidates may be compromised.

 

The development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products is highly competitive. We compete with a variety of multinational pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies, as well as technology being developed at universities and other research institutions. Our competitors have developed, are developing or could develop product candidates and processes competitive with our product candidates. Competitive therapeutic treatments include those that have already been approved and accepted by the medical community, patients and third-party payors, and any new treatments that enter the market.

 

We believe that a significant number of products are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of conditions for which we are developing, and may in the future try to develop, product candidates. We are aware of multiple companies that are working in the field of RNAi therapeutics, including Alnylam, Tekmira, Arrowhead, Silence Therapeutics plc, RXi Pharmaceuticals Corporation, Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Marina Biotech, Inc. and Dicerna. Arrowhead, Tekmira and Alnylam are all developing siRNA-based therapeutics for HBV.

 

All of our current product candidates, if approved, would compete with approved and currently marketed treatments. For example, with respect to hepatitis C, our product candidate would compete with small molecule treatments such as Sovaldi and Harvoni, each of which was developed by Gilead Sciences, Inc., and Viekira Pak, a regimen consisting of four medications developed by Abbvie Inc.

 

32


Table of Contents

In addition, our product candidates would compete with antisense and other RNA-based pharmaceutical products currently under development. Like RNAi therapeutics, antisense products target mRNA with the objective of suppressing the activity of specific genes. The development of antisense products is more advanced than that of RNAi therapeutics, and antisense technology may become the preferred technology for products that target mRNAs.

 

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources and experience than we have. If we successfully obtain approval for any product candidate, we will face competition based on many different factors, including the safety and effectiveness of our products, the ease with which our products can be administered and the extent to which patients accept relatively new routes of administration, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals for these products, the availability and cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities, price, reimbursement coverage and patent position.

 

Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including by being more effective, safer, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or non-competitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. Such competitors could also recruit our employees, which could negatively impact our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan.

 

A variety of risks associated with international operations could hurt our business.

 

If any of our product candidates are approved for commercialization, it is our current intention to market them on a worldwide basis, either alone or in collaboration with others. In addition, we conduct development activities in various jurisdictions throughout the world. We expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to engaging in international operations, including:

 

   

different regulatory requirements for approval of pharmaceutical products in foreign countries;

 

   

reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

 

   

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

   

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

   

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in Australia or the United States;

 

   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

 

The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement for any of our product candidates that are approved could limit our ability to market those products and compromise our ability to generate revenue.

 

The availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments. Sales of our product candidates will depend substantially, both in the United States and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to

 

33


Table of Contents

limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the reimbursement amounts approved by third-party payors may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a return on our investment.

 

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, as CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare. Private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products.

 

The intended use of a pharmaceutical product by a physician can also affect pricing. For example, CMS could initiate a National Coverage Determination administrative procedure, by which the agency determines which uses of a therapeutic product would and would not be reimbursable under Medicare. This determination process can be lengthy, thereby creating a long period during which the future reimbursement for a particular product may be uncertain.

 

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe, Canada and other countries is likely to put pressure on the pricing and usage of any of our product candidates that may be approved for marketing in the future. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of medicines under such systems can be substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. In some countries, we or our collaborators may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

 

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and other third-party payors, in the United States and abroad, to cap or reduce healthcare costs, resulting in legislation and reforms such as, in the United States, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care Education Reconciliation Act, or the ACA. The ACA may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. In addition, other legislative changes have been adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year effective April 2013 that, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will stay in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Additionally, in January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could negatively affect coverage or reduce the reimbursement for any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval.

 

We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription pharmaceutical products and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. We cannot predict what healthcare reform initiatives may be adopted in the future. Further federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory

 

34


Table of Contents

developments are likely, and we expect ongoing initiatives to increase pressure on pharmaceutical product pricing. Such reforms could depress pricing for any product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may negatively affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop additional product candidates.

 

Our relationships with third-party payors, healthcare professionals and customers in the United States and elsewhere may be subject, directly or indirectly, to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, transparency, health information privacy and security and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to significant penalties.

 

Our relationships with third-party payors, healthcare professionals and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act, that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we sell, market and distribute any pharmaceutical products for which we obtain marketing approval. In addition, we may be subject to transparency laws and patient privacy regulation by the federal government and by the U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, including the federal False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose obligations on covered healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

   

the federal Open Payments program, created under the ACA, and its implementing regulations, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by the physicians and their immediate family members by the 90 th day of each subsequent calendar year, and disclosure of such information will be made by CMS on a publicly available website; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state and foreign laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance

 

35


Table of Contents
 

guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state and foreign laws that require pharmaceutical manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from participation in government healthcare programs, which could also materially affect our business.

 

Negative public opinion and increased regulatory scrutiny of gene therapy and genetic research may damage public perception of our product candidates or compromise our ability to conduct our business or obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

 

Gene therapy remains a novel technology and no gene therapy product utilizing ddRNAi has been approved to date in the United States. Public perception may be influenced by claims that gene therapy is unsafe, and gene therapy may not gain the acceptance of the public or the medical community. In particular, our success will depend upon physicians specializing in the treatment of those diseases that our product candidates target prescribing treatments that involve the use of our product candidates in lieu of, or in addition to, existing treatments they are already familiar with and for which greater clinical data may be available. More restrictive government regulations or negative public opinion would have a negative effect on our business or financial condition and may delay or impair the development and commercialization of our product candidates or demand for any products we may develop. Our product candidates, including our viral delivery systems, could produce adverse events. Adverse events in our clinical trials or following approval of any of our product candidates, even if not ultimately attributable to our product candidates, could result in increased governmental regulation, unfavorable public perception, potential regulatory delays in the testing or approval of our product candidates, stricter labeling requirements for those product candidates that are approved and a decrease in demand for any such product candidates.

 

Risks Related to Our Business Operations

 

We may not successfully engage in strategic transactions or enter into new collaborations, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates, impact our cash position, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

 

From time to time, we may consider additional strategic transactions, such as collaborations, acquisitions, asset purchases or sales and out- or in-licensing of product candidates or technologies. In particular, we will evaluate and, if strategically attractive, seek to enter into additional collaborations, including with major biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. The competition for collaborators is significant, and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Any new collaboration may be on terms that are not optimal for us, and we may not be able to maintain any new or existing collaboration if, for example, development or approval of a product candidate is delayed, sales of an approved product candidate do not meet expectations or the collaborator

 

36


Table of Contents

discontinues the collaboration. Any such collaboration, or other strategic transaction, may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, increase our expenditures, pose significant integration or implementation challenges or disrupt our management or business.

 

These transactions would entail numerous operational and financial risks, including exposure to unknown liabilities, incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay transaction consideration or costs, higher than expected collaboration, acquisition or integration costs, write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges, increased amortization expenses, difficulty and cost in facilitating the collaboration or combining the operations and personnel of any acquired business, impairment of relationships with key suppliers, manufacturers or customers of any acquired business due to changes in management and ownership and the inability to retain key employees of any acquired business.

 

Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any additional transactions of the nature described above, any transactions that we do complete may be subject to the foregoing or other risks and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Conversely, any failure to enter any collaboration or other strategic transaction that would be beneficial to us could delay and make more expensive the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates and have a negative impact on the competitiveness of any product candidate that reaches market.

 

Any inability to attract and retain qualified key management and technical personnel would impair our ability to implement our business plan.

 

Our success largely depends on the continued service of key management and other specialized personnel, including Dr. Peter French, PhD, our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Gregory West, our Chief Financial Officer, Dr. David Suhy, PhD, our Chief Scientist, Mr. Carl Stubbings, our Chief Business Officer, and Ms. Georgina Kilfoil, our Chief Clinical Officer. The loss of one or more members of our management team or other key employees or advisors could delay or increase the cost of our research and development programs and materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The relationships that our key managers have cultivated within our industry make us particularly dependent upon their continued employment with us. We are dependent on the continued service of our technical personnel because of the highly technical nature of our product candidates and the specialized nature of the regulatory approval process for our product candidates. Because our management team and key employees are not obligated to provide us with continued service, they could terminate their employment with us at any time without penalty. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our management team members or key employees. Our future success will depend in large part on our continued ability to attract and retain other highly qualified scientific, technical and management personnel, as well as personnel with expertise in clinical testing, manufacturing, governmental regulation and commercialization. We face competition for personnel from other companies, universities, public and private research institutions, government entities and other organizations.

 

Our collaborations with outside scientists and consultants may be subject to restriction and change.

 

We work with medical experts, chemists, biologists and other scientists at academic and other institutions, and consultants who assist us in our research, development and regulatory efforts, including the members of our scientific advisory board. In addition, these scientists and consultants have provided, and we expect that they will continue to provide, valuable advice regarding our programs and regulatory approval processes. These scientists and consultants are not our employees and may have other commitments that would limit their future availability to us. If a conflict of interest arises between their work for us and their work for another entity, we may lose their services. In addition, we are limited in our ability to prevent them from establishing competing businesses or developing competing products. For example, if a key scientist acting as a principal investigator in any of our clinical trials identifies a potential product or compound that is more scientifically interesting to his or her professional interests, his or her availability to remain involved in our clinical trials could be restricted or eliminated.

 

37


Table of Contents

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations.

 

We have limited experience in development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products. As our product candidates continue to advance through preclinical studies and clinical trials and potentially toward regulatory approval and commercial sale, we will need to expand our development, regulatory, manufacturing and sales capabilities or contract with other organizations to provide these capabilities for us. In the future, we expect to have to manage additional relationships with collaborators or partners, suppliers and other organizations. Our ability to manage our operations and future growth will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. We may not be able to implement improvements to our management information and control systems in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls.

 

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and insider trading.

 

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants, commercial partners and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with the regulations of the FDA and comparable foreign regulators, provide accurate information to the FDA and comparable foreign regulators, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

 

We face potential product liability, and, if successful claims are brought against us, we may incur substantial liability and costs. If the use of our product candidates harms patients, or is perceived to harm patients even when such harm is unrelated to our product candidates, our regulatory approvals could be revoked or otherwise negatively impacted and we could be subject to costly and damaging product liability claims.

 

The use of our product candidates in clinical trials and the sale of any products for which we may in the future obtain marketing approval exposes us to the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims might be brought against us by consumers, healthcare providers, pharmaceutical companies or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our product candidates. There is a risk that our product candidates may induce adverse events. If we cannot successfully defend against product liability claims, we could incur substantial liability and costs. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

 

   

impairment of our business reputation;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

costs due to related litigation;

 

   

distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants;

 

   

the inability to commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

decreased demand for our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale; and

 

   

increased cost, or impairment of our ability, to obtain or maintain product liability insurance coverage.

 

We carry combined public and products liability (including human clinical trials extension) insurance of A$10 million per occurrence with a A$10 million aggregate limit. We believe our product liability insurance coverage is sufficient in light of our current clinical programs. However, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses due to liability. If we obtain marketing approval for any product candidates, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products, but we may not be able to obtain or maintain product liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms or in adequate amounts. On occasion, large judgments have been awarded against other pharmaceutical companies in class action lawsuits based on pharmaceutical products, or medical treatments that had unanticipated adverse effects. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause the price of the ADSs to decline and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could materially and adversely affect our financial position.

 

During the course of treatment, patients may suffer adverse events, including death, for reasons that may be related to our product candidates. Such events could subject us to costly litigation, require us to pay substantial amounts of money to injured patients, delay, negatively impact or end our opportunity to receive or maintain regulatory approval to market our products, or require us to suspend or discontinue our commercialization efforts. Even in a circumstance in which we do not believe that an adverse event is related to our product candidate, the investigation into the circumstance may be time-consuming or inconclusive. These investigations may harm our reputation, delay our regulatory approval process, limit the type of regulatory approvals our product candidates receive or maintain, and compromise the market acceptance of any of our product candidates that may in the future receive regulatory approval. As a result of these factors, a product liability claim, even if successfully defended, could hurt our business and impair our ability to generate revenue.

 

We and our development partners, third-party manufacturers and suppliers use biological materials and may use hazardous materials, and any claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming or costly.

 

We and our development partners, third-party manufacturers and suppliers may use hazardous materials, including chemicals and biological agents and compounds that could be dangerous to human health and safety or the environment. Our operations and the operations of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers also produce hazardous waste products. National, state and local laws and regulations in the United States, Australia and other countries govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may be expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our product development and commercialization efforts. In addition, we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes. We do not carry specific biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination. Accordingly, in the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials, regulatory approvals or product commercialization progress could be suspended.

 

39


Table of Contents

We may use our limited financial and human resources to pursue a particular research program or product candidate and fail to capitalize on programs or product candidates that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

 

Because we have limited resources, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with certain programs or product candidates or for indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs for product candidates may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through strategic collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate, or we may allocate internal resources to a product candidate in a therapeutic area in which it would have been more advantageous to enter into a collaboration arrangement.

 

Our internal computer and information technology systems, or those of our collaborators and other development partners, third-party CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a disruption of our product development programs.

 

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer and information technology systems and those of our current and any future CROs and other contractors, consultants and collaborators are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, cyber-attacks, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. Such events could cause interruptions of our operations. While we have not experienced any material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other similar disruptions. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from ongoing or future clinical trials or data from preclinical studies could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates and conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have similar consequences to our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed and become more expensive.

 

Our current laboratory operations are concentrated in one location and any events affecting this location may seriously compromise our ability to operate our business and continue the development of our product candidates.

 

Our current laboratory operations are located in our facility situated in Hayward, California. Any unplanned event, such as flood, fire, explosion, earthquake, extreme weather condition, medical epidemics, power shortage, telecommunication failure or other natural or manmade accidents or incidents that result in us being unable to fully utilize the facility, may compromise our ability to operate our business, particularly on a daily basis, cause us financial losses and inhibit or delay our continued development of our product candidates. Loss of access to this facility may result in increased costs, delays in the development of our product candidates or interruption of our business operations. As part of our risk management policy, we maintain insurance coverage at levels that we believe are appropriate for our business. However, in the event of an accident or incident at this facility, we cannot assure you that the amounts of insurance will be sufficient to satisfy any damages and losses. If our facility is unable to operate because of an accident or incident or for any other reason, even for a short period of time, any or all of our research and development programs may be harmed. Any business interruption may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and prospects.

 

40


Table of Contents

The investment of our cash and cash equivalents is subject to risks which may cause losses and affect the liquidity of these investments.

 

As of March 31, 2015, we had A$26.7 million in cash and cash equivalents. We historically have invested substantially all of our available cash and cash equivalents in cash deposits meeting the criteria of our investment policy, which is focused on the preservation of our capital. Pending use in our business, we expect to invest the net proceeds of this offering in substantially the same manner. These investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, market and interest rate risks. We may realize losses in the fair value of these investments, which would have a negative effect on our financial results. In addition, should our investments cease paying or reduce the amount of interest paid to us, our interest income would suffer. The market risks associated with our investment portfolio may have an adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

 

Our ability to utilize our net operating losses and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

 

We have substantial carried forward tax losses which may not be available to offset any future assessable income. In order for an Australian corporate taxpayer to carry forward and utilize tax losses, the taxpayer must pass either the continuity of ownership test, or COT, or, if it fails the COT, the same business test, or SBT, in respect of relevant tax losses.

 

We have not carried out any analysis as to whether we have met the COT or, failing the COT, the SBT over relevant periods. In addition, shareholding changes, including changes resulting from this offering, may result in a significant ownership change for us. It is therefore uncertain as to whether any of our A$45,132,359 losses carried forward as of June 30, 2014 will be available to be carried forward and available to offset our assessable income, if any, in future periods.

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

 

If we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates, we may not be able to obtain exclusivity for our product candidates or prevent others from developing similar competitive products.

 

We rely upon a combination of patents, know-how, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates.

 

The patent application process, also known as patent prosecution, is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors and licensees may not be able to prepare, file, and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current licensors or licensees, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, our patents and patent applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope, patent term adjustments, etc., although we are unaware of any such defects. If we or our current licensors or licensees, or any future licensors or licensees, fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our current licensors or licensees, or any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

 

The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications that we own or in-license may fail to result in issued patents

 

41


Table of Contents

with claims that cover our product candidates in the United States or other jurisdictions. In addition, we cannot guarantee that any patents will issue from any pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us. There is no assurance that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found. If such prior art exists, it can invalidate a patent or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. Even if patents do successfully issue and even if such patents cover our product candidates, third parties may initiate opposition, interference, re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, nullification or derivation action in court or before patent offices or similar proceedings challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of such patents, which may result in the patent claims being narrowed or invalidated. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates or prevent others from designing around our claims. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties.

 

If the patent applications we hold or have in-licensed with respect to our programs or product candidates fail to issue, if the breadth or strength of our patent protection is threatened, or if our patent portfolio fails to provide meaningful exclusivity for our product candidates, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop product candidates and threaten our ability to commercialize future products. Any successful opposition to any patents owned by or licensed to us could deprive us of rights necessary for the successful commercialization of any product candidates that we may develop. Further, if we encounter delays in regulatory approvals, the period of time during which we could market a product candidate under patent protection could be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, and some remain so until issued, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to file any patent application related to a product candidate. Furthermore, if third parties have filed such patent applications before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. If third parties have filed such applications on or after March 16, 2013, a derivation proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine whether our invention was derived from theirs. Even where we have a valid and enforceable patent, we may not be able to exclude others from practicing our invention where the other party can show that they used the invention in commerce before our filing date or the other party benefits from a compulsory license. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from competitive medications, including biosimilar or generic medications. This risk is material in light of the length of the development process of our products and lifespan of our current patent portfolio.

 

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our product candidate discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. What constitutes a trade secret and what protections are available for trade secrets varies from state to state in the United States and country by country worldwide. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. Although we expect all of our employees and consultants to assign their inventions to us, and all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology to enter into confidentiality agreements, we cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed or that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Misappropriation or

 

42


Table of Contents

unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets can be difficult to detect, could impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. For example, the FDA, as part of its Transparency Initiative, is currently considering whether to make additional information publicly available on a routine basis, including information that we may consider to be trade secrets or other proprietary information, and it is not clear at the present time how the FDA’s disclosure policies may change in the future, if at all.

 

Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the non-patented intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, and there is no guarantee that we will have any such enforceable trade secret protection, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our markets.

 

We rely on license relationships with a number of third parties for portions of our intellectual property, including platform technology patents relating to our ddRNAi technology. This arrangement could restrict the scope and enforcement of our intellectual property rights and limit our ability to successfully commercialize current and future product candidates.

 

We have in-licensed certain ddRNAi-related intellectual property from third-party licensors. We rely on some of these third parties to file and prosecute patent applications and maintain patents and otherwise protect the intellectual property we license. We have not had and do not have primary control over these activities for certain of our patents or patent applications and other intellectual property rights we license, and therefore cannot guarantee that these patents and applications will be prosecuted or enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. We cannot be certain that such activities by third parties have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights. Additionally, we may not be able to control the publication or other disclosures of research carried out by our licensors relating to technology that could otherwise prove patentable. Pursuant to the terms of some of our license agreements with third parties, some of our third-party licensors have the right, but not the obligation, to control enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents. Even if we are permitted to pursue such enforcement or defense, we will require the cooperation of our licensors, and cannot guarantee that we would receive it and on what terms. We cannot be certain that our licensors will allocate sufficient resources or prioritize their or our enforcement of such patents or defense of such claims to protect our interests in the licensed patents. If we cannot obtain patent protection, or enforce existing or future patents against third parties, our competitive position and our financial condition could suffer.

 

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our development and commercialization efforts.

 

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions and inter partes review proceedings before the USPTO, and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are pursuing development candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties.

 

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture

 

43


Table of Contents

or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may be accused of infringing. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of any of our product candidates, any DNA constructs formed during the manufacturing process or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire. Similarly, if any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidate unless we obtained a license or until such patent expires. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Even if a license can be obtained on acceptable terms, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same technology or intellectual property rights licensed to us. If we fail to obtain a required license, we may be unable to effectively market product candidates based on our technology, which could limit our ability to generate revenue or achieve profitability and possibly prevent us from generating revenue sufficient to sustain our operations.

 

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to gene therapy product components and processes for our development pipeline through acquisitions and in-licenses.

 

Presently we have rights to intellectual property to develop our gene therapy product candidates. However, our product candidates may require specific formulations to work effectively and efficiently and rights to such formulations may be held by others. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify on terms that we find acceptable, or at all. The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities.

 

For example, we sometimes collaborate with U.S. and foreign academic institutions to accelerate our preclinical research or development under written agreements with these institutions. Typically, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution’s rights in technology resulting from the collaboration. Regardless of such right of first negotiation for intellectual property, we may be unable to negotiate a license within the specified time frame or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to other parties, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program.

 

In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition and prospects for growth could suffer.

 

44


Table of Contents

We may enter into license agreements with third parties, and if we fail to comply with our obligations in such agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

 

We may need to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates, and we have done so from time to time. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates.

 

In many cases, patent prosecution of our in-licensed technology is controlled solely by the licensor. If our licensors fail to obtain and maintain patent or other protection for the proprietary intellectual property we license from them, we could lose our rights to the intellectual property or our exclusivity with respect to those rights, and our competitors could market competing products using the intellectual property. In some cases, we control the prosecution of patents resulting from licensed technology. In the event we breach any of our obligations related to such prosecution, we may incur significant liability to our licensing partners. Licensing of intellectual property is of critical importance to our business and involves complex legal, business and scientific issues and is complicated by the rapid pace of scientific discovery in our industry. Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

 

   

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

   

the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

   

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under any collaboration relationships we might enter into in the future;

 

   

our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

   

the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

 

   

the priority of invention of patented technology.

 

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.

 

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful, and issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

 

Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our licensors. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours or our licensors is not valid, is unenforceable or is not infringed, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

 

For example, in patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, for example, lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld

 

45


Table of Contents

relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability during patent litigation is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation, amendments to our patent claims or statements being made on the record such that our claims may no longer be construed to cover our product candidates. Outcomes or statements on the record in one country could have a disadvantageous effect on prosecution or enforcement of a patent or patent application in another country. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that no invalidating prior art exists or that the patent examiner was aware of all material prior art during prosecution. Moreover, in some circumstances, we do not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain, enforce or defend the patents, covering technology that we license from third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted, enforced and defended in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we could lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our products or certain aspects of our platform technology. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business. Patents and other intellectual property rights also will not protect our technology if competitors design around our protected technology without legally infringing our patents or other intellectual property rights. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, enforcement of a favorable decision by a court can depend on cooperation of a governmental authority which may or may not be available in every jurisdiction. There could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could depress the market price of our ADSs. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities.

 

For our patents and patent applications filed in the United States before March 16, 2013, interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Litigation or interference proceedings may result in a decision adverse to our interests and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with our licensors, misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

 

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could cause the trading price of our ADSs to fall.

 

Our results of operations will be affected by the level of royalty payments that we are required to pay to third parties.

 

We are a party to license agreements that require us to remit royalty payments and other payments related to in-licensed intellectual property. Under our in-license agreements, we may pay up-front fees and milestone payments and be subject to future royalties. We cannot precisely predict the amount, if any, of royalties we will owe in the future, and if our calculations of royalty payments are incorrect, we may owe additional royalties,

 

46


Table of Contents

which could negatively affect our results of operations. As our product sales increase, we may, from time to time, disagree with our third-party collaborators as to the appropriate royalties owed, and the resolution of such disputes may be costly, may consume management’s time, and may damage our relationship with our collaborators. Furthermore, we may enter into additional license agreements in the future, which may also include royalty, milestone and other payments.

 

The licenses we grant to our collaborators to use our ddRNAi technology are exclusive to the development of product candidates for certain conditions.

 

Some of the out-licenses we grant to our collaborators to use our ddRNAi technology are exclusive to the development of product candidates for certain conditions, so long as our collaborators comply with certain requirements. That means that once our ddRNAi technology is licensed to a collaborator for a specified condition, we are generally prohibited from developing product candidates for that condition and from licensing the ddRNAi to any third party for that condition. The limitations imposed by these exclusive licenses could prevent us from expanding our business and increasing our development of product candidates with new collaborators, both of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

 

Certain of our key employees and personnel are or were previously employed at universities, medical institutions or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any of our employee’s former employer or other third parties. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Furthermore, universities or medical institutions who employ some of our key employees and personnel in parallel to their engagement by us may claim that intellectual property developed by such person is owned by the respective academic or medical institution under the respective institution intellectual property policy or applicable law. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs, be a distraction to management and other employees, and damage our relationships with the academic and medical institutions.

 

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

 

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. We may in the future have ownership disputes arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

 

47


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

 

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications are required to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The USPTO and various corresponding governmental patent agencies outside of the United States require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process and after a patent has issued. There are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction.

 

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

 

As is the case with other biotechnology companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biotechnology industry involve both technological and legal complexity, and it therefore is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, on September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation.

 

An important change introduced by the Leahy-Smith Act is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. It is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

 

Among some of the other changes introduced by the Leahy-Smith Act are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and providing opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in U.S. federal court necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

 

Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings such as Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc. (Myriad I); BRCA1- & BRCA2-Based Hereditary Cancer Test Patent Litig. (Myriad II); and Promega Corp. v. Life Technologies Corp. have also narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in some situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property and our technologies outside the United States. We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

 

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and trade secret protection for our technologies, our traits, and their uses, as well as our ability to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others outside the United States. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property, competitors may be able to use our technologies and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability.

 

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries around the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. In addition, we may at times in-license third-party technologies for which limited international patent protection exists and for which the time period for filing international patent applications has passed. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Potential competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates, if approved, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

 

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

 

Risks Related to the ADSs and this Offering

 

The market price and trading volume of the ADSs may be volatile and may be affected by economic conditions beyond our control.

 

The market price of the ADSs may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume of the ADSs may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of the ADSs declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your ADSs at or above the purchase price, if at all. We cannot assure you that the market price of the ADSs will not fluctuate or significantly decline in the future.

 

Some specific factors that could negatively affect the price of the ADSs or result in fluctuations in their price and trading volume include:

 

   

actual or expected fluctuations in our operating results;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

changes in our key personnel;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

trading prices of our ordinary shares on the ASX;

 

   

changes in trading volume of ADSs on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, and of our ordinary shares on the ASX;

 

   

sales of the ADSs or ordinary shares by us, our executive officers or our shareholders in the future; and

 

   

conditions in the financial markets or changes in general economic conditions.

 

An active trading market for the ADSs may not develop or be liquid enough for you to sell your ADSs quickly or at market price.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been only a limited public market in the United States for the ADSs. If an active public market in the United States for the ADSs does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of the ADSs may be adversely affected. While we have applied for the listing of the ADSs on NASDAQ, a liquid public market in the United States for the ADSs may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for the ADSs will be determined by negotiation among us and the underwriters, and the price at which the ADSs are traded after this offering may decline below the initial public offering price, which means you may experience a decrease in the value of your ADSs regardless of our operating performance or prospects. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders often instituted securities class action litigation against that company. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert the attention of senior management and, if adversely determined, could have cause us significant financial harm.

 

Investors purchasing the ADSs will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

 

The public offering price for the ADSs will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per ADS of the underlying ordinary shares immediately after this offering. If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will incur substantial and immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of your investment. Net tangible book value per ADS represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, multiplied by 20, the number of ordinary shares underlying each ADS. To the extent that options that are currently outstanding are exercised, there will be further dilution to your investment. We may also issue additional ordinary shares, ADSs, performance rights, options and other securities in the future that may result in further dilution of your ADSs. See “Dilution” for a calculation of the extent to which your investment will be diluted.

 

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs following this offering may adversely affect the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

 

Following this offering and after the ADSs are listed on NASDAQ, our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on the ASX. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may impair the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States. The trading price of the ADSs could also be adversely affected by trading in our ordinary shares on the ASX.

 

Future sales of our ordinary shares or ADSs, or the perception that such sales may occur, could depress the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

 

After the completion of this offering, we expect to have              ADSs outstanding and          ordinary shares outstanding, including the shares underlying the ADSs we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately after this offering. We and all of our directors and executive officers have signed lock-up agreements for a period of 180-days following the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions. See “Underwriting.”

 

50


Table of Contents

The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the ordinary shares or ADSs subject to lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our ADSs and ordinary shares could drop significantly if the holders of these ADSs or ordinary shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted and we expect to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain NASDAQ requirements applicable to domestic issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of the ADSs.

 

As a foreign private issuer whose ADSs will be listed on NASDAQ, we will be permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain NASDAQ requirements. For example, we may follow home country practice with regard to the composition of the board of directors and quorum requirements applicable to shareholder meetings. A foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC the requirements with which it does not comply followed by a description of its applicable home country practice. The Australian home country practices described above may afford less protection to holders of the ADSs than that provided under NASDAQ rules. See “Description of Share Capital—Exemptions from Certain NASDAQ Corporate Governance Rules.”

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a company incorporated in the United States. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning us than there is for companies incorporated in the United States.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, that impose disclosure requirements as well as procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as a company that files as a U.S. company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, nor are we required to comply with the SEC’s Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information. Accordingly, there may be less information publicly available concerning us than there is for a company that files as a domestic issuer.

 

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make the ADSs less attractive to investors and, as a result, adversely affect the price of the ADSs and result in a less active trading market for the ADSs.

 

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we have elected to rely on an exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act relating to internal control over financial reporting, and we will not provide such an attestation from our auditors for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company. We have also elected to rely on an exemption that permits an emerging growth company to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure, and we have therefore only included two years of audited financial statements, selected financial data and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus.

 

We may avail ourselves of these disclosure exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find the ADSs less attractive because of our reliance on some or all of these exemptions. If investors find the ADSs less attractive, it may cause the trading price of the ADSs to decline and there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs.

 

51


Table of Contents

We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of:

 

   

the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of completion of this offering occurs;

 

   

the end of the first fiscal year in which the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the end of the second quarter of such fiscal year;

 

   

the end of the first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1 billion; and

 

   

the date on which we have issued more than US$1 billion in non-convertible debt securities in any rolling three-year period.

 

If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal financial reporting controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

 

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that, beginning with our second annual report after the completion of this offering, our management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires our independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, we have opted to rely on the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act, and consequently will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until such time as we are no longer an emerging growth company.

 

Our first Section 404(a) assessment will take place beginning with our second annual report after the completion of this offering. The presence of material weaknesses could result in financial statement errors which, in turn, could lead to errors in our financial reports and/or delays in our financial reporting, which could require us to restate our operating results. We might not identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls in connection with evaluating our compliance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal control.

 

If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of the ADSs could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the ADSs may not be able to remain listed on NASDAQ.

 

ADS holders may be subject to additional risks related to holding ADSs rather than ordinary shares.

 

ADS holders do not hold ordinary shares directly and, as such, are subject to, among others, the following additional risks:

 

   

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights, except through the ADR depositary as permitted by the deposit agreement.

 

   

Distributions on the ordinary shares represented by your ADSs will be paid to the ADR depositary, and before the ADR depositary makes a distribution to you on behalf of your ADSs, any withholding taxes that must be paid will be deducted. Additionally, if the exchange rate fluctuates during a time when the ADR depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

   

We and the ADR depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without the ADS holders’ consent in a manner that could prejudice ADS holders.

 

52


Table of Contents

You must act through the ADR depositary to exercise your voting rights and, as a result, you may be unable to exercise your voting rights on a timely basis.

 

As a holder of ADSs (and not the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs), we will not treat you as one of our shareholders, and you will not be able to exercise shareholder rights. The ADR depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs, and ADS holders will be able to exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance with the deposit agreement relating to the ADSs. There are practical limitations on the ability of ADS holders to exercise their voting rights due to the additional procedural steps involved in communicating with these holders. For example, holders of our ordinary shares will receive notice of shareholders’ meetings by mail and will be able to exercise their voting rights by either attending the shareholders meeting in person or voting by proxy. ADS holders, by comparison, will not receive notice directly from us. Instead, in accordance with the deposit agreement, we will provide notice to the ADR depositary of any such shareholders meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in advance of the meeting date. If we so instruct, the ADR depositary will mail to holders of ADSs the notice of the meeting and a statement as to the manner in which voting instructions may be given by holders as soon as practicable after receiving notice from us of any such meeting. To exercise their voting rights, ADS holders must then instruct the ADR depositary as to voting the ordinary shares represented by their ADSs. Due to these procedural steps involving the ADR depositary, the process for exercising voting rights may take longer for ADS holders than for holders of ordinary shares. The ordinary shares represented by ADSs for which the ADR depositary fails to receive timely voting instructions will not be voted.

 

If we are classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” then our U.S. shareholders could suffer adverse tax consequences as a result.

 

Generally, if, for any taxable year, at least 75% of our gross income is passive income or at least 50% of the average quarterly value of our gross assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, including cash, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of these tests, passive income includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. If we are characterized as a PFIC, a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs may suffer adverse tax consequences, including having gains realized on the sale of our ordinary shares or ADSs treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, the loss of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received on our ordinary shares or ADSs by individuals who are U.S. holders, and having interest charges added to their tax on distributions from us and on gains from the sale of our ordinary shares or ADSs. See “Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations— Passive Foreign Investment Company .”

 

Our status as a PFIC may also depend, in part, on how quickly we utilize the cash proceeds from this offering in our business. Since PFIC status depends on the composition of our income and the composition and value of our assets, which may be determined in large part by reference to the market value of our ordinary shares or ADSs, which may be volatile, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year. While we believe that we were not a PFIC for fiscal 2014, since the PFIC tests are applied only at the end of a taxable year no assurance of our PFIC status can be provided for fiscal 2015 or future years. Prospective U.S. investors should discuss the issue of our possible status as a PFIC with their tax advisors.

 

Currency fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares and the ADSs.

 

Our ordinary shares are quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX and the ADSs will be quoted in U.S. dollars on NASDAQ. Movements in the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate may adversely affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs. In the past year the Australian dollar has generally weakened against the U.S. dollar. However, this trend may not continue and may be reversed. If the Australian dollar weakens against the U.S. dollar, the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs could decline, even if the price of our ordinary shares in Australian dollars increases or remains unchanged.

 

53


Table of Contents

We have never declared or paid dividends on our ordinary shares and we do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares. For the foreseeable future, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with applicable laws and covenants under current or future credit facilities, which may restrict or limit our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. As a result, a return on your investment will only occur if our ADS price appreciates.

 

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares represented by the ADSs or any value for such distribution if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to holders of ADSs.

 

While we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future, if such a dividend is declared, the depositary for the ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of the ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. These restrictions may have a material adverse effect on the value of your ADSs.

 

Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of a significant position in our ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeover laws of Australia. Among other things, we are subject to the Australian Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act. Subject to a range of exceptions, the Corporations Act prohibits the acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in our issued voting shares if the acquisition of that interest will lead to a person’s voting power in us increasing to more than 20%, or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of a significant position in our ordinary shares. This may have the ancillary effect of entrenching our board of directors and may deprive or limit our shareholders’ or ADS holders’ opportunity to sell their ordinary shares or ADSs and may further restrict the ability of our shareholders and ADS holders to obtain a premium from such transactions. See “Description of Share Capital—Change of Control.”

 

Our Constitution and Australian laws and regulations applicable to us may adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders.

 

As an Australian company, we are subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the states of the United States. Our Constitution, as well as the Australian Corporations Act, set forth various rights and obligations that are unique to us as an Australian company. These requirements may operate differently than those of many U.S. companies. You should carefully review the summary of these matters set forth under the section entitled, “Description of Share Capital” as well as our Constitution, which is included as an exhibit to this registration statement to which this prospectus forms a part, prior to investing in the ADSs.

 

54


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus, regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words “could,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “may,” “continue,” “predict,” “potential,” “project,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions are intended to identify forward looking statements, although not all forward looking statements contain such identifying words. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and important factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain.

 

Forward-looking statements may include statements about:

 

   

our plans to develop and potentially commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

the timing of the initiation and completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

the timing of patient enrollment and dosing in clinical trials;

 

   

the timing of the availability of data from clinical trials;

 

   

the timing of expected regulatory filings;

 

   

the development of novel AAV vectors;

 

   

expectations about the plans of licensees of our technology;

 

   

the clinical utility and potential attributes and benefits of ddRNAi and our product candidates, including the potential duration of treatment effects and the potential for a “one shot” cure;

 

   

potential future out-licenses and collaborations;

 

   

our expectations regarding expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital needs and needs for additional financing;

 

   

our use of proceeds from this offering;

 

   

the length of time over which we expect our cash and cash equivalents and the proceeds from this offering to be sufficient; and

 

   

our intellectual property position and the duration of our patent portfolio.

 

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions reflected in or suggested by the forward-looking statements we make in this prospectus are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these plans, objectives, expectations or intentions will be achieved. We disclose important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

55


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the ADSs in this offering will be US$         million, or US$         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of US$         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us

 

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately US$     million for clinical trials through completion of a Phase I/IIa clinical trial intended to establish clinical proof of concept of TT-034 for hepatitis C;

 

   

approximately US$     million for clinical trials through completion of a Phase I/IIa clinical trial intended to establish clinical proof of concept of Hepbarna for hepatitis B;

 

   

approximately US$     million for clinical trials through completion of a Phase I/IIa clinical trial intended to establish clinical proof of concept of the AMD program;

 

   

approximately US$     million for preclinical development and initial IND application for Tribetarna to support a clinical trial in drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer;

 

   

approximately US$     million for development of the OPMD program, through preclinical proof of concept;

 

   

approximately US$     million for development of ddRNAi-modified stem cells as therapeutics, through preclinical proof of concept;

 

   

approximately US$     million for development of CAR T, through preclinical proof of concept;

 

   

approximately US$     million for the development of scalable manufacturing for preclinical and clinical purposes which we believe, when combined with the amounts assigned to specific programs above, will be sufficient to support our preclinical studies and clinical trials as well as the discovery, development and acquisition of complementary targets and technologies; and

 

   

the remainder for working capital, other research and development and general corporate purposes.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly from our expectations depending upon numerous factors, including the progress of our research and development efforts, the progress of our clinical trials, our operating costs and factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Accordingly, we retain the discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering and we reserve the right to change the allocation of the net proceeds described above.

 

Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in investment grade, interest-bearing instruments, securities or certificates of deposit.

 

An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of US$1.00 per ADS would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we will receive from the offering by US$         million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of ADSs offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by US$         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

56


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF ORDINARY SHARES

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the high and low market prices for our ordinary shares reported on the ASX, under the symbol BLT. All prices are in Australian dollars.

 

     High     Low  
     A$     A$  

Annual:

    

Fiscal year ended June 30,

    

2014

     2.38        0.29   

2013

     0.50 (1)       0.25 (1)  

2012

     0.75 (1)       0.25 (1)  

2011

     1.00 (1)       0.50 (1)  

2010

     1.75 (1)       0.50 (1)  

Quarterly:

    

Fiscal year ending June 30, 2015

    

Fourth quarter (through June 22, 2015)

     0.89        0.70   

Third quarter

     1.08        0.71   

Second quarter

     1.07        0.52   

First quarter

     1.32        0.87   

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2014

    

Fourth quarter

     1.84        0.86   

Third quarter

     2.38        0.56   

Second quarter

     0.75        0.35   

First quarter

     0.41        0.25 (1)  

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2013

    

Fourth quarter

     0.50 (1)       0.25 (1)  

Third quarter

     0.50 (1)       0.25 (1)  

Second quarter

     0.50 (1)       0.25 (1)  

First quarter

     0.50 (1)       0.25 (1)  

Most Recent Six Months:

    

May 2015

     0.89        0.76   

April 2015

     0.87        0.70   

March 2015

     0.92        0.75   

February 2015

     0.99        0.75   

January 2015

     1.08        0.71   

December 2014

     0.99        0.68   

 

(1)   Takes into account a 25:1 share consolidation that became effective in July 2013.

 

On June 22, 2015, the closing price of our ordinary shares as traded on the ASX was A$0.78 per ordinary share (US$0.61 per share based on the foreign exchange rate of A$1.00 to US$0.78 as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of such date).

 

Based on information known to us, as of March 31, 2015, we had 115,881,763 ordinary shares outstanding, with 26,160,411 of our ordinary shares being held in the United States by 102 holders and 89,721,352 of our ordinary shares being held in Australia by 3,978 holders. A large number of our ordinary shares are held in nominee companies so we cannot be certain of the identity of those beneficial owners.

 

57


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Our board of directors presently intends to reinvest all earnings in the continued development and operation of our business.

 

Payment of dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors. If our board of directors elects to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial conditions, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

58


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

The Australian dollar is convertible into U.S. dollars at freely floating rates. There are no legal restrictions on the flow of Australian dollars between Australia and the United States. Any remittances of dividends or other payments by us to persons in the United States are not and will not be subject to any exchange controls.

 

Our financial statements are prepared and presented in Australian dollars.

 

The table below sets forth for the periods identified the number of U.S. dollars per Australian dollar as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia. We make no representation that any Australian dollar or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Australian dollars, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rates stated below, or at all.

 

     At Period
End
     Average
Rate
     High      Low  

Fiscal year ended June 30,

           

2015 (through June 22, 2015)

     0.7794         0.8399         0.9458         0.7590   

2014

     0.9420         0.9187         0.9672         0.8716   

2013

     0.9275         1.0271         1.0593         0.9202   

Month ended:

           

May 31, 2015

     0.7663         0.7906         0.8122         0.7663   

April 30, 2015

     0.7981         0.7739         0.7993         0.7590   

March 31, 2015

     0.7634         0.7731         0.7873         0.7604   

February 28, 2015

     0.7792         0.7790         0.7886         0.7648   

January 31, 2015

     0.7781         0.8092         0.8244         0.7781   

December 31, 2014

     0.8202         0.8256         0.8504         0.8112   

 

(1)   Determined by averaging the published rate on the last day of each full month during the fiscal year.

 

59


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2014, presented both in Australian dollars and U.S. dollars:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of             ADSs in this offering and the receipt of the net proceeds at an assumed price of US$         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no other change to the number of ADSs offered as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Actual     Actual     As Adjusted      As Adjusted  
     (A$)     (US$) (1)     (A$)      (US$)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26,827,488      $ 22,003,906      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

         

Contributed equity

   $ 129,551,591      $ 106,258,215      $         $     

Share-based payments reserve

     2,676,629        2,195,371        

Foreign exchange translation reserve

     (1,281,588     (1,051,158     

Accumulated losses

     (101,329,387     (83,110,363     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     29,617,245        24,292,065        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 29,617,245      $ 24,292,065      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   The amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars from Australian dollars based upon the exchange rate as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of December 31, 2014. These translations are merely for the convenience of the reader and should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate indicated.

 

An increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of US$1.00 per ADS would increase or decrease cash and cash equivalents, total equity and total capitalization on an as adjusted basis by A$         million and US$         million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of ADSs offered by us would increase or decrease cash and cash equivalents, total equity and total capitalization on an as adjusted basis by A$         million and US$         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

60


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in the ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ADS is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per 20 ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. Our net tangible book value as at December 31, 2014 was A$29.6 million (US$24.3 million), or A$0.256 (US$0.210) per ordinary share, equivalent to A$5.12 (US$4.20) per ADS. Net tangible book value per ADS represents the amount of total tangible assets, minus the amount of total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding and multiplied by 20, the number of ordinary shares underlying each ADS. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ADS from the assumed initial public offering price per ADS.

 

Without taking into account any other changes in our net tangible book value after December 31, 2014, other than to give effect to our sale of ADSs offered in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our adjusted net tangible book value as at December 31, 2014 would have been US$         million, or US$         per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$         per ADS to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$         per ADS to purchasers of ADSs in this offering. The following table presents this dilution to new investors purchasing ADSs in the offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

      US$                
     

 

 

 

Net tangible book value as at December 31, 2014

   US$                       
     

Increase in net tangible book value attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

As-adjusted net tangible book value immediately after the offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution to new investors

      US$     
     

 

 

 

 

Each increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of US$1.00 per ADS would increase or decrease the as-adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by US$     per ADS, and the dilution to investors in the offering by US$     per ADS, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of ADSs offered by us would increase or decrease the as-adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by US$     per ADS, and the dilution to investors in the offering by US$     per ADS, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2014, on the as-adjusted basis described above, the differences between the existing shareholders as of December 31, 2014 and the new investors in this offering with respect to the number of ADSs, or equivalent number of ordinary shares, purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per ADS, or equivalent number of ordinary shares, based on an assumed initial public offering price of US$         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    

ADS  or
Equivalent
Ordinary
Shares
Purchased (1)

    Total
Consideration
    Average
Price Per

ADS or
Equivalent
Ordinary
Shares (1)
 
      

Number

   %     Amount      %    

Existing shareholders

                   US$                                 US$                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   US$           100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)   Reflects          ordinary shares as equivalent to each ADS.

 

Each increase or decrease in the initial public offering price of US$1.00 per ADS would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by US$             million, or US$     per ADS, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase or decrease of one million in the number of ADSs offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by US$            million, or US$             per ADS, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

To the extent that we grant options or other equity awards to our employees or members of our management in the future, and those options or other equity awards are exercised or become vested or other issuance of our ordinary shares are made, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

The share information above:

 

   

is based on 115,563,610 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014; and

 

   

excludes an aggregate of 25,684,481 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at December 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of A$1.27, of which options to purchase 21,172,996 ordinary shares were vested, at a weighted average exercise price of A$1.29.

 

62


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables set forth summary historical financial data for the periods indicated.

 

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data and consolidated statement of financial position data for and as of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2014 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2013 are derived from the unaudited consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2013 not included in this prospectus. In our management’s opinion, these financial statements include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of our financial condition as of such dates and our results of operations for such periods.

 

Our financial statements have been prepared in Australian dollars and in accordance with International Accounting Standards. Our financial statements comply with IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

 

You should read the selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate our expected results for any future periods. Financial results for the six months ended December 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year ending June 30, 2015.

 

     For the year ended
June 30,
    For the six months ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013     2014     2013  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Revenue

   A$ 597,940      A$ 639,849      A$ 639,167      A$ 223,917   

Other income

     775,833        824,333        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     1,373,773        1,464,182        639,167        223,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

        

Royalties and license fees

     (192,753     (30,000     (40,000     (5,596

Research and development

     (3,757,869     (1,280,012     (2,210,023     (1,850,012

Employment related

     (2,444,015     (1,832,065     (2,343,524     (1,243,816

Share based expenses

     (355,116     (518,749     —          —     

Impairment costs

     —          (1,503,296     —          —     

Travel related expenses

     (585,359     (345,826     (516,528     (209,772

Consultants costs

     (652,839     (336,570     (400,305     (304,341

Occupancy costs

     (121,582     (100,153     (131,364     (61,785

Corporate expenses

     (646,315     (531,686     (436,353     (386,415

Foreign exchange translation

     (111,399     1,526,215        391,955        14,625   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     (8,867,247     (4,952,142     (5,686,142     (4,047,112
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (7,493,474     (3,487,960     (5,046,975     (3,823,195

Income tax benefit

     454,365        —          —          454,365   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

   A$ (7,039,109   A$ (3,487,960   A$ (5,046,975   A$ (3,368,830
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share, basic and diluted

   A$ (0.0781   A$ (0.0825   A$ (0.044   A$ (0.043

Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     90,432,177        41,688,975        115,218,666        78,846,552   

 

63


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,      As of December 31,  
     2014      2013      2014      2013  
                   (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Statement of Financial Position Data:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   A$ 31,359,199       A$ 1,587,299       A$ 26,827,488       A$ 5,183,854   

Total current assets

     34,447,525         1,722,590         29,917,889         8,071,440   

Total assets

     34,495,202         1,750,710         30,336,095         8,095,936   

Total current liabilities

     954,680         1,110,370         718,850         404,981   

Total liabilities

     954,680         1,110,370         718,850         404,981   

Total equity

     33,540,522         640,340         29,617,245         7,690,955   

 

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Our financial statements have been prepared in Australian dollars and in accordance with International Accounting Standards. Our financial statements comply with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. Our fiscal year end is June 30. References to a particular “fiscal year” are to our fiscal year ended June 30 of that year.

 

Overview

 

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company with a pipeline of in-house and partnered therapeutic programs based on our patented gene-silencing technology, ddRNAi. We are developing treatments for chronic and life-threatening human diseases such as hepatitis C, hepatitis B, age-related macular degeneration, drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer and oculopharyngeal muscular dystrophy based on this technology. In addition, we have licensed ddRNAi technology to other biopharmaceutical companies that are progressing their programs towards, or are in, clinical development for applications, including HIV/AIDS, retinitis pigmentosa, Huntington’s disease, cancer immunotherapy and intractable neuropathic pain.

 

Our focus is to validate that ddRNAi is safe and efficacious in a clinical setting. With this goal in mind, we are advancing our technology into a Phase I/IIa clinical trial for TT-034 as a therapy for hepatitis C. The success of this “first in human” trial would be a key step in validating ddRNAi for therapeutic use, seeking regulatory approval of a product candidate based on ddRNAi and ultimately commercializing the product if it achieves approval. In the future, we expect to earn revenue primarily from licensing programs, strategic alliances and collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical companies. There can be no assurance, however, as to whether we will enter into any additional such arrangement or what the terms of any such arrangement could be.

 

Since we were incorporated in Australia in 1995, we have devoted the majority of our resources to development efforts relating to ddRNAi. While we have established some licensing arrangements, we do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have funded our operations primarily from private placements of ordinary shares, including A$31.5 million of gross proceeds raised in February 2014. We have also been awarded research and development grants from the Australian federal government, totaling A$0.8 million in fiscal 2014 and have earned licensing revenue from licensing our ddRNAi technology to five biopharmaceutical companies, totaling A$0.3 million in the same period.

 

In October 2012, we acquired Tacere Therapeutics, Inc., an RNA interference therapeutics company based in California with a development program focused on hepatitis C. As consideration for the acquisition, we issued a total of 4,092,854 ordinary shares (taking into account a 25:1 share consolidation that became effective in July 2013), representing 9.8% of our issued capital immediately after the transaction, having an aggregate value of A$1.5 million.

 

We have incurred losses from operations in each year since inception. Our net losses were A$7.0 million and A$3.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and A$5.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014. The majority of our net losses resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our

 

65


Table of Contents

operations. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. We expect our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities as we:

 

   

pursue clinical proof of concept across our programs, including treatments for hepatitis C, hepatitis B, AMD, drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer and OPMD;

 

   

continue preclinical development of cell therapy and immunotherapy programs through preclinical proof of concept;

 

   

continue our research and development efforts of ddRNAi-based technology;

 

   

seek regulatory approval for our product candidates; and

 

   

add personnel and resources to support our product development and commercialization efforts.

 

As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of A$26.7 million.

 

We may generate revenue from licensing programs, strategic alliances or collaboration arrangement with pharmaceutical companies. These arrangements are likely to be more appealing to them when our pipeline is more advanced. We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years, is subject to significant uncertainty and may never occur.

 

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to advance planned preclinical programs and clinical trials for our current product candidates for at least the next 24 months. We will continue to pursue licensing programs, strategic alliances and collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical companies and we regard this as our key value creation opportunity unless and until we are able to gain regulatory approval for one of our product candidates and decide to commercialize it ourselves. If we were to decide to take one or more product candidates to commercialization on our own, the process of obtaining regulatory approval for the selected programs and building the commercial infrastructure that would be necessary to commercialize them, if approved, would require substantial additional funding.

 

Our current operating plan may change as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned. These additional funds could be raised through public or private equity or debt financings, government or other third-party funding, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these approaches. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and compromise our ability to develop our product candidates and pursue our strategy.

 

We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development in our field, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when or if we will be able to generate product revenue or achieve or maintain profitability. Our ability to generate revenue from licensing, strategic alliances and collaboration arrangements and product sales will depend on a number of factors, including, among others, obtaining and maintaining adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for any of our product candidates that may receive regulatory approval. Even if we are able to generate revenues from licensing programs, strategic alliances or collaboration arrangements or commercial sale of our products, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and we could be forced to reduce our operations.

 

66


Table of Contents

Financial operations overview

 

Revenue

 

To date, we have derived revenues from licensing fees, the Australian federal government’s Research and Development Tax Incentive program and interest income. We have not generated any revenues from the sales of products. Revenues from licensing fees and the tax incentive program are included in the revenue line item on our statements of profit or loss.

 

Our licensing fees have been generated through the licensing of our ddRNAi technology to biopharmaceutical companies.

 

Our grant revenue is generated through the Australian federal government’s Research and Development Tax Incentive program, under which the government provides a cash refund for the 45% of eligible research and development expenditures, including salaries, by small Australian entities having a tax loss. For this purpose, small Australian entities are defined as those with less than A$20 million in revenue. This grant is available for our research and development activities in Australia, as well as activities in the United States to the extent such U.S.-based expenses relate to our activities in Australia, do not exceed half the expenses for the relevant activities and are approved by the Australian government. Because the grants are determined by the Australian government following the completion of a fiscal year based upon eligible research and development expenditures, grants are recorded in the fiscal year received rather than the fiscal year to which they relate.

 

We also record interest and other financial income earned from bank accounts, term deposits and short-term investments as other income in our statements of profit or loss.

 

Research and development expenses

 

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for the development of our product candidates, which include:

 

   

expenses incurred under agreements with academic research centers, clinical research organizations and investigative sites that conduct our clinical trials; and

 

   

the cost of acquiring, developing, and manufacturing clinical trial materials.

 

Research and development expenses do not include employment related expenses, which are included in our Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income as a separate line item.

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Costs for certain development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors and our clinical sites.

 

We cannot determine with certainty the duration and completion costs of the current or future product development, preclinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates. The duration, costs, and timing of clinical trials and development of our product candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

 

   

the scope, rate of progress, and expense of our ongoing as well as any additional clinical trials and other research and development activities;

 

   

the countries in which trials are conducted;

 

   

future clinical trial results;

 

   

uncertainties in clinical trial enrollment rates or drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

   

potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;

 

   

significant and changing government regulation; and

 

   

the timing and receipt of any regulatory approvals.

 

67


Table of Contents

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of a product candidate could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the FDA, or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those that we anticipate will be required to complete clinical development of a product candidate or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development.

 

Our research and development expenses, categorized by product candidate or program, in fiscal 2014, fiscal 2013 and the six months ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 

     For the year ended
June 30,
     For the six
months ended

December 31,
2014
 
Product candidate or program    2014      2013     

TT-034 for the treatment of HCV

   A$ 2,475,086       A$ 456,437       A$ 848,269   

Hepbarna for the treatment of HBV

     —           —           60,416   

TT-211 and TT-231 for the treatment of AMD

     793         208,151         630,077   

Tribetarna for the treatment of drug-resistant NSCLC

     752,683         41,519         382,069   

Intractable neuropathic pain

     1,688         193,971         —     

Pabparna for treatment of OPMD

     40,299         145,207         —     

Other project related research and development costs

     487,320         234,727         289,192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   A$ 3,757,869       A$ 1,280,012       A$ 2,210,023   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

We plan to increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue the development of ddRNAi product candidates and explore further potential applications of our technology.

 

Employment related costs

 

Employment related costs include salaries for all our employees and related benefits, including the grant of share options, which are valued and included in the statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as share based expenses.

 

Impairment

 

We assess at the end of each fiscal year and half year whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing is required for an asset, such as goodwill, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use, we make an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets and the asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value. In such cases, the asset is tested for impairment as part of the cash generating unit to which it belongs. When the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses relating to continuing operations are recognized in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset unless the asset is carried at revalued amount (in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease).

 

68


Table of Contents

Royalties and license fees

 

We pay royalties and license fees in connection with our licensing of intellectual property from third parties. In connection with our acquisition of Tacere in 2012, we agreed to pay to the former shareholders of Tacere royalties on certain licensing revenue earned by us through the license of certain products, including TT-034, covered by a patent controlled by Tacere in October 2012. Any such royalties would be calculated as follows: 15% if the license is entered into prior to commencement of a Phase III clinical study and 2.5% if the license is entered into after commencement of a Phase III clinical study. Also, if we were to directly sell these products, then we would pay a royalty of 2.5% on net sales to the former shareholders of Tacere.

 

In August 2009, we entered into a collaborative agreement with Biomics Biotech Co., Ltd., or Biomics, pursuant to which we agreed to share any revenue generated from commercializing our jointly filed patents which relate to single-stranded RNA and shRNA sequences for treatment of hepatitis B. Any such revenue generated would be distributed to Biomics and us commensurate with our respective contributions to the intellectual property subject to the agreement, which contributions are expected to be equal.

 

Foreign exchange translation

 

The foreign currency translation reserve represents the currency translation movements of subsidiary company balances denominated in foreign currencies at year end. Foreign currency monetary items are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Non-monetary items measured at historical cost continue to be carried at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items measured at fair value are reported at the exchange rate at the date when fair values were determined. Movements in the foreign currency translation reserve are shown in our Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions. Exchange rate differences are recognized in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.

 

The significant movement in the foreign currency translation reserve and foreign exchange transactional gain or loss in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 is due to historic intercompany loan balances between Benitec and its foreign subsidiaries that are eliminated on consolidation which were deemed to be non-repayable and were accordingly transferred to equity during fiscal 2014. As a result of the transfer of historical intercompany receivable and payable balances to equity, these balances are translated at a historical rate and no further foreign exchange translational reserve or transactional gain or loss on these balances was required at June 30, 2014.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. We analyze our estimates and judgments and we base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may vary from our estimates. Our significant accounting policies are detailed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have summarized below the accounting policies of particular importance to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations and that require the application of significant judgment or estimates by our management.

 

Share-based payments transactions .    We measure the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes model.

 

Tax losses .    Given our history of recent losses, we have not recognized a deferred tax asset with regard to unused tax losses and other temporary differences, as it has not been determined whether we or our subsidiaries

 

69


Table of Contents

will generate sufficient taxable income against which the unused tax losses and other temporary differences can be utilized. We note that the availability of tax losses is subject to Australian continuity of ownership test or, if we fail that test, the same business test. If we continue to obtain funding from new shareholders, then we may not comply with the continuity of ownership test.

 

Certain Differences Between IFRS and GAAP

 

IFRS differs from GAAP in a few respects. While we have not assessed the materiality of differences between IFRS and GAAP, we note in particular that IFRS permits the recording of finance income and research and development grants as revenue, unlike GAAP, under which interest and other finance income would not be recorded as revenue but instead as net finance income and research and development grants would be recorded as an offsetting reduction to research and development expenses. In addition, under IFRS, all employment-related expenses are reported in their own line item in our Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, unlike GAAP, under which employment-related expenses are generally allocated to line items such as research and development expense or general and administrative expense based on the functions performed by each applicable employee.

 

Results of Operation

 

The following discussion relates to our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and capital resources. You should read this discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Comparison of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

 

We raised significant capital in fiscal 2014 that enabled us to accelerate our research and development efforts. In particular, we raised A$39.6 million, net of transaction costs, in private placements of ordinary shares to institutional investors and a shareholder purchase plan to shareholders resident in Australia and New Zealand. With these funds available, we were able to advance the TT-034 program for hepatitis C, as well as other programs in our pipeline, including our hepatitis B, drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer and AMD programs. We submitted an IND application for TT-034 to the FDA in December 2013 and, with the application approved in January 2014, we were able to commence clinical trials with TT-034.

 

Revenue

 

     For the fiscal year ended
June 30,
     Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2014      2013     

Revenue:

        

Licensing revenue and royalties

   A$ 276,824       A$ 521,140       A$ (244,316

Australian government research and development grants

     775,833         824,333         (48,500

Other income:

        

Finance income—interest

     321,116         118,709         202,407   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   A$ 1,373,773       A$ 1,464,182       A$ (90,409
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Licensing revenue and royalties decreased by A$0.2 million, or 47%, from A$0.5 million in fiscal 2013 to A$0.3 million in fiscal 2014 due to amounts earned in fiscal 2013 that were not repeated in fiscal 2014.

 

Grants from the Australian government decreased A$48,500, or 6%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 because we undertook less research and development activity on approved “eligible expenditure” in fiscal 2013, and thus received and recorded less grant revenue in fiscal 2014, compared to activities in fiscal 2012.

 

70


Table of Contents

Finance income more than doubled in fiscal 2014 from fiscal 2013 as a result of a private placement of ordinary shares to institutional investors and a shareholder purchase plan in 2014 that raised proceeds of A$39.6 million, thus providing for higher bank deposit and short-term investment balances in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013.

 

Expenses

 

Royalties and licence fees.     Royalties and licence fees decreased by A$0.2 million from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 due primarily to licences being established in fiscal 2013, with upfront payments representing most of the change in revenue.

 

Research and development expense.     Research and development expense more than doubled to A$3.8 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to (i) fiscal 2014 including a full 12 months of research and development activity by Tacere compared to only eight months of research and development activity in fiscal 2013 following our acquisition of Tacere on October 30, 2012 and (ii) the acceleration of our activities in connection with the TT-034 program for the treatment of hepatitis C. In addition, the completion of a private placement of ordinary shares in February 2014 enabled us to accelerate other research and development activity in the latter half of fiscal 2014.

 

Employment related expenses.     Employment-related expenses increased by A$0.6 million, or 33%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, due in large part to the strategy of building our staff capabilities to match our anticipated longer-term requirements, such as the appointment of senior scientific, executive and support staff, including staff acquired through the acquisition of Tacere.

 

Share based expenses.     Share based expenses decreased by A$0.2 million, or 32%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014. Share based expenses are calculated using a Black-Scholes model. The share based expense model uses a data set that includes share price and exercise price, exercise probability, volatility, exercise time and interest rates. Variation in these factors and a reduced level of option grants to staff were the major contributors to this expense decrease. We recognize share based expenses over the service period in which the employee earns the award, which is the vesting period of the award.

 

Impairment costs.     Impairment costs of A$1.5 million relating to identifiable intangibles on the acquisition of Tacere were recognized in fiscal 2013. The Tacere acquisition in-process research reflected the excess of the consideration we paid over the fair value of the identifiable assets we acquired, less liabilities we assumed. The write-off of the identifiable intangibles was recorded following a review for impairment, and was considered to be the most appropriate accounting treatment as the intellectual property was a preclinical asset and, hence, the future economic benefit was uncertain.

 

Travel related costs.     Travel related costs increased by A$0.2 million, or 69%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 due to increased staff levels and participation in international conferences, in addition to meetings with pharmaceutical companies. Travel also increased as a result of the acquisition of Tacere and the progression of the HCV program to a clinical trial.

 

Consultants costs.     Consultants costs increased by A$0.3 million, or 94%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014, as we retained specialist advisers in relation to our key programs and built appropriate shareholder relations capabilities.

 

Occupancy costs.     Occupancy costs increased by A$21,429, or 21%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 due to the increased lease costs arising from the acquisition of Tacere and increased space under lease in Australia.

 

Corporate expenses.     Corporate expenses increased by A$0.1 million, or 22%, from fiscal 2013 to fiscal 2014 due to an increase in the size of the business and increases in consequent expenses.

 

71


Table of Contents

Foreign exchange translation.     A foreign exchange loss of A$0.1 million was recorded in fiscal 2014 compared to a gain of A$1.5 million in fiscal 2013 reflecting the historic intercompany loan balances between Benitec and its foreign subsidiaries that were transferred to equity during fiscal 2014.

 

Loss for the period

 

As a result of the foregoing, our loss for the period after income tax benefit increased by A$3.5 million, or 102%, from A$3.5 million in fiscal 2013 to A$7.0 million in fiscal 2014.

 

Given our and our subsidiaries’ history of recent losses, we have not recognized a deferred tax asset with regard to unused tax losses and other temporary differences, as it has not been determined whether we or our subsidiaries will generate sufficient taxable income against which the unused tax losses and other temporary differences can be utilized.

 

Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

Revenue

 

     Six months ended December 31,      Increase
(Decrease)
 
             2014                      2013             

Licensing revenue and royalties

   A$ 186,564       A$ 170,723       A$ 15,841   

Finance income

     452,603         53,194         399,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   A$ 639,167       A$ 223,917       A$ 415,250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Licensing revenue and royalties increased slightly in the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2013.

 

Finance income increased by A$0.4 million from A$0.1 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013 to A$0.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014 as a result of a private placement of ordinary shares to institutional investors and a shareholder purchase plan in February 2014 that raised A$39.6 million, thus providing for higher interest returns on increased bank account cash balances for the six months ended December 31, 2014.

 

Grant revenue is recognized when there is reasonable assurance that we will comply with the conditions attaching to the grant and the grant will be received. In the six months ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, no grant revenue met these criteria.

 

Expenses

 

Royalties and licence fees.     Royalties and licence fees increased by A$34,404 from the six months ended December 31, 2013 to the six months ended December 31, 2014 due to licensing payments made in the six months to December 31, 2014 that were not incurred in the earlier period.

 

Research and development expense.     Research and development expense increased by A$0.4 million, or 19%, due to higher research and development activity in the six months ended December 31, 2014, including the dosing of a third patient in our Phase I/IIa clinical trial for TT-034 and the execution of an agreement with 4D Molecular Therapeutics LLC, or 4DMT, to develop novel vectors with retinal tissue specificity.

 

Employment related expenses.     Employment-related expenses increased by A$1.1 million, or 88%, to A$2.3 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 compared to the corresponding period in 2013, primarily due to an increase in share-based expense to A$0.8 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 from A$0.1 million in the six months ended December 31, 2013 and increased staff levels.

 

72


Table of Contents

Travel related costs.     Travel related costs increased by A$0.3 million, or 146%, from the six months ended December 31, 2013 to the six months ended December 31, 2014 due to increased staff levels and participation in international conferences, in addition to meetings with pharmaceutical companies.

 

Consultants costs.     Consultants costs increased by A$0.1 million, or 32%, from the six months ended December 31, 2013 to the six months ended December 31, 2014, as we retained specialist advisers in relation to our key programs and built appropriate shareholder relations capabilities

 

Occupancy costs.     Occupancy costs increased by A$0.1 million, or 113%, from the six months ended December 31, 2013 to the six months ended December 31, 2014 due to the increased lease costs for the Tacere laboratory and increased space under lease in Australia.

 

Corporate expenses.     Corporate expenses increased by A$49,938, or 13%, from the six months ended December 31, 2013 to the six months ended December 31, 2014 due to an increase in the size of the business and increases in consequent expenses.

 

Foreign exchange translation.     Foreign exchange translation income increased slightly in the six months ended December 31, 2013 to A$0.4 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 due to the benefit from retaining cash in U.S. dollars while the Australian dollar devalued against the U.S. dollar.

 

Loss for the period

 

As a result of the foregoing, our loss for the period after income tax benefit increased by A$1.7 million, or 50%, from A$3.4 million in the six months ended December 31, 2013 to A$5.0 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014.

 

Given our and our subsidiaries’ history of recent losses, we have not recognized a deferred tax asset with regard to unused tax losses and other temporary differences, as it has not been determined whether we or our subsidiaries will generate sufficient taxable income against which the unused tax losses and other temporary differences can be utilized.

 

Liquidity and capital resources

 

We have incurred cumulative losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception in 1995, and as of December 31, 2014 we had accumulated losses of A$101.3 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may raise through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, other third-party funding and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements.

 

We have had no borrowings in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 or the first six months of fiscal 2015 and do not currently have a credit facility.

 

As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of A$26.7 million. Cash in excess of immediate requirements is invested in accordance with our investment policy, primarily with a view to liquidity and capital preservation. Currently, our cash and cash equivalents are held in bank accounts. Our short-term investments consist of term deposits with maturity within 180 days.

 

73


Table of Contents

Cash flows

 

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods set forth below:

 

    For the year ended
June 30,
    For the six months ended
December 31,
 
    2014     2013     2014     2013  
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

  A$ (9,270,339   A$ (2,732,596   A$ (4,786,947   A$ (6,105,036

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (32,365     133,714        (394,334     —     

Net cash provided by financing activities

    39,075,618        1,086,844        257,615        9,703,483   

 

Operating activities.     For the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, net cash used in operating activities was A$4.8 million and A$6.1 million, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was A$9.3 million for fiscal 2014 and A$2.7 million for fiscal 2013. The use of net cash in all periods resulted from our net losses.

 

Investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended December 31, 2014 was A$0.4 million, which related to purchases of equipment. There were no purchases of equipment or other investing activities in the six months ended December 31, 2013. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2014 was A$32,365, which related to purchases of equipment. Net cash provided by investing activities in fiscal 2013 was A$0.1 million, which primarily related to costs associated with the acquisition of Tacere in October 2012.

 

Financing activities.     For the six months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was A$0.3 million and A$9.7 million, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities was A$39.1 million for fiscal 2014 and A$1.1 million for fiscal 2013. All such cash from financing activities related to the issuance of ordinary shares. In addition to issuances from the exercise of options to purchase ordinary shares, in fiscal 2014, A$39.5 million was raised from private placements and A$2.8 million was raised from a share purchase plan.

 

Operating capital requirements

 

In the future, we expect our revenue stream will be generated mostly from licensing, strategic alliances and collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical companies. While we continue to progress discussions and advance opportunities to engage with pharmaceutical companies and continue to seek licensing partners for ddRNAi in disease areas that are not our focus, there can be no assurance as to whether we will enter into such arrangements or what the terms of any such arrangement could be.

 

While we have established some licensing arrangements, we do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We do not know when, or if, we will generate any revenue from product sales. We do not expect to generate significant revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of and commercialize one of our current or future product candidates.

 

Unless and until we establish significant revenues from licensing programs, strategic alliances or collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical companies, or from product sales, we anticipate that we will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of product candidates and begin to prepare to commercialize any product that receives regulatory approval. We are subject to the risks inherent in the development of new gene therapy products, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business.

 

74


Table of Contents

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to complete planned preclinical proof-of-concept studies and clinical trials for our lead product candidates through at least the next 24 months. In order to complete the planned preclinical proof-of-concept studies and clinical trials for our lead product candidates and to build the infrastructure that we believe will be necessary to commercialize our lead product candidates, we will require substantial additional funding.

 

We have based our projections of operating capital requirements on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect and we may use all of our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products, we are unable to estimate the exact amount of our operating capital requirements. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the timing and costs of our planned clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

   

the timing and costs of our planned preclinical studies for our product candidate;

 

   

the number and characteristics of product candidates that we pursue;

 

   

the outcome, timing and costs of seeking regulatory approvals;

 

   

revenue received from commercial sales of any of our product candidates that may receive regulatory approval;

 

   

the terms and timing of any future collaborations, licensing, consulting or other arrangements that we may establish;

 

   

the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make, or that we may receive, in connection with the licensing, filing, prosecution, defense and enforcement of any patents or other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property related claims; and

 

   

the extent to which we need to in-license or acquire other products and technologies.

 

Contractual obligations and commitments

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1 - 3 years      3 - 5 years      More
than
5 years
 

Operating lease obligations

   A$ 141,082       A$ 95,781       A$ 45,301       A$   —         A$   —     

Obligations to clinical research organizations

     1,057,467         422,842         634,625         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   A$ 1,198,549       A$ 518,623       A$ 679,926       A$ —         A$ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

We have obligations under contracts with clinical research organizations relating to their work on our clinical trials. These obligations, which are subject to termination under certain circumstances, include:

 

   

In 2012, we appointed Synteract Inc. as a clinical research organization responsible for the progression of TT-034 into Phase I/II clinical trials in the United States.

 

   

In 2014, we appointed European-based Clinical Trials Group as a clinical research organization responsible for the progression of our non-small cell lung cancer therapeutic Tribetarna into Phase II clinical trials.

 

75


Table of Contents

Off-balance sheet arrangements

 

We did not have over the past three fiscal years, and we currently do not have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks

 

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and exchange rates.

 

As of June 30, 2014 and 2013 and December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of A$31.4 million, A$1.6 million and A$26.8 million, respectively, primarily held in bank accounts and term deposits. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected primarily by changes in the general level of Australian interest rates. Our available for sale securities are subject to interest rate risk and will fall in value if market interest rates increase. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio.

 

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies that arise from foreign currencies held in bank accounts and the translation of results from our operations outside Australia. Our foreign exchange exposure is primarily the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency risks arising from commitments in foreign currencies are managed by holding cash in that currency. Foreign currency translation risk is not hedged.

 

76


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company developing a novel, proprietary therapeutic technology platform that combines gene silencing and gene therapy with a goal of providing sustained, long-lasting silencing of disease-causing genes from a single administration. We believe our technology has the potential to be a “one shot” cure for a wide range of diseases that are currently addressed by strict ongoing treatment regimens or that have no effective treatment or only palliative care options. We are using our technology, called DNA-directed RNA interference, or ddRNAi, to develop our pipeline of product candidates for the treatment of numerous chronic and life-threatening human diseases, such as hepatitis C, hepatitis B, age-related macular degeneration, or AMD, drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer, or NSCLC, and oculopharyngeal muscular dystrophy, or OPMD. These diseases have large patient populations, with the exception of OPMD which is a rare disease. In addition, we have licensed our ddRNAi technology to other biopharmaceutical companies whose pipeline programs are progressing towards, or are in, clinical development for applications including HIV/AIDS, retinitis pigmentosa, Huntington’s disease, cancer immunotherapy and intractable neuropathic pain.

 

Many diseases are known to be caused by the inappropriate expression of a gene or multiple genes. It has been observed since 1998 that RNA interference, or RNAi, is a mechanism that can potentially be used to specifically turn off, or silence, genes whose sequences are known. Thus, RNAi can potentially be used to treat or cure diseases with a genetic basis by targeting a specific region of the molecular sequence of the disease-causing gene. RNAi is potentially applicable to over 20,000 human genes and a large number of disease-causing microorganism-specific genes. The mechanism of action of RNAi involves the introduction of short interfering RNA, or siRNA, into a cell. The siRNA’s sequence is constructed to match a short region of the target gene. The siRNA is processed by the cell’s own enzymes to destroy the target gene’s messenger RNA, or mRNA, thus preventing the disease-causing gene from being expressed. This occurs as long as the siRNA remains prevalent in the cell.

 

Our approach differs from the standard RNAi approach, which is commonly referred to as siRNA and is being developed by a number of other companies, including Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Alnylam, Tekmira Pharmaceuticals Corporation, or Tekmira, and Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Dicerna. In this standard RNAi approach, double-stranded siRNA is produced synthetically and subsequently introduced into the target cell either by chemical modification of the RNA or by a range of other delivery methods. While clinical efficacy has been demonstrated for a number of indications utilizing this approach, it has a number of limitations, which include:

 

   

Once administered, siRNA levels within cells are finite and limited to the initial amount delivered. Extended therapeutic benefit requires repeated administration for multiple cycles.

 

   

Patient adherence challenges due to dosing frequency and treatment duration.

 

   

Therapeutic concentrations of siRNA are not stably maintained because the levels of synthetic siRNA in the cells decrease over time.

 

   

Delivery of siRNA into the appropriate target cells has been a considerable challenge. Unmodified siRNA is unstable in the bloodstream, can cause an adverse immune response and does not readily cross membranes to enter cells. Therefore, novel chemical modifications or the use of novel delivery materials are required to introduce the siRNA into the target cells, making it complicated to develop therapeutics.

 

   

Because the liver acts to clear foreign contaminants from the bloodstream, current systemic delivery of siRNA molecules is limited primarily to targeting the liver. As a result, the majority of siRNA pipeline drugs have been restricted to liver diseases.

 

   

When injected into the body, siRNA is recognized as a foreign contaminant and can cause an adverse immune response, or interferon response, potentially resulting in serious adverse effects.

 

77


Table of Contents
   

There are multiple target disease-causing genes in some diseases, including certain viral infections and certain types of cancer. siRNA-based applications typically involve multiple siRNA molecules, one for each gene desired to be silenced, and may require specialized delivery formulations to ensure distribution of each molecule in the target cells. This delivery challenge makes it more difficult to develop treatments for diseases that implicate multiple genes.

 

   

siRNA only acts to silence genes, but cannot be used to replace defective genes with normally functioning genes.

 

Our ddRNAi technology is designed to utilize the specificity and gene silencing effect of RNA interference while overcoming many of the limitations associated with the ongoing administration of siRNA. Our ddRNAi approach combines RNA interference with gene therapy. Unlike siRNA, our ddRNAi technology starts with a DNA construct. Gene therapy vectors, which are carrier molecules, often viruses, that deliver genetic material into the cell, are used to deliver the DNA construct to the nucleus of the targeted cells. The DNA construct then generates double-stranded short hairpin RNAs, or shRNAs, which are processed by the cell into siRNAs, which in turn silence the disease-associated genes. Advantages of our ddRNAi approach include:

 

   

ddRNAi is designed to produce sustained, long-lasting silencing of the disease-causing gene, following a single administration, leading to the potential for “one shot” cures for a wide range of diseases, which could eliminate the requirement for patient compliance to take regular doses of medicine for long-term management of their disease.

 

   

ddRNAi technology can potentially use any clinically validated gene therapy vector, enabling it to target a wide range of tissues, including, but not limited to, the liver.

 

   

Because ddRNAi uses the cell’s own transcriptional mechanisms to produce shRNA, a constant level of shRNA can potentially be produced so that intracellular levels of siRNA do not fall below threshold levels required for disease suppression.

 

   

The level of shRNA in the cells can potentially be fine-tuned to achieve optimal concentrations.

 

   

Off-tissue effects can be minimized by using tissue specific promoters that are designed to restrict expression of shRNA to only the target tissue.

 

   

The DNA constructs are shielded in gene therapy vectors that are designed to avoid activating the interferon response.

 

   

ddRNAi provides the option to both silence the defective gene and replace the defective gene with a normal version, using the same gene therapy vector. Thus silencing and replacement of the mutant gene occurs in the same cell. We believe this “silence and replace” strategy is ideally suited to developing therapeutics for a number of genetic disorders.

 

   

ddRNAi can be designed to express multiple siRNAs in the same cell, targeting either a single gene at several different sites to minimize the risk of viral resistance, or multiple genes in distinct cellular pathways, potentially enabling treatment of complex genetic diseases such as cancer, diabetes and heart disease.

 

   

ddRNAi can elicit long-term response by continued expression of siRNA from a single administration, potentially preventing viral reinfection.

 

Our strategy is to discover, develop and commercialize treatments that leverage the capabilities of ddRNAi. We intend to do so by progressing our pipeline of ddRNAi-based therapeutics designed to treat and cure a number of human diseases, thereby demonstrating the broad clinical application of ddRNAi.

 

Our lead product candidate, TT-034, which currently is in a Phase I/IIa first-in-human clinical trial, is being developed to treat patients chronically infected with the most common genotype, GT-1, of the hepatitis C virus, or HCV. We expect to receive efficacy data in the fourth quarter of 2015. If the results of the trial are favorable,

 

78


Table of Contents

we anticipate commencing a phase IIb/III trial in the second quarter of 2017. The primary endpoint for the Phase I/IIa trial is safety, measured by the incidence of serious adverse events and changes in clinical parameters. The secondary endpoints are efficacy-based, measured by shRNA expression in the liver, and sustained reduction in HCV viral load in the blood. Of the five patients who have been dosed thus far, there have been no treatment-related serious adverse effects observed. Three of the five patients have been biopsied to date, and we have seen shRNA expression in all three. According to the World Health Organization, or the WHO, 130 million to 150 million individuals worldwide have chronic hepatitis C. Hepatitis C is a leading cause of cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, which often requires a liver transplant. Patients suffering from HCV have limited treatment options that require adherence to strict recurrent treatment regimens, cause debilitating side effects that can cause patients to deviate from their prescribed treatment regimen, and lack the ability to prevent reinfection. We believe TT-034 represents the first systemic administration of a ddRNAi-based therapeutic, making us the only company to date to advance into a clinical trial an RNAi therapeutic for systemic administration by gene therapy vectors.

 

We are also developing Hepbarna, which currently is in preclinical studies, for the treatment of the hepatitis B virus, or HBV. We plan to file an investigational new drug, or IND, application in the first quarter of 2017. HBV is a small DNA virus that, according to the WHO, infects up to 240 million people worldwide, resulting in up to 780,000 deaths per year. Infection with HBV occurs in phases ranging from a silent, acute phase that can be resolved by the immune system to a persistent chronic infection requiring life-long therapy. In the case of a chronic HBV infection, the presence of viral particles and proteins, particularly the s-antigen, causes hepatic inflammation leading to liver dysfunction, acute hepatic failure, cirrhosis or hepatocellular carcinoma. Patients suffering from HBV have limited treatment options from therapies consisting of antivirals and, less commonly, interferon therapy. These treatments require adherence to strict recurrent treatment regimens, may cause the hepatitis B virus to mutate and develop antiviral drug resistance, and may only provide viral suppression through the course of administration, and not a cure. The long-term use of interferon, particularly in high doses, may also be associated with significant side effects, including nausea, vomiting, shortness of breath, dizziness and fatigue, that can cause patients to deviate from the course of treatment. Hepbarna is designed to be a single administration ddRNAi-based monotherapy that is delivered using a gene therapy vector that targets the liver and inhibits viral replication and s-antigen production on a long-term basis. As both HBV and HCV replicate in the liver, we have designed Hepbarna to mimic the design elements of TT-034, which we believe could help expedite Hepbarna’s regulatory pathway.

 

In addition to TT-034 for HCV and Hepbarna for HBV, we are focusing on developing product candidates to treat AMD, OPMD and drug-resistant NSCLC. For selected product candidates, at the appropriate stage, we may collaborate with large pharmaceutical companies to further develop and, if approved, commercialize them to achieve broad product distribution. For certain products we deem to be outside of our immediate focus, we will continue to out-license, where appropriate, applications of our ddRNAi technology for the development of a range of therapeutics.

 

Our Strengths

 

We believe that the combination of our proprietary ddRNAi technology and our deep expertise and know-how in designing and clinical development of ddRNAi-based therapeutics will enable us to achieve and maintain a leading position in gene silencing for treatment of human disease. Our key strengths include:

 

   

A first mover advantage for ddRNAi-based therapeutics;

 

   

Exclusive rights to a novel, proprietary ddRNAi technology platform that is potentially the basis of single-administration therapies with sustained, long-term silencing of disease-causing genes;

 

   

A pipeline of programs focused on life threatening or chronic diseases with either large patient populations, including hepatitis C, hepatitis B, AMD and drug-resistant NSCLC, or rare disease status potentially supporting an orphan drug classification, including OPMD;

 

79


Table of Contents
   

A product candidate, TT-034, currently in a Phase I/IIa clinical trial that we believe, based on preliminary results from three patients, has clinical proof of concept for the production of shRNA in the liver from a single administration;

 

   

Collaborations with third parties to expand the technology platform and develop additional expertise in DNA delivery technologies, in scalable manufacturing, in DNA construct design and in developing related diagnostics to help identify the most appropriate patient populations to benefit from these novel treatments;

 

   

Out-licensing agreements with third parties utilizing our ddRNAi technology to develop therapies outside of our core research areas, which we believe could provide further validation of our technology’s potential to address numerous diseases;

 

   

Our development team has more than 50 years of combined experience in designing and developing ddRNAi therapeutics and includes founding scientists in the ddRNAi field; and

 

   

Rights to intellectual property that includes a patent portfolio protecting our ddRNAi technology platform in numerous jurisdictions through 2019, and a growing portfolio of patents protecting improvements to our ddRNAi technology and product candidates in numerous jurisdictions through at least 2025.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to become the leader in discovering, developing, clinically validating and commercializing ddRNAi-based therapeutics for a range of human diseases with high unmet clinical need or large patient populations, and to thereby provide a better life for patients with these diseases. Our strategy to accomplish this goal is to:

 

   

Progress our pipeline of proprietary ddRNAi-based therapeutics .    Our lead product candidate, TT-034, is a single administration ddRNAi-based therapeutic currently in Phase I/IIa to treat the most common genotype of HCV. We are also pursuing early preclinical research in HBV, AMD, drug-resistant NSCLC and OPMD. We plan to submit IND applications for our drug-resistant NSCLC product candidate in the third quarter of 2016 and for our HBV and AMD product candidates in the first and second quarters of 2017, respectively. We expect to complete preclinical proof-of-concept studies for our OPMD product candidate in the third quarter of 2016.

 

   

Continue our leadership position in ddRNAi-based therapeutics .    We believe we are the only company to date to advance into a clinical trial an RNAi therapeutic for systemic administration by gene therapy vectors. We have developed significant experience in ddRNAi through our work on HCV, HBV, AMD, drug-resistant NSCLC and OPMD. We have strong relationships with key opinion leaders in the field and will continue to engage with the medical and scientific community to communicate the potential therapeutic value of ddRNAi.

 

   

Further develop and improve our ddRNAi platform technology and its associated intellectual property position.     In addition to progressing our pipeline of product candidates, we will further develop and improve our ddRNAi platform technology and its associated intellectual property through in-house development and in-licensing of complementary technologies. One such example is our relationship with 4D Molecular Therapeutics LLC, or 4DMT, a company that is developing a vector to deliver our ddRNAi constructs to the retinal cells of the eye from an intravitreal injection to treat patients with AMD.

 

   

Develop drugs in our core disease areas and partner selectively to commercialize and expand our pipeline .    The adaptability of our platform also presents an opportunity for us to selectively form collaborations to expand our capabilities and product offerings into a range of diseases and potentially to accelerate the development and commercialization of ddRNAi therapeutics more broadly. We will continue to expand our franchise of ddRNAi-based therapeutics by out-licensing, where appropriate, applications of ddRNAi for the development of a range of therapeutics outside of our immediate focus.

 

80


Table of Contents
 

Once clinical proof of concept has been achieved for a product candidate, we plan, where appropriate, to enter into collaborations with pharmaceutical companies to develop that product candidate and ultimately commercialize it if it receives regulatory approval.

 

   

Pursue indications with high unmet medical need or large patient populations .    Each of our five current core indications are severe diseases with high unmet medical need or large patient populations. We believe there is a strong rationale for treating these diseases and other diseases that have well-characterized gene targets that can be silenced, thus preventing the disease-causing gene from being expressed. Given the poor prognosis and limited treatment options for most of these diseases, we believe our ddRNAi-based product candidates may offer a potential single-treatment alternative for these patients. Our ddRNAi-based product candidates, if successful, may offer a potentially superior long-term value proposition for our patients and the healthcare system more broadly, which we believe will allow us to derive premium value while delivering patients life-altering treatments. We also intend to develop ddRNAi applications in novel technologies, including cell therapy and immunotherapy, such as chimeric antigen receptor T cells, or CAR T, for a range of additional disease areas.

 

Our Technology—ddRNAi

 

Our proprietary technology platform is called DNA-directed RNA interference, or ddRNAi, which is designed to produce long-term silencing of disease-causing genes, by combining RNA interference, or RNAi, with delivery agents typically associated with gene therapy.

 

Standard gene therapy is normally used to compensate for abnormal or malfunctioning genes or to make a beneficial protein to address a defect. If a mutated gene causes a necessary protein to be faulty or missing, gene therapy is used to introduce a wild type, or normal, copy of the gene to restore the function of the protein. This is the approach to gene therapy taken by a number of other companies to date.

 

With our ddRNAi approach, gene therapy vectors are used to deliver a DNA construct that produces shRNAs, which are processed by the cell into siRNAs, which then silence the disease-associated genes.

 

Overview of RNAi and siRNA approach

 

Many diseases are known to be caused by the inappropriate expression of a gene or multiple genes. These disease-associated genes can be turned off, or silenced, by the use of RNAi, resulting in a treatment or cure of the disease. Thus, RNAi provides the ability to develop therapeutics against diseases caused by inappropriate gene expression, by targeting a specific region of the molecular sequence of the disease-causing gene. RNAi is potentially applicable to over 20,000 human genes and a large number of disease-causing microorganism-specific genes.

 

The mechanism of action of RNAi involves the introduction of siRNA into a cell. The siRNA’s sequence is constructed to match a short region of the target gene. The siRNA is processed by the cell’s own enzymes to destroy the target gene’s mRNA, thus preventing the disease-causing gene from being expressed. This occurs as long as the siRNA remains prevalent in the cell. In the standard RNAi approach, siRNA is produced synthetically in the laboratory and introduced into the target cell either by chemical modification of the RNA or by a range of delivery materials. A number of other companies, including Alnylam, Tekmira, and Dicerna, utilize this approach in their RNAi product candidates.

 

81


Table of Contents

Figure 1. The siRNA approach.

 

LOGO

A small double stranded RNA, or dsRNA, molecule (A), comprising one strand known as the sense strand and another strand known as the antisense strand, which are complementary to each other, is synthesized in the laboratory. These small dsRNAs are called small interfering RNAs, or siRNAs. The sequence of the sense strand corresponds to a short region of the target gene mRNA. The siRNA is delivered to the target cell (B), where a group of enzymes, referred to as the RNA Interference Specificity Complex, or RISC, process the siRNA (C), where one of the strands (usually the sense strand) is released (D). RISC uses the antisense strand to find the mRNA that has a complementary sequence (E) leading to the cleavage of the target mRNA (F). As a consequence, the output of the mRNA (protein production) does not occur (G).

 

Our Approach to Gene Silencing—ddRNAi

 

Our ddRNAi technology is designed to utilize the specificity and gene silencing effect of RNAi while overcoming many of the limitations of siRNA. Our ddRNAi approach combines RNA interference with gene therapy vectors to deliver a DNA compound to the target diseased tissue in order to silence the disease-associated genes.

 

Gene therapy

 

Gene therapy is designed to introduce genetic material into cells, usually to compensate for abnormal or malfunctioning genes or to make a beneficial protein to address a defect. If a mutated gene causes a necessary protein to be faulty or missing, gene therapy is used typically to introduce a normal copy of the gene to restore the function of the protein. Genetic material that is inserted directly into a cell usually does not function. Instead, a carrier called a vector is genetically engineered to deliver the gene. Certain viruses are often used as vectors because they can deliver the new gene by infecting the cell. The vector viruses are designed not to cause disease when used in people. Some types of vector viruses, such as lentivirus, integrate their genetic material, including the new gene, into a chromosome in the human cell. Other vector viruses, such as adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses, or AAV, introduce their DNA into the nucleus of the cell, but the DNA of the vector virus is not integrated into a chromosome; only the therapeutic gene is integrated. Most of our ddRNAi programs utilize AAV as the delivery vector. A number of viral vectors can produce gene expression for months or years following a single administration, depending on the target tissue.

 

82


Table of Contents

The vector can be given intravenously or injected directly into a specific tissue in the body, where it enters individual cells. Alternatively, a sample of the patient’s cells can be removed and exposed to the vector in a laboratory setting. The cells containing the vector are then returned to the patient where they produce the expressed RNA or protein.

 

ddRNAi

 

Our ddRNAi technology utilizes DNA as the therapeutic molecule designed to generate shRNAs continuously in the target cell. A range of viral and non-viral gene therapy vectors can be used to deliver the DNA construct into the cell’s nucleus. Once delivered, the DNA sequence codes for specific shRNAs, which are then processed by the cell’s endogenous machinery into siRNA. The siRNA created by the cell then completes the RNAi cycle described above by cleaving the mRNA of the target gene thus preventing the disease-causing gene from being expressed.

 

Figure 2. The ddRNAi approach.

 

LOGO

A DNA construct is delivered to the target cell’s nucleus by a gene therapy vector (A) such as an AAV. Once in the nucleus, the DNA construct continuously produces shRNAs (B) which are processed by an enzyme called Dicer into siRNAs (C). The processed siRNA is incorporated into RISC and silences the target gene using the same mechanism shown in Figure 1.

 

83


Table of Contents

Our Pipeline

 

We are developing a portfolio of product candidates based on our proprietary ddRNAi gene silencing technology focused on chronic and life threatening conditions with disease-associated genes.

 

LOGO

 

TT-034 for the Treatment of Hepatitis C

 

Overview

 

We are developing a ddRNAi-based therapeutic, TT-034, for the treatment of the most common genotype of the human hepatitis C virus. We are currently conducting a Phase I/IIa first-in-human clinical trial of TT-034. The primary endpoint for this study is safety, measured by incidence of serious adverse events and changes in clinical parameters. The secondary endpoints are efficacy-based, measured by shRNA expression in the liver, and sustained reduction in HCV viral load in the blood. Of the five patients that have been dosed thus far, there have been no treatment-related serious adverse effects observed. Three of the five patients have been biopsied to date, and we have seen shRNA expression in all three. Assuming our TT-034 clinical trial continues to progress in accordance with its design, we expect efficacy data to become available in the fourth quarter of 2015. If the results of the trial are favorable, we anticipate commencing a Phase IIb/III trial in the second quarter of 2017.

 

Hepatitis C is a complex public health problem, characterized by a high prevalence of chronic infection by an RNA virus, an increasing burden of HCV-associated disease, low rates of testing and treatment, and the prospect of increasing incidence associated with injectable drug abuse. According to the WHO, over 170 million individuals worldwide have chronic hepatitis C. Chronic infection can result in cirrhosis and death in 20% of patients due to end-stage liver disease or hepatocellular carcinoma. Despite the recent addition of more effective direct acting antiviral drugs, or DAAs, the current standard of care is expensive and requires daily dosing for 12 to 24 weeks. The use of ddRNAi-based drugs offers the possibility of a “one shot” cure, where the disease is treated with a single infusion.

 

Publicly reported sales of the HCV therapeutics currently on the market exceeded US$12 billion in 2014.

 

Current Hepatitis C Treatments

 

HCV exists as six closely related, but distinct genotypes, or GTs, with GT-1, -2, and -3 most commonly found in the United States. Currently, the most common treatment for HCV in the United States is subcutaneous interferon and ribavirin administered for 24 to 72 weeks. In addition to this, a range of antiviral drugs targeting various stages of the HCV lifecycle have recently become available. These drugs are described below with their associated treatment limitations.

 

   

Sofosbuvir (Sovaldi)—approved by the FDA in December 2013 in combination with interferon and/or ribavirin for GT-1, -2, -3 and -4. Sofosbuvir has been reported to produce sustained virological response after 12 to 24 weeks of treatment. Some hepatitis C patients are excluded from receiving Sofosbuvir due

 

84


Table of Contents
 

to severe renal impairment, and Sofosbuvir has been associated with adverse events under certain circumstances. Sofosbuvir is an inhibitor of the NS5B HCV viral protein. Common side effects can include fatigue, headache, nausea, insomnia, itching, rash, decreased appetite and diarrhea.

 

   

Simeprevir (Olysio)—approved by the FDA in November 2013 for the treatment of individuals with GT-1 chronic hepatitis C in combination with interferon and ribavirin. The recommended length of treatment is 12 weeks. In November 2014, the FDA approved the use of simeprevir in combination with sofosbuvir for patients with GT-1 chronic hepatitis C. Simeprevir is an NS3/4A HCV viral protein inhibitor. The most common adverse effects attributable to simeprevir are skin rash, including a potentially serious photosensitivity reaction, itching, nausea, muscle pain and indigestion.

 

   

Ledipasvir-Sofosbuvir (Harvoni)—approved by the FDA in October 2014 as fixed-dose combination therapy for GT-1 chronic hepatitis C. Some hepatitis C patients are excluded from receiving Harvoni due to severe renal impairment, and Harvoni has been associated with adverse events under certain circumstances. The recommended length of treatment currently is 12 to 24 weeks. Ledipasvir inhibits the NS5A HCV viral protein. Common side effects can include diarrhea, headache, nausea, insomnia and fatigue.

 

   

Viekira Pak—a complex all-oral regimen consisting of four medications: ombitasvir, paritaprevir, ritonavir and dasabuvir. This regimen is also used in combination with ribavirin for some patients. It was approved by the FDA in December 2014. In the Viekira Pak, ombitasvir, paritaprevir and ritonavir are combined as a fixed-dose tablet and the dasabuvir is a separate tablet. Ombitasvir is a NS5A inhibitor, paritaprevir is an inhibitor of the NS3/4A serine protease, and dasabuvir is a non-nucleoside NS5B polymerase inhibitor. Ritonavir does not have activity against HCV. It is used as a pharmacologic booster for paritaprevir. The recommended length of treatment is 12 to 24 weeks. The most common side effects observed in clinical trials have been fatigue, nausea, insomnia, itching, skin reactions and weakness.

 

In addition to the treatment limitations, a factor in currently marketed anti-viral drugs to treat HCV infection is their lack of ability to prevent reinfection. Once a treatment regime is completed and the virus cleared, there is no ongoing protection provided by the drugs to prevent the patient from being reinfected if the virus is encountered again after treatment. The treatment for reinfection is another dose of one of these drugs, requiring another treatment regime of weeks or months.

 

Sovaldi and Harvoni reported combined sales of US$12.4 billion in 2014. Abbvie Inc. reported approximately US$48 million in U.S. sales for Viekira Pak during the last quarter of 2014, and it has been reported that analysts estimate Viekira Pak will generate more than US$2.5 billion in sales in 2015. We believe these sales figures indicate that there is a market demand for effective HCV therapeutics.

 

Our ddRNAi-Based Hepatitis C Therapeutic—TT-034

 

TT-034 is expected to be a single administration monotherapy delivering an AAV vector targeting the liver and expressing three shRNAs that target three separate conserved regions on the HCV genome. TT-034 is designed to clear the viral infection and provide long-term prevention of reinfection.

 

TT-034—Design and Mechanism of Action

 

As the viral genome of HCV comprises a single strand of RNA and its replication occurs strictly within the cytoplasm, HCV is a strong candidate for therapeutics based upon RNAi. Cleaving the RNA genome by the expressed siRNAs destroys the ability of the virus to replicate. In addition, since the HCV mRNA directly serves as the template for protein synthesis, cleaving the HCV mRNA also prevents expression of key viral proteins. These include structural proteins, the building blocks for the virus, an ion channel and six non-structural proteins that are used to replicate the viral RNA, identified as NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B. Thus, in addition to destroying the HCV mRNA, TT-034 also prevents the expression of viral proteins required to replicate the virus.

 

85


Table of Contents

TT-034 is designed to target three distinct highly conserved regions of the HCV RNA, by generating three separate shRNAs from a single DNA construct (Figure 3) , so that none of the viral proteins are expressed. Thus, unlike direct acting antivirals currently on the market that only target some of the viral proteins, TT-034 is designed to inhibit the expression of all of them. The DNA construct is delivered to liver cells using an AAV viral vector. The shRNAs are processed by the patient’s liver cells into siRNAs which are designed to mediate sequence-specific cleavage of target regions of the hepatitis C virus (Figure 4) . In our preclinical studies of TT-034 in mice and non-human primates, we observed persistent expression of shRNA for 180 days, the duration of each of the studies. Based on preclinical animal data, we believe that following a single-dose administration of TT-034, sustained expression of shRNAs that inhibit viral replication in liver cells known as hepatocytes, resulting in clearance of HCV, will be achievable.

 

Figure 3. The design for TT-034

 

LOGO

TT-034 comprises a triple construct book-ended by inverted terminal repeat, or ITR, sequences. The construct targets three separate conserved regions of the HCV RNA delivered with an AAV vector which has very high attraction to hepatocytes.

 

Figure 4. The mechanism of action of TT-034

 

LOGO

TT-034 is delivered to the nucleus of hepatocytes via an AAV vector (A). Upon reaching the nucleus the construct expresses three shRNAs (B) that are processed by the cell’s endogenous machinery to produce siRNAs (C) that cleave the HCV RNA (D) and prevent the virus from replicating (E).

 

Preclinical Highlights

 

The preclinical data for the hepatitis C program was developed by Tacere Therapeutics, Inc., or Tacere, in collaboration with Pfizer, Inc., or Pfizer, until 2011, when, following its merger with Wyeth, Pfizer transferred its interest in the program to Tacere in exchange for a royalty payment. We acquired Tacere in October 2012. The first generation HCV therapeutic candidate developed by this collaboration was called TT-033.

 

86


Table of Contents

In preclinical in vivo animal studies, TT-033 specifically targeted liver cells ( Figure 5 ) with the ability to transduce nearly 100% of hepatocytes, as evidenced by shRNA6 expression ( Figure 6 ). Because TT-033 was observed to produce excessive levels of shRNA in vivo , with hepatocellular toxicity in pre-clinical studies, we modified the promoter components to produce significantly less of each of the three shRNAs. The resulting second generation therapeutic candidate is TT-034, and except for its low levels of shRNA production, TT-034 is identical to TT-033. In preclinical in vivo animal studies of TT-034 in over 700 mice and 98 non-human primates, or NHPs, no hepatocellular toxicity was observed (as represented by data in six NHPs in Figure 7b ). Furthermore, the expression of shRNA appeared to be durable, as a single treatment of clinically relevant doses of TT-034 resulted in steady-state production of therapeutic levels of shRNA in the liver of healthy non-human primates for up to 180 days ( Figure 8 ). Some of the data from the TT-033 in vivo studies were included in our IND application for TT-034, which the FDA approved in January 2014, and some of that data is included in Figures 5 and 6.

 

In in vitro models of HCV replication and infection, we observed potent inhibition of HCV replication ( Figure 8 ), which was dose-dependent and sequence specific. We also observed that each of the three shRNAs derived from TT-034 delivered an independent antiviral effect.

 

Figure 5. Liver tropism of AAV-delivered ddRNAi anti-HCV construct

 

LOGO

AAV delivers shRNA-expressing DNA constructs with very high specificity for liver as observed in four non-human primates, or NHPs, injected intravenously with the TT-033 therapeutic. Each NHP received a different dose of the molecule, 1.25 x 10^11 vg/kg (A); 3.75 x 10^11 vg/kg (B); 1.25 x 10^12 vg/kg (C); or 3.75 x 10^12 vg/kg (D). Following dosing, TT-033 DNA levels were measured in a wide range of each NHP’s organs. As the figure below indicates, even at the highest dose (D), very little TT-033 DNA was detected in tissues other than the liver and the associated gall bladder.

 

87


Table of Contents

Figure 6. Transduction in hepatocytes

 

LOGO

 

In situ hybridization analysis was performed using probes that were able to qualitatively detect the presence of expressed shRNA within liver cells. Sections of 30-day liver tissue were taken from animals dosed with either saline (with one example in Panel a) or with the first generation TT-033 vector (with one example in Panel b), and tested for the presence of shRNA6. Dark staining indicates those cells that produced shRNA6. This indicated cytoplasmic staining and a uniform pattern of distribution of the shRNA across nearly 100% of the hepatocytes from an animal treated with TT-033 while no staining was noted in the surrounding vascular wall and perivascular connective tissue within the hepatic parenchyma. No shRNA staining was noted in the saline-treated animal.

 

88


Table of Contents

Figure 7. HCV inhibition and no liver toxicity

 

 

LOGO

 

At clinically relevant doses, TT-034 produced nearly complete inhibition of HCV replication in human hepatocytes after 10 days in an in vitro model (A) without associated in vivo liver toxicity in non-human primates, or NHPs (B). (B) shows the data for six NHPs. Each of the three doses was given to two NHPs accounting for the six lines in (B) above. Toxicity was measured by evaluating levels of alanine transaminase, or ALT, an enzyme found in the liver that is commonly used clinically as a part of a diagnostic evaluation of liver damage. ALT levels below 60 international units per liter, or U/L, are considered normal for humans and levels below 53 +/- 25 U/L are considered normal for NHPs.

 

Figure 8. shRNA-22 expression in mouse hepatocytes

 

LOGO

Levels of shRNA-22 expression in mouse hepatocytes persisted for at least 180 days after a single intravenous dose of TT-034.

 

Clinical Highlights

 

In January 2014 we initiated a first-in-human Phase I/IIa clinical trial of TT-034, following the FDA’s review of our IND application, which we filed in December 2013. The trial is a Phase I/IIa, first-in-human, open-label, dose escalation clinical trial designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of a single dose of TT-034 in fourteen patients with chronic hepatitis C infection. The efficacy of delivery of TT-034 to the liver is determined by measuring shRNA expression in the liver, and efficacy of viral inhibition will be assessed by monitoring viral load. The clinical study is being conducted at three sites in the United States—Duke University, the University of

 

89


Table of Contents

California, San Diego and the Texas Liver Institute in San Antonio. The study is expected to dose fourteen patients in five dose cohorts with doses ranging from 4 x 10 10 vg/kg to 4 x 10 12 vg/kg. Following administration of a single intravenous infusion of TT-034, patients are monitored for physical and clinical chemistry, including liver biopsy analysis for shRNA expression for up to 6 weeks post-treatment. A review is conducted with the data safety monitoring board, or DSMB, for the trial prior to progressing to the next cohort with escalating dose. Patients will be monitored for a total of 24 weeks of safety parameters and efficacy read-outs. We plan to follow the patients for a further 4.5 years to observe the long-term health effects of TT-034. As of April 2015, five patients have been dosed and we expect that all patients will be dosed by mid-2016. Of the five patients that have been dosed thus far, there have been no treatment-related serious adverse effects observed. Three of the five patients have been biopsied to date, and we have seen shRNA expression in all three. The biological effect observed in this trial has been observed in only the first three patients to date, is not statistically significant and might not be observed in any other patients treated with TT-034. It is also important to note that in these first two dose cohorts, the biological response was designed to be, and was observed to be, lower than the level required to achieve a therapeutic effect in those patients.

 

Ongoing Development Plan for TT-034

 

Assuming we receive favorable results from our ongoing Phase I/IIa clinical trial, our near-term development plans for TT-034 include commencing a Phase IIb/III trial, following discussions with the FDA, at the optimal dose identified in the Phase I/IIa trial. We would aim to recruit up to 75 GT-1-infected patients for our Phase IIb/III trial.

 

Additional potential development pathways for TT-034 include:

 

   

Development of TT-034 as a monotherapy for other HCV genotypes.

 

   

Development of TT-034 as a combination therapy with oral antiviral drugs, with the aim of shortening the duration of treatment of these drugs as a result of administration with TT-034.

 

   

Using alternative vectors for second-generation products.

 

Hepbarna for the Treatment of Hepatitis B

 

We are developing Hepbarna for the treatment of HBV. We are currently conducting preclinical studies of Hepbarna and are targeting an IND application in the first quarter of 2017. We believe that a positive outcome in our clinical trial of TT-034 for hepatitis C would validate our technology and its applicability to our hepatitis B program, thereby potentially accelerating the regulatory pathway for Hepbarna.

 

The human hepatitis B virus is a small DNA virus that, according to the WHO, infects up to 240 million people worldwide, resulting in up to 780,000 deaths per year. Infection with HBV occurs in phases ranging from a silent, acute phase that can be resolved by the immune system to a persistent chronic infection requiring life-long therapy. In the case of a chronic HBV infection, the presence of viral proteins, particularly the s-antigen, causes hepatic inflammation leading to liver dysfunction, acute hepatic failure, cirrhosis or hepatocellular carcinoma.

 

Current Hepatitis B Treatments

 

HBV predominantly exists as eight genotypes, designated A through H, with distinct geographic distribution. We believe the keys to developing a successful HBV therapeutic are to stop viral replication and to prevent production of or clear specific antigens generated by the virus, in particular the HBV surface antigen, or HBsAg.

 

According to GlobalData, a market research firm, the global hepatitis B therapeutics market was $3 billion in 2011, and is expected to grow to $4.4 billion by 2019. The current therapies used as standard of care for HBV consist of antivirals composed of nucleotide and nucleoside analogues, or NUCs, and, less commonly, interferon therapy.

 

90


Table of Contents

The most common anti-viral medications are taken as tablets each day for a year or longer and primarily act to inhibit viral replication:

 

   

Lamivudine (Zeffix). There are almost no side effects to Lamivudine, however a significant concern is the possible development of hepatitis B virus mutations and antiviral drug resistance after long-term use.

 

   

Adefovir (Hepsera). Adefovir is often used for people who have developed a hepatitis B virus mutation after taking Lamivudine. There are almost no side effects except for the possibility of developing hepatitis B virus mutations and antiviral drug resistance.

 

   

Entecavir (Baraclude). Entecavir has potent activity against chronic hepatitis B. There are almost no side effects except for the possibility of developing hepatitis B virus mutations and antiviral drug resistance.

 

   

Tenofovir (Viread). Tenofovir has potent activity against chronic hepatitis B. It is particularly useful in patients who have developed drug resistance to other medications.

 

   

Pegylated Interferon (Pegasys). Interferon is given by injection once a week, usually for six months to a year. The drug has many potential side effects, such as flu symptoms and depression, but is reported to control the hepatitis B virus in a third of patients without need for long-term medication.

 

Most of these therapies can provide long-term viral load suppression but have low cure rates and have the additional risk of drug-resistant mutations. The long-term use of interferon, particularly in high doses, may also be associated with significant side effects, including nausea, vomiting, shortness of breath, dizziness and fatigue, adding to issues with patient compliance for the course of treatment. We believe that there is significant unmet medical need for HBV treatment due to the following factors:

 

   

Inability of existing therapies to address the risk of recurrence of the infection, once an antiviral therapeutic is removed, due to the persistence of HBV covalently closed circular DNA, or cccDNA. cccDNA is a supercoiled DNA molecule that is present in the nucleus of HBV-infected cells and acts as a reservoir for further HBV infectivity. cccDNA is responsible for persistence of infection in the natural course of chronic HBV infection and during prolonged antiviral therapy.

 

   

Mutations in the HBV genome conferring resistance to existing therapies.

 

   

Long treatment regimens and, in some cases, significant debilitating side effects associated with current therapies, which lead to a risk of patient non-compliance.

 

A problem inherent to all of the current HBV antiviral treatment approaches is their inability to achieve a curative outcome. According to a study published in the Journal of Viral Hepatitis in 2014, HBsAg clearance occurs in only 3% of patients treated with NUCs and 7.8% of patients treated with interferon . Sustained suppression of HBV cccDNA by treatment with NUCs is only possible with continued treatment for many years, and clear-cut guidelines on when to stop treatment are not yet available. The authors concluded that there is a need for alternative therapeutic approaches such as drugs that can preferentially target stages in the life cycle of HBV, referred to as direct acting anti-virals, or DAAs, as well as new immunotherapeutic approaches. We believe that our ddRNAi-based therapeutic for HBV has characteristics of both of these approaches.

 

Hepatitis B Treatments in Development

 

DAAs

 

DAAs are chemicals that have been used to inhibit HBV replication by targeting one of the various stages of the viral life cycle. Use of DAAs may prove ineffective in clearing infected hepatocytes, and thus elimination of the cccDNA pool may be problematic. Accordingly, we believe combination treatments involving immunotherapeutic approaches may be necessary. Immunotherapeutic approaches that are being developed include DNA-based vaccines and molecules that are designed to activate immune responses to the hepatitis B virus. These approaches are not yet in clinical development.

 

91


Table of Contents

Cytotoxics

 

TetraLogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation, or TetraLogic, has conducted preclinical studies to evaluate the potential development of the chemotherapeutic drug birinapant as a hepatitis B therapeutic to stimulate apoptosis, or programmed cell death, in HBV-infected liver cells. Using a mouse model of HBV infection, TetraLogic reported that birinapant was observed to have activity in the clearance of liver cells infected with HBV. The clearance was additive when given in combination with entecavir. Birinapant caused a decline in HBsAg, whereas entecavir alone did not, implying that birinapant exerts its effect on apoptosis via a different mechanism of action.

 

siRNA

 

Several therapeutics based on siRNA are in late preclinical stages or early clinical stages of development at companies such as Tekmira, Arrowhead and Alnylam. The most advanced of these therapies is Arrowhead’s drug candidate, ARC-520, which consists of two siRNAs targeting HBV mRNAs. Using transient and transgenic mouse models, it was observed that a single injection of ARC-520 resulted in a 3–4 log reduction in HBV-DNA and viral antigens. In addition, 95% reduction in HBV-DNA levels and approximately 90% reduction in HBsAg levels were observed after two doses of ARC-520 in a chimpanzee chronically infected with HBV.

 

We believe these results highlight the potential of RNAi to have a therapeutic effect on chronic HBV infection. However, like NUCs and DAAs, siRNA-based therapeutics for HBV rely on ongoing treatment to be effective and they are subject to the other limitations of siRNA described above. Some of these limitations may have contributed to the modest efficacy of ARC-520 in their Phase I/IIa clinical trial announced by Arrowhead in 2014.

 

Our ddRNAi-Based Hepatitis B Therapeutic—Hepbarna

 

We are developing Hepbarna to address many of the limitations of therapeutics for hepatitis B currently on the market and those in development. Hepbarna is expected to be a single administration ddRNAi-based monotherapy that is delivered using an AAV vector that targets the liver and expresses three shRNAs that target highly conserved regions on the HBV genome to inhibit both viral replication and viral protein, including s-antigen, production on a long-term basis.

 

As both HBV and HCV replicate in the liver, we have designed Hepbarna to mimic TT-034. The same AAV vector is used in both therapeutic candidates, designed to achieve the same biodistribution and liver transduction properties. The most significant change is the replacement of the three anti-HCV shRNAs of TT-034 with three anti-HBV shRNAs in Hepbarna.

 

We believe the similarities between TT-034 and Hepbarna may enable, for Hepbarna’s clinical development, quicker and more focused IND-enabling studies, a relatively straightforward design and regulatory approval pathway for initial clinical trials, and potentially a higher starting clinical dose based on the outcome of the TT-034 Phase I/IIa trial.

 

Hepbarna—Design and Mechanism of Action

 

The design of the Hepbarna DNA construct takes advantage of the structure of the HBV genome. The hepatitis B virus is a small DNA virus with four overlapping open reading frames, meaning several genes are produced from the same DNA sequence by shifting the starting point of the translation process (Figure 9) . These four genes are known as the core, surface, X and polymerase genes. The core gene encodes the core nucleocapsid protein, which is important in viral packaging and thought to help stabilize cccDNA, and hepatitis B e-antigen. The surface gene encodes proteins, including s-antigen. The X gene encodes the X protein, which has properties that may be important in liver carcinogenesis. The polymerase gene encodes a large protein with functions critical for viral packaging and replication. Although HBV is a DNA virus, it replicates through an RNA

 

92


Table of Contents

intermediate. Hepbarna targets the viral mRNA at three overlapping regions of the genome (Figure 9) , simultaneously silencing the surface, X, core and polymerase genes. As a result, we believe that the long-term suppression of HBV viral replication, through silencing of the polymerase gene and targeting the HBV RNA used for replication, the inhibition of HBV viral proteins production, including the s-antigen production, through silencing of the surface gene, and the inhibition of the cccDNA, through silencing of the core protein gene, could lead to eradication of HBV infection in patients by a single administration of Hepbarna.

 

In vitro Development Highlights

 

Our bioinformatics analysis of the major HBV genotypes, A through H, has identified several well-conserved regions of the genome for targeting with ddRNAi therapeutics. We have designed numerous shRNAs to target these regions, and we have identified lead candidates based on several factors, including activity, hyperfunctionality, meaning the highest activity at lowest levels, and the ability of the shRNA strand to be incorporated into the cell’s natural RNA processing mechanism. The final clinical construct we have chosen is illustrated in Figure 9.

 

Figure 9. The design for Hepbarna

 

LOGO

A

 

LOGO

B

The design for Hepbarna is based on the design of TT-034, utilizing an AAV capsid and a triple construct targeting three separate conserved regions on the HBV mRNA (A); The shRNAs target regions on the overlapping reading frames of the HBV genome (B), allowing simultaneous targeting of the mRNAs that express viral proteins including DNA polymerase, s-antigen and core proteins.

 

93


Table of Contents

Figure 10. The mechanism of action of Hepbarna

 

LOGO

The DNA construct is delivered to the nucleus of hepatocytes via an AAV vector (A). Upon reaching the nucleus the construct expresses three shRNAs (B) that are processed by the cell’s endogenous machinery to produce siRNAs (C) that cleave the HBV mRNA (D) and prevent the virus from replicating and producing HBsAg (E).

 

Ongoing Development Plan for Hepbarna

 

Our development plan for Hepbarna is focused on demonstrating clinical proof of concept in a Phase I/IIa clinical trial. We expect to complete in vivo proof-of-concept studies in the second quarter of 2016, initiating an IND application in the first quarter of 2017 and commencing a Phase I/IIa clinical trial during the second quarter of 2017. Our planned activities include:

 

   

In vitro testing of Hepbarna in an HBV human hepatocyte cell culture model to assess effects on HBV and mRNA levels, suppression of viral protein production and cccDNA elimination.

 

   

In vivo testing of Hepbarna in a HBV mouse model to assess parameters such as effects on HBV mRNA levels, suppression of viral protein production and cccDNA elimination.

 

   

Manufacturing clinical grade Hepbarna for IND-enabling studies and for future clinical trials.

 

TT-211 and TT-231 for the Treatment of Age-Related Macular Degeneration

 

Overview

 

We are developing two ddRNAi-based therapies, one for the treatment of wet AMD, which is designated TT-211, and the other potentially for both wet and dry AMD, which is designated TT-231. The delivery vector for both TT-211 and TT-231 is being developed in collaboration with 4DMT. The aim of this program is to develop a therapeutic that provides long-term treatment of AMD from a single intravitreal injection. We believe this could replace the need for regular injections of therapeutics into the eye, which is the current standard of care.

 

AMD is the deterioration of the eye’s macula. The macula is a small area in the retina that is responsible for central vision. AMD is the leading cause of blindness and visual impairment in older adults, often involving blood vessel overgrowth and damage to the retina resulting in the loss of vision in the central visual field. The

 

94


Table of Contents

vascular endothelial growth factor, or VEGF-A, is responsible for stimulating the new blood vessel growth. The disease occurs in two forms, wet and dry. Dry AMD is the most common type of macular degeneration and affects 85% to 90% of the people with AMD. Dry AMD often develops into wet AMD.

 

In the dry form, there is a breakdown of retinal pigment epithelial cells in the macula. These cells support the light-sensitive photoreceptor cells that are critical for vision. Generally, the damage caused by the dry form is not as severe or rapid as that of the wet form. However, over time, it can cause profound vision loss. There are currently no approved treatments for dry AMD.

 

Wet AMD is the more advanced type of AMD. In wet AMD, which is also called exudative, or neovascular, AMD, the Bruch’s membrane underlying the retina thickens, then breaks. The oxygen supply to the macula is disrupted and, as a result, new abnormal blood vessels grow through the subretinal membrane towards the macula, often raising the retina. The blood vessels are fragile, and often leak fluid that damages the macula. VEGF-A is responsible for stimulating the new blood vessel growth in wet AMD. Although it affects only 10% to 15% of those who have AMD, wet AMD accounts for 90% of the severe vision loss caused by macular degeneration.

 

According to a study published in JAMA Ophthalmology, AMD is the leading cause of irreversible vision loss in the United States, affecting an estimated 1.75 million people. It is estimated that 196 million people will be affected by AMD worldwide by 2020 according to a study published in Lancet Global Health.

 

There are a number of treatments currently available for wet AMD. According to GlobalData, the annual wet AMD treatment market across the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Spain, Italy and Japan will almost double from US$5.1 billion in 2013 to US$10.1 billion by 2023.

 

Current AMD Treatments

 

According to GlobalData, the global AMD treatment market is dominated by anti-VEGF drugs, including Lucentis, Avastin and Eylea, which together accounted for 98% of sales for AMD in 2013.

 

   

Lucentis (ranibizumab) is an antibody fragment, or macromolecule, that directly inhibits VEGF-A by binding to it and thus preventing its binding to the corresponding receptor in the retina. The main challenge for Lucentis is that it requires frequent administration, typically monthly or bimonthly, via intravitreal injections.

 

   

Avastin (bevacizumab) is a monoclonal antibody that also binds to VEGF-A. Although approved only for use in colon cancer, it is used off label for AMD. It is also injected intravitreally and requires ongoing regular injections to maintain its effect.

 

   

Eylea (aflibercept) is a recombinant fusion protein consisting of portions of human VEGF receptors 1 and 2 extracellular domains fused to the Fc portion of human IgG1. It is recommended to be injected intravitreally every four weeks for the first three months and every eight weeks thereafter.

 

   

Macugen (pegaptanib) is an RNA aptamer that is directed against VEGF-A. It is recommended to be injected intravitreally every six weeks.

 

All four treatments have similar risks and potential for adverse events, due primarily to their use of frequent intravitreal injection. Risks of intravitreal injections include increase in intra-ocular pressure, retinal detachment and endophthalmitis, or inflammation of the internal chambers of the eye. Patients and doctors dislike ocular injections and tend to prefer treatments that require these injections less frequently. The use of VEGF inhibitors can also cause blood clots.

 

A number of companies are developing gene therapy-based treatments for AMD. In general, these approaches involve the delivery of genes expressing proteins that are designed to inhibit new blood vessel formation, which is one of the hallmarks of the disease. The genes that are being developed include genes that express VEGF inhibitors in addition to other factors that activate new blood vessel formation. In contrast, our approach is designed to directly

 

95


Table of Contents

silence the gene responsible for producing VEGF-A. We believe this could be more effective than other gene therapy approaches as our approach is to design ddRNAi-based therapeutics to prevent the production of VEGF-A rather than to deliver a new gene that expresses a new protein to inhibit VEGF-A after it has been produced. Furthermore, we believe that most of the other gene therapy approaches are delivered using subretinal injections. This route of administration presents challenges, including the requirement for hospitalization as a result of general anesthesia and the length of time required to complete the complicated surgical procedure.

 

Our ddRNAi-Based AMD Therapeutics—TT-211 and TT-231

 

There are several challenges in the development of AMD therapeutic market and we believe that our ddRNAi technology has the potential to address and overcome a number of these challenges, including:

 

   

The relatively short half-life of current standard-of-care therapies results in the need for regular administration by intravitreal injection every 4 to 8 weeks. We believe our ddRNAi-based therapies have the potential for sustained inhibition of VEGF-A, possibly for months or years, from a single intravitreal injection.

 

   

AMD therapeutic programs under development at a number of other gene therapy companies focus on administering the product to target cells by subretinal injection. We are co-developing with 4DMT AAV vectors to target the subretinal cells following intravitreal injection, which we believe is a more commercially viable and less invasive route of administration and is the route used in most current anti-VEGF therapies.

 

   

There are no approved treatments for dry AMD. We have designed and tested a ddRNAi construct that we believe has potential to address this unmet market need.

 

TT-211 and TT-231- Design and Mechanism of Action

 

We are developing two ddRNAi-based product candidates, one for wet AMD, called TT-211, and one for both wet and dry AMD, called TT-231, that are designed to address many of the limitations for therapeutics for AMD currently on the market or under development.

 

   

TT-211 is a ddRNAi construct expressing a single shRNA targeting the VEGF-A gene ( Figure 11A ). VEGF-A is responsible for stimulating the new blood vessel growth in wet AMD.

 

   

TT-231 is our second generation product candidate designed to express three shRNAs, which target three different genes, VEGF receptor 2, PDGF-beta and human complement factor B, which all play a role in the progression of AMD (Figure 11B) . VEGFR2 is the receptor known to bind VEGF-A, so silencing that receptor should prevent it from functioning to stimulate new blood vessel growth. PDGF-beta has a known role in recruiting cells that stabilize newly formed blood vessels for long term-persistence. Human complement factor B is a known component of ocular drusen.

 

96


Table of Contents

Figure 11. Our AMD ddRNAi constructs

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

TT-211 is a single construct targeting VEGF-A for wet AMD (A); and TT-231 is a ddRNAi construct targeting three genes shown to have a role in both wet and dry AMD (B).

 

We have observed in in vitro studies that both TT-211 ( Figure 12 ) and TT-231 ( Figure 13 ) are effective at silencing the target genes.

 

Figure 12. Effects of TT-211 on VEGF-A.

 

LOGO

A retinal pigment epithelial cell line cultured in vitro was treated with the TT-211 expression construct and monitored for up to 96 hours for inhibition of VEGF-A protein (light gray bars) and mRNA (dark grey bars) expression as well as expression of the shRNA produced (triangles). The production of anti-VEGF-A shRNAs inside of the cells correlated with significant silencing of VEGF-A mRNA and protein levels. By 96 hours, greater than 90% inhibition was observed.

 

97


Table of Contents

Figure 13. Effects of TT-231.

 

LOGO

In in vitro studies in retinal pigment epithelial cells, TT-231 inhibited target mRNA levels of VEGF-receptor, PDGF-beta and human complement factor B.

 

Ongoing Development Plan for AMD – Development of Novel Delivery Vector

 

We have engaged 4DMT to develop a vector that will deliver our ddRNAi constructs to the retinal cells of the eye from an intravitreal injection. 4DMT has developed novel AAV vectors with desirable physical properties, such as enhanced tissue attractions, or tropisms, and reduced immunogenicity using a technique called directed evolution. This involves sequential passaging of a starting AAV library in vivo to isolate those variants that have the highest affinity for the target tissue. The sequential passaging for our AMD program is being conducted in non-human primates to enable identification of vectors expected to be suitable for the complex human eye structure. Preliminary results have evidenced the presence of AAV particles in the retina from intravitreal administration of the starting AAV library. We expect that 4DMT will produce a vector candidate in the fourth quarter of 2015 for use in our in vivo studies of TT-211 in a primate model of wet AMD. Upon production of the vector, we will initiate in vivo proof-of-concept studies in which the 4DMT vector will be used to deliver the TT-211 DNA construct that expresses an shRNA designed to silence VEGF-A intravitreally in a non-human primate model of AMD. We believe that the construct will silence the VEGF-A gene in the retinal cells by the mechanism shown in Figure 14.

 

98


Table of Contents

Figure 14. The expected mechanism of action of TT-211

 

LOGO

Following an intravitreal injection, the DNA construct is delivered to the nucleus of retinal cells via an AAV vector (A). Upon reaching the nucleus, the construct expresses three shRNAs (B) that are processed by the cell’s endogenous machinery to produce siRNAs (C) that cleave the VEGF-A mRNA (D) and prevent the VEGF-A protein from being expressed (E) thus preventing it from stimulating the growth of new blood vessels.

 

We expect to complete in vivo proof-of-concept studies in the second quarter of 2016. We anticipate filing an IND application in the second quarter of 2017 and initiating a Phase I/IIa clinical trial in the third quarter of 2017.

 

Tribetarna for the Treatment of Drug-Resistant Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer

 

We are developing Tribetarna, our ddRNAi-based therapy, for the treatment of drug-resistant non-small cell lung cancer. Tribetarna targets the silencing of beta-III tubulin, or TUBB3, a gene shown to have strong correlation with resistance to chemotherapy. We have conducted preclinical proof-of-concept studies in collaboration with the University of New South Wales, and are now in the process of conducting IND-enabling studies with a target IND application in the third quarter of 2016. In addition, we are developing a related diagnostic in order to identify those patients with NSCLC tumors that express TUBB3.

 

Lung cancer, including NSCLC and small cell lung carcinoma, or SCLC, is the most common form of human cancer, and about 80% of diagnosed lung cancer cases are categorized as NSCLC. According to a study published in the Annals of Oncology, lung cancer is the leading cause of cancer related deaths worldwide, accounting for 1.3 million deaths each year. Non-small cell lung cancers are assigned a stage from I to IV in order of severity. In stage I, the cancer is confined to the lung. In stages II and III, the cancer is confined to the lung and the lymph nodes. Stage IV cancer has spread outside of the lung and lymph nodes to other parts of the body. The prognosis of patients with NSCLC is generally poor, with patients often presenting with advanced stage disease, and less than 15% of patients diagnosed with NSCLC survive more than five years after diagnosis. Contributors to this prognosis are the resistance of NSCLC to chemotherapy in some cases and the side effects of chemotherapeutic drugs that affect patients’ quality of life.

 

According to GBI Research, a market research firm, the NSCLC market in the leading eight developed nations was US$5.1 billion in 2013 and is expected to grow to US$7.9 billion by 2020.

 

99


Table of Contents

Current NSCLC Treatments

 

Current treatments for NSCLC are surgery, radiotherapy and chemotherapy, either individually or in combination. Surgery and radiotherapy have been effective in only a small percentage of patients. Chemotherapy is used for lung cancer which is later than Stage I, and is principally based on the DNA-damaging agent cisplatin in combination with one or more tubulin-binding agents, such as paclitaxel, docetaxel, vinblastine, vinorelbine or gemcitabine. In addition, etoposide, another DNA-damaging agent, or pemetrexed, a DNA and RNA synthesis inhibitor, are sometimes used.

 

For some patients, the cancer develops resistance to chemotherapy. This limits the duration of the effectiveness of the chemotherapy approach. Resistance to therapy remains a challenge to be addressed in the NSCLC market and affects all current chemotherapeutic drugs for NSCLC.

 

Our ddRNAi-Based NSCLC Therapeutic—Tribetarna

 

We are developing Tribetarna, our ddRNAi therapeutic, to target drug-resistant NSCLC and re-sensitize the tumors to chemotherapy by silencing the TUBB3 gene. TUBB3 expresses the protein beta-III tubulin and has been observed to be correlated with poor prognosis ( Figure 15 ), tumor aggression and resistance to multiple chemotherapy agents, including DNA-damaging agents and tubulin-binding agents. It has been proposed that beta III-tubulin works to produce these effects through binding to the cell’s DNA and altering the expression of key proteins involved in regulating tumorigenesis and metastasis.

 

Up to 70% of NSCLC patients express TUBB3. Targeting beta-III tubulin specifically, and not any of the other beta tubulin isotypes, is very challenging using current therapeutics due to the highly conserved structure of the tubulin gene family. The novelty in our ddRNAi-based approach takes advantage of the fact that the various tubulin isotypes are encoded by different genes and our ability to specifically target TUBB3. By silencing TUBB3, we believe Tribetarna may effectively re-sensitize tumors to the chemotherapy. We are developing a related diagnostic designed to identify NSCLC patients with tumors that are expressing TUBB3 for use in our planned clinical trial. We plan to discuss with the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities the regulatory requirements applicable to using the diagnostic in our clinical trials.

 

Figure 15. Association of beta-III tubulin and resistance to chemotherapy

 

LOGO

 

Progression free survival curves (A) and overall survival curves (B) for 47 paclitaxel-treated patients with advanced NSCLC according to the level of beta-III tubulin expression in tumors.

 

Preclinical Highlights

 

We undertook preclinical proof-of-concept studies for Tribetarna in collaboration with researchers at UNSW who were one of the first groups to demonstrate a link between TUBB3 expression and chemoresistance in NSCLC cells. This research also established that silencing the TUBB3 gene using RNAi can restore

 

100


Table of Contents

chemosensitivity to these cells. Tribetarna is our TUBB3 silencing construct, which simultaneously expresses three shRNAs targeting different regions of TUBB3 mRNA. The construct is delivered by a non-viral gene therapy vector, in vivo -jetPEI, which is a modified, low toxicity form of polyethylenimine, a cationic chemical that binds DNA and when injected intravenously has been shown to selectively target lung tissue.

 

Figure 16. The structure of Tribetarna

 

LOGO

 

A ddRNAi construct targeting three separate regions of the TUBB3 gene in in vivo -jetPEI, a non-viral gene therapy vector.

 

Tribetarna—Design and Mechanism of Action

 

Tribetarna is designed to target three distinct regions of the TUBB3 mRNA, by generating three separate shRNAs from a single DNA construct (Figure 17) . We have observed over 95% reduction of the beta III tubulin in human NSCLC cells in vitro following administration with Tribetarna. The mechanism of action of Tribetarna is shown in Figure 17.

 

Figure 17. The mechanism of action of Tribetarna

 

LOGO

 

The DNA construct is delivered to the NSCLC cells via in vivo -jetPEI (A). Upon reaching the nucleus, the construct expresses three shRNAs (B) that are processed by the cell’s endogenous machinery to produce siRNAs (C) that cleave the TUBB3 mRNA (D) and prevent the expression of beta III tubulin protein (E). Thus the protein’s effects on modulating the cell’s DNA to regulate cancer-associated processes (F) are eliminated.

 

Our collaborators at UNSW have developed a mouse model for human NSCLC. The efficacy of Tribetarna was tested in this mouse model and the following outcomes were observed:

 

   

in vivo -jetPEI delivered DNA constructs with high efficiency to NSCLC tumors ( Figure 18A ).

 

   

Injection of Tribetarna resulted in over 70% reduction of TUBB3 in those tumors ( Figure 18B ).

 

   

The combination of Tribetarna and cisplatin administration resulted in a doubling of survival as compared with a course of cisplatin alone ( Figure 18C ).

 

   

No significant toxicity was detected.

 

101


Table of Contents

Figure 18. JetPEI-DNA construct delivery, Tribetarna production and cisplatin treatment

 

LOGO

In vivo -jetPEI-DNA constructs localize to orthotopic NSCLC lung tumors from an intravenous injection (A); Tribetarna produces >70% knock-down in orthotopic NSCLC tumors in vivo (B); Animals treated with Tribetarna in combination with cisplatin were observed to survive twice as long as controls (C).

 

Ongoing Development Plan for Tribetarna

 

Our development plan for Tribetarna is focused on establishing clinical proof of concept. To achieve that, within the next 12 months, we plan to conduct IND-enabling in vivo studies, targeting an IND application in the third quarter of 2016. These studies are planned to include toxicity and biodistribution of Tribetarna in the NSCLC mouse model, the optimal dose and timing of administration of both Tribetarna and cisplatin, and development and validation of a related diagnostic for TUBB3 expression to identify patients who may optimally benefit from this treatment. We are building a tissue and serum bank, which we intend to use, together with currently available commercial antibodies, to develop in-house either a serum-based or tissue-based diagnostic assay to facilitate the development of the related diagnostic.

 

TUBB3 is also expressed in a variety of other tumors, including pancreatic, ovarian, breast, renal and gastric tumors. In the future, we intend to explore whether a modified version of Tribetarna would be effective when applied to these cancer types.

 

Pabparna for Treatment of Oculopharyngeal Muscular Dystrophy

 

We are developing Pabparna for the treatment of OPMD, an autosomal-dominant inherited, slow-progressing, late-onset degenerative muscle disorder that usually starts in patients during their 40s or 50s. The disease is manifested by progressive swallowing difficulties, or dysphagia, and eyelid drooping, or ptosis, due to specific effects on the pharyngeal and cricopharyngeal muscle, which is located at the top of the esophagus. The disease is caused by a specific mutation in the poly(A)-binding protein nuclear 1, or PABPN1, gene. The main pathological characteristic of OPMD is the presence of dense intranuclear inclusions of mutated PABPN1 protein.

 

Pabparna utilizes a “silence and replace” approach designed to silence the mutant PABPN1 gene with a ddRNAi construct and replace the mutant gene with the normal PABPN1 gene, delivered with an AAV vector. Results from in vivo studies in an animal model of OPMD support proof of concept of this approach in Pabparna’s individual components. In conjunction with collaborators, we are working to optimize the in vivo delivery of Pabparna and, assuming successful results, we plan to develop Pabparna through IND-enabling studies.

 

OPMD is a rare disease and has been reported in at least 33 countries. Patients suffering with OPMD are well identified and are aggregated in particular regions, which we believe should simplify clinical development

 

102


Table of Contents

and commercialization of Pabparna, if it is approved. The largest OPMD cluster is in the French-Canadian population, with estimated prevalence of one in every one thousand people, and its highest prevalence is among Bukhara Jews living in Israel, where it affects one in six hundred people. In Europe, the estimated prevalence is one in one hundred thousand people. The relatively low abundance of patients afflicted by this disease allows this indication to be characterized as a rare disease, potentially supporting an orphan drug designation.

 

Current OPMD Treatments and Products in Development

 

The therapies for OPMD currently available and under development consist of a symptomatic surgical intervention called cricopharyngeal myotomy, an intravenous trehalose injection, Cabaletta, and cell transplantation. Each of these therapies has treatment limitations.

 

Cricopharyngeal myotomy is used to address ptosis and improve swallowing in moderate-to-severely affected individuals. It is the only current treatment to improve swallowing in OPMD patients but does not correct the progressive degradation of the pharyngeal musculature, which often leads to death from swallowing difficulties and choking.

 

Bioblast Pharma Ltd., an Israeli biotechnology company, is developing Cabaletta. It is currently being tested in Phase II/III clinical trials in Israel and Canada. Cabaletta is a solution of trehalose administered intravenously and we believe that it will require ongoing re-administration to remain effective.

 

The Institut de Myologie in Paris is currently undertaking a Phase I/II trial of a cell transplantation therapy, grafting autologous myoblasts isolated from spared muscles into the pharyngeal muscle. This is a significantly invasive procedure requiring surgery in two different sites of a patient’s body.

 

Our ddRNAi-Based OPMD Therapeutic—Pabparna

 

We are developing Pabparna, a single administration ddRNAi-based gene therapy, to correct the gene defect which causes the disease and to address many of the limitations of therapeutic approaches currently available and those in development for OPMD. Pabparna is a monotherapy delivered using an AAV vector and is designed to silence the expression of the mutant PABPN1 gene in esophageal muscle cells of OPMD patients while simultaneously introducing a silencing-resistant normal form of the gene. We believe OPMD is well suited for this “silence and replace” approach since the genetic mutation is well characterized and the target tissue is relatively small. Once validated, we believe a similar approach could be applied to other inherited disorders.

 

103


Table of Contents

Pabparna—Design and Mechanism of Action

 

Pabparna is designed to target three distinct regions of the PABPN1 mRNA, by generating three separate shRNAs from a single DNA construct, and to express a silencing-resistant version of the normal PABPN1 gene (Figure 19) .

 

Figure 19. Pabparna AAV “silence and replace” combination vector

 

LOGO

Pabparna comprises a ddRNAi DNA construct expressing three separate shRNAs targeting three separate regions of the PABPN1 gene, designed to silence the defective PABPN1 gene in OPMD patients, combined with a gene expression construct that produces a silencing-resistant version of the normal PABPN1 gene, delivered using an AAV vector.

 

In collaboration with researchers at the Royal Holloway University of London and the Institut de Myologie in Paris we have observed effective silencing of the PABPN1 gene in vitro by the ddRNAi construct. Furthermore, we have generated a gene expression construct that produces a silencing-resistant version of the normal PABPN1 gene. The mechanism of action of Pabparna is shown in Figure 20.

 

Figure 20. The mechanism of action of Pabparna

 

LOGO

The DNA construct is delivered to the affected muscle cells via an AAV vector (A). Upon reaching the nucleus, the construct expresses three shRNAs (B) that are processed by the cell’s endogenous machinery to produce siRNAs (C) that cleave the mutant PABPN1 mRNA (D) and silence the expression of the mutant gene (E). In addition, the PABPN1 gene expression construct expresses a silencing-resistant version of the normal PABPN1 gene (F), which we believe may promote restoration of muscle function to the cell.

 

104


Table of Contents

In in vivo studies using a transgenic mouse model of OPMD at the Royal Holloway University of London and the Institut de Myologie, we observed normalization of muscle strength following administration of the ddRNAi and gene expression constructs ( Figure 21 ).

 

Figure 21. Restoration of muscle function in vivo following gene silencing and replacement

 

LOGO

Restoration of muscle function in vivo following suppression of the mutant PABPN1 and replacement with the normal PABPN1 gene, with muscle function measured by specific tetanic force (Po). Neither the expression of a triple hairpin construct to down-regulate the mutant form of the PABPN1 protein, nor the expression of the normal protein, was sufficient by itself to restore specific force levels. The combination of the silencing of the mutant gene with the triple hairpin construct and replacement with the normal gene was observed to restore specific force capacity to healthy levels.

 

Ongoing Development Plans for Pabparna

 

Our development plan for Pabparna is focused on investigating options for the optimal delivery of the combined constructs that comprise Pabparna. The options include combining the two constructs into a single AAV vector ( Figure 19 ) and testing that combination vector in vivo in the OPMD mouse model, and generating and testing lentivirus-based combination vectors and testing their ability to produce gene modified autologous muscle stem cells in vitro .

 

Successful results from these studies may inform the design of later translational studies in dogs moving towards a clinical trial in OPMD patients initially via local administration of AAV vectors. We plan to have completed preclinical proof-of-concept studies using the chosen clinical construct in the third quarter of 2016.

 

105


Table of Contents

Our Out-Licensed Programs

 

We have licensed our ddRNAi technology to companies who are developing therapeutic programs in five disease areas. These licenses expand the areas and number of ddRNAi-based therapeutics being developed. Each of them provides a potential opportunity for further clinical validation of the technology and potential revenue opportunity. These licenses have been granted to small early-stage biotechnology companies with modest upfront and early development milestone payments and greater milestone payments due upon later-stage program success. Under these agreements, we have received aggregate payments of A$521,140 and A$276,824 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014, respectively. We do not expect that any milestone payments we may receive in the future will be significant to our business.

 

The following table sets forth our out-licensed product candidates and their development status.

 

LOGO

 

HIV/AIDS

 

In March 2012, we granted a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide license to a U.S.-based biotechnology company, Calimmune, Inc., or Calimmune. Under the agreement, Calimmune can develop, use and commercialize ddRNAi to silence up to three targets for the treatment or prevention of HIV/AIDS. Calimmune’s approach was developed with core technology from the laboratory of Dr. David Baltimore, a Nobel Laureate in the area of HIV/AIDS, and involves silencing the gene that codes for a receptor protein known as CCR5. Calimmune’s HIV/AIDS treatment is known as Cal-1.

 

The license provides for modest upfront and milestone payments and single-digit percentage royalty payments on net sales. In addition, we receive a percentage of any sub-licensing revenues received. Unless terminated at an earlier date, the license agreement continues until the expiration or termination of all patents subject to the license. We may terminate the license agreement in the event of certain breaches by Calimmune or if Calimmune commences an action or proceeding with respect to the patent rights that are the subject of the license. Calimmune may terminate the license agreement at will.

 

In 2014, Calimmune commenced a Phase I/IIa clinical trial of Cal-1 and the first cohort of four HIV-positive participants has been dosed. Calimmune has reported, following review of trial data by the DSMB for the trial, that none of the patients had experienced serious adverse events. The FDA has approved the next cohort dosing of three patients, who will also receive a preconditioning regimen designed to make the treatment more effective. We expect data from this study to be released by Calimmune in late 2015.

 

Retinitis Pigmentosa

 

In July 2012, we granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide license to an Ireland-based biotechnology company, Genable Technologies Limited, or Genable, to use, develop or commercialize RNAi for treatment or prevention of retinitis pigmentosa. Genable’s treatment involves suppression of the mutant and normal genes, and replacement with a normal RHO gene that has been modified to be resistant to ddRNAi gene silencing. Genable has reported that it established proof of concept in an in vivo model of the disease. Genable’s treatment for retinitis pigmentosa, GT308, is named RhoNova.

 

106


Table of Contents

The license provides for modest upfront and milestone payments and single-digit percentage royalty payments on net sales. In addition, we receive a percentage of any sub-licensing revenues received. Unless terminated at an earlier date, the license agreement continues until the expiration or termination of all patents subject to the license. We may terminate the license agreement in the event of certain breaches or if Genable commences an action or proceeding with respect to the patent rights that are the subject of the license. Genable may terminate the license agreement at will.

 

In October 2014, the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, granted RhoNova Advanced Therapy Medicinal Product classification. The classification enables Genable to procure centralized scientific advice and guidance from EMA regulators on RhoNova’s ongoing development. In 2013, the FDA granted Genable orphan drug designation for RhoNova.

 

Huntington’s Disease

 

In December 2012, we granted a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide license to a Netherlands-based biotechnology company, uniQure biopharma B.V., or uniQure, to use, develop or commercialize RNAi for treatment of Huntington’s disease. Our license grants to uniQure rights to develop, use and commercialize an AAV vector with a ddRNAi cassette targeting the gene associated with Huntington’s disease, or the Htt gene, or an AAV-RNAi-based product for Huntington’s disease directed to up to three gene targets specific to Huntington’s disease.

 

The license provides for modest upfront and milestone payments and single-digit percentage royalty payments on net sales. In addition, we receive a percentage of any sub-licensing revenues received. Under the agreement, uniQure has an option to convert the license to an exclusive license depending upon achievement of certain preclinical milestones, and also to acquire additional licenses to our ddRNAi technology for other specific diseases. Unless terminated at an earlier date, the license agreement continues until the expiration of either all patents subject to the license or regulatory exclusivity, whichever is longer. We may terminate the license agreement in the event of certain breaches or if uniQure has not met a defined sales milestone or commences an action or proceeding with respect to the patent rights that are the subject of the license. uniQure may terminate the license agreement at will. In addition, certain rights and licenses granted to uniQure pursuant to the license agreement will automatically terminate in the event that our license of technology from Galapagos NV expires or is terminated.

 

In May 2013, uniQure announced that it, along with its partners in a pan-European consortium devoted to finding a gene therapy cure for Huntington’s disease, were awarded a 2.5 million Euros grant for use in the development of a RNAi-based approach. uniQure has reported that it is using RNAi to non-specifically knock down all expression of the Htt gene and to specifically inhibit the mutant allele of the Htt gene. Evaluation of these two approaches is in progress.

 

Cancer Immunotherapy

 

In August 2013, we granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide license to a U.S.-based biotechnology company, Regen Biopharma Inc., or Regen, to use ddRNAi for silencing expression of indoleamine 2,3—dioxygenase, or IDO, in dendritic cells. Regen is developing a cancer immunotherapy using the licensed technology. IDO is associated with immune-suppression and is overexpressed in some cancers. Regen has reported preclinical evidence that modification of these cells using ddRNAi targeting the silencing of IDO may significantly enhance their efficacy in cancer immunotherapy. Regen’s first treatment, which is for breast cancer, is called dCellVax.

 

The license provides for modest upfront and milestone payments, payable in cash or stock of Regen’s parent company at Regen’s discretion, and single-digit percentage royalty payments on net sales. In addition, we receive a percentage of any sub-licensing revenues received. Unless terminated at an earlier date, the license agreement

 

107


Table of Contents

continues until the expiration or termination of all patents subject to the license. We may terminate the license agreement in the event of certain breaches or if Regen has not met a defined sales milestone or commences an action or proceeding with respect to the patent rights. Regen may terminate the license agreement, in whole or in part, at will.

 

In November 2014, the FDA announced the issuance of an IND number for a proposed Phase I/II clinical trial assessing safety with signals of efficacy for dCellVax.

 

Intractable Neuropathic Pain

 

In November 2014, we granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing, worldwide license to a U.S.-based biotechnology company, Circuit Therapeutics, Inc., or Circuit Therapeutics, to use ddRNAi for the development of treatments for and the prevention of pain. Under the licensing agreement, Circuit Therapeutics has rights to develop, use and sell products that use RNAi to silence Nav1.7, a sodium ion channel that is exclusively expressed in certain sensory nerves and is critical for generation of pain.

 

The license provides for modest upfront and milestone payments and single-digit percentage royalty payments on net sales. In addition, we receive a percentage of any sub-licensing revenues received. Unless terminated at an earlier date, the license agreement continues until the expiration or termination of all patents subject to the license. We may terminate the license agreement in the event of certain breaches or if Circuit Therapeutics commences an action or proceeding with respect to the patent rights. We may also terminate the license agreement if Circuit Therapeutics has not met certain sales and development milestones. Circuit Therapeutics may terminate the license agreement at will.

 

New Areas for ddRNAi Application

 

We believe the applicability of ddRNAi to disease treatment could be further expanded using a number of strategies that are in the early stages of development. These strategies include:

 

LOGO

 

Cell Therapies

 

The use of cell therapy as a clinical tool to improve, repair or renew the function of damaged or diseased tissue has gained significant interest in the treatment of a variety of conditions, due to the unique properties of stem cell self-renewal and the ability to differentiate into a range of mature cell types. According to a 2014 report from MarketsandMarkets, a market research firm, the worldwide stem cell therapy market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 39.5% from 2015 to 2020, reaching $330 million.

 

We believe ddRNAi can be used to produce modified stem cells that express shRNA for enhanced therapeutic benefit. Currently, this approach is being developed in two of our in-house programs, OPMD and drug-resistant NSCLC. In addition, one of our licensees, Calimmune, is using this strategy in their HIV/AIDS program.

 

   

Calimmune’s HIV/AIDS program transfects a patient’s own human CD34+ hematopoietic progenitor cells ex vivo with a ddRNAi construct that silences the CCR5 (HIV co-receptor) gene. The modified CD34+ cells are then readministered to the patient, with the expectation that they will differentiate into mature immune cells that are resistant to being infected with HIV as they lack the expressed CCR5 protein.

 

   

In our OPMD program, part of the collaboration with Royal Holloway University of London is to develop and test autologous muscle stem cells that express Pabparna, with the aim of transplanting them to

 

108


Table of Contents
 

regenerate new esophageal muscle cells that have the mutant PABP1 gene suppressed and replaced by the normal PABPN1 gene.

 

   

In our drug-resistant NSCLC program, we are testing the ability of proprietary stem cells and exosomes, which are lipid vesicles that bud off from the parent cell encapsulating siRNA and other cytoplasmic material, derived from the stem cells, to deliver the Tribetarna ddRNAi construct to lung tumors in vivo . This leverages the innate ability of stem cells to home to sites of wounding, including cancer. This could provide an alternative delivery modality for Tribetarna to target metastatic disease as well as primary tumors.

 

Immunotherapies

 

One approach to immunotherapy involves engineering patients’ own immune cells to recognize and attack their tumors. This approach is called adoptive cell transfer, or ACT. ACT utilizes T cells. After isolation from a patient’s blood, the T cells are genetically engineered to produce special receptors on their surface called chimeric antigen receptors, or CARs. CARs are proteins that enable T cells to recognize a specific protein, or antigen on tumor cells. These engineered CAR T cells are cultured and expanded in the laboratory and then infused into the patient. After the infusion, the technology relies on the T cells multiplying in the patient’s body and, with guidance from their engineered receptor, recognize and kill cancer cells that harbor the antigen on their surfaces.

 

CAR T cell therapy can cause side effects, the most common being cytokine-release syndrome. The infused T cells release cytokines, chemical messengers that help the T cells function. With cytokine-release syndrome, there is a rapid and massive release of cytokines into the bloodstream, which can lead to dangerously high fevers and precipitous drops in blood pressure.

 

An important aim for next generation of CAR T therapies is to silence multiple genes known to be associated with cytokine release syndrome, including the T cell receptor, or TCR, and major histocompatibility complex, or MHC. We believe that ddRNAi technology could potentially be used to achieve this goal.

 

Most of the current CAR applications use lentivirus to deliver gene constructs expressing CARs. The packaging capacity of this vector allows the expression of several shRNA constructs along with the CAR in a single construct. Thus, the same cell population that is transduced to express the CAR can also be modified by the activity of shRNA expressed from the same vector.

 

In addition to silencing the TCR, we believe ddRNAi technology could potentially be used to enhance other properties of CAR T cells.

 

Ocular diseases

 

We believe a number of ocular diseases beyond AMD, such as diabetic retinopathy, could be targeted by ddRNAi therapeutics, assuming the AAV vector selection program with 4DMT is successful. This program aims to produce an AAV vector that can target a broad range of ocular cells from an intravitreal injection. We have exclusive access to modified AAV vectors 4DMT for all ocular indications using ddRNAi.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We actively seek to protect the intellectual property and proprietary technology that we believe are important to our business, which includes seeking and maintaining patents claiming our ddRNAi technology, and other inventions relating to our products in development, or otherwise commercially and/or strategically important to the development of our business. We also rely on know-how and trade secrets that may be important to the development of our business and actively seek to protect the confidentiality of such know-how and trade secrets.

 

109


Table of Contents

Our success will depend on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, defend and enforce our patents, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

 

As of April 2015, we own (8) or co-own (1) a total of nine patent families, of which one is currently in its international phase and the others have progressed to national prosecution. These families include several granted patents in the United States (8), Europe (1), Australia (3), Canada (1) and New Zealand (3). We have 19 pending national/regional applications in a total of 10 jurisdictions (excluding the member states of the European Patent Convention in which our European patents were validated). This intellectual property portfolio for our ddRNAi technology, improvements to the technology and product-specific patents can be commercialized collectively or in individual product candidate programs.

 

We also have a portfolio of in-licensed patents relating to the ddRNAi platform technology. The license from Commonwealth Scientific & Industrial Research Organization, or CSIRO, includes irrevocable, exclusive rights in the field of human therapeutics to CSIRO’s patents claiming ddRNAi. The license includes two patent families with granted patents in the United States (8), Europe (3), the United Kingdom (1), Australia (4) and Canada (1). The license also includes nine pending national/regional applications in a total of four jurisdictions.

 

The CSIRO patents subject to our license agreement include three patents in European patent office opposition proceedings and one patent application in USPTO interference proceedings.

 

The patent portfolios for the ddRNAi platform and our product candidate pipeline are summarized below. The expected expiration dates included in the summary below do not give effect to patent term extensions that may be available due to delays in the patent office or due to steps taken to obtain regulatory approvals.

 

ddRNAi Platform Technology

 

The two patent families exclusively licensed from CSIRO include different aspects of the ddRNAi technology. The first of these patent families relates to DNA constructs and methods for using DNA to deliver RNA molecules, particularly shRNA, directed to the target gene. The granted U.S. patents in this family include claims to the structure and design of the DNA constructs, as well as human, animal and plant cells containing such DNA constructs and methods of using these constructs to reduce expression of a target gene. As of April 2015, this patent family included patents granted in the United States and granted (under opposition) in Europe. We expect any patents granted in this patent family to expire in March 2019.

 

The second patent family is an extension of the first patent family, and relates to chimeric DNA and methods for using DNA to deliver RNA molecules, particularly shRNA. The granted U.S. patent in this family claims DNA constructs and methods for reducing expression of a target gene in a plant as well as plant cells, subject matter that is not within our current field of use. As of April 2015, this patent family included one patent granted in the United States and one patent granted (under opposition) in Europe. We expect any patents granted in this patent family to expire in April 2019.

 

In December 2009, we entered into a commercial license arrangement with CSIRO for these two patent families relating to ddRNAi technology. This worldwide license in the field of human therapeutics is exclusive and irrevocable. In exchange for the license, we issued ordinary shares to CSIRO, and we are required to pay CSIRO approximately $300,000 in the event of corporate transactions such as a merger, sale, change of control, capital reconstruction or insolvency event relating to Benitec. Under the license agreement, following notice to us and receipt of our comments, if any, CSIRO has control over prosecution of patent applications and litigation, if any.

 

110


Table of Contents

Technology Improvements

 

We own two patent families that relate to improvements to ddRNAi technology. The first patent family relates to compositions of matter and methods for delivering shRNA molecules to animal cells for a variety of target genes. As of April 2015, this patent family included patents granted in the United Kingdom, Singapore and South Africa. We expect any patents granted in this patent family to expire in March 2021.

 

The second patent family relates to nucleic acid constructs and methods for using DNA to produce hairpin RNA molecules that can target multiple genes within one molecule. As of April 2015, this patent family included patents granted in Australia, New Zealand, Singapore and South Africa. We expect any patents granted in this patent family to expire in June 2024.

 

Targeting the Hepatitis Virus

 

We own two patents in the United States that relate to liver-specific promoters or enhancers. The first claims an expression cassette with a synthetic enhancer and a particular liver-specific promoter that may be used to express a variety of genes in liver. The second claims ddRNAi expression constructs that include a liver-specific promoter and one or more RNAi constructs that provide RNAi agents that target hepatitis virus genes. These granted U.S. patents provide options for promoter and construct design based on the target regions in the hepatitis gene of interest. The first of these two patents is expected to expire in February 2026, and the second is expected to expire in March 2027.

 

TT-034—ddRNAi-based treatment for hepatitis C

 

Our patent portfolio related to TT-034 includes two patent families relating primarily to the shRNA sequences of TT-034 and the expression cassette design of the therapeutic. The first patent family has claims for methods and genetic constructs that use the shRNA sequences of TT-034 in the treatment of hepatitis C. The patent family relates to a range of different shRNA sequences, and includes the three candidate shRNA sequences incorporated in TT-034, as well as using ddRNAi to deliver the shRNA. The design of the expression cassette in this patent family is for three shRNA sequences with independent promoters driving the expression of each shRNA. As of April 2015, this patent family included patents granted in the United States (3), Europe, Australia, Canada, China, Israel, Japan and Korea. We expect any patents granted in this patent family to expire in March 2025.

 

The second patent family also includes claims for methods and genetic constructs using the shRNA sequences of TT-034 in the treatment of hepatitis C. The design of the expression in this patent family is for a single promoter to drive the expression of multiple shRNA sequences. As of April 2015, this patent family included patents granted in the United States (3), Australia, China, New Zealand and Hong Kong. We expect any patents granted in this patent family to expire in February 2026.

 

Hepbarna—our ddRNAi-based treatment for hepatitis B

 

Our patent portfolio related to Hepbarna includes one patent family relating to single-stranded RNA and shRNA sequences to a range of target regions of the hepatitis B viral genome. This patent family was jointly filed with Biomics Biotech Co., Ltd., or Biomics, and Biomics subsequently assigned its ownership interests in the patent to us. As of April 2015, this patent family included pending applications in the United States, Europe, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Korea and Russia. We expect any patents granted in this patent family to have expired by October 2031.

 

This patent family is the outcome of a collaborative research agreement between us and Biomics Biotech Co., Ltd, which was commenced in August 2009. The ongoing arrangement provides for both parties to receive a share of any revenue generated from commercializing this patent family commensurate with our respective contributions to the intellectual property subject to the agreement, which contributions are expected to be equal.

 

111


Table of Contents

A priority document has been filed to claim composition of matter and methods of using a range of RNA molecules in the treatment of hepatitis B. This new patent filing claims the shRNA sequences that are under development as the lead candidates for Hepbarna, and also include other target and RNA sequences to different regions of the HBV genome. This new patent application names Benitec as the sole applicant.

 

Our ddRNAi-based therapeutic candidates for AMD

 

Our patent portfolio for AMD includes one patent family relating to the target genes for AMD. This patent family relates to the target gene sequences for our two ddRNAi-based therapeutic candidates for AMD. As of April 2015, this patent family was in the international phase, expecting national/regional patent applications to be filed in July 2015. We expect any patents to grant in this patent family to expire in January 2034.

 

Tribetarna—our ddRNAi-based treatment for lung cancer

 

Our patent portfolio for lung cancer includes one patent family relating to methods of increasing the sensitivity of a tumor cell to DNA damaging agents (cisplatin) or tubulin-binding agents (paclitaxel) using nucleic acid contructs encoding a shRNA or siRNA directed to regions of the TUBB2A, TUBB2C, or TUBB3 tubulin genes and conjugated to polyethylenimine. This patent family is licensed exclusively from the University of New South Wales. As of April 2015, this patent family included patents granted in Australia, China, Hong Kong and Singapore. We expect any patents granted in this patent family to expire in March 2028.

 

In August 2013, we entered into a commercial license arrangement with NewSouth Innovations Pty Limited, or NSi, of University of New South Wales for this patent portfolio. The license provides for modest up-front and ongoing license fees, and also milestone and single digit percentage royalty payments on net sales. A percentage of sub-licensing revenue is also payable to NSi. We may terminate the license at will, and in the event of certain breaches by NSi. NSi may terminate the license in the event of certain breaches by us.

 

Know-How

 

In addition to patent protection of ddRNAi technology and our product candidates, we also rely on proprietary know-how that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent, as valuable intellectual property for our business. This know-how is related to the areas of, among others, identifying nucleic acid targets for ddRNAi technology and designing ddRNAi constructs for targeting preferred genes. We have implemented a number of security measures to safeguard our know-how including limiting access to our research facilities, databases and networks. We also protect know-how by way of confidentiality agreements when engaging with external providers for progressing our pipeline of therapeutic candidates.

 

Laws and Regulations Regarding Patent Terms

 

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal terms of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent term may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent or as a result of delays in patent prosecution by the patentee. A patent’s term may be lengthened by a patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in granting a patent. The patent term of a European patent is 20 years from its filing date, which, unlike in the United States, is not subject to patent term adjustments.

 

The term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved biologic may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the biologic is under clinical testing regulatory review. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product

 

112


Table of Contents

approval and only one patent applicable to an approved biologic may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved biologic although the eligibility requirements for any duration of such extension vary. In the future, if and when our products receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those products.

 

Trademarks

 

Our trademarks include registrations for company branding and product names for our pipeline in development.

 

Trade Mark (program)

   Trade Mark
Number
   Filing date    Jurisdiction    Status

BENITEC BIOPHARMA ®

   1448046    13 Sep 2011    Australia    Registered

BENITEC BIOPHARMA ®

   4636053    11 Feb 2014    United States    Registered

SILENCING GENES FOR LIFE ®

   1448041    13 Sep 2011    Australia    Registered

SILENCING GENES FOR LIFE

   NA (Appln: 86488147)    22 Dec 2014    United States    Pending

Tribetarna ® (Lung cancer)

   1526479    19 Nov 2012    Australia    Registered

Hepbarna ® (Hepatitis B)

   1526483    19 Nov 2012    Australia    Registered

Nervarna ® (Pain)

   1526478    19 Nov 2012    Australia    Registered

Pabparna (OPMD)

   Not yet filed    N/A    N/A    Unregistered

 

Manufacturing

 

The manufacture of the complex biological products required for gene therapy is complex and difficult. We do not currently own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of preclinical, clinical or commercial quantities of any of our product candidates. We have contracted with Omnia Biologics, Inc., or Omnia, for the production of TT-034. We are also exploring long-term manufacturing alliances with a number of potential partners to investigate manufacturing processes in order to produce materials at reasonable scale and cost of goods to support future commercialization efforts. We do not have a long-term agreement with any third-party manufacturer, but we plan to establish such a relationship with an appropriate manufacturer to serve our long-term needs.

 

Manufacturing is subject to extensive regulations that impose various procedural and documentation requirements, which govern record keeping, manufacturing processes and controls, personnel, quality control and quality assurance, among others. Our contract manufacturing organizations manufacture our product candidates under cGMP, conditions. cGMP is a regulatory standard for the production of pharmaceuticals that will be used in humans.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We have not yet established sales, marketing or product distribution operations because our product candidates are in preclinical or clinical development. If we receive marketing and commercialization approval for any of our product candidates, we intend to market the product through strategic alliances and distribution agreements with third parties. In certain cases we may market an approved product directly worldwide or in selected geographical segments. The ultimate implementation of our strategy for realizing the financial value of our product candidates is dependent on the results of clinical trials for our product candidates, the availability of funds and the ability to negotiate acceptable commercial terms with third parties.

 

Competition

 

The biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by intense and dynamic competition to develop new technologies and proprietary therapies. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will have to compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. While we believe that our proprietary technology estate and scientific expertise in gene silencing using ddRNAi provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including larger and better-funded pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as from academic

 

113


Table of Contents

institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions that may develop potentially competitive products or technologies. We are aware of several companies focused on developing gene therapy or gene silencing product candidates, including:

 

   

Alnylam, Tekmira and Arrowhead—developing siRNA-based therapeutics for hepatitis B;

 

   

Avalanche Biotechnologies, Inc., Applied Genetic Technologies Corporation and Oxford Biomedica—developing gene therapies for wet AMD

 

We are not aware of any companies developing a gene therapy or gene silencing approach for HCV, NSCLC, or OPMD. There are other therapies either being marketed or currently in development for all of these diseases, some of which already have significant market share.

 

Our product candidates, if approved, would also compete with treatments that have already been approved and accepted by the medical community, patients and third-party payors. For example, with respect to hepatitis C, our product candidate would compete with small molecule treatments such as Sovaldi and Harvoni, each of which was developed by Gilead Sciences, Inc., and Viekira Pak, a regimen consisting of four medications developed by Abbvie Inc.

 

Many of our competitors and potential competitors, alone or with their strategic partners, have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do and significantly greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of treatments and the commercialization of those treatments. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

 

Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical study sites and subject registration for clinical studies, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

 

We anticipate that we will face intense and increasing competition as new products enter the market and advanced technologies become available. We expect any treatments that we develop and commercialize to compete on the basis of, among other things, efficacy, safety, convenience of administration and delivery, price, the level of competition and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

 

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, we expect that our therapeutic products, if approved, will be priced at a significant premium over competitive products and our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of competitive products including biosimilar or generic products.

 

114


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

 

As a pharmaceutical and biological product company that wishes to conduct clinical trials and ultimately obtain marketing approval in the United States, we are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, and other federal, state, and local regulatory agencies. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, the Public Health Service Act, or PHS Act, and their implementing regulations set forth, among other things, requirements for the research, testing, development, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, approval, labeling, storage, record keeping, reporting, distribution, import, export, advertising and promotion of our products. A failure to comply explicitly with any requirements during the product development, approval, or post-approval periods, may lead to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the imposition by the FDA or an IRB, of a suspension on clinical trials, refusal to approve pending marketing applications or supplements, withdrawal of approval, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties or criminal prosecution.

 

Although the discussion below focuses on regulation in the United States, we anticipate seeking approval for the testing and marketing of our products in other countries. Generally, our activities in other countries will be subject to regulation that is similar in nature and scope as that imposed in the United States, although there can be important differences. Additionally, some significant aspects of regulation in the European Union are addressed in a centralized way through the EMA, but country-specific regulation remains essential in many respects.

 

Government regulation may delay or prevent testing or marketing of our products and impose costly procedures upon our activities. The testing and approval process, and the subsequent compliance with appropriate statutes and regulations, requires substantial time, effort, and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that the FDA or any other regulatory agency will grant approvals for our products or any future products on a timely basis, if at all. The FDA’s or any other regulatory agency’s policies may change and additional governmental regulations may be enacted that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our products or any future products or approval of new indications or label changes. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse governmental regulation that might arise from future legislative, judicial, or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad.

 

Recent Developments in Regulation of Gene Therapy

 

Although the FDA has not yet approved any human gene therapy product for sale, it has provided guidance for the development of gene therapy products. For example, the FDA has established the Office of Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies within CBER, to consolidate the review of gene therapy and related products, and the Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee to advise CBER on its reviews. In addition, the FDA has issued a growing body of clinical guidelines, chemical, manufacturing and control, or CMC, guidelines and other guidelines, all of which are intended to facilitate industry’s development of gene therapy products.

 

In 2012, the EMA approved a gene therapy product called Glybera, which is the first gene therapy product approved by regulatory authorities in the United States or the European Union.

 

Marketing Approval

 

In the United States, for premarket approval purposes, the FDA regulates gene products as biologics under the FDC Act, the PHS Act and related regulations.

 

The steps required before a new biologic may be marketed in the United States generally include:

 

   

nonclinical pharmacology and toxicology laboratory and animal tests according to good laboratory practices, or GLPs, and applicable requirements for the humane use of laboratory animals or other applicable regulations;

 

115


Table of Contents
   

submission of an IND application which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to GCPs and any additional requirements for the protection of human research subjects and their health information to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product for each targeted indication;

 

   

submission of a biologics license application, or BLA, to the FDA;

 

   

FDA’s pre-approval inspection of manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs and, if applicable, the FDA’s good tissue practices, or GTPs, for the use of human cellular and tissue products to prevent the introduction, transmission, or spread of communicable diseases;

 

   

FDA’s audit of clinical trial sites that generated data in support of the BLA; and

 

   

FDA approval of a BLA, which must occur before a product can be marketed or sold.

 

Product Development Process

 

Before testing any biologic in humans, the product enters the nonclinical, or preclinical, testing stage. Nonclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity, and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and activity of the product. The conduct of nonclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements including GLPs.

 

Where a gene therapy trial is conducted at, or sponsored by, institutions receiving NIH funding for recombinant DNA research, prior to the submission of an IND to the FDA, a protocol and related documentation is submitted to and the trial is registered with the NIH Office of Biotechnology Activities, or OBA, pursuant to the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant or Synthetic Nucleic Acid Molecules, or NIH Guidelines. Compliance with the NIH Guidelines is mandatory for investigators at institutions receiving NIH funds for research involving recombinant DNA, however many companies and other institutions not otherwise subject to the NIH Guidelines voluntarily follow them. The NIH is responsible for convening the RAC, a federal advisory committee, which discusses protocols that raise novel or particularly important scientific, safety or ethical considerations at one of its quarterly public meetings. The OBA will notify the FDA of the RAC’s decision regarding the necessity for full public review of a gene therapy protocol. RAC proceedings and reports are posted to the OBA web site and may be accessed by the public.

 

The product sponsor then submits the results of the nonclinical testing, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature, and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA in an IND, which is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational product to humans. Some nonclinical testing may continue even after the IND application is submitted. IND authorization is required before interstate shipping and administration of any new product to humans that is not the subject of an approved BLA. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trial and places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such case, the IND sponsor must resolve any outstanding concerns with the FDA before the clinical trial may begin. Further, an IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that site. If the site has an IBC, it may also have to review and approve the proposed clinical trial. Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to patients under the supervision of qualified investigators following GCPs, requirements meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, investigators, and monitors. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols that detail, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, including stopping rules that assure a clinical trial will be stopped if certain adverse events should occur, and the efficacy criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. The informed written consent of each participating subject is required and the form and content of the informed consent must be approved by each IRB.

 

116


Table of Contents

The clinical investigation of an investigational product is generally divided into three phases. Although the phases are usually conducted sequentially, they may overlap or be combined. The three phases of an investigation are as follows:

 

   

Phase I includes the initial introduction of an investigational product into humans. Phase I clinical trials may be conducted in patients with the target disease or condition or on healthy volunteers. These studies are designed to evaluate the safety, metabolism, pharmacokinetics and pharmacologic actions of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. During Phase I clinical trials, sufficient information about the investigational product’s pharmacokinetics and pharmacological effects may be obtained to permit the design of Phase II clinical trials. The total number of participants included in Phase I clinical trials varies, but is generally in the range of 20 to 80.

 

   

Phase II includes the controlled clinical trials conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the investigational product for a particular indication(s) in patients with the disease or condition under study, to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage, and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks associated with the product. Phase II clinical trials are typically well-controlled, closely monitored, and conducted in a limited patient population, usually involving no more than several hundred participants. Phase IIa trials provide information on the impact of dose ranging on safety, biomarkers and proof of concept, while Phase IIb trials are patient dose-ranging efficacy trials.

 

   

Phase III clinical trials are controlled clinical trials conducted in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. They are performed after preliminary evidence suggesting effectiveness of the investigational product has been obtained, and are intended to further evaluate dosage, clinical effectiveness and safety, to establish the overall benefit-risk relationship of the product, and to provide an adequate basis for product approval. Phase III clinical trials usually involve several hundred to several thousand participants. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well controlled Phase III clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the product. FDA may accept a single Phase III trial with other confirmatory evidence in rare instances where the trial is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically very persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

 

Annual progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted to the FDA. Written IND safety reports must be promptly submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events; any findings from other studies, tests in laboratory animals or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects; or any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must submit an IND safety report within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for reporting. The sponsor also must notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information. The FDA typically recommends that sponsors observe subjects for potential gene therapy-related delayed adverse events for a 15-year period, including a minimum of five years of annual examinations followed by 10 years of annual queries, either in person or by questionnaire, of trial subjects.

 

The decision to terminate a clinical trial of an investigational biologic may be made by the FDA or other regulatory authority, an IRB, an IBC, or institutional ethics committee, or by a company for various reasons. The FDA may place a clinical hold and order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. If the FDA imposes a clinical hold, trials may not recommence without FDA and IRB authorization and then only under terms authorized by the FDA and IRB. In some cases, clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, or the clinical monitoring board or DSMB. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points. These decisions are based

 

117


Table of Contents

on the limited access to data from the ongoing trial. The suspension or termination of a clinical trial can occur during any phase of clinical trials if it is determined that the participants or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. In addition, there are requirements for the registration of ongoing clinical trials of drugs and biologics on public registries and the disclosure of certain information pertaining to the trials as well as clinical trial results after completion.

 

Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, detailed investigational product information is submitted to the FDA in the form of a BLA for a biologic to request marketing approval for the product in specified indications.

 

Human gene therapy products are a new category of therapeutics. Because this is a relatively new and expanding area of novel therapeutic interventions, there can be no assurance as to the length of the trial period, the number of patients the FDA will require to be enrolled in the trials in order to establish the safety, efficacy, purity and potency of human gene therapy products, or that the data generated in these trials will be acceptable to the FDA to support marketing approval. The NIH and the FDA have a publicly accessible database, the Genetic Modification Clinical Research Information System, which includes information on gene transfer trials and serves as an electronic tool to facilitate the reporting and analysis of adverse events on these trials. Over the last several years the FDA has issued helpful guidance on development of gene therapy products and shown a willingness to work closely with developers, especially with those working in orphan disease areas.

 

Biologics License Application Approval Process

 

In order to obtain approval to market a biologic in the United States, a BLA must be submitted to the FDA that provides data from nonclinical studies and clinical trials and manufacturing information establishing to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety, purity, and potency or efficacy of the investigational product for the proposed indication. The BLA must be accompanied by a substantial user fee payment unless a waiver or exemption applies.

 

The FDA will initially review the BLA for completeness before it accepts it for filing. Under the FDA’s procedures, the agency has 60 days from its receipt of a BLA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. After the BLA submission is accepted for filing, the FDA reviews the BLA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe, pure and potent, which includes determining whether it is effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP, to assure and preserve the product’s identity, safety, strength, quality, potency and purity, and in accordance with biological product standards. The FDA will inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured to ensure the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and are adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. For a human cellular or tissue product, the FDA also will not approve the product if the manufacturer is not in compliance with the GTPs. These are FDA regulations that govern the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the manufacture of human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue based products, which are human cells or tissue intended for implantation, transplant, infusion, or transfer into a human recipient. The primary intent of the GTP requirements is to ensure that cell and tissue based products are manufactured in a manner designed to prevent the introduction, transmission, and spread of communicable disease. Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP.

 

If the FDA determines the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it typically will outline the deficiencies and often will request additional testing or information, or corrective action for a manufacturing facility. This may significantly delay further review of the application. If the FDA finds that a clinical site did not conduct the clinical trial in accordance with GCP, the FDA may determine the data generated by the clinical site should be excluded from the primary efficacy analyses provided in the BLA. Additionally, notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

 

118


Table of Contents

The FDA may refer applications for novel products or products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee. The FDA also may determine a REMS is necessary to assure the safe use of the biologic, in which case the BLA sponsor must submit a proposed REMS. The REMS may include, but is not limited to, a Medication Guide, a communications plan, and other elements to assure safe use, such as restrictions on distribution, prescribing, and dispensing.

 

After the FDA completes its initial review of a BLA, it will either license, or approve, the product, or issue a complete response letter to communicate that it will not approve the BLA in its current form and to inform the sponsor of changes that the sponsor must make or additional clinical, nonclinical or manufacturing data that must be received before the FDA can approve the application, with no implication regarding the ultimate approvability of the application. If a complete response letter is issued, the sponsor may either resubmit the BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application.

 

The testing and approval process for both a drug and biologic requires substantial time, effort and financial resources and this process may take several years to complete. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all. We may encounter difficulties or unanticipated costs in our efforts to secure necessary governmental approvals, which could delay or preclude us from marketing our products.

 

Orphan Drug Designation

 

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product candidate intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug or biological product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product candidate. Orphan product designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan product designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

 

If a product candidate that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug or biological product for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same biological product as defined by the FDA or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If a drug or biological product designated as an orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan product exclusivity. Orphan drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, benefits.

 

Expedited Development and Review Programs

 

The FDA has a fast track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biological products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs and biological products are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new

 

119


Table of Contents

biologic or drug may request the FDA to designate the biologic or drug as a fast track product at any time during the clinical development of the product. Unique to a fast track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the marketing application on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application.

 

Any product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a fast track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide safe and effective therapy where no satisfactory alternative therapy exists or a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a disease compared to marketed products. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new biological or drug product designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. Additionally, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval. Biological or drug products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening illnesses and that provide meaningful therapeutic benefit over existing treatments may receive accelerated approval, which means that they may be approved on the basis of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials establishing that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict a clinical benefit, or on the basis of an effect on a clinical endpoint other than survival or irreversible morbidity. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a biological or drug product receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product. Lastly, under the provisions of the new Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, enacted in 2012, a sponsor can request designation of a product candidate as a “breakthrough therapy.” A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug or biological that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biological, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug or biological may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs and biologicals designated as breakthrough therapies are also eligible for accelerated approval and receive the same benefits as drugs and biologicals with Fast Track designation. The FDA must take certain actions, such as holding timely meetings and providing advice, intended to expedite the development and review of an application for approval of a breakthrough therapy.

 

Fast Track designation, and priority review may expedite the product approval process, but do not change the standards for approval. Accelerated approval and breakthrough therapy designation do change the standards for product approval and thus may expedite the development and/or approval process.

 

FDA Additional Requirements

 

The FDA may require, or companies may pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved. These so-called Phase 4 clinical trials may be made a condition to be satisfied for continuing drug and biologic approval. The results of Phase 4 clinical trials can confirm the efficacy of a product candidate and can provide important safety information. In addition, the FDA has express statutory authority to require sponsors to conduct post-market studies to specifically address safety issues identified by the agency.

 

Even if a product candidate receives regulatory approval, the approval may be limited to specific disease states, patient populations and dosages, or might contain significant limitations on use in the form of warnings, precautions or contraindications, or in the form of an onerous REMS, restrictions on distribution, or post-marketing study requirements. Further, even after regulatory approval is obtained, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. In addition, we cannot predict what adverse governmental regulations may arise from future U.S. or foreign governmental action.

 

120


Table of Contents

Medical device requirements

 

Our contemplated diagnostics, for use with certain of our therapeutic products, are regulated by FDA as in vitro diagnostic, or IVD, medical devices. Such IVD devices must comply with applicable FDA IVD-specific regulations as well as FDA regulations applicable more broadly to medical devices. These FDA regulations include requirements for registering establishments with FDA; listing IVD devices with FDA; reporting certain adverse events related to IVD devices to FDA; complying with the Quality System Regulation (current good manufacturing practices for devices); labeling IVD devices; and obtaining premarket approval or clearance prior to marketing IVD devices (unless exempt). There are also regulations covering the requirements for investigational devices and the conduct of clinical investigations of devices. Like drugs and biologics, failure to comply with applicable device/IVD requirements can result in legal or administrative enforcement actions against an IVD device firm, its officers or employees, and/or its products.

 

FDA Post-Approval Requirements

 

Any products manufactured or distributed by us or on our behalf pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including requirements for record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences with the biologic or drug, and submitting biological product deviation reports to notify the FDA of unanticipated changes in distributed products. Manufacturers are required to register their facilities with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements, which impose certain quality processes, manufacturing controls and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers in order to ensure that the product is safe, has the identity and strength, and meets the quality, purity and potency characteristics that it purports to have. In November 2013, the Drug Quality and Security Act, or DQSA, became law and establishes requirements to facilitate the tracing of prescription drug and biological products through the pharmaceutical supply distribution chain. This law includes a number of new requirements that will be implemented over time and will require us to devote additional resources to satisfy these requirements, including serializing the product and using new technology and data storage to electronically trace the product from manufacturer to dispenser. If our products are not covered by the serialization and tracing requirements of the DQSA, they may be subject to state pedigree and traceability requirements. We cannot be certain that we or our present or future suppliers will be able to comply with the cGMP and other FDA regulatory requirements. If our present or future suppliers are not able to comply with these requirements, the FDA may halt our clinical trials, refuse to approve any BLA, force us to recall a product from distribution, shut down manufacturing operations or withdraw approval of the applicable BLA. Noncompliance with cGMP or other requirements can result in issuance of warning or untitled letters, civil and criminal penalties, seizures, and injunctive action.

 

The FDA and other federal and state agencies closely regulate the labeling, marketing and promotion of drugs and biologics. Government regulators, including the Department of Justice and the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, as well as state authorities, recently have increased their scrutiny of the promotion and marketing of drugs and biologics. While doctors are free to prescribe any product approved by the FDA for any use, a company can only make claims relating to safety and efficacy of a product that are consistent with FDA approval, and the company is allowed to market a product only for the particular use and treatment approved by the FDA. In addition, any claims we make for our products in advertising or promotion must, among other things, be appropriately balanced with important safety information and otherwise be adequately substantiated. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in adverse publicity, warning or untitled letters, corrective advertising, injunctions, potential civil and criminal penalties, criminal prosecution, and agreements with governmental agencies that materially restrict the manner in which a company promotes or distributes products.

 

Pediatric Research Equity Act

 

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, as amended, a BLA or supplement must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations

 

121


Table of Contents

and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. Manufacturers must submit a pediatric study plan to the IND not later than 60 days after the end-of-phase 2 meeting with the FDA; if there is no such meeting, before the initiation of any phase 3 studies or a combined phase 2 and phase 3 study; or if no such study will be conducted, no later than 210 days before a marketing application or supplement is submitted. The intent of PREA is to compel sponsors whose products have pediatric applicability to study those products in pediatric populations, rather than ignoring pediatric indications for adult indications that could be more economically desirable. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. By its terms, PREA does not apply to any product for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted, unless the FDA issues regulations stating otherwise. Because the FDA has not issued any such regulations, submission of a pediatric assessment is not required for an application to market a product for an orphan-designated indication.

 

Patent Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

 

Depending on the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a BLA plus the time between the submission date of a BLA and the approval of that application. Only one patent applicable to an approved biological is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent and within sixty days of approval of the biological. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration.

 

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, which was included within the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product, and grants a reference biologic twelve years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure. Biosimilarity, which requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product is biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biologic and the reference biologic may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. However, complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structure of biological products, as well as the process by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation that are still being worked out by the FDA.

 

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, provides an additional six months of exclusivity to be attached to any existing exclusivity, e.g., twelve year exclusivity, or patent protection for a drug. This six month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent delay, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a trial.

 

Government Regulation Outside the United States

 

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of our products.

 

122


Table of Contents

Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In the European Union, for example, a request for a clinical trial authorization, or CTA, must be submitted to each country’s national health authority and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and the IRB, respectively. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country’s requirements, clinical trial development may proceed.

 

The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product approval or licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

 

To obtain regulatory approval of a biological product under European Union regulatory systems, we must submit a marketing authorization application. The application required in the European Union is similar to a BLA in the United States, with the exception of, among other things, country-specific document requirements. The European Union also provides opportunities for market exclusivity. For example, in the European Union, upon receiving marketing authorization, a new biological generally receives eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. If granted, data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a biosimilar application. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a biosimilar marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no biosimilar product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The innovator may obtain an additional one year of market exclusivity if the innovator obtains an additional authorization during the initial eight year period for one or more new indications that demonstrate significant clinical benefit over existing therapies. This data and market exclusivity regime in the European Union of a total of 10 or 11 years protects against generic competition, but does not protect against the launch of a competing product if the competitor, rather than referencing the clinical data of the originator, has conducted its own clinical trials to support its marketing authorization application.

 

Orphan drugs in the European Union are eligible for 10-year market exclusivity. This 10-year market exclusivity may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation, for example, if the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Additionally, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar product for the same indication at any time if:

 

   

the second applicant can establish that its product, although similar, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior;

 

   

the applicant consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or

 

   

the applicant cannot supply enough orphan medicinal product.

 

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

 

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

 

Sales of our products, when and if approved for marketing, will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as federal, state, and foreign government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical products, biologicals, drugs and services. In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost containment

 

123


Table of Contents

programs, including price controls, restrictions on coverage and reimbursement and requirements for substitution of interchangeable products. Adoption of price controls and cost containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our product candidates or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover our product candidates could reduce physician usage of our products once approved and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for drug products and medical services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost effectiveness of drug products and medical services, in addition to questioning safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit.

 

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care Education Reconciliation Act, or the ACA, was enacted. The ACA includes measures that have significantly changed, and are expected to continue to significantly change, the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

 

Other Healthcare Laws

 

Although we currently do not have any products on the market, we may be subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and other countries in which we conduct our business. Such laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, privacy and security and physician sunshine and open payment laws and regulations, many of which may become more applicable to us if our product candidates are approved and we begin commercialization. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

 

Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters are located in Sydney, Australia and consist of approximately 1,700 square feet of leased office space under a lease that expires in August 2015. Our research and development facility is located in Hayward, California, and consists of approximately 4,750 square feet of leased office space under a lease that expires in May 2018.

 

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs.

 

124


Table of Contents

Employees

 

As of March 31, 2015, we had 21 full-time employees, 11 of whom have a PhD or other post-graduate degrees. Of these full-time employees, 13 are engaged in research and development activities and 8 are engaged in finance, legal, human resources, facilities and general management. Our employees are located in Sydney, Australia and at our research and development facility located in Hayward, California.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, any such future litigation could have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

125


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information covering our current directors and executive officers.

 

Name

  

Position

Peter French

   Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Peter Francis

   Chairman of the Board of Directors

Greg West

   Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Carl Stubbings

   Chief Business Officer

David Suhy

   Chief Scientific Officer

Georgina Kilfoil

   Chief Clinical Officer

John Chiplin

   Director

Iain Ross

   Director

J. Kevin Buchi

   Director

 

Dr. Peter French joined Benitec in July 2009 as our Chief Scientific Officer and has been our Chief Executive Officer since June 2010 and Managing Director of our board of directors since August 2013. He has an MBA in Technology Management from Deakin University and a PhD in cell biology from Deakin University. Dr. French is a Past President of the Australia and New Zealand Society for Cell and Developmental Biology, and represented Australia’s biological scientists on the Board of FASTS, an Australian government lobbying organization for science and technology. Dr. French obtained his PhD in 1987 for work performed at CSIRO, an Australian government research organization. He carried out postdoctoral research at the Children’s Medical Research Foundation, Sydney. In 1989, he became Principal Scientific Officer and Manager of the Centre for Immunology, St Vincent’s Hospital, Sydney.

 

Peter Francis has been Chairman of our Board since February 2006. Since 1993, Mr. Francis has been a partner at Francis Abourizk Lightowlers, a firm of commercial and technology lawyers with offices in Melbourne, Australia. He is a legal specialist in the areas of intellectual property and licensing and provides legal advice to corporations and research bodies. Mr. Francis completed his studies in law and jurisprudence at Monash University.

 

Greg West has been our Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary since May 2011. From May 2010 to January 2011, he was Chief Financial Officer at Immune Systems Therapeutics, Ltd., a medical diagnostic company. Mr. West is a Chartered Accountant. He is a Director and Audit Committee Chairman of each of UOWE Limited (a business arm of Wollongong University) and IDP Education Pty Ltd and Education Australia Limited. He worked at PricewaterhouseCoopers and has held finance executive roles with financial institutions, including BT Financial Group, Deutsche Bank AG and IAG New Zealand Limited.

 

Carl Stubbings has been our Chief Business Officer since July 2012. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Stubbings was Vice President of Sales & Marketing for Focus Diagnostics, Inc., a subsidiary of Quest Diagnostics Inc. from February 2008 to June 2012.

 

Dr. David Suhy was appointed as our Chief Scientific Officer in April 2015, prior to which he served as our Senior Vice President, Research & Development since October 2012. In April 2008, he joined Tacere Therapeutics, Inc. as Director of Research & Development and continued in that role until our acquisition of Tacere in October 2012. Previous roles include Associate Director of R&D at Clontech Laboratories, Inc. and Principal Scientist at Antara Biosciences Inc. He also led the Target Validation Group at PPD Discovery, a company with proprietary technology surrounding the use of genetic suppressor elements to identify “druggable” genomic targets for large pharmaceutical companies.

 

126


Table of Contents

Georgina Kilfoil was appointed as our Chief Clinical Officer in April 2015 prior to which she served as Vice President, Clinical Operations since February 2015. Ms. Kilfoil initially provided services to Benitec in October 2014 in the role of Senior Drug Development Consultant. Prior to joining Benitec, Ms. Kilfoil was a business consultant from March 2013 to September 2014 and prior to that was Senior Vice President, Management and Development at Anthera Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from March 2010 to February 2013. Previous to this, Ms. Kilfoil served as Project Management Consultant at InClin, Inc. and Vice President of Project Management at Peninsula Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ms. Kilfoil is a certified Project Management Professional, has a Bachelor of Science Degree in Pharmacology from the University of Bristol, United Kingdom, and a Masters of Business Administration from the Australian Graduate School of Management, Sydney, Australia.

 

Dr. John Chiplin has been a Director since February 2010. Dr. Chiplin is a founder of and has served as a Managing Director of investment company, Newstar Ventures Ltd., since 1998. More recently, he has served as a director of Medistem, Inc. through its acquisition by Intrexon Corporation in 2014, as founding Chief Executive Officer of Arana Therapeutics Limited from 2006 through its acquisition by Cephalon, Inc. in 2009, as director of Domantis Ltd through its acquisition by GlaxoSmithKline plc in 2006, and as Managing Director of ITI Life Sciences Fund from 2003 to 2005. Dr. Chiplin currently serves on the board of directors of Adalta Pty Ltd, ScienceMedia Inc., Prophecy Inc., Batu Biologics Inc., The Coma Research Institute and Cynata Therapeutics Limited which is traded on the ASX. Dr. Chiplin’s Pharmacy and PhD degrees are from the University of Nottingham, Nottingham, United Kingdom.

 

Iain Ross has been a Director since June 2010. Following a career with Sandoz, Fisons, Hoffman La Roche and Celltech, Mr. Ross is a Qualified Chartered Director in the United Kingdom and currently he is Chairman of the Board of Premier Veterinary Group plc, formerly Ark Therapeutics Group plc which is traded on the London Stock Exchange, and Biomer Technology Limited; and a non-executive director of Amarantus Bioscience Inc which is traded on the OTCQB, and Tissue Therapies Limited and Anatara Lifesciences Limited, which are both traded on the ASX. Mr. Ross served as the Executive Chairman for Ark Therapeutics Group plc from September 2010 to March 2013. He is also Vice Chairman of the Council of Royal Holloway, University of London.

 

J. Kevin Buchi has been a Director since April 2013. Since August 2013, he has served as Chief Executive Officer of TetraLogic Pharmaceuticals Corporation. Mr. Buchi served as Chief Executive Officer of Cephalon, Inc., or Cephalon, from December 2010 through its acquisition by Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., or Teva Pharmaceuticals, in October 2011. After the acquisition Mr. Buchi served as Corporate Vice President, Global Branded Products of Teva Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Buchi joined Cephalon in 1991 and held various positions, including Chief Operating Officer, from January 2010 to December 2010, Chief Financial Officer and Head of Business Development prior to being appointed Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Buchi currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of TetraLogic Pharmaceuticals Corp. Mr. Buchi is also on the Board of Directors of Stemline Therapeutics, Inc., Forward Pharma A/S, Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Epirus Biopharmaceuticals Inc. Mr. Buchi has a B.A. in chemistry from Cornell University and a Masters in Management from Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. He is also a Certified Public Accountant.

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. The business addresses for each of our directors and executive officers is Benitec Biopharma Limited, F6A/1-15 Barr Street, Balmain, New South Wales, Australia.

 

Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five members, including our Chief Executive Officer. Our directors are elected at each annual general meeting of our shareholders and serve until their successors are elected or appointed, unless their office is earlier vacated. We believe that each of our directors has relevant industry experience. The membership of our board of directors is directed by the following requirements:

 

   

our Constitution specifies that there must be a minimum of three directors and a maximum of 10, and our board of directors may determine the number of directors within those limits;

 

   

as set forth in our Board Charter, the membership of the board of directors should consist of a majority of independent directors who satisfy the criteria recommended by the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations;

 

127


Table of Contents
   

the Chairman of our Board should be an independent director who satisfies the criteria for independence recommended by the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations; and

 

   

our board of directors should, collectively, have the appropriate level of personal qualities, skills, experience, and time commitment to properly fulfill its responsibilities or have ready access to such skills where they are not available.

 

Our board of directors has delegated responsibility for the conduct of our businesses to the Chief Executive Officer, but remains responsible for overseeing the performance of management. Our board of directors has established delegated limits of authority, which define the matters that are delegated to management and those that require board of directors approval. Under the Corporations Act, at least two of our directors must be resident Australians. None of our directors have any service contracts with Benitec that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

 

Committees

 

To assist our board of directors with the effective discharge of its duties, it has established a Remuneration and Nomination Committee and an Audit and Risk Committee, which committees operate under a specific charter approved by our board of directors.

 

Remuneration and Nomination Committee.     The members of our Remuneration and Nomination Committee are Peter Francis, Kevin Buchi, John Chiplin and Iain Ross, each of whom our board of directors has determined meets the criteria for independence under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(a)(2). Dr. John Chiplin acts as chairman of the committee. The committee’s role involves:

 

   

identifying, evaluating and recommending qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

developing and overseeing our internal corporate governance processes;

 

   

maintaining a management succession plan;

 

   

evaluating, adopting and administering our compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying or terminating existing plans and programs;

 

   

establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements; and

 

   

overseeing, reviewing and reporting on various remuneration matters to our board of directors.

 

Audit and Risk Committee.     The members of our Audit and Risk Committee are Peter Francis, John Chiplin, and Iain Ross, each of whom our board of directors has determined meets the criteria for independence of audit committee members set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Global Market. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market. Iain Ross acts as the chairman of the audit committee and our board of directors has determined that Iain Ross is an audit committee “financial expert,” as defined by Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

   

overseeing and reporting on various auditing and accounting matters to our board of directors, including the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices;

 

   

overseeing and reporting on various risk management matters to our board of directors.

 

   

considering and approving or disapproving all related-party transactions;

 

   

reviewing our annual and semi-annual financial statements and reports and discussing the statements and reports with our independent registered public accounting firm and management;

 

   

reviewing and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

128


Table of Contents
   

evaluating the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm and deciding whether to retain their services; and

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls, accounting or auditing matters.

 

Code of Conduct

 

We have established a code of conduct, which sets out the standards of behavior that apply to every aspect of our dealings and relationships, both within and outside Benitec. The following standards of behavior apply to all directors, executive officers and employees of Benitec:

 

   

comply with all laws that govern us and our operations;

 

   

act honestly and with integrity and fairness in all dealings with others and each other;

 

   

avoid or manage conflicts of interest;

 

   

use our assets responsibly and in the best interests of Benitec; and

 

   

be responsible and accountable for our actions.

 

The Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.benitec.com.

 

Remuneration

 

The remuneration policy of Benitec is to align director and executive objectives with shareholder and business objectives by providing a fixed remuneration component and typically offering long-term incentives based on key performance areas. Our board of directors believes the remuneration policy to be appropriate and effective in its ability to attract and retain the best executives and directors to run and manage the consolidated entity, as well as create goal congruence between directors, executives, and shareholders.

 

Our board of directors is responsible for determining the appropriate remuneration package for our Chief Executive Officer, and our Chief Executive Officer is in turn responsible for determining the appropriate remuneration packages for senior management.

 

Executives typically receive a base salary based on factors such as experience and comparable industry information, options and performance incentives. Our board of directors reviews our Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration package, and our Chief Executive Officer reviews the other senior executives’ remuneration packages, annually by reference to the consolidated entity’s performance, executive performance, and comparable information within the industry.

 

The performance of executives is measured against criteria agreed annually with each executive and is based predominantly on the overall success of Benitec in achieving its broader corporate goals. Bonuses and incentives are linked to predetermined performance criteria. Our board of directors may, however, exercise its discretion in relation to approving incentives, bonuses, and options, and can recommend changes to our Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations. The policy is designed to attract the highest caliber of executives and reward them for performance that results in long-term growth in shareholder wealth.

 

Executives may be invited to participate in the employee share option plan.

 

Australian executives or directors receive a superannuation guarantee contribution required by the government and do not receive any other retirement benefits.

 

All remuneration paid to directors and executives is valued at the cost to us and expensed. Options are valued using the Black-Scholes methodology. The board of directors’ policy is to remunerate non-executive

 

129


Table of Contents

directors at market rates for comparable companies for time, commitment, and responsibilities. Our board of directors as a whole determines payments to the non-executive directors and reviews their remuneration annually, based on market practice, duties and accountability. The maximum aggregate amount of fees that can be paid to non-executive directors is subject to approval by shareholders at our annual general meeting. Fees for non-executive directors are not linked to the performance of the consolidated entity. However, to align directors’ interests with shareholder interests, the directors are encouraged to hold our shares.

 

Performance Based Remuneration

 

Each executive’s remuneration package typically has a performance-based component. The intention of this approach is to facilitate goal congruence between executives with the business and shareholders. Generally, the executive’s performance based remuneration is tied to Benitec’s successful achievement of certain key milestones relating to its operating activities, as well as Benitec’s overall financial position.

 

The remuneration policy has been tailored to align the goals of shareholders, directors, and executives. Two methods are applied in achieving this aim, the first being a performance-based bonus linked to achievement of key corporate milestones, and the second being the issuance of options to the majority of directors and executives to encourage the alignment of personal and shareholder interests.

 

Details of Remuneration for fiscal 2014

 

    Short term     Post employment     Equity
awards
          % of remuneration  
      Salary and
Fees
    Cash
bonus
    Non-
monetary
Benefits
    Superannuation     Termination
benefits
    Options     Total     consisting
of options
    performance
based
 

Directors:

                 

Peter Francis

  A$ 113,328        —          —          —          —        A$ 27,556      A$ 140,884        19.6     n/a   

John Chiplin

    53,000        —          —          —          —          6,890        59,890        11.5     n/a   

Iain Ross

    58,000        —          —          —          —          6,890        64,890        10.6     n/a   

Mel Bridges

    58,000        —          —          —          —          6,890        64,890        10.6     n/a   

Kevin Buchi

    53,000        —          —          —          —          103,098        156,098        66.0     n/a   
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

     
  A$ 335,328        —          —          —          —        A$ 151,324      A$ 486,652          n/a   
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

     

Executive Officers:

                 

Peter French

  A$ 300,000      A$ 150,000        —        A$ 17,775        —        A$ 126,061      A$ 593,836        21.2     46.5

Carl Stubbings

    252,000        50,000        —          17,775        —          19,391        339,166        5.7     20.4

Michael Graham

    195,000        30,000        —          17,775        —          10,417        253,192        4.1     16.0

David Suhy

    217,902        87,160        —          —          —          25,360        330,422        7.7     34.1

Greg West

    217,391        50,000        —          17,775        —          15,461        300,627        5.1     21.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     
    1,182,293        367,160        —          71,100        —          196,690        1,817,243       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

  A$ 1,517,621      A$ 367,160        —        A$ 71,100        —        A$ 348,014      A$ 2,303,895       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

130


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements with Executive Officers

 

The key provisions of the employment agreements (other than remuneration) are set out below for each of our executive officers. None of these employment agreements have termination dates.

 

Name of executive officer

  

Title of executive officer

  

Date of employment
agreement

  

Notice period required to
terminate without cause by either
party

Peter French

   Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director    June 9, 2010    Six months (if by Benitec)
         Two months (if by employee)

Greg West

   Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary    August 23, 2011    Three months

Carl Stubbings

   Chief Business Officer    May 28, 2012    Three months

David Suhy

   Chief Scientific Officer    August 28, 2012    At will

Georgina Kilfoil

   Chief Clinical Officer    September 29, 2014    Three months

 

Employee Share Option Plan

 

We had an employee share option plan that was approved by our shareholders in November 2009 and was in effect until November 2014. We intend to present an updated plan for consideration and approval by our shareholders at a general meeting of shareholders late in 2015.

 

131


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table and accompanying footnotes present certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares based on 115,881,763 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2015 by:

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares;

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers individually; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015. Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by each director, executive officer, or 5% or more shareholder, as the case may be. Ordinary shares subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

 

Based on information known to us, as of March 31, 2015, we had 102 shareholders in the United States. These shareholders held an aggregate of 26,160,411 of our outstanding ordinary shares, or approximately 22.58% of our outstanding ordinary shares. A large number of our ordinary shares are held by nominee companies so we cannot be certain of the identity of those beneficial owners.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge each shareholder possesses sole voting and investment power over the ordinary shares listed subject to community property laws, where applicable. None of our shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the persons listed in the table below is Benitec Biopharma Limited, F6A/1-15 Barr Street, Balmain, New South Wales, Australia.

 

     Ordinary Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
Offering
    Ordinary Shares
Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering (1)
 

Shareholder

   Number     Percent     Number    Percent  

5% Shareholders

         

RA Capital Management, LLC

     11,629,031        10.05                

Dr. Christopher Bremner

     8,133,547        7.02        

Officers and Directors

         

Peter Francis

     2,024,174 (2)       1.47           *   

Peter French

     2,258,452 (3)       1.64           *   

Greg West

     413,333 (4)       *           *   

Carl Stubbings

     632,012 (5)       *           *   

David Suhy

     533,333 (6)       *           *   

Georgina Kilfoil

     100,000 (7)       *           *   

John Chiplin

     600,000 (8)       *           *   

Iain Ross

     466,364 (9)       *           *   

J. Kevin Buchi

     1,128,205 (10)       *           *   
  

 

 

     

 

  

Officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

     8,155,873        5.93        
  

 

 

     

 

  

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares of Benitec.
(1)   Assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs.
(2)   Includes (i) 424,174 shares and (ii) 1,600,000 shares that Mr. Francis has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.

 

132


Table of Contents
(3)   Includes (i) 591,785 shares and (ii) 1,666,667 shares that Dr. French has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.
(4)   Includes 413,333 shares that Mr. West has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.
(5)   Includes (i) 165,346 shares and (ii) 466,666 shares that Mr. Stubbings has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.
(6)   Includes 533,333 shares that Dr. Suhy has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.
(7)   Includes 100,000 shares that Ms. Kilfoil has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.
(8)   Includes (i) 200,000 shares and (ii) 400,000 shares that Dr. Chiplin has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.
(9)   Includes (i) 66,364 shares and (ii) 400,000 shares that Mr. Ross has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.
(10)   Includes (i) 861,539 shares and (ii) 266,666 shares that Mr. Buchi has the right to acquire pursuant to options that are exercisable as of March 31, 2015 or will become exercisable within 60 days of such date.

 

To our knowledge, there have not been any significant changes in the ownership of our ordinary shares by major shareholders over the past three years, except as follows (which is based upon substantial shareholder notices filed with the ASX):

 

   

RA Capital Management, LLC, or RA Capital, and its associates became a substantial shareholder on February 28, 2014, when it reported that it held 7,009,345 ordinary shares, or 7.0%, of the total voting power as of that date. Between April 2014 and February 2015, RA Capital acquired an aggregate of 7,009,346 ordinary shares for A$7,500,000 and sold an aggregate of 2,389,660 ordinary shares for A$2,608,304. On February 19, 2015, RA Capital reported that it held 11,629,031 ordinary shares, or 10.05% of the total voting power, as of that date.

 

   

Dalit Pty Ltd, or Dalit, became a substantial shareholder on July 23, 2013, when it reported that it held 4,545,455 ordinary shares, or 6.17%, of the total voting power as of that date. As a result of a capital raising in February 2014, it ceased to be a substantial shareholder.

 

   

Irwin Biotech Nominees Pty Ltd atf BIOA Trust became a substantial shareholder on July 23, 2013 when it reported that it held 4,769,091 ordinary shares, or 6.47%, of the total voting power as of that date. On February 28, 2014, Irwin reported that it ceased to be a substantial shareholder (as a result of share dilution due to a capital raising).

 

   

MJGD Nominees Pty Ltd atf BSMI Trust became a substantial shareholder on July 23, 2013 when it reported that it held 4,769,091 ordinary shares, or 6.47%, of the total voting power as of that date. On February 28, 2014, MJGD reported that it ceased to be a substantial shareholder (as a result of share dilution due to a capital raising).

 

   

Commonwealth Scientific & Industrial Research Organisation, or CSIRO, became a substantial shareholder on January 11, 2010, when it reported that it held 40,097,026 ordinary shares, or 10%, of the total voting power as of that date. On February 28, 2014, CSIRO reported that it ceased to be a substantial shareholder (as a result of share dilution due to a capital raising).

 

133


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Other than as disclosed below, from July 1, 2011 to December 31, 2014 we did not enter into any transactions or loans with any: (i) enterprises that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by or are under common control with us; (ii) associates; (iii) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in our voting power that gives them significant influence over us, and close members of any such individual’s family; (iv) key management personnel and close members of such individuals’ families; or (v) enterprises in which a substantial interest in our voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (iii) or (iv) or over which such person is able to exercise significant influence.

 

   

Legal services at normal commercial rates totaling A$119,804 for fiscal 2014, A$103,492 for fiscal 2013 and A$166,912 for fiscal 2012 were provided by Francis Abourizk Lightowlers, a law firm in which Mr. Peter Francis is a partner and has a beneficial interest.

 

   

Consultancy fees were paid for executive duties totaling A$98,285 for the period to March 31, 2015, A$40,000 for fiscal 2014, A$40,000 for fiscal 2013 and A$40,000 for fiscal 2012 provided by NewStar Ventures Ltd, a corporation in which Dr. John Chiplin is a director and has a beneficial interest.

 

   

Consultancy fees were paid for executive duties totaling A$18,999 for fiscal 2012 provided by Gladstone Partnership, an entity in which Mr. Iain Ross is a principal and has a beneficial interest.

 

   

Annabel West, the wife of Greg West, our Chief Financial Officer, was employed by us as a part-time clerical and administrative assistant from July 2014 until March 2015 and was paid wages of A$36,859.

 

   

Hannah Stubbings, daughter of our Chief Business Officer, Carl Stubbings, was employed by us as a part-time intern from September 2013 until April 2014 and was paid wages of A$19,864.

 

Transactions between related parties are on normal commercial terms and the conditions no more favorable than those available to other non-related parties.

 

134


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

General

 

The following description of our ordinary shares is only a summary. We encourage you to read our Constitution, which is included as an exhibit to this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

We are a public company limited by shares registered under the Corporations Act by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC. Our corporate affairs are principally governed by our Constitution, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules. Our ordinary shares trade on the ASX, and we are applying to list the ADSs on NASDAQ.

 

The Australian law applicable to our Constitution is not significantly different than a U.S. company’s charter documents except we do not have a limit on our authorized share capital, the concept of par value is not recognized under Australian law and as further discussed under “—Our Constitution.”

 

Subject to restrictions on the issue of securities in our Constitution, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law, we may at any time issue shares and grant options or warrants on any terms, with the rights and restrictions and for the consideration that our board of directors determine.

 

The rights and restrictions attaching to ordinary shares are derived through a combination of our Constitution, the common law applicable to Australia, the ASX Listing Rules, the Corporations Act and other applicable law. A general summary of some of the rights and restrictions attaching to our ordinary shares are summarized below. Each ordinary shareholder is entitled to receive notice of, and to be present, vote and speak at, general meetings.

 

Changes to Our Share Capital

 

As of March 31, 2015, we had (i) 115,881,763 ordinary shares outstanding and (ii) 25,684,481 outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 25,684,481 ordinary shares at a weighted average exercise price of A$1.27.

 

During the last three years, the following changes have been made to our ordinary share capital:

 

  1.   On October 30, 2012, we issued 78,446,306 ordinary shares to the vendors of Tacere Therapeutics Inc. as part of the consideration under an acquisition agreement, at an issue price of A$0.01496 per share.

 

  2.   On March 11, 2013, we issued 43,846,155 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.013 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States. Participants in the placement received two free unlisted options for every five shares subscribed for in the placement and we therefore also issued 17,538,462 unlisted options with an exercise price of A$0.013 per share.

 

  3.   On March 28, 2013, we issued 13,846,154 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.013 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States. Participants in the placement received two free unlisted options for every five shares subscribed for in the placement and we therefore also issued 5,538,462 unlisted options with an exercise price of A$0.013 per share.

 

  4.   On May 28, 2013, we issued 7,692,308 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.013 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States. Participants in the placement received two free unlisted options for every five shares subscribed for in the placement and we therefore also issued 3,076,923 unlisted options with an exercise price of A$0.013 per share.

 

  5.   On June 14, 2013, we issued 37,454,591 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.011 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States.

 

  6.   On July 23, 2013, we issued 27,229,089 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.275 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States.

 

135


Table of Contents
  7.   On July 23, 2013, we issued 400,000 ordinary shares at A$0.325 per share to directors resident outside the United States. Participants in the placement received two free unlisted options for every five shares subscribed for in the placement and we therefore also issued 160,000 unlisted options with an exercise price of A$0.013 per share.

 

  8.   On August 6, 2013, we issued 10,254,696 ordinary shares at A$0.275 per share to shareholders resident in Australia or New Zealand under a share purchase plan.

 

  9.   On October 30, 2013, we issued 955,002 ordinary shares to the vendors of Tacere Therapeutics Inc. as part of the consideration under an acquisition agreement. The consideration was A$350,000.

 

  10.   On February 28, 2014, we issued 14,717,995 ordinary shares and 6,623,098 unlisted options, as the first tranche of a private placement transacted over two tranches to institutional investors in Australia and the United States. Consideration received from the issue of the ordinary shares was A$15,748,255.

 

  11.   On April 15, 2014, we issued 14,717,999 ordinary shares and 6,623,105 unlisted options, as the second tranche of a private placement transacted over two tranches to institutional investors in Australia and the United States. Consideration received from the issue of the ordinary shares was A$15,748,259.

 

In addition, we issued the following ordinary shares upon exercise of options over the past three fiscal years:

 

   

766,156 ordinary shares in fiscal 2015 (through March 31, 2015);

 

   

547,088 ordinary shares in fiscal 2014; and

 

   

no ordinary shares in fiscal 2013.

 

Our Constitution

 

Our Constitution is similar in nature to the bylaws of a U.S. corporation. It does not provide for or prescribe any specific objectives or purposes of Benitec. Our Constitution is subject to the terms of the ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations Act. It may be amended or repealed and replaced by special resolution of shareholders, which is a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution.

 

Under Australian law, a company has the legal capacity and powers of an individual both within and outside Australia. The material provisions of our Constitution are summarized below. This summary is not intended to be complete nor to constitute a definitive statement of the rights and liabilities of our shareholders. Our Constitution is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Interested Directors

 

A director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement in which the director has, directly or indirectly, any material interest according to our Constitution. Such director must not be counted in a quorum, must not vote on the matter and must not be present at the meeting while the matter is being considered. However, that director may execute or otherwise act in respect of that contract or arrangement notwithstanding any material personal interest.

 

Unless a relevant exception applies, the Corporations Act requires our directors to provide disclosure of certain interests or conflicts of interests and prohibits directors from voting on matters in which they have a material personal interest and from being present at the meeting while the matter is being considered. In addition, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules require shareholder approval of any provision of related party benefits to our directors.

 

Directors’ Compensation

 

Our directors are paid remuneration for their services as directors (but excluding any remuneration payable to a director under any executive services contract with us or one of our related bodies corporate) which is

 

136


Table of Contents

determined in a general meeting of shareholders. The aggregate, fixed sum for directors’ remuneration is to be divided among the directors in such proportion as the directors themselves agree and in accordance with our Constitution. The fixed sum remuneration for directors may not be increased except at a general meeting of shareholders and the particulars of the proposed increase are required to have been provided to shareholders in the notice convening the meeting. In addition, executive directors may be paid remuneration as employees of Benitec.

 

Fees payable to our non-executive directors must be by way of a fixed sum and not by way of a commission on or a percentage of profits or operating revenue. Remuneration paid to our executive directors must also not include a commission or percentage of operating revenue.

 

Pursuant to our Constitution, any director who performs services that in the opinion of our board of directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director may be paid extra remuneration, which is determined by our board of directors.

 

In addition to other remuneration provided in our Constitution, all of our directors are entitled to be paid by us for reasonable travel accommodation and other expenses incurred by the directors in attending general meetings, board meetings, committee meetings or otherwise in connection with our business.

 

In addition, in accordance with our Constitution, a director may be paid a retirement benefit as determined by our board of directors subject to the limits set out in the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules which broadly restrict our ability to pay our officers a termination benefit in the event of a change of control of the Company or our subsidiaries as well as impose requirements for shareholder approval to be obtained to pay certain retirement benefits to our officers.

 

Borrowing Powers Exercisable by Directors

 

Pursuant to our Constitution, the management and control of our business affairs are vested in our board of directors. Our board of directors has the power to raise or borrow money, and charge any of our property or business or any uncalled capital, and may issue debentures or give any other security for any of our debts, liabilities or obligations or of any other person, in each case, in the manner and on terms it deems fit.

 

Retirement of Directors

 

Pursuant to our Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules, one-third of our directors, other than the managing director, must retire from office at every annual general meeting. If the number of directors is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest, to but not exceeding, one-third must retire from office. The directors who retire in this manner are required to be the directors or director longest in office since last being elected. A director, other than the director who is the Chief Executive Officer, must retire from office at the conclusion of the third annual general meeting after which the director was elected. Retired directors are eligible for a re-election to the board of directors unless disqualified from acting as a director under the Corporations Act or our Constitution.

 

Rights and Restrictions on Classes of Shares

 

The rights attaching to our ordinary shares are detailed in our Constitution. Our Constitution provides that our directors may issue shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights, whether in relation to dividends, voting, return of share capital, or otherwise as our board of directors may determine. Subject to any approval which is required from our shareholders under the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules (see “—Exemptions from Certain NASDAQ Corporate Governance Rules” and “—Change of Control”), any rights and restrictions attached to a class of shares, we may issue further shares on such terms and conditions as our board of directors resolve. Currently, our outstanding share capital consists of only one class of ordinary shares.

 

137


Table of Contents

Dividend Rights

 

Our board of directors may from time to time determine to pay dividends to shareholders. All dividends unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by our board of directors for our benefit until claimed or otherwise disposed of in accordance with our Constitution.

 

Voting Rights

 

Under our Constitution, and subject to any voting exclusions imposed under the ASX Listing Rules (which typically exclude parties from voting on resolutions in which they have an interest), the rights and restrictions attaching to a class of shares, each shareholder has one vote on a show of hands at a meeting of the shareholders unless a poll is demanded under the Constitution or the Corporations Act. On a poll vote, each shareholder shall have one vote for each fully paid share and a fractional vote for each share held by that shareholder that is not fully paid, such fraction being equivalent to the proportion of the amount that has been paid to such date on that share. Shareholders may vote in person or by proxy, attorney or representative. Under Australian law, shareholders of a public company are not permitted to approve corporate matters by written consent. Our Constitution does not provide for cumulative voting.

 

Note that ADS holders may not directly vote at a meeting of the shareholders but may instruct the depositary to vote the number of deposited ordinary shares their ADSs represent.

 

Right To Share in Our Profits

 

Pursuant to our Constitution, our shareholders are entitled to participate in our profits only by payment of dividends. Our board of directors may from time to time determine to pay dividends to the shareholders; however, no dividend is payable except in accordance with the thresholds set out in the Corporations Act.

 

Rights to Share in the Surplus in the Event of Liquidation

 

Our Constitution provides for the right of shareholders to participate in a surplus in the event of our liquidation, subject to the rights attaching to a class of shares.

 

No Redemption Provision for Ordinary Shares

 

There are no redemption provisions in our Constitution in relation to ordinary shares. Under our Constitution, any preference shares may be issued on the terms that they are, or may at our option be, liable to be redeemed.

 

Variation or Cancellation of Share Rights

 

Subject to the terms of issue of shares of that class, the rights attached to shares in a class of shares may only be varied or cancelled by a special resolution of Benitec, together with either:

 

   

a special resolution passed by members holding shares in the class; or

 

   

the written consent of members with at least 75% of the shares in the class.

 

Directors May Make Calls

 

Our Constitution provides that subject to the terms on which the shares have been issued directors may make calls on a shareholder for amounts unpaid on shares held by that shareholder, other than monies payable at fixed times under the conditions of allotment. Shares represented by the ADSs issued in this offering will be fully paid and will not be subject to calls by directors.

 

138


Table of Contents

General Meetings of Shareholders

 

General meetings of shareholders may be called by our board of directors. Except as permitted under the Corporations Act, shareholders may not convene a meeting. The Corporations Act requires the directors to call and arrange to hold a general meeting on the request of shareholders with at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting or at least 100 shareholders who are entitled to vote at the general meeting. Notice of the proposed meeting of our shareholders is required at least 28 days prior to such meeting under the Corporations Act.

 

Foreign Ownership Regulation

 

There are no limitations on the rights to own securities imposed by our Constitution. However, acquisitions and proposed acquisitions of securities in Australian companies may be subject to review and approval by the Australian Federal Treasurer under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, or the FATA, which generally applies to acquisitions or proposed acquisitions:

 

   

by a foreign person (as defined in the FATA) or associated foreign persons that would result in such persons having an interest in 15% or more of the issued shares of, or control of 15% or more of the voting power in, an Australian company; and

 

   

by non-associated foreign persons that would result in such foreign person having an interest in 40% or more of the issued shares of, or control of 40% or more of the voting power in, an Australian company, where the Australian company is valued above the monetary threshold prescribed by FATA.

 

However, no such review or approval under the FATA is required if the foreign acquirer is a U.S. entity and the value of the target is less than A$1,094 million.

 

The Australian Federal Treasurer may prevent a proposed acquisition in the above categories or impose conditions on such acquisition if the Treasurer is satisfied that the acquisition would be contrary to the national interest. If a foreign person acquires shares or an interest in shares in an Australian company in contravention of the FATA, the Australian Federal Treasurer may order the divestiture of such person’s shares or interest in shares in that Australian company.

 

Ownership Threshold

 

There are no provisions in our Constitution that require a shareholder to disclose ownership above a certain threshold. The Corporations Act, however, requires a shareholder to notify us and the ASX once it, together with its associates, acquires a 5% interest in our ordinary shares, at which point the shareholder will be considered to be a “substantial” shareholder. Further, once a shareholder owns a 5% interest in us, such shareholder must notify us and the ASX of any increase or decrease of 1% or more in its holding of our ordinary shares, and must also notify us and the ASX on its ceasing to be a “substantial” shareholder. Upon becoming a U.S. public company, our shareholders will also be subject to disclosure requirements under U.S. securities laws.

 

Issues of Shares and Change in Capital

 

Subject to our Constitution, the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law, we may at any time issue shares and grant options or warrants on any terms, with preferred, deferred or other special rights and restrictions and for the consideration and other terms that the directors determine.

 

Subject to the requirements of our Constitution, the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law, including relevant shareholder approvals, we may consolidate or divide our share capital into a larger or smaller number by resolution, reduce our share capital (provided that the reduction is fair and reasonable to our shareholders as a whole and does not materially prejudice our ability to pay creditors) or buy back our ordinary shares whether under an equal access buy-back or on a selective basis.

 

139


Table of Contents

Change of Control

 

Takeovers of listed Australian public companies, such as Benitec, are regulated by the Corporations Act, which prohibits the acquisition of a “relevant interest” in issued voting shares in a listed company if the acquisition will lead to that person’s or someone else’s voting power in Benitec increasing from 20% or below to more than 20% or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%, subject to a range of exceptions.

 

Generally, a person will have a relevant interest in securities if the person:

 

   

is the holder of the securities;

 

   

has power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to the securities; or

 

   

has the power to dispose of, or control the exercise of a power to dispose of, the securities, including any indirect or direct power or control.

 

If, at a particular time, a person has a relevant interest in issued securities and the person:

 

   

has entered or enters into an agreement with another person with respect to the securities;

 

   

has given or gives another person an enforceable right, or has been or is given an enforceable right by another person, in relation to the securities (whether the right is enforceable presently or in the future and whether or not on the fulfillment of a condition);

 

   

has granted or grants an option to, or has been or is granted an option by, another person with respect to the securities; or

 

   

the other person would have a relevant interest in the securities if the agreement were performed, the right enforced or the option exercised;

 

the other person is taken to already have a relevant interest in the securities.

 

There are a number of exceptions to the above prohibition on acquiring a relevant interest in issued voting shares above 20%. In general terms, some of the more significant exceptions include:

 

   

when the acquisition results from the acceptance of an offer under a formal takeover bid;

 

   

when the acquisition is conducted on market by or on behalf of the bidder under a takeover bid, the acquisition occurs during the bid period, the bid is for all the voting shares in a bid class and the bid is unconditional or only conditioned on prescribed matters set out in the Corporations Act;

 

   

when shareholders of Benitec approve the takeover by resolution passed at general meeting;

 

   

an acquisition by a person if, throughout the six months before the acquisition, that person or any other person has had voting power in Benitec of at least 19% and, as a result of the acquisition, none of the relevant persons would have voting power in Benitec more than three percentage points higher than they had six months before the acquisition;

 

   

when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under a rights issue;

 

   

when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under dividend reinvestment schemes;

 

   

when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under underwriting arrangements;

 

   

when the acquisition results from the issue of securities through operation of law;

 

   

an acquisition that arises through the acquisition of a relevant interest in another listed company which is listed on a prescribed financial market or a financial market approved by ASIC;

 

   

an acquisition arising from an auction of forfeited shares conducted on-market; or

 

   

an acquisition arising through a compromise, arrangement, liquidation or buy-back.

 

140


Table of Contents

Breaches of the takeovers provisions of the Corporations Act are criminal offenses. ASIC and the Australian Takeover Panel have a wide range of powers relating to breaches of takeover provisions, including the ability to make orders canceling contracts, freezing transfers of, and rights attached to, securities, and forcing a party to dispose of securities. There are certain defenses to breaches of the takeover provisions provided in the Corporations Act.

 

Access to and Inspection of Documents

 

Inspection of our records is governed by the Corporations Act. Any member of the public has the right to inspect or obtain copies of our registers on the payment of a prescribed fee. Shareholders are not required to pay a fee for inspection of our registers or minute books of the meetings of shareholders. Other corporate records, including minutes of directors’ meetings, financial records and other documents, are not open for inspection by shareholders. Where a shareholder is acting in good faith and an inspection is deemed to be made for a proper purpose, a shareholder may apply to the court to make an order for inspection of our books.

 

Exemptions from Certain NASDAQ Corporate Governance Rules

 

The NASDAQ listing rules allow for a foreign private issuer, such as Benitec, to follow its home country practices in lieu of certain of the NASDAQ’s corporate governance standards. In connection with our NASDAQ Listing Application, we expect to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance standards that are contrary to the laws, rules, regulations or generally accepted business practices in Australia. These exemptions being sought are described below:

 

   

We expect to rely on an exemption from the independence requirements for a majority of our board of directors as prescribed by NASDAQ Listing Rules. The ASX Listing Rules do not require us to have a majority of independent directors although ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations do recommend a majority of independent directors. During fiscal 2014, we did, however, have a majority of directors who were “independent” as defined in the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, which definition differs from NASDAQ’s definition. Accordingly, because Australian law and generally accepted business practices in Australia regarding director independence differ to the independence requirements under NASDAQ Listing Rules, we seek to claim this exemption.

 

   

We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement that our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions under NASDAQ Listing Rules. The ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations Act do not require the independent directors of an Australian company to have such executive sessions and, accordingly, we seek to claim this exemption.

 

   

We expect to rely on an exemption from the quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders under NASDAQ Listing Rules. In compliance with Australian law, our Constitution provides that three shareholders present, in person or by proxy, attorney or a representative, shall constitute a quorum for a general meeting. NASDAQ Listing Rules require that an issuer provide for a quorum as specified in its by-laws for any meeting of the holders of ordinary shares, which quorum may not be less than 331/3% of the outstanding shares of an issuer’s voting ordinary shares. Accordingly, because applicable Australian law and rules governing quorums at shareholder meetings differ from NASDAQ’s quorum requirements, we seek to claim this exemption.

 

   

We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement prescribed by NASDAQ Listing Rules that issuers obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with certain acquisitions, private placements of securities, or the establishment or amendment of certain stock option, purchase or other compensation plans. Applicable Australian law and the ASX Listing Rules differ from NASDAQ requirements, with the ASX Listing Rules providing generally for prior shareholder approval in numerous circumstances, including (i) issuance of equity securities exceeding 15% of our issued share capital in any 12-month period (but, in determining the 15% limit, securities issued under an exception to the rule or with shareholder approval are not counted), (ii) issuance of equity securities to related parties

 

141


Table of Contents
 

(as defined in the ASX Listing Rules) and (iii) issuances of securities to directors or their associates under an employee incentive plan. Due to differences between Australian law and rules and the NASDAQ shareholder approval requirements, we seek to claim this exemption.

 

142


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

 

American Depositary Shares

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver American Depositary Shares, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS will represent 20 ordinary shares (or a right to receive 20 ordinary shares) deposited with National Australia Bank Limited, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Bank of New York Mellon’s principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.

 

You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having ADSs registered in your name in the Direct Registration System, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, or ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

 

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, also referred to as DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership is confirmed by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated ADSs.

 

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Australian law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and all other persons directly or indirectly holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR which summarizes certain terms of your ADSs. A copy of the deposit agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You may also obtain a copy of the deposit agreement at the SEC’s Public Reference Room which is located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. You may also find the registration statement and the deposit agreement on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Dividends and Other Distributions

 

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

 

The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent.

 

   

Cash.     The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and can not be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

 

143


Table of Contents

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Taxation.” It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

   

Shares.     The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted under law. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will try to sell shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

 

   

Rights to purchase additional shares.     If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may make these rights available to you. If the depositary decides it is not legal and practical to make the rights available but that it is practical to sell the rights, the depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for such rights.

 

If the depositary makes rights available to ADS holders, it will exercise the rights and purchase the shares on your behalf all in accordance with your instructions. The depositary will then deposit the shares and deliver ADSs to you. It will only exercise rights if you pay the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay and comply with other applicable instructions.

 

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs representing shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade such ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

 

   

Other Distributions.     The depositary will send to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it determines is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary may adopt another legal, fair and practical method. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives reasonably satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

 

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or any other property to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

 

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

 

How are ADSs issued?

 

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or share transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

 

144


Table of Contents

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

 

You may surrender your ADSs at the depositary’s office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or share transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person designated by you at the office of the custodian. In the alternative, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible.

 

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

 

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to you a statement confirming that you are the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to you an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

 

Voting Rights

 

How do you vote?

 

You may instruct the depositary to vote the number of deposited ordinary shares your ADSs represent. The depositary will notify you of shareholders’ meetings and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you upon our request. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date established by the depositary.

 

Otherwise, you won’t be able to exercise your right to vote unless you withdraw the shares underlying the ADSs. However, you may not know about the meeting with a sufficient amount of advance notice to withdraw the shares.

 

The depositary will attempt, as far as practical, subject to the laws of Australia and of our Constitution or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities represented by your ADSs as instructed by ADS holders. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

 

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.

 

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in advance of the meeting date.

 

145


Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing ordinary

shares or ADS holders must pay the depositary:

  

For:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)   

•    Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

 

•    Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$.05 (or less) per ADS   

•    Any cash distribution to you

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs   

•    Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to you

$.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year   

•    Depositary services

Registration or transfer fees   

•    Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

Expenses of the depositary   

•    Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

 

•    Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes   

•    As necessary

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities   

•      As necessary

 

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable to you that are obligated to pay those fees.

 

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse or share revenue from the fees collected from you, or waive fees and expenses for services provided, generally relating to costs and expenses arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions.

 

Payment of Taxes

 

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your

 

146


Table of Contents

ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to you any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

 

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

 

If we:

  

Then:

•   Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities

 

•   Distribute securities in respect of deposited shares that are not distributed to you

 

•   Recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action

  

The cash, shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities. Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.

 

The depositary may distribute some or all of the cash, shares or other securities it received. It may also ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

 

Amendment and Termination

 

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

 

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended.

 

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

 

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement at our direction by mailing notice of termination to the ADS holders then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement by mailing notice of termination to us and the ADS holders if 60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment.

 

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement (but nothing else):

 

   

collect distributions on the deposited securities;

 

   

sell rights and other property; and

 

   

deliver shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs.

 

Four months after termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. The depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination our only obligations will be to indemnify the depositary and to pay fees and expenses of the depositary that we agreed to pay.

 

147


Table of Contents

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

 

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

 

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

   

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement;

 

   

are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our control from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

   

are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

   

are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

   

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;

 

   

may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.

 

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

 

Requirements for Depositary Actions

 

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of an ADS, make a distribution on an ADS, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

 

   

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

 

   

satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

   

compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

 

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

 

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADSs

 

You have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

 

   

when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;

 

   

when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; and

 

   

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

 

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

 

148


Table of Contents

Pre-Release of ADSs

 

The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The depositary may also deliver shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are canceled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions:

 

   

before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the shares or ADSs to be deposited;

 

   

the pre-release is fully collateralized with cash, U.S. government securities or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and

 

   

the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice.

 

In addition, the depositary has agreed to limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release to 30% of the shares deposited under the deposit agreement, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time, if it thinks it is reasonably appropriate to do so.

 

Direct Registration System

 

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC under which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership will be evidenced by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated ADSs. Profile is a required feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

 

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile System and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

 

Shareholder Communications; Inspection of Register of Holders of ADSs

 

The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

 

Disclosure of Interests

 

We may from time to time request ADS holders to provide information as to the capacity in they own or owned ADSs and regarding the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such ADSs and the nature of such interest. Each ADS holder agrees to provide any information of that kind that is requested by us or the depositary. To the extent that provisions of or governing the deposited securities or the rules or regulations of any governmental authority or securities exchange or automated quotation system may require the disclosure of beneficial or other ownership of deposited securities, other shares and other securities to us or other persons and may provide for blocking transfer and voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limit such ownership, the depositary has agreed to use its reasonable efforts to comply with our written instructions in respect of any such enforcement or limitation.

 

149


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Upon completion of this offering, there will be outstanding              ordinary shares, including shares underlying the ADSs, and              ADSs, representing approximately     % of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

Future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares or ADSs in the public market in the United States or in Australia, including ordinary shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the possibility of such sales, could negatively affect the market price in the United States of the ADSs and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

All of the ADSs sold in the offering will be freely transferable in the United States by persons other than our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer. ADSs purchased by one of our affiliates may not be resold, except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act (as described below).

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We and our executive officers and directors have generally agreed not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares, ADSs or other capital stock of Benitec or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for ordinary shares, ADSs or other capital stock of Benitec, for 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement without first obtaining the written consent of BMO Capital Markets Corp. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer to sell, sell, pledge, contract to sell, purchase any option to sell, grant any option for the purchase of, lend, or otherwise dispose of directly or indirectly, including the filing or participation in a filing with the SEC of a registration statement under the Securities Act to register, any of our ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares, ADSs, options or warrants or other rights to acquire ordinary shares or ADSs; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement, hedge or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic benefits or risks of ownership of any ordinary shares, ADSs or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares, ADSs or other capital stock.

 

For more detail on the lock-up agreements, see “Underwriting.”

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act and beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 for more than six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least one year from the later of the date these shares were acquired from us or from our affiliate would be entitled to freely sell those shares.

 

A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:

 

   

1.0% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which a notice of the sale on Form 144 is filed with the SEC by such person.

 

150


Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 of the Securities Act by persons who are deemed to be our affiliates are also subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us as specified in Rule 144. In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

 

Regulation S

 

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

Equity Incentive Plans

 

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the Form S-8 registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the registration statement’s effective date, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.

 

151


Table of Contents

TAXATION

 

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal and Australian income tax considerations to U.S. holders, as defined below, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and ADSs. This discussion is based on the laws in force as of the date of this registration statement, and is subject to changes in the relevant income tax law, including changes that could have retroactive effect. The following summary does not take into account or discuss the tax laws of any country or other taxing jurisdiction other than the United States and Australia. Holders are advised to consult their tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and ADSs in their particular circumstances. This discussion is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice.

 

This summary does not address the 3.8% U.S. Federal Medicare Tax on net investment income, the effects of U.S. federal estate and gift tax laws, the alternative minimum tax, or any state and local tax considerations within the United States, and is not a comprehensive description of all U.S. federal or Australian income tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to acquire or dispose of ordinary shares or ADSs. Furthermore, this summary does not address U.S. federal or Australian income tax considerations relevant to holders subject to taxing jurisdictions other than, or in addition to, the United States and Australia, and does not address all possible categories of holders, some of which may be subject to special tax rules.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares and ADSs as of the date hereof. Subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations set forth herein, this discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs represents the opinion of Baker & McKenzie LLP, our U.S. counsel. Except where noted, this summary deals only with ordinary shares or ADSs acquired in the initial offering and held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This section does not discuss the tax consequences to any particular holder, nor any tax considerations that may apply to holders subject to special tax rules, such as:

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

individuals who are former U.S. citizens or former long-term U.S. residents;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

   

investors in pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

tax-exempt entities;

 

   

persons that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, constructive sale or conversion transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

 

   

persons that own (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of our equity; or

 

   

persons that are not U.S. holders (as defined below).

 

152


Table of Contents

In this section, a “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and for which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions or (ii) that has an election in effect under applicable income tax regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

As used in this section, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is not a U.S. holder or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. In addition, this summary is based, in part, upon representations made by the depositary to us and assumes that the deposit agreement, and all other related agreements, will be performed in accordance with their terms.

 

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes acquires, owns or disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that acquire, own or dispose of ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their tax advisors.

 

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, as well as state, local and non-U.S., tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs in light of your particular circumstances, including the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal and other tax laws.

 

ADSs

 

If you hold ADSs, you generally will be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by such ADSs. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of ordinary shares for ADSs will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, U.S. holders generally will include as dividend income the U.S. dollar value of the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property (without deduction for any withholding tax), other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, with respect to ordinary shares to the extent the distributions are made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. holder will include the dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or by the depositary, in the case of ADSs. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as so determined, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to maintain calculations of earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, any distributions generally will be reported as dividend income for U.S. information reporting purposes. See “Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements” below. Dividends paid by us will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporate shareholders.

 

153


Table of Contents

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an individual, trust or estate with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs will be subject to taxation at a maximum rate of 20% if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends will be treated as qualified dividends (a) if certain holding period requirements are satisfied, (b) if the Treaty is a qualified treaty and we are eligible for benefits under the Agreement between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Australia for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”) or our ordinary shares or ADSs are readily tradable on a U.S. securities market, and (c) provided that we were not, in the taxable year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the taxable year in which the dividend is paid, a PFIC. The Treaty has been approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules and we have applied to list the ADSs on NASDAQ. We do not believe we were a PFIC in 2014 and do not expect to be a PFIC for 2015. However, our status in the current year and future years will depend in part upon our use of the funds from the offering, as well as our income and assets (which for this purpose depends in part on the market value of our shares) in those years. See the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company”. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on qualified dividends.

 

Includible distributions paid in Australian dollars, including any Australian withholding taxes, will be included in the gross income of a U.S. holder in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of actual or constructive receipt, the tax basis of the U.S. holder in those Australian dollars will be equal to their U.S. dollar value on that date and, as a result, a U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign exchange gain or loss.

 

If Australian dollars so received are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. holder will have a basis in the Australian dollars equal to their U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Australian dollars generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss to such U.S. holder and generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Dividends received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating the holder’s foreign tax credit limitation. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For these purposes, dividends generally will be categorized as “passive” or “general” income depending on a U.S. holder’s circumstance.

 

Subject to certain complex limitations, a U.S. holder generally will be entitled, at its option, to claim either a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability or a deduction in computing its U.S. federal taxable income in respect of any Australian taxes withheld. If a U.S. holder elects to claim a deduction, rather than a foreign tax credit, for Australian taxes withheld for a particular taxable year, the election will apply to all foreign taxes paid or accrued by or on behalf of the U.S. holder in the particular taxable year.

 

You may not be able to claim a foreign tax credit (and instead may claim a deduction) for non-U.S. taxes imposed on dividends paid on the ordinary shares or ADSs if you (i) have held the ordinary shares or ADSs for less than a specified minimum period during which you are not protected from risk of loss with respect to such shares, or (ii) are obligated to make payments related to the dividends (for example, pursuant to a short sale).

 

The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on its availability are fact specific and are subject to complex rules. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor as to the consequences of Australian withholding taxes and the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction. See “Australian Tax Considerations— Taxation of Dividends .”

 

154


Table of Contents

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize capital gain or loss on a sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the U.S. holder’s tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ordinary shares or ADSs. This recognized gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year. Generally, for U.S. holders who are individuals (as well as certain trusts and estates), long-term capital gains are subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, gain or loss recognized upon a disposition generally will be treated as from sources within the United States. However, in limited circumstances, the Treaty can re-source U.S. source income as Australian source income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of any Australian tax imposed on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs. See “Australian Tax Considerations— Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares .”

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company

 

The Code provides special, generally adverse, rules regarding certain distributions received by U.S. holders with respect to, and sales, exchanges and other dispositions, including pledges, of, shares of stock of a PFIC. A foreign corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if at least 75% of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income or at least 50% of its gross assets during the taxable year, based on a quarterly average and generally by value, produce or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, gains from commodities and securities transactions and gains from the disposition of assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. In determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, a pro-rata portion of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account.

 

Based on our business results for the last fiscal year and the composition of our assets, we believe that we were not a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable year ended June 30, 2014. Similarly, based on our business projections and the anticipated composition of our assets for the current and future years, we expect that we will also not be a PFIC for the taxable year ending June 30, 2015. However, the determination of PFIC status is a factual determination that must be made annually at the close of each taxable year and therefore, there can be no certainty as to our status for a taxable year until the close of that taxable year. Our status could change depending, among other things, upon a decrease in the trading price of our ordinary shares or ADSs, how quickly we make use of the proceeds from the offering, as well as changes in the composition and relative values of our assets and the composition of our income. Moreover, the rules governing whether certain assets are active or passive are complex and in some cases their application can be uncertain. If we were a PFIC in any year during a U.S. holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC for each subsequent year during which the U.S. holder owned the ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds ordinary shares or ADSs, any “excess distribution” that the holder receives and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of such ordinary shares or ADSs will be subject to special tax rules, unless the holder makes a mark-to-market election or qualified electing fund election, as discussed below. Any distribution in a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by a U.S. holder during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or such holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs;

 

155


Table of Contents
   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC in the U.S. holder’s holding period, will be treated as ordinary income arising in the current taxable year; and

 

   

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to income tax at the highest rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

 

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating loss, and gains (but not losses) realized on the transfer of the ordinary shares or ADSs cannot be treated as capital gains, even if the ordinary shares or ADSs are held as capital assets. In addition, non-corporate U.S. holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends that we pay if we are a PFIC for either the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding year. Furthermore, unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury Department, each U.S. holder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury Department may require.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC, a U.S. holder of ordinary shares or ADSs during such year would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules to such subsidiary. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if the PFIC rules apply to any of our subsidiaries.

 

In certain circumstances, in lieu of being subject to the special tax rules discussed above, you may make an election to include gain on the stock of a PFIC as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method, provided that such stock is regularly traded on a qualified exchange. Under current law, the mark-to-market election may be available to U.S. holders of ADSs if the ADSs are listed on NASDAQ, which constitutes a qualified exchange, although there can be no assurance that the ADSs will be “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election. It should also be noted that it is intended that only the ADSs and not the ordinary shares will be listed on NASDAQ. While we would expect the Australian Stock Exchange, on which the ordinary shares are listed, to be considered a qualified exchange, no assurance can be given as to whether the Australian Stock Exchange is a qualified exchange, or that the ordinary shares would be traded in sufficient frequency to be considered regularly traded for these purposes. Additionally, because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFIC that we may own, a U.S. holder that makes a mark-to-mark election with respect to us may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to any indirect investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you make an effective mark-to-market election, you will include in each year that we are a PFIC as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of your ordinary shares or ADSs at the end of your taxable year over your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. You will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss in each such year the excess of your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. If you make an effective mark-to-market election, any gain you recognize upon the sale or other disposition of your ordinary shares or ADSs in a year that we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. Any gain or loss you recognize upon the sale or other disposition of your ordinary shares or ADSs in a year when we are not a PFIC will be a capital gain or loss. See “—Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Ordinary shares or ADSs” above for the treatment of capital gains and losses.

 

Your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. If you make a mark-to-market election it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election. You are urged to consult your tax advisors about the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether making the election would be advisable in your particular

 

156


Table of Contents

circumstances. In the case of a valid mark-to-market election, any distributions we make would generally be subject to the rules discussed above under “— Taxation of Dividends ,” except the reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us would not apply.

 

Alternatively, you can sometimes avoid the PFIC rules described above by electing to treat us as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Code. However, this option will not be available to you because we do not intend to comply with the requirements necessary to permit you to make this election.

 

U.S. holders are urged to contact their own tax advisors regarding the determination of whether we are a PFIC and the tax consequences of such status.

 

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

 

Payments of dividends with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs, by a U.S. paying agent or other U.S. intermediary, or made into the United States, will be reported to the IRS and to the U.S. holder as may be required under applicable Treasury regulations. Backup withholding may apply to these payments if the U.S. holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fails to comply with applicable certification requirements. Certain U.S. holders (including, among others, corporations) are not subject to backup withholding and information reporting. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a U.S. holder will be refunded (or credited against such U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any), provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for establishing an exemption.

 

Certain individual U.S. holders (and under proposed Treasury regulations, certain entities) may be required to report to the IRS information with respect to their investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs not held through an account with a U.S. financial institution. U.S. holders who fail to report required information could become subject to substantial penalties. U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding foreign financial asset reporting requirements with respect to their investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

U.S. holders who acquire any of the ordinary shares or ADSs for cash may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) with the IRS and to supply certain additional information to the IRS if (i) immediately after the transfer, the U.S. holder owns directly or indirectly (or by attribution) at least 10% of our total voting power or value or (ii) the amount of cash transferred to us in exchange for the ordinary shares or ADSs when aggregated with all related transfers under applicable regulations, exceeds US$100,000. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement. Each U.S. holder is urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding this reporting obligation.

 

The discussion above is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations applicable to an investment in ordinary shares or ADSs. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences to you in your particular situation.

 

Australian Tax Considerations

 

In this section, we discuss the material Australian income tax, stamp duty and goods and services tax considerations related to the acquisition, ownership and disposal by the absolute beneficial owners of the ordinary shares or ADSs. This discussion represents the opinion of Baker & McKenzie, Australian counsel to Benitec.

 

It is based upon existing Australian tax law as of the date of this registration statement, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all aspects of Australian tax law which may be

 

157


Table of Contents

important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as shares held by investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies or tax exempt organizations). In addition, this summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty and goods and services tax.

 

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and foreign income and other tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the shares. As used in this summary a “Non-Australian Shareholder” is a holder that is not an Australian tax resident and is not carrying on business in Australia through a permanent establishment.

 

Nature of ADSs for Australian Taxation Purposes

 

Ordinary shares represented by ADSs held by a U.S. holder will be treated for Australian taxation purposes as held under a “bare trust” for such holder. Consequently, the underlying ordinary shares will be regarded as owned by the ADS holder for Australian income tax and capital gains tax purposes. Dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares will also be treated as dividends paid to the ADS holder, as the person beneficially entitled to those dividends. Therefore, in the following analysis we discuss the tax consequences to Non-Australian Shareholders of ordinary shares for Australian taxation purposes. We note that the holder of an ADS will be treated for Australian tax purposes as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by such ADSs.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent of tax paid on company profits. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. An exemption for dividend withholding tax can also apply to unfranked dividends that are declared to be conduit foreign income, or CFI, and paid to Non-Australian Shareholders. Dividend withholding tax will be imposed at 30%, unless a shareholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement and qualifies for the benefits of the treaty. Under the provisions of the current Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends that are not declared to be CFI paid by us to a resident of the United States which is beneficially entitled to that dividend is limited to 15% where that resident is a qualified person for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States.

 

If a Non-Australian Shareholder is a company and owns a 10% or more interest, the Australian tax withheld on dividends paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 5%. In limited circumstances the rate of withholding can be reduced to zero.

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares—Capital gains tax

 

Non-Australian Shareholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the gain made on a sale or other disposal of ordinary shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital, at the time of disposal or for 12 months of the last 2 years prior to disposal.

 

Non-Australian Shareholders who own a 10% or more interest would be subject to Australian capital gains tax if more than 50% of our direct or indirect assets, determined by reference to market value, consists of Australian land, leasehold interests or Australian mining, quarrying or prospecting rights. The Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia is unlikely to limit Australia’s right to tax any gain in these circumstances. Net capital gains are calculated after reduction for capital losses, which may only be offset against capital gains.

 

158


Table of Contents

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares—Shareholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

 

Some Non-Australian Shareholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account for example, share traders. These shareholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income taxing provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia.

 

Non-Australian Shareholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 32.5%. This rate does not include the Temporary Budget Repair Levy of 2% that applies in certain circumstances. Some relief from Australian income tax may be available to Non-Australian Shareholders under the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia.

 

To the extent an amount would be included in a Non-Australian Shareholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the shareholder would not be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

 

Dual Residency

 

If a shareholder is a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that shareholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the shareholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax would be subject to limitation by the Double Taxation Convention. Shareholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

 

Stamp Duty

 

No stamp duty is payable by Australian residents or non-Australian residents on the issue and trading of shares that are quoted on the ASX or NASDAQ at all relevant times and the shares do not represent 90% or more of all of our issued shares.

 

Australian Death Duty

 

Australia does not have estate or death duties. As a general rule, no capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability if the gain falls within the scope of Australia’s jurisdiction to tax.

 

Goods and Services Tax

 

The issue or transfer of shares to a non-Australian resident investor will not incur Australian goods and services tax.

 

159


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement, dated                     , 2015, with respect to the ADSs being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of ADSs indicated in the following table. BMO Capital Markets Corp. is the representative of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
ADSs

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Maxim Group LLC

  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the ADSs being offered, if any are taken, other than the ADSs covered by the option described below unless and until that option is exercised. If an underwriter fails or refuses to purchase any of its committed ADSs, the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

 

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                      ADSs from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise this option for 30 days. If any ADSs are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase ADSs in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above, and the underwriters will offer the additional ADSs on the same terms as those on which the ADSs are being offered.

 

The underwriters propose to offer the ADSs representing an interest in our ordinary shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to certain dealers at such offering price less a concession not in excess of US$         per ADS. After the public offering of the ADSs, the offering price and the selling concession may be changed by the underwriters.

 

The following table shows the per ADS and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per ADS

   US$                    US$                

Total

   US$                    US$                

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        , all of which will be paid by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses incurred in connection with the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

We and our officers and directors agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not (1) offer, sell, pledge, contract to sell, purchase any option to sell, grant any option for the purchase of, lend, or otherwise dispose of, or require us to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act to register, any shares of our ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for our ordinary shares or ADSs of which such officer, director or holder is now, or may in the future become, the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), or (2) enter into any swap or other derivative transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of ordinary shares or

 

160


Table of Contents

ADSs, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to enter into any transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above, except with the prior written consent of BMO Capital Markets Corp.; provided that BMO Capital Markets Corp. on behalf of the underwriters, has agreed to notify us at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver granted to one of our officers or directors, and we have agreed to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

The restrictions above do not apply to the following, subject to certain limitations set forth in the lock-up agreements:

 

   

transfers of securities as a bona fide gift;

 

   

transfers or dispositions of securities to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up signatory or any member of the immediate family of the lock-up signatory;

 

   

transfers of securities to affiliates;

 

   

transfers of securities by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the lock-up signatory;

 

   

transfers or dispositions of shares of our ordinary shares or ADSs acquired in open market purchases after the completion of this offering; or

 

   

entry into any trading plan established pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act.

 

See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

 

Prior to this offering, the ADSs have not been listed on any stock exchange in the United States. Our ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, or ASX, under the symbol “BLT.” The public offering price of the ADSs will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters taking into account the most recent closing price of our ordinary shares on the ASX prior to the pricing date as well as other factors, including: prevailing market conditions, our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

We have applied to have our ADSs listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BNTC.”

 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional ADSs for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional ADSs pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional ADSs for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

161


Table of Contents

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased ADSs sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of our ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in the ADSs on The NASDAQ Select Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of ADSs and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may cause the price of our ADSs to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions. The underwriters are not required to engage in passive market making and may end passive market making activities at any time.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of ADSs to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

 

162


Table of Contents

Offer Restrictions Outside the United States

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the ADSs offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The ADSs offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such ADSs be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any ADSs offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

Australia

 

This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the ADSs under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the ADSs without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the ADSs sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer for the offeree under this prospectus.

 

China

 

The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the ADSs, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China, or PRC, (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). The ADSs may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”

 

European Economic Area Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands

 

The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of ADSs will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC, or Prospectus Directive, as amended and implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area, each a Relevant Member State, from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.

 

An offer to the public of ADSs has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or whose main business is to invest in financial instruments;

 

   

to any legal entity that satisfies two of the following three criteria: (i) balance sheet total of at least €20,000,000; (ii) annual net turnover of at least €40,000,000 and (iii) own funds of at least €2,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);

 

   

to any person or entity who has requested to be treated as a professional client in accordance with the EU Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (Directive 2004/39/EC, “MiFID”); or

 

   

to any person or entity who is recognized as an eligible counterparty in accordance with Article 24 of the MiFID.

 

163


Table of Contents

France

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities ( offre au public de titres financiers ) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code ( Code monétaire et financier ) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers , or AMF. The ADSs have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

This document and any other offering material relating to the ADSs has not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

This document and any other offering material relating to the ADSs have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public in France. Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2, D.411-1, L.533-16, L.533-20, D.533-11, D.533-13, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.

 

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the ADSs cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

Ireland

 

The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 (the “Prospectus Regulations”). The ADSs have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations.

 

Israel

 

The ADSs offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority, or ISA, nor have such ADSs been registered for sale in Israel. The ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with the offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the ADSs being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the ADSs offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.

 

Italy

 

The offering of the ADSs in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission ( Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, or CONSOB) , pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the ADSs may be distributed in Italy and such ADSs may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than:

 

   

to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no. 58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 11971”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and

 

164


Table of Contents
   

in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.

 

Any offer, sale or delivery of the ADSs or distribution of any offer document relating to the ADSs in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:

 

   

made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and

 

   

in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.

 

Any subsequent distribution of the ADSs in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such ADSs being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the ADSs for any damages suffered by the investors.

 

Japan

 

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”), pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires the ADSs offered hereby may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of the ADSs is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.

 

Portugal

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities ( oferta púbica de valores mobiliários ) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code ( Código dos Valores Mobiliários ). The ADSs offered hereby have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the ADSs has not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission ( Comissão do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários ) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of ADSs in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

Sweden

 

This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the ADSs be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980)  om handel med finansiella instrument ). Any offering of the ADSs in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

165


Table of Contents

Switzerland

 

The ADSs may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art.1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the ADSs may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the ADSs has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of ADSs will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINMA.

 

This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.

 

United Arab Emirates

 

Neither this document nor the ADSs have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the ADSs within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the ADSs, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such ADSs, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by us.

 

No offer or invitation to subscribe for ADSs is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.

 

United Kingdom

 

Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or FSMA, has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the ADSs. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the ADSs may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

 

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the ADSs has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21 (1) of FSMA does not apply to us.

 

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005, or FPO, (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

166


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

 

Set forth below is an itemization of the estimated expenses, excluding underwriting discounts, that are expected to be incurred in connection with our offer and sale of the ADSs. Expenses for the offering will be borne by us.

 

SEC registration fee

   $                

NASDAQ listing fee

  

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc. filing fee

  

Printing expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Roadshow expenses

  

Other fees and expenses

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be issued in this offering will be passed upon for us by Baker & McKenzie, our Australian counsel. Certain matters as to U.S. federal law and New York state law will be passed upon for us by Baker & McKenzie LLP, our U.S. counsel. Cooley LLP will be serving as U.S. counsel to the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The audited financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd., independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Australia. Certain of our directors are non-residents of the United States and substantially all of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to:

 

   

effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. resident directors or on us;

 

   

enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in the United States courts in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws;

 

   

enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in courts of jurisdictions outside the United States in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; or

 

   

bring an original action in an Australian court to enforce liabilities against our non-U.S. resident directors or us based solely upon U.S. securities laws.

 

You may also have difficulties enforcing in courts outside the United States judgments that are obtained in U.S. courts against any of our non-U.S. resident directors or us, including actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

 

167


Table of Contents

With that noted, there are no treaties between Australia and the United States that would affect the recognition or enforcement of foreign judgments in Australia. We also note that investors may be able to bring an original action in an Australian court against us to enforce liabilities based in part upon U.S. federal securities laws.

 

The disclosure in this section is not based on the opinion of counsel.

 

We have appointed Tacere Therapeutics, Inc., our wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer to in this prospectus. Since this prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement, you should read the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ordinary shares represented by ADSs. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement, contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and reference is made in each instance to the copy of the contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. All information we file with the SEC is available through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system, which may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Information filed with the SEC may also be inspected and copied at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please visit the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov for further information on the SEC’s public reference room.

 

Immediately upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Our annual reports on Form 20-F for the year ending June 30, 2015 and subsequent years will be due within four months following the fiscal year end. We are not required to disclose certain other information that is required from U.S. domestic issuers. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act and Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure), which was adopted to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors.

 

We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by companies filing as a domestic issuer, our shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount and at the same time as information is received from, or provided by, companies filing as a domestic issuer. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC, which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer.

 

168


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Consolidated Financial Statements for June 30, 2014 and 2013 and the years then ended:

  

Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

     F-5   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the half-years then ended (Unaudited):

  

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

     F-34   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

     F-35   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

     F-36   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-37   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-38   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS

BENITEC BIOPHARMA LIMITED

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Benitec Biopharma Limited and its controlled entities (the “Group”) as of 30 June 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity, and statements of cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended 30 June 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Benitec Biopharma Limited and its’ controlled entities as of 30 June 2014 and 2013 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended 30 June 2014 and 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

LOGO

 

GRANT THORNTON AUDIT PTY LTD

Chartered Accountants

 

Sydney, 1 May 2015

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

For the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

     Note      2014     2013  
            $     $  

Continuing Operations

       

Revenue

     2         597,940        639,849   

Other income

     2         775,833        824,333   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,373,773        1,464,182   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Royalties & licence fees

        (192,753     (30,000

Research and development

        (3,757,869     (1,280,012

Employment related

        (2,444,015     (1,832,065

Share based expense

        (355,116     (518,749

Impairment costs

        —          (1,503,296

Travel related costs

        (585,359     (345,826

Consultants costs

        (652,839     (336,570

Occupancy costs

        (121,582     (100,153

Corporate expenses

        (646,315     (531,686

Foreign exchange translation

        (111,399     1,526,215   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

        (8,867,247     (4,952,142
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

        (7,493,474     (3,487,960

Income tax benefit

     4         454,365        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year attributable to members of the parent entity

        (7,039,109     (3,487,960
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income:

       

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit and loss

       

Other Comprehensive Income for the year, Foreign exchange translation, net of tax

        7,747        (1,313,792
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income for the year

        (7,031,362     (4,801,752
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income attributable to members of the parent entity

        (7,031,362     (4,801,752
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (cents per share) :

     

Basic and diluted loss for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent entity

       

Cents per share, with the comparative adjusted for the share consolidation at 25:1 in July 2013

     6         (7.81     (8.25

 

This statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 30 June 2014

 

     Note    2014     2013  
          $     $  

CURRENT ASSETS

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   8      31,359,199        1,587,299   

Trade and other receivables

   9      121,587        105,073   

Other current assets

   10      2,966,739        30,218   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

        34,447,525        1,722,590   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

       

Property, plant and equipment

   12      47,677        28,120   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

        47,677        28,120   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

        34,495,202        1,750,710   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

       

Trade and other payables

   14      788,169        1,011,733   

Provisions

   15      166,511        98,637   

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

        954,680        1,110,370   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

        954,680        1,110,370   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET ASSETS

        33,540,522        640,340   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

       

Contributed equity

   16      129,185,676        89,609,248   

Reserves

   17      640,773        277,910   

Accumulated losses

        (96,285,927     (89,246,818
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY

        33,540,522        640,340   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

This statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 30 June 2014

 

     Note    2014     2013  
          $     $  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

Receipts from customers

        260,310        566,754   

Research and development grants

        775,833        824,333   

Interest received

        321,116        133,011   

Income tax benefit

        454,365        —     

Payments to suppliers and employees

        (11,081,963     (4,256,694
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   8      (9,270,339     (2,732,596
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

Business acquisition

   26      —          143,603   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (32,365     (9,889
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided/(used) by investing activities

        (32,365     133,714   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Net proceeds from issue of shares

        39,075,618        1,086,844   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

        39,075,618        1,086,844   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash held

        29,772,914        (1,512,038

Exchange differences on cash and cash equivalents

        (1,014     23,457   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

        1,587,299        3,075,880   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   8      31,359,199        1,587,299   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

This statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 June 2014

 

     Contributed
Equity
     Share-based
Payments
Reserve
    Foreign
exchange
translation
reserve
    Accumulated
Losses
    Total  
     $      $     $     $     $  

Balance at 1 July 2012

     87,348,819         1,394,142        —          (86,080,047     2,662,914   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

     —           —          —          (3,487,960     (3,487,960

Other comprehensive income for year

     —           —          (1,313,792     —          (1,313,792
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for year

     —           —          (1,313,792     (3,487,960     (4,801,752
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share issue to Tacere on business acquisition

     1,173,585         —          —          —          1,173,585   

Transfer to Accumulated Losses the Share Based Payments Reserve no longer required

     —           (321,189     —          321,189        —     

Share Based Payments

     —           518,749        —          —          518,749   

Share issues, net of transaction costs

     1,086,844         —          —          —          1,086,844   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with owners

     2,260,429         197,560        —          321,189        2,779,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance 30 June 2013

     89,609,248         1,591,702        (1,313,792     (89,246,818     640,340   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

     —           —          —          (7,039,109     (7,039,109

Other comprehensive income for year

     —           —          7,747        —          7,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for year

          7,747        (7,039,109     (7,031,362
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share Based Payments

     —           355,116        —          —          355,116   

Share issues, net of transaction costs

     39,576,428         —          —          —          39,576,428   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with owners

     39,576,428         355,116        —          —          39,931,544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance 30 June 2014

     129,185,676         1,946,818        (1,306,045     (96,285,927     33,540,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

This statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Note 1: Summary of significant accounting policies

 

(a) Basis of Preparation

 

The financial report covers Benitec Biopharma Limited and its controlled entities as a consolidated entity (“Group”). Benitec Biopharma Limited is a listed public company, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. All amounts are stated in Australian dollars.

 

The consolidated general purpose financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 , International Accounting Standards and other authoritative pronouncements of the International Accounting Standards Board. Compliance with International Accounting Standards results in full compliance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Benitec Biopharma Limited is a for-profit entity for the purpose of preparing financial statements.

 

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 (including comparatives) were approved and authorised for issue by the board of directors on 1 May 2015.

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the measurement bases specified by International Accounting Standards for each type of asset, liability, income and expense. The measurement bases are more fully described in the accounting policies below.

 

(b) Principles of Consolidation

 

A controlled entity is any entity controlled by Benitec Biopharma Limited whereby Benitec Biopharma Limited has the power to control the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

 

All inter-company balances and transactions between entities in the consolidated entity, including any unrealised profits or losses, have been eliminated on consolidation. Accounting policies of controlled entities have been changed where necessary to ensure consistencies with those policies applied by the parent entity.

 

Where controlled entities have entered or left the consolidated entity during the year, their operating results have been included/excluded from the date control was obtained or until the date control ceased.

 

A list of controlled entities is contained in note 11 to the financial statements. All controlled entities have a June financial year-end except for Benitec Ltd (UK) which has a December year-end.

 

(c) Accounting Standards

 

New and revised standards that are effective for these financial statements

 

A number of new and revised standards are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2013. Information on these new standards is presented below.

 

Amendments to IFRS 8 Operating Segments

 

The 2012 amendment to IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires the disclosure of judgments made by management in applying the aggregation criteria.

 

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements

 

IFRS 10 supersedes IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements IFRS 10 . IFRS 10 revises the definition of control and provides extensive new guidance on its application. These new requirements have the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

potential to affect which of the Group’s investees are considered to be subsidiaries and therefore to change the scope of consolidation. The requirements on consolidation procedures, accounting for changes in non-controlling interests and accounting for loss of control of a subsidiary are unchanged.

 

Management has reviewed its control assessments in accordance with IFRS 10 and has concluded that there is no effect on the classification (as subsidiaries or otherwise) of any of the Group’s investees held during the period or comparative periods covered by these financial statements.

 

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements

 

IFRS 11 supersedes IAS 31 Interests in Joint Ventures . IFRS 11 revises the categories of joint arrangement, and the criteria for classification into the categories, with the objective of more closely aligning the accounting with the investor’s rights and obligations relating to the arrangement. In addition, IAS 31’s option of using proportionate consolidation for arrangements classified as jointly controlled entities under that Standard has been eliminated. IFRS 11 now requires the use of the equity method for arrangements classified as joint ventures (as for investments in associates).

 

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement

 

IFRS 13 clarifies the definition of fair value and provides related guidance and enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. It does not affect which items are required to be fair-valued. The scope of IFRS 13 is broad and it applies for both financial and non-financial items for which other International Accounting Standards require or permit fair value measurements or disclosures about fair value measurements, except in certain circumstances.

 

IFRS 13 applies prospectively for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. Its disclosure requirements need not be applied to comparative information in the first year of application. The Group has however included as comparative information the IFRS 13 disclosures that were required previously by IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures .

 

Amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits

 

The 2011 amendments to IAS 19 made a number of changes to the accounting for employee benefits. The amendments which impact the Group related to the following:

 

   

Under the amendments, employee benefits ‘expected to be settled wholly’ (as opposed to ‘due to be settled’ under the superseded version of IFRS 19) within 12 months after the end of the reporting period are short-term benefits, and are therefore not discounted when calculating leave liabilities. As the Group does not expect all annual leave for all employees to be used wholly within 12 months of the end of reporting period, annual leave is included in ‘other long-term benefit’ and discounted when calculating the leave liability. This change has had no impact on the presentation of annual leave as a current liability in accordance with IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements .

 

Management have assessed the impact of this change and noted that it is not material to the Group for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2014.

 

Accounting Standards issued but not yet effective and not been adopted early by the Group

 

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards have been published but are not yet effective, and have not been adopted

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

early by the Group. Management anticipates that all of the relevant pronouncements will be adopted in the Group’s accounting policies for the first period beginning after the effective date of the pronouncement. Information on new standards, amendments and interpretations that are expected to be relevant to the Group’s financial statements is provided below. Certain other new standards and interpretations have been issued but are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

 

Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations

 

The amendments to IFRS 11 state that an acquirer of an interest in a joint operation in which the activity of the joint operation constitutes a ‘business’, as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations, should:

 

   

apply all of the principles on business combinations accounting in IFRS 3 and other IFRSs except principles that conflict with the guidance of IFRS 11. This requirement also applies to the acquisition of additional interests in an existing joint operation that results in the acquirer retaining joint control of the joint operation (note that this requirement applies to the additional interest only, i.e. the existing interest is not remeasured) and to the formation of a joint operation when an existing business is contributed to the joint operation by one of the parties that participate in the joint operation; and

 

   

provide disclosures for business combinations as required by IFRS 3 and other IFRSs.

 

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

 

IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities. These requirements improve and simplify the approach for classification and measurement of financial assets compared with the requirements of IAS 39. The main changes are:

 

(a) Financial assets that are debt instruments will be classified based on (1) the objective of the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets; and (2) the characteristics of the contractual cash flows.

 

(b) Allows an irrevocable election on initial recognition to present gains and losses on investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading in other comprehensive income (instead of in profit or loss). Dividends in respect of these investments that are a return on investment can be recognised in profit or loss and there is no impairment or recycling on disposal of the instrument.

 

(c) Financial assets can be designated and measured at fair value through profit or loss at initial recognition if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would arise from measuring assets or liabilities, or recognising the gains and losses on them, on different bases.

 

(d) Where the fair value option is used for financial liabilities the change in fair value is to be accounted for as follows:

 

   

The change attributable to changes in credit risk are presented in other comprehensive income (OCI); and

 

   

The remaining change is presented in profit or loss.

 

If this approach creates or enlarges an accounting mismatch in the profit or loss, the effect of the changes in credit risk are also presented in profit or loss.

 

(d) Revenue

 

Revenue from the granting of licenses is recognised in accordance with the terms of the relevant agreements and is usually recognised on an accruals basis, unless the substance of the agreement provides evidence that it is

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

more appropriate to recognise revenue on some other systematic rational basis. Interest revenue is recognised on a proportional basis taking into account the interest rates applicable to the financial assets. Revenue from the rendering of a service is recognised upon the delivery of the service to the customers. All revenue is stated net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST).

 

Government grants are recognised at fair value where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all grant conditions will be met. Grants relating to expense items are recognised as income over the periods necessary to match the grant costs they are compensating. Grants relating to assets are credited to deferred income at fair value and are credited to income over the expected useful life of the asset on a straight line basis.

 

Research and Development Grant revenue is recognised as income when it is received.

 

(e) Income Tax

 

The charge for current income tax expense is based on the loss for the year adjusted for any non-assessable or disallowed items. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or are substantially enacted by reporting date.

 

Deferred tax is accounted for using the liability method in respect of temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. No deferred income tax will be recognised from the initial recognition of an asset or liability, excluding a business combination, where there is no effect on accounting or taxable profit or loss.

 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or liability is settled. Deferred tax is credited in the statement of comprehensive income except where it relates to items that may be credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is adjusted directly against equity. Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future tax profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.

 

The amount of benefits brought to account or which may be realised in the future is based on the assumption that no adverse change will occur in income taxation legislation and the anticipation that the consolidated entity will derive sufficient future assessable income to enable the benefit to be realised and comply with the conditions of deductibility imposed by the law.

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiary has formed an income tax consolidated group under the Tax Consolidation Regime. Benitec Biopharma Limited is responsible for recognising the current and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the tax consolidated group. The Group notified the ATO on 12 February 2004 that it had formed an income tax consolidated group to apply from 1 July 2002. No tax sharing agreement has been entered between entities in the tax consolidated group.

 

(f) Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

 

The Directors evaluate estimates and judgments incorporated into the financial report based on historical knowledge and best available current information. Estimates assume a reasonable expectation of future events and are based on current trends and economic data, obtained both externally and within the Group.

 

Key estimates—share-based payments transactions

 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes model, using the assumptions detailed in note 21.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Key judgements—tax losses

 

Given the company’s and each individual entities’ history of recent losses, the Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset with regard to unused tax losses and other temporary differences, as it has not been determined whether the company or its subsidiaries will generate sufficient taxable income against which the unused tax losses and other temporary differences can be utilised.

 

Key judgements—compound financial instruments

 

The Group measures the fair value of the liability component using the prevailing market interest rate for similar convertible instruments.

 

(g) Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

 

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required (i.e. Goodwill, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use), the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets and the asset’s value in use cannot be estimated to be close to its fair value. In such cases the asset is tested for impairment as part of the cash generating unit to which it belongs. When the carrying amount of an asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses relating to continuing operations are recognised in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset unless the asset is carried at revalued amount (in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease).

 

(h) Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within short term borrowings in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

 

(i) Trade and Other Receivables

 

Trade receivables, which generally have 30 day terms, are recognised and carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts. An estimate for doubtful debts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable. Bad debts are written off when identified.

 

(j) Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Each class of property, plant and equipment is carried at cost or fair value less, where applicable, any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

 

Plant and equipment

 

Plant and equipment are measured on the cost basis less depreciation and impairment losses. The carrying amount of plant and equipment is reviewed annually by directors to ensure it is not in excess of the recoverable

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

amount from these assets. The recoverable amount is assessed on the basis of the expected net cash flows that will be received from the assets employment and subsequent disposal. The expected net cash flows have been discounted to their present values in determining recoverable amounts.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of comprehensive income during the financial period in which they are incurred.

 

Depreciation

 

The depreciable amount of all fixed assets including capitalised lease assets is depreciated on a diminishing value basis over their useful lives to the consolidated entity commencing from the time the asset is held ready for use. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of either the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

 

The depreciation rates used for plant and equipment were 20-33%. The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These gains and losses are included in the statement of comprehensive income. When assets which have been revalued are sold, amounts included in the revaluation reserve relating to that asset are transferred to retained earnings.

 

(k) Leases

 

Leases of fixed assets are classified as finance leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to the ownership of the asset, but not the legal ownership.

 

Finance leases are capitalised by recording an asset and a liability at the lower of the amounts equal to the fair value of the leased property or the present value of the minimum lease payments, including any guaranteed residual values. Lease payments are allocated between the reduction of the lease liability and the lease interest expense for the period. Leased assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives where it is likely that the consolidated entity will obtain ownership of the asset or over the term of the lease. Lease payments for operating leases, where substantially all the risks and benefits remain with the lessor, are charged as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.

 

Lease incentives under operating leases are recognised as a liability and amortised on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term.

 

(l) Financial Instruments

 

Recognition

 

Financial instruments are initially measured at cost on trade date, which includes transaction costs, when the related contractual rights or obligations exist. Subsequent to initial recognition these instruments are measured as set out below.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

Financial liabilities

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities are recognised at amortised cost, comprising original debt less principal payments and amortisation.

 

Compound instruments

 

The component parts of compound instruments issued by the Group are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. The liability component is recorded on an amortised cost basis using the effective interest method until extinguished upon conversion or at the instrument’s maturity date. The equity component is determined by deducting the amount of the liability component from the fair value of the compound instrument as a whole. This is recognised and included in equity, net of income tax effects, and is not subsequently remeasured.

 

Fair value

 

Fair value is determined based on current bid prices for all quoted investments. Valuation techniques are applied to determine the fair value for all unlisted securities, including recent arm’s length transactions, reference to similar instruments and option pricing models.

 

Impairment

 

At each reporting date, the Group assess whether there is objective evidence that a financial instrument has been impaired. In the case of available-for-sale financial instruments, a prolonged or significant decline in the value of the instrument is considered to determine whether impairment has arisen. Impairment losses are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

(m) Intangibles

 

Research and development

 

Expenditure during the research phase of a project is recognised as an expense when incurred. Development costs are capitalised only when technical feasibility studies identify that the project will deliver future economic benefits and these benefits can be measured reliably.

 

Development costs have a finite life and are amortised on a systematic basis matched to the future economic benefits over the useful life of the project.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill, representing the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, is recognised as an asset and not amortised, but tested at least annually for impairment and whenever there is an indication that the goodwill may be impaired. Any impairment is recognised immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed.

 

Refer to Note 1 (g) for a description of impairment testing procedures.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

(n) Trade and Other Payables

 

Trade payables and other payables are carried at amortised costs and represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and services.

 

(o) Employee Benefits

 

Provision is made for the Group’s liability for employee benefits arising from services rendered by employees to reporting date. Employee benefits that are expected to be settled within one year have been measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liability is settled, plus related on-costs. Employee benefits payable later than one year have been measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made for those benefits.

 

(p) Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation, as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will results and that outflow can be reliably measured.

 

(q) Contributed Equity

 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

 

(r) Share-based Payment Transactions

 

Benefits are provided to employees of the Group in the form of share-based payment transactions, whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (‘equity-settled transactions’). The plan currently in place to provide these benefits is the Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP), which provides benefits to senior executives.

 

The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any performance conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the shares of Benitec Biopharma Limited (‘market conditions’).

 

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (‘vesting date’).

 

The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until vesting date reflects (i) the extent to which the vesting period has expired and (ii) the number of awards that, in the opinion of the directors of the Group, will ultimately vest. This opinion is formed based on the best available information at reporting date. No adjustment is made for the likelihood of market performance conditions being met as the effect of these conditions is included in the determination of fair value at grant date.

 

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition.

 

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been modified. In addition, an expense is recognised for any increase in the value of the transaction as a result of the modification, as measured at the date of modification. Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised for the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

award is recognised immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new award are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

 

The dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings per share.

 

(s) Earnings per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to members of the parent, adjusted to exclude any costs of servicing equity (other than dividends) and preference share dividends, divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element.

 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to members of the parent, adjusted for:

 

   

costs of servicing equity (other than dividends) and preference share dividends;

 

   

the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognised as expenses; and

 

   

other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses during the period that would result from the dilution of potential ordinary shares;

 

divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element.

 

(t) Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

The functional currency of each of the Group’s entities is measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars which is the parent entity’s functional and presentation currency.

 

Transaction and balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Non-monetary items measured at historical cost continue to be carried at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items measured at fair value are reported at the exchange rate at the date when fair values were determined.

 

Exchange differences arising on the translation of monetary items are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, except where deferred in equity as a qualifying cash flow or net investment hedge. Exchange differences arising on the translation of non-monetary items are recognised directly in equity to the extent that the gain or loss is directly recognised in equity, otherwise the exchange difference is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Group companies

 

The financial results and position of foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the Group’s presentation currency are translated as follows:

 

   

Assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates prevailing at that reporting date.

 

   

Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period.

 

   

Retained profits are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction.

 

(u) Goods and Services Tax (GST)

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Tax Office. In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of the expense. Receivables and payables in the statement of financial position are shown inclusive of GST.

 

Cash flows are presented in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis, except for the GST component of investing and financing activities, which are disclosed as operating cash flows.

 

(v) Comparative Figures

 

When required by Accounting Standards, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to changes in presentation for the current financial year.

 

(w) Going Concern

 

The directors have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis after taking into consideration the net loss for the year of $7,039,109 and the cash and cash equivalents balance of $31,359,199, The directors have recognised the capital raisings in 2013 and 2014, performed a review of the cash flow forecasts, considered the cash flow needs of the Group, and believe that the strategies in place are appropriate to generate funding which will be sufficient to maintain the going concern status of the Group. If these strategies are unsuccessful then the Group may need to realise its assets and extinguish liabilities other than in the ordinary course of business and at amounts different to those disclosed in the financial report.

 

Note 2: Revenue from continuing operations

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

Revenue

  

Licensing revenue and royalties

     276,824         521,140   

Finance income—interest received

     321,116         118,709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     597,940         639,849   

Other income

  

Federal Government Research and Development Grants

     775,833         824,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue and other income

     1,373,773         1,464,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Note 3: Loss for the year

 

(a) Expenses incurred by continuing operations

 

Items included in Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

Depreciation

     

Included in Occupancy expenses

     

Depreciation of plant and equipment

     12,808         29,794   

Employee benefits expense

     

Included in Employment related expenses

     

Wages and salaries

     2,109,860         1,759,745   

Superannuation costs

     89,090         72,320   

 

(b) Expenses

 

Research and development expenses costs consist of:

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

Project expenses

     3,310,014         1,075,844   

Other IP related expenses

     447,855         204,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,757,869         1,280,012   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 4: Income tax expense

 

(a) The prima facie tax on loss from ordinary activities before income tax is reconciled to the income tax as follows:

 

     2014     2013  
     $     $  

Prima facie tax payable on loss from ordinary activities before income tax at 30% (2013: 30%)

     (2,248,042     (1,046,388

Add Tax effect of:

    

Non-deductible share-based payment expense

     106,535        155,625   

Non-assessable foreign currency translation provision

     (2,324     457,865   

Non-deductible legal fees

     15,906        9,326   

Capital items deductible

     (231,942     (58,863

Other non-deductible items

     19,500        46,842   

Deductible items not included in operating result

     4,800        (48,354

Deferred tax asset not brought to account

     2,335,567        483,947   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit reported in the income statement

     454,365        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The income tax benefit was a cash refund of income tax in the US in Tacere Therapeutics Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary) not previously recorded.

 

(b)   The parent entity, acting as the Head Entity, notified the Australian Taxation Office on 12 February 2004 that it had formed a Tax Consolidated Group applicable as from 1 July 2002. No tax sharing agreement has been entered between entities in the tax consolidated group.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

(c)   As at 30 June 2014, the Tax Consolidated Group has estimated carry-forward tax losses of $13,103,412 (2013: $11,751,713) calculated at 30% of the accumulated annual Australian tax losses. The tax losses have not been recognised in the financial statements and the capacity of the Tax Consolidated Group to use the tax losses will be subject to conforming with regulatory tests. The deferred tax asset relating to temporary differences (calculated at 30%) was $49,953 (2013: $29,591).

 

The Tax Consolidated Group also has Australian capital tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the financial statements of $381,588 (2013: $381,588). The capacity of the Tax Consolidated Group to use the capital tax losses will be subject to conforming with regulatory tests.

 

The recoupment of available tax losses as at 30 June 2014 is contingent upon the following:

 

  (i)   the Consolidated Group deriving future assessable income of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit from the losses to be realised;

 

  (ii)   the conditions for deductibility imposed by tax legislation continuing to be complied with; and

 

  (iii)   there being no changes in tax legislation which would adversely affect the Tax Consolidated Group from realising the benefit from the losses.

 

Note 5: Auditor’s remuneration

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

Audit Services

     

Remuneration of Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd for:

     

—auditing or reviewing the financial report

     73,238         54,000   

Other Services

     

Remuneration of Grant Thornton Australia Limited for:

     

—taxation compliance and corporate advisory services

     24,000         43,230   

 

Note 6: Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net loss for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue during the year.

 

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue during the year (adjusted for the effects of dilutive options) and the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

 

     2014     2013  
     $     $  

Loss after income tax used in the calculation of basic EPS and dilutive EPS

     (7,039,109     (3,487,960

 

     Number      Number  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic and diluted earnings per share

     90,432,177         41,688,975   

Weighted average number of converted, lapsed or cancelled potential ordinary shares included in diluted earnings per share

     —           —     

 

Outstanding options to acquire ordinary shares are not considered dilutive for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Classification of securities

 

No securities were classified as potential ordinary shares under IAS33 and therefore have not been included in determination of dilutive EPS due to their anti-dilutive nature.

 

Note 7: Key management personnel

 

(a) Details of Key Management Personnel

 

(i) Non-Executive Directors

 

Mr Peter Francis    Chairman—Non-Executive    Appointed on 23 February 2006
Dr John Chiplin    Director—Non-Executive    Appointed on 1 February 2010
Mr Iain Ross    Director—Non-Executive    Appointed on 1 June 2010
Mr Kevin Buchi    Director—Non-Executive    Appointed on 11 April 2014
Dr Mel Bridges    Director—Non-Executive   

Appointed on 12 October 2007

Resigned 18 June 2014

 

(ii) Specified Executives

 

Dr Peter French    Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer   

Appointed as Managing Director on 26 August 2014

Appointed Chief Executive Officer on 4 June 2010

Appointed Chief Scientific Officer on 4 August 2009

Dr Michael Graham    Chief Scientific Officer    Appointed on 1 January 2012
Mr Greg West    Company Secretary    Appointed on 26 May 2011
Mr Carl Stubbings    Chief Business Officer    Appointed on 2 July 2012
Dr David Suhy    Senior VP Research and Development    Appointed on 1 October 2012

 

(b) Key management personnel remuneration includes the following expenses:

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

Short term employee benefits

     

Salaries including bonuses

     1,859,719         1,252,095   

Post-employment benefits

     

Superannuation

     71,100         61,935   

Share-based payments

     348,013         492,976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Remuneration

     2,278,832         1,807,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

During the year no key management personnel exercised options which were granted either under ESOP or by a General Meeting of Members to Non-Executive Directors

 

Note 8: Cash and cash equivalents

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

Cash at bank

     288,945         614,746   

Deposits at call

     31,070,254         972,553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     31,359,199         1,587,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Reconciliation of Cash Flow from Operations with Loss after Income Tax

 

     2014     2013  
     $     $  

Loss after Income Tax

     (7,039,109     (3,487,960

Non-cash flows included in operating loss:

  

Impairment

     —          1,503,296   

Foreign exchange on intercompany balances

     —          (1,526,215

Depreciation

     12,808        29,794   

Share-based payments

     355,116        518,749   

Foreign currency translation unrealised

     8,761        (23,457

Changes in assets and liabilities:

  

(Increase)/decrease in other assets

     (2,936,521     (13,163

Decrease in receivables

     (16,514     22,393   

Decrease/(increase) in payables

     277,246        200,452   

Increase/(decrease) in employee provisions

     67,874        43,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operations

     (9,270,339     (2,732,596
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Note 9: Trade and other receivables

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

CURRENT

     

Sundry Debtors

     121,587         105,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 10: Other assets

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

CURRENT

     

Prepayments

     26,679         14,190   

Prepaid clinical trials *

     2,700,000         —     

Other current assets

     240,060         16,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,966,739         30,218   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

*   Prepaid clinical trials—The Company announced on 3 June 2013 that it had committed to moving its non-small cell lung cancer therapeutic into clinical development. The Company is using European-based clinical research organisation Clinical Trials Group (CTGCRO) to manage both the initial clinical development and trials. The Company made prepayments in the September quarter 2013 in order to secure favourable commercial terms with CTGCRO for the conduct of the trials.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Note 11: Controlled entities

 

(a) Controlled entities:

 

     Country of
Incorporation
   Percentage Owned  
          2014     2013  

Parent Entity:

       

Benitec Biopharma Limited

   Australia     

Controlled entities of Benitec Biopharma Limited:

       

Benitec Australia Limited

   Australia      100     100

Benitec Biopharma Limited

   United Kingdom      100     100

Benitec, Inc.

   USA      100     100

Benitec LLC

   USA      100     100

RNAi Therapeutics, Inc.

   USA      100     100

Tacere Therapeutics, Inc.

   USA      100     100

 

(b) Controlled entities acquired or disposed:

 

No controlled entities were acquired or disposed during the 2014 financial year.

 

Note 12: Property, plant and equipment

 

     2014     2013  
     $     $  

At cost

     127,795        95,431   

Accumulated depreciation

     (80,118     (67,311
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Property, Plant and Equipment

     47,677        28,120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Movements in Carrying Amounts

 

Movement in the carrying amounts for each class of property, plant and equipment between the beginning and the end of the current financial year.

 

     Leasehold
Improvement
    Plant and
Equipment
    Total  
     $     $     $  

Balance at 30 June 2012

     11,760        19,043        30,803   

Additions

     —          27,111        27,111   

Less Disposals

     —          —          —     

Depreciation expense

     (1,550     (28,244     (29,794
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2013

     10,210        17,910        28,120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     —          32,365        32,365   

Less Disposals

     —          —          —     

Depreciation expense

     (1,550     (11,258     (12,808
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2014

     8,660        39,017        47,677   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Note 13: Intangibles

 

The net carrying amount of intangibles can be analysed as follows:

 

     $  

Gross carrying amount

  

Balance at 30 June 2012

     —     

Acquired through business combination

     1,503,296   
  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2013

     1,503,296   
  

 

 

 

Acquired through business combination

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2014

     1,503,296   
  

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment

  

Balance at 30 June 2012

     —     

Impairment loss recognised in the year

     (1,503,296
  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2013

     (1,503,296
  

 

 

 

Impairment loss recognised in the year

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2014

     (1,503,296
  

 

 

 

Net book value

  

At 30 June 2013

     —     
  

 

 

 

As at 30 June 2014

     —     
  

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

A review of the carrying value of the in-process research which arose on the acquisition of Tacere Therapeutics Inc. was undertaken in the 2013 financial year. The recoverable amounts of the cash generating units to which the in-process research was allocated were determined based on value-in-use calculations. This review identified that the full value of the in-process research should be impaired and as such a non-cash impairment charge of $1,503,296 was booked in the 2013 financial year.

 

Note 14: Trade and other payables

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

CURRENT

     

Unsecured liabilities

     

Trade creditors

     572,557         279,994   

Sundry creditors and accrued expenses

     215,612         374,560   

Deferred consideration—Tacere vendors

     —           357,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     788,169         1,011,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 15: Provisions

 

CURRENT

     

Provision for employee benefits

     166,511         98,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note 16: Contributed equity

 

The share capital of the Company consists only of fully paid ordinary shares; the shares do not have a par value. All shares are equally eligible to receive dividends and the repayment of capital and represent one vote at

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

the shareholders’ meeting of the Company. The Board monitors capital funding requirements in its competitive landscape and continues to actively manage its cash requirements as part of a broader capital management program to ensure adequate capital is in place to fund the company’s operations.

 

(a) Ordinary Shares, reported in post consolidation share numbers for 2014 and 2013

 

114,898,992 (2013: 46,076,562) issued and fully paid ordinary shares

 

     2014     2013  
     $     $  

Contributed Equity at the beginning of the reporting period, (after applying the 25:1 consolidation)

     89,609,248        87,348,819   

Placements in March to June 2013

     —          1,262,000   

Placement in July 2013

     7,618,326        —     

Share Purchase Plan August 2013

     2,820,000        —     

Issued to Tacere shareholders on purchase of Tacere

     —          1,173,585   

Tacere escrow shares released October 2013

     357,190        —     

Options exercised during the year

     185,503        —     

Placements in February and April 2014

     31,496,504        —     

Transaction costs relating to share issues during the year

     (2,901,095     (175,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contributed Equity at the close of the reporting period

     129,185,676        89,609,248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Number      Number  

At the beginning of reporting period

     46,076,562         38,825,141   

Shares issued during the year

     68,822,430         7,251,421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     114,898,992         46,076,562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(b) Share options

 

At the end of the financial year, there were 23,320,173 unissued ordinary shares (2013: 17,594,313) over which options were outstanding.

 

     Expiry Date    Exercise Price         

Strategic Advisor warrants

   4 August 2014      22.500         245,078   

ESOP Options

   19 August 2014      0.510         260,000   

NED Options

   19 August 2014      0.570         120,000   

Unlisted Options—placement

   18 February 2015      0.325         662,767   

Unlisted other options

   10 April 2015      2.500         480,000   

Unlisted other options

   23 October 2015      4.250         78,125   

NED Options

   26 September 2016      1.250         1,600,000   

ESOP Options

   17 November 2016      1.250         1,800,000   

NED Options

   26 September 2016      1.250         1,200,000   

ESOP Options

   7 February 2017      1.250         168,000   

ESOP Options

   18 July 2017      1.250         400,000   

ESOP Options

   16 November 2017      1.250         400,000   

NED Options

   18 May 2018      0.625         400,000   

ESOP Options

   22 August 2018      1.250         2,080,000   

Unlisted options—placement

   28 February 2019      1.260         13,246,203   

ESOP Options

   15-May-19      1.500         180,000   
        

 

 

 
           23,320,173   
        

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Since 30 June 2013, the following options were issued under the ESOP:

 

Expiry date

   Exercise
price
     Issue date    Number      Weighted
average
share
price
     Volatility     Risk
free
rate
 

22 August 2018

     1.250       22 August 2013      2,080,000       $ 0.29         112     3.55

15 May 2019

     1.500       15 May 2014      180,000       $ 0.30         100     2.60
        

 

 

         
           2,260,000           
        

 

 

         

 

Rights over shares are provided to employees under the Employee Share Option Plan (ESOP). The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using a Black-Scholes model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any performance conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the shares of Benitec Biopharma Limited (‘market conditions’).

 

The following information was factored in to the Black-Scholes model for the options issued under ESOP this year:

 

  i.   weighted average share price as shown above

 

  ii.   exercise prices were as shown above

 

  iii.   expected volatility was as shown above and was determined by reference to Bloomberg for the Benitec share price based on historical volatility

 

  iv.   option life is 5 years

 

  v.   The risk-free interest rate used was as shown above

 

There were no options issued to staff or directors in the period from 30 June 2014 to the date this report was issued.

 

Note 17: Reserves

 

     2014     2013  
     $     $  

Share-based payments reserve

    

At the beginning of the reporting period

     1,591,702        1,394,142   

Share based payments

     355,116        518,749   

Transferred to Accumulated Losses Reserve no longer required

     —          (321,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,946,818        1,591,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

    

At the beginning of the reporting period

     (1,313,792     —     

Foreign currency translation

     7,747        (1,313,792
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,306,045     (1,313,792
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Reserves

     640,773        277,910   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Nature and purpose of Reserves

 

Share Based Payments Reserve

 

The Share-based Payments Reserve represents the expense attributed to options based on a Black Scholes valuation method for vested options.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

The Foreign currency translation reserve represents the currency translation movements of subsidiary company balances denominated in foreign currencies at year end.

 

Note 18: Operating segments

 

Business Segments

 

The Group had only one business segment during the financial year, being the global commercialisation by licensing and partnering of patents and licences in biotechnology, more specifically in functional genomics, with applications in biomedical research and human therapeutics.

 

Geographical Segments

 

Business operations are principally conducted in Australia, with laboratory and other activities in the USA.

 

Geographical location

   Segment Revenues      Segment Results     Carrying Amount of
Segment Assets
 
   2014      2013      2014     2013     2014      2013  
     $      $      $     $     $      $  

Australia

           (7,495,377     (3,220,240     34,433,803         1,507,350   
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

External customers

     274,413         521,140             

Interest revenue

     321,116         118,709             

Other income

     775,833         823,354             
  

 

 

    

 

 

           
     1,371,362         1,463,203             
  

 

 

    

 

 

           

United States of America

           1,903        (267,720     61,399         243,360   
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

External customers

     2,411         —               

Interest revenue

     —           —               

Other income

     —           979             
  

 

 

    

 

 

           
     2,411         979             
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,373,773         1,464,182         (7,493,474     (3,487,960     34,495,202         1,750,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Accounting Policies

 

Segment revenues and expenses are directly attributable to the identified segments and include joint venture revenue and expenses where a reasonable allocation basis exists. Segment assets include all assets used by a segment and consist mainly of cash, receivables, inventories, intangibles and property, plant and equipment, net of any allowances, accumulated depreciation and amortisation. Where joint assets correspond to two or more segments, allocation of the net carrying amount has been made on a reasonable basis to a particular segment. Segment liabilities include mainly accounts payable, employee entitlements, accrued expenses, provisions and borrowings. Deferred income tax provisions are not included in segment assets and liabilities.

 

Note 19: Financial risk management objectives and policies

 

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, cash and short-term deposits. The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate and currency risk in accordance with the Company financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to protect the assets and provide a solid return.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

The main risks arising from the financial instruments are interest rate risk, liquidity risk, foreign currency risk and credit risk. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are summarised below.

 

Risk Exposures and Responses

 

Interest rate risk

 

The Group generates income from interest on surplus funds. At reporting date, the Group had the following mix of financial assets and liabilities exposed to Australian variable interest rate risk that are not designated in cash flow hedges:

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

Financial Assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     31,359,199         1,587,299   

Financial Liabilities

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Exposure

     31,359,199         1,587,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The policy is to analyse the Company’s interest rate exposure across the Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Consideration is given to the return on funds invested, alternative financing, the mix of fixed and variable interest rates and hedging positions. The Group currently has short term deposits at variable interest rates. The average interest rate applying to cash deposits in the year was 3.67% (2013 4.00%).

 

The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate risk exposures in existence at the reporting date:

 

At 30 June 2014, if interest rates had moved, as illustrated in the table below, with all other variables held constant, the judgment of reasonably possible movements in post-tax profit and equity would have been as follows:

 

     Post Tax Result
Higher/ (Lower)
    Equity
Higher/ (Lower)
 
     2014     2013     2014     2013  
     $     $     $     $  

+1% (100 basis points)

     143,625        12,797        143,625        12,797   

-0.5% (50 basis points)

     (71,812     (6,399     (71,812     (6,399

 

Liquidity risk

 

The Group’s objective is to obtain revenue from commercialisation and to continue to access funding markets. The Group has a pipeline of programs to take its research and development to the clinic and potentially originate licensing transactions with pharmaceutical companies. Trade payables and other financial liabilities originate from the financing of the ongoing research and development programs in addition to the operations of the business generally.

 

The table below reflects all contractually fixed pay-offs and receivables for settlement, repayments and interest resulting from recognised financial assets and liabilities as at 30 June 2014. Cash flows for financial assets and liabilities with fixed amount or timing are presented with their respective discounted cash flows for the respective upcoming fiscal years.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

The remaining contractual maturities of the Group’s financial liabilities are:

 

     2014      2013  
     $      $  

6 months or less

     788,169         1,011,733   

6-12 months

     —           —     

1-5 years

     —           —     

Over 5 years

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     788,169         1,011,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Maturity analysis of financial assets and liabilities based on management’s expectation

 

The table below reflects management’s expectation of the maturity of financial assets and liabilities.

 

These assets are considered in the context of the Group’s overall liquidity risk. The Group has established a risk reporting process overseen by the board which monitors existing financial assets and liabilities and provides information to enable effective risk management. The Board regularly evaluates managements rolling forecasts of liquidity which includes assessments of cash income and outgoings.

 

     < 6 months     6-12 months      1-5 years      >5 years      Total  
     $     $      $      $      $  

Financial assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

     23,359,199        8,000,000         —           —           31,359,199   

Trade and other receivables

     121,587        —           —           —           121,587   

Financial Liabilities

             

Trade and other payables

     (788,169     —           —           —           (788,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Maturity

     22,692,617        8,000,000         —           —           30,692,617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency risk

 

The Group has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from licensing fees and royalties as well as expenditure by the Group in currencies other than the unit’s measurement currency. With the exception of unrealised movements on intercompany loans, foreign currency income and expenditure accounts for less than 15% of the Groups transactions and therefore management have assessed that movements in foreign exchange would not materially impact the financial statements.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, and trade and other receivables. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from potential counter party payment default, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount. Exposures at each reporting date are assessed and disclosed in the financial statements.

 

The Group does not hold any credit derivatives to offset its credit exposure. The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties and as such collateral is not requested. The Group does not securitise its trade and other receivables.

 

Customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit assessment procedures which may include an assessment of their independent credit rating, financial position, past experience and industry reputation. Receivable balances are regularly monitored. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Note 20: Financial instruments

 

Fair values

 

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are equivalent to carrying values due their short term to maturity.

 

Note 21: Share based payments

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited Employees Share Option Plan (ESOP):

 

Description of plan

 

The Group may from time to time issue employees options to acquire shares in the parent at a fixed price. Each option when exercised entitles the option holder to one share in the Company. Options are exercisable on or before an expiry date, do not carry any voting or dividend rights and are not transferable except on death of the option holder.

 

Share Options granted during the year

 

The following options were issued to executives by Benitec Biopharma Limited under its ESOP and are unlisted.

 

Executive

   Grant Date    Number      Exercise Price    Expiry Date

Peter French

   22 August 2013      1,400,000       $1.250    22 August 2018

David Suhy

   22 August 2013      200,000       $1.250    22 August 2018

Greg West

   22 August 2013      280,000       $1.250    22 August 2018

Carl Stubbings

   22 August 2013      200,000       $1.250    22 August 2018

Tin Mao

   15 May 2014      90,000       $1.500    15 May 2019

Shin-chu Kao

   15 May 2014      90,000       $1.500    15 May 2019
     

 

 

       
        2,260,000      
     

 

 

       

 

There were no options issued to directors in the year to 30 June 2014. The closing market price of an ordinary share of Benitec Biopharma Limited (ASX Code: BLT) on the Australian Securities Exchange at 30 June 2014 was $1.15 (30 June 2013: $0.375, after adjusting for the securities consolidation in July 2013)

 

The following table shows the number and weighted average exercise price (WAEP) of share options issued under the ESOP:

 

     2014
Number
     2014
WAEP
     2013
Number
    2013
WAEP
 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

     3,028,000         1.200         2,440,000        1.147   

Granted during the year

     2,260,000         1.270         800,000        1.250   

Exercised during the year

     —           —           —          —     

Lapsed or forfeited during the year

        (212,000     0.792   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Outstanding at the end of the year

     5,288,000         1.229         3,028,000        1.200   
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Options exercisable at the end of the year

     2,178,667            1,456,000     
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Details of ESOP share options outstanding as at end of year:

 

Grant Date

  

Expiry Date

   Exercise
Price
   2014
Number
     2013
Number
 

13 July 2010

   19 August 2014    $0.510      260,000         260,000   

17 November 2011

   17 November 2016    $1.250      1,800,000         1,800,000   

7 February 2012

   7 February 2017    $1.250      168,000         168,000   

18 July 2012

   18 July 2017    $1.250      400,000         400,000   

16 November 2012

   16 November 2017    $1.250      400,000         400,000   

22 August 2013

   22 August 2018    $1.250      2,080,000         —     

28 May 2014

   18 May 2019    $1.500      180,000         —     
        

 

 

    

 

 

 
           5,288,000         3,028,000   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The weighted average remaining life of the options issued under the ESOP at 30 June 2014 was 3 years and 3 months.( 2013: 3 years and 4 months)

 

Note 22: Events subsequent to reporting date

 

No matters or circumstances have arisen since 30 June 2014 which have significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group, in subsequent financial years.

 

Note 23: Contingent liabilities

 

In January 2010, the Company reached a settlement with the CSIRO to replace the existing Licence Agreement and Commercial Agreement with a new exclusive Licence Agreement for the use of intellectual property and the Capital Growth Agreement with the issue of ordinary shares. As part of the settlement, a Transition Agreement was put in place in order to facilitate the change from the old agreements to the new agreement and to deal with a number of other matters.

 

Under the terms of the Transition Agreement, the Company agreed to pay CSIRO an amount of $297,293 for past patent costs only in the event of a trigger event, being either a corporate transaction or an insolvency event.

 

Scientific work on the therapeutic programs

 

On 18 December 2012 Benitec announced the appointment of Synteract Inc. as the Company’s Clinical Research Organisation responsible for the progression of TT-034 into Phase I/II (a) Clinical Trials in the USA. Benitec has negotiated a contract with favourable commercial terms, in some instances requiring prepayment, for Synteract to continue to manage the Clinical Trials throughout 2014 and 2014.

 

Benitec announced plans on 3 June 2014 to progress its non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) therapeutic Tribetarna™ into Phase II clinical trials in late 2014 calendar year. The Company had reached agreement to use European-based clinical research organisation Clinical Trials Group (CTGCRO) to manage the trial, and subsequently negotiated favourable commercial terms which included prepayments covering the clinical trial and consulting services.

 

The Company has contracted for scientific work on the therapeutic programs, as described above, and payments due within the next twelve months total approximately $2,092,500 (2013: $4,178,261).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Note 24: Capital management policies and procedures

 

The Group’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Group has the ability to fund its activities, to continue as a going concern; and to provide value to shareholders.

 

The Group’s capital management plan targets appropriate cash levels to service expected future cash flow needs based on the forecasts for current and future programs and business running costs. Management assesses the Group’s capital requirements in order to maintain an efficient overall financing structure. The Group manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in the light of changes in access to funding, business conditions and the risk characteristics of the business. In order to maintain appropriate funding the Group may issue new shares. The amounts managed as capital by the Group for the reporting periods under review are as shown in the statement of financial position.

 

Note 25: Related party transactions

 

     2014
     2013
 
     $      $  

Transactions with Directors and Director-related Entities:

     

Legal services paid / payable to Francis Abourizk Lightowlers, a law firm in which Mr Peter Francis is a partner and has a beneficial interest.

     108,913         103,492   

Consultancy fees for executive duties paid/payable to NewStar Ventures Ltd, a corporation in which Dr John Chiplin is a director and has a beneficial interest.

     40,000         40,000   

 

Transactions between related parties are on normal commercial terms and the conditions no more favourable than those available to other non-related parties. There are no outstanding balances as at 30 June 2014 (2013: nil)

 

Note 26: Business combination—Tacere Therapeutics Inc. acquisition in October 2012

 

Benitec announced an agreement to acquire the US-based RNA interference (RNAi) therapeutics company Tacere Therapeutics Inc. (‘Tacere’) on 11 October 2012. The acquisition was completed on 30 October 2012 when Benitec acquired 100% of the issued share capital and voting rights of Tacere, a company based in the United States. Tacere was a privately held drug development company with a Phase I/II ready program in hepatitis C (HCV) that uses Benitec’s novel gene silencing technology.

 

Benitec acquired Tacere’s extensive HCV program data and materials, as well as an advanced preclinical program for the eye disease macular degeneration, The Tacere acquisition provided Benitec with the opportunity to commence Phase I/II clinical trials in 2014.

 

The consideration for the acquisition was an issue of shares in Benitec Biopharma Limited for USD $1,530,765 plus a potential cash royalty on future licensing revenue. The shares issued as consideration represented 9.5% of the issued capital at the time of the acquisition.

 

Further, the agreements with the Tacere vendors provided for AUD $357,179 Benitec Biopharma Limited shares (included in the acquisition consideration) be treated as reserve shares and not issued to the Tacere vendors for a period of 12 months from acquisition. The reserve shares are accounted for as a creditor in 2013 (refer to note 6). The reserve shares were established by an agreement with the Tacere vendors for the purposes of satisfying indemnities to Benitec, if required. The Tacere Vendors also provided a cash escrow of USD $360,000 to provide Benitec with additional security should certain pre-acquisition liabilities emerge.

 

Impairment costs, relating to the in-process research on the acquisition of Tacere of $1,503,296 were recognised in the 2013 financial year. The Tacere acquisition in-process research is deemed to be the excess of the consideration over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The immediate

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

write off of the in-process research, following the impairment review, was considered to be the most appropriate accounting treatment as the intellectual property is a preclinical trial and hence the future economic benefit is uncertain.

 

Financial details of the business combination made in the previous financial year (year ended 30 June 2013) were:

 

     $  

Fair value of consideration transferred

  

Consideration for the acquisition in October 2012 was the issue of 102,321,345 (pre-consolidation) shares in Benitec Biopharma Limited, plus a potential cash royalty on future licensing revenue

     1,530,765   
  

 

 

 

Recognised amounts of identifiable net assets

  

Property, plant and equipment

     17,567   

Cash and cash equivalents

     138,760   

Amount owing to Benitec Biopharma Limited

     (126,882

Other liabilities

     (1,976
  

 

 

 

Identifiable net assets

     27,469   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill on acquisition impaired in the June 2013 financial statements

     1,503,296   
  

 

 

 

Net cash inflow on acquisition

     143,603   

Acquisition related costs recognised as an expense in the Group corporate expenses

     77,104   

Post-acquisition loss of Tacere in the period to 30 June 2013

     267,720   

Post-acquisition loss of Tacere in the period to 30 June 2014

     1,903   

 

Note 27: Benitec Biopharma Limited parent company information

 

     Parent Entity  
     2014     2013  
     $     $  

ASSETS

    

Current assets

     34,386,167        1,478,422   

Non-current assets

     181,547        48,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     34,567,714        1,527,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

Current liabilities

     1,311,608        1,165,652   

Non-current liabilities

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     1,311,608        1,165,652   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET ASSETS

     33,256,106        361,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

    

Contributed equity

     129,185,675        89,609,248   

Share based payments reserve

     2,096,818        1,591,702   

Accumulated losses

     (98,026,387     (90,839,181
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY

     33,256,106        361,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

    

Loss for the year

     (7,037,206     (4,885,852

Other comprehensive income

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     (7,037,206     (4,885,852
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended 30 June 2014

 

Contingent liabilities

 

The parent entity had no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2014 (2013: nil), other than the contingent liabilities described in note 22.

 

Capital commitments

 

The parent entity has no capital commitments as at 30 June 2014 (2013: nil).

 

Significant accounting policies

 

The accounting policies of the parent are consistent with those of the consolidated entity (Note 1)

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

          HALF-YEAR  
     Notes    December
2014
    December
2013
 
          $     $  
          (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenue

   2      639,167        223,917   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Royalties and licence fees

        (40,000     (5,596

Research and development costs

        (2,210,023     (1,850,012

Employment related expenses

        (2,343,524     (1,243,816

Travel related expenses

        (516,528     (209,772

Consultants costs

        (400,305     (304,341

Occupancy costs

        (131,364     (61,785

Corporate expenses

        (436,353     (386,415

Foreign exchange translation

        391,955        14,625   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

        (5,686,142     (4,047,112
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

   2      (5,046,975     (3,823,195

Income tax benefit

   2      —          454,365   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the half year

        (5,046,975     (3,368,830

Other comprehensive income

        24,457        9,887   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the half year

        (5,022,518     (3,358,943
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the half year attributable to members of Benitec Biopharma Limited

        (5,022,518     (3,358,943
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (cents per share) for loss attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the consolidated entity:

       

Basic earnings (loss) for the half-year

        (4.4     (4.3

Diluted earnings (loss) for the half-year

        (4.4     (4.3

 

The above consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

    Notes    December
2014
    June
2014
 
         $     $  
         (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

ASSETS

      

Current Assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

       26,827,488        31,359,199   

Trade and other receivables

       73,054        121,587   

Other assets and prepaid clinical trials

       3,017,347        2,966,739   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

       29,917,889        34,447,525   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current Assets

      

Plant and equipment

       418,206        47,677   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-current Assets

       418,206        47,677   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

       30,336,095        34,495,202   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

      

Current Liabilities

      

Trade and other payables

  5      541,758        788,169   

Provisions

       177,092        166,511   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

       718,850        954,680   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

       718,850        954,680   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET ASSETS

       29,617,245        33,540,522   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

      

Contributed equity

  6      129,551,591        129,185,676   

Reserves

       1,395,041        640,773   

Accumulated losses

       (101,329,387     (96,285,927
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY

       29,617,245        33,540,522   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

    Issued
capital
    Share-based
Payments
Reserve
    Foreign
exchange
translation
reserve
    Accumulated
Losses
    Total equity  
    $     $     $     $     $  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

At 30 June 2013

    89,609,248        1,591,702        (1,313,792     (89,246,818     640,340   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

    —          —          —          (3,368,830     (3,368,830

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          9,887        —          9,887   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          9,887        (3,368,830     (3,358,943

Share issues, net of transaction costs, for the acquisition of Tacere Therapeutics Inc.

    357,179        —          —          —          357,179   

Share based payments

    —          116,091        —          —          116,091   

Share issues, net of transaction costs

    9,936,288        —          —          —          9,936,288   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

    99,902,715        1,707,793        (1,303,905     (92,615,648     7,690,955   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

    —          —          —          (3,670,279     (3,670,279

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          (2,140     —          (2,140
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          (2,140     (3,670,279     (3,672,419

Share issues, net of transaction costs

    29,282,961        —          —          —          29,282,961   

Share based payments

    —          239,025        —          —          239,025   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2014

    129,185,676        1,946,818        (1,306,045     (96,285,927     33,540,522   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

    —          —          —          (5,046,975     (5,046,975

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          (5,046,975     (5,046,975
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share issues, net of transaction costs

    257,615        —          —          —          257,615   

Foreign exchange translation reserve

    —          —          24,457        —          24,457   

Share based payments

    —          841,626        —          —          841,626   

Transfer of expired share based payments

    —          (3,515     —          3,515        —     

Transfer to share capital for options exercised

    108,300        (108,300     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 December 2014

    129,551,591        2,676,629        (1,281,588     (101,329,387     29,617,245   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

          HALF-YEAR  
     Notes    December 2014     December 2013  
          $     $  
          (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Receipts from customers

        253,761        170,723   

Payments to suppliers and employees

        (5,493,311     (6,328,953

Interest income

        452,603        53,194   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash outflows from operating activities

        (4,786,947     (6,105,036
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Purchase of plant and equipment

        (394,334     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash inflows from investing activities

        (394,334     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from issue of shares

        257,615        9,703,483   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash inflows from financing activities

        257,615        9,703,483   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/ increase in cash and cash equivalents

        (4,923,666     3,598,447   

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        391,955        (1,892

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the half-year

        31,359,199        1,587,299   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of half-year

        26,827,488        5,183,854   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED 31 December 2014

 

1.   BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL REPORT

 

The condensed interim consolidated financial statements (the interim financial statements) of the Group are for the six months ended 31 December 2014 and are presented in Australian dollars ($), which is the functional currency of the parent company. These general purpose interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting . They do not include all of the information required in annual financial statements in accordance with International Accounting Standards, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2014 and any public announcements made by the Group during the half-year in accordance with continuous disclosure requirements arising under the Australian Stock Exchange Listing Rules and the Corporations Act 2001 .

 

The interim financial statements have been approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 February 2015.

 

(a) Basis of accounting

 

The half-year financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, applicable Accounting Standards including AASB 134 “Interim Financial Reporting” and other mandatory professional reporting requirements.

 

This financial report has been prepared on a going concern basis.

 

During the half year ended 31 December 2014, the consolidated entity incurred a loss of $5,046,975 (2013 comparative period: loss $3,358,943) and had net operating cash outflows of $4,795,062 (2013 comparative period $6,105,036).

 

The ability of the consolidated entity to continue as a going concern has been determined by directors on the following basis:

 

  i.   consistent with start-up biotechnology companies, the consolidated entity’s operations are subject to considerable risks, primarily due to the nature of program development and commercialisation being undertaken; and

 

  ii.   to allow the consolidated entity to execute its long-term plans, it may be necessary to raise additional capital, and generate further income from commercialising the consolidated entity’s intellectual property.

 

The financial report does not contain any adjustments to the amounts or classifications of recorded assets or liabilities that might be necessary if the consolidated entity does not continue as a going concern.

 

The financial statements take no account of the consequences, if any, of the effects of unsuccessful product development or commercialisation, nor of the inability of the consolidated entity to obtain adequate funding in the future.

 

The half-year financial report has been prepared in accordance with the historical convention. For the purpose of preparing the half-year financial report, the half-year has been treated as a discrete reporting period.

 

(b) Summary of significant accounting policies

 

The interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies adopted in the Group’s last annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED 31 December 2014

 

 

(c) Estimates

 

When preparing the interim financial statements, management undertakes a number of judgements, estimates and assumptions about recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The actual results may differ from the judgements, estimates and assumptions made by management, and will seldom equal the estimated results.

 

The judgements, estimates and assumptions applied in the interim financial statements, including the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same as those applied in the consolidated entity’s last annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014.

 

(d) Significant events and transactions

 

Key highlights of the interim reporting period to 31 December 2014 include the following:

 

   

Multiple patients dosed in Benitec’s ‘first in human’ trial for TT034, a hepatitis C therapeutic, designed as a single-shot cure for hepatitis C

 

Benitec Biopharma continues to advance its ddRNAi gene silencing technology into the clinic with the dosing of a third patient in the Company’s phase I/II(a) clinical trial for TT-034, a potential single-shot cure for hepatitis C. The success of this ‘first in human’ trial is an important element in the Group’s strategy for commercialising ddRNAi and validating the other indications in the Group’s pipeline. Demonstration of safety and efficacy of ddRNAi as treatment for hepatitis C, based on industry comparators, will be a significant value inflection point for the Group.

 

   

In-house laboratory capabilities established through the opening of the ‘Bremner Lab’ in Northern California

 

Setting up Benitec’s own laboratory (called the Bremner Lab) under the leadership of Dr David Suhy, the inventor of TT-034, is an important step in enabling the Group to advance its other programs. Dr Suhy has built a team of scientists in Benitec’s California facility, the Group prioritising three of the Group’s programs to advance towards the clinic—hepatitis B, non-small cell lung cancer and age related macular degeneration (AMD). Using Benitec’s in-house expertise the Group will expand and modify each of these programs.

 

   

Executed an agreement with 4D Molecular Therapeutics for development of next generation novel vectors—enabling advancement of the AMD program

 

The execution of an agreement with 4D Molecular Therapeutics was an important step in the advancement of Benitec’s AMD program. The engagement with 4D aims to develop novel vectors with increased tissue specificity, a vital component in building a long lasting cure for this important disease.

 

   

Licensed ddRNAi to Circuit Therapeutics for the development of treatments for intractable pain

 

The recent license agreement executed with Circuit Therapeutics for the development of a treatment for intractable pain, targeting the Nav1.7 sodium ion channel offers the Group another opportunity to extend its pipeline of programs.

 

Benitec is actively engaged in the development of novel therapies with its ddRNAi platform and has commenced a Phase I/IIa clinical trial in its lead HCV program.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED 31 December 2014

 

 

Benitec expects to continue to record negative operating cashflow in the medium term. Benitec has a capital management program to ensure adequate capital is in place to fund the Group’s operations. Benitec has presented to institutional and sophisticated investors as part of its capital management plan, and is always considering further funding opportunities, whether domestically or internationally.

 

2.   REVENUE AND EXPENSES

 

         HALF-YEAR  
         December
2014
     December
2013
 
         $      $  

(a)

 

(i)     Revenue

     
          Licensing revenue      186,564         170,723   
          Finance income      452,603         53,194   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       639,167         223,917   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
 

(ii)    Expenses

     
          Depreciation      23,804         6,924   
          Share-based payments      841,626         116,091   
          Foreign exchange fluctuation      (391,955      14,625   
          US tax refund      —           (454,365

 

(b) Seasonality of Operations

 

There is no discernible seasonality in the operations of the consolidated entity.

 

3.   OPERATING SEGMENTS

 

Business Segments

 

The Group had only one business segment during the period, being the global commercialisation by licensing and partnering of patents and licences in biotechnology, with applications in biomedical research and human therapeutics.

 

Geographical Segments

 

Business operations are conducted in Australia. However there are controlled entities based in the USA and United Kingdom. The United Kingdom entity has no segment revenues, results or assets.

 

Geographical location

   Segment Revenues from
External Customers
     Segment Results     Carrying Amount of
Segment Assets
 
         Dec 2014              Dec 2013          Dec 2014     Dec 2013     Dec 2014      June 2014  
     $      $      $     $     $      $  

Australia

     639,167         223,971         (4,333,576     (3,617,151     29,956,867         34,433,803   

United States of America

     —           —           (713,399     258,208        379,228         61,399   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     639,167         223,971         (5,046,975     (3,358,943     30,336,095         34,495,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Accounting Policies

 

Segment revenues and expenses are directly attributable to the identified segments and include joint venture revenue and expenses where a reasonable allocation basis exists. Segment assets include all assets used by a

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED 31 December 2014

 

segment and consist mainly of cash, receivables, inventories, intangibles and property, plant and equipment, net of any allowances, accumulated depreciation and amortisation. Where joint assets correspond to two or more segments, allocation of the net carrying amount has been made on a reasonable basis to a particular segment. Segment liabilities include mainly accounts payable, employee entitlements, accrued expenses, provisions and borrowings. Deferred income tax provisions are not included in segment assets and liabilities.

 

4   EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

 

There were no significant events after balance date.

 

5.   TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

     December
2014
     June
2014
 
     $      $  

Trade creditors

     241,053         572,557   

Sundry creditors and accrued expenses

     300,705         215,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     541,758         788,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6.   ISSUED CAPITAL

 

     No. of Shares      $  

Ordinary shares

     

Issued and fully paid at the beginning of the period

     114,898,992         129,185,676   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercised

     664,618         257,615   

Transfer from share based payments for options exercised

     —           108,300   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 31 December 2014

     115,563,610         129,551,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average number of shares on issue during the period was

     115,218,666      
  

 

 

    

 

Share options outstanding

               Dec 2014  

Details

  

Expiry Date

   Exercise Price      Number of options  

Unlisted Options—placement

   18 February 2015      0.3250         318,153   

Other Options

   10 April 2015      2.5000         480,000   

Other Options

   23 October 2015      4.2500         78,125   

NED Options

   26 September 2016      1.2500         1,600,000   

ESOP Options

   17 November 2016      1.2500         1,800,000   

NED Options

   26 September 2016      1.2500         1,200,000   

ESOP Options

   7 February 2017      1.2500         168,000   

ESOP Options

   18 July 2017      1.2500         400,000   

ESOP Options

   16 November 2017      1.2500         400,000   

NED Options

   18 May 2018      0.6250         400,000   

ESOP Options

   22 August 2018      1.2500         2,080,000   

Unlisted Options—placement

   28 February 2019      1.2600         13,246,203   

ESOP Options

   15 May 2019      1.5000         180,000   

ESOP Options

   17 December 2014      1.2500         3,334,000   
        

 

 

 
           25,684,481   
        

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

FOR THE HALF-YEAR ENDED 31 December 2014

 

7.   CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

In January 2010, the Company reached a settlement with the CSIRO to replace the existing Licence Agreement and Commercial Agreement with a new exclusive Licence Agreement for the use of intellectual property and the Capital Growth Agreement with the issue of ordinary shares. As part of the settlement, a Transition Agreement was put in place in order to facilitate the change from the old agreements to the new agreement and to deal with a number of other matters.

 

Under the terms of the Transition Agreement, the Company agreed to pay CSIRO an amount of $297,293 for past patent costs only in the event of a trigger event, being either a corporate transaction or an insolvency event.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

 

 

 

                American Depositary Shares

 

Representing             Ordinary Shares

 

LOGO

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited

 

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

BMO Capital Markets

 

Maxim Group LLC

 

Roth Capital Partners

 

                    , 2015

 

 

Until                    , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Australian law.     Australian law provides that a company or a related body corporate of the company may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent of any of the following liabilities incurred as an officer or director of the company:

 

   

a liability owed to the company or a related body corporate of the company;

 

   

a liability for a pecuniary penalty order made under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 961M, 1317H, 1317HA or 1317HB of the Australian Corporations Act 2001;

 

   

a liability that is owed to someone other than the company or a related body corporate of the company and did not arise out of conduct in good faith; or

 

   

legal costs incurred in defending an action for a liability incurred as an officer or director of the company if the costs are incurred:

 

   

in defending or resisting proceedings in which the officer or director is found to have a liability for which they cannot be indemnified as set out above;

 

   

in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the officer or director is found guilty;

 

   

in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the Australian Securities & Investments Commission or a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established (except costs incurred in responding to actions taken by the Australian Securities & Investments Commission or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for a court order); or

 

   

in connection with proceedings for relief to the officer or a director under the Corporations Act, in which the court denies the relief.

 

Constitution.     Our Constitution provides, except to the extent prohibited by the law and the Corporations Act, for the indemnification of every person who is or has been an officer or a director of the company against liability (other than legal costs that are unreasonable) incurred by that person as an officer or director. This includes any liability incurred by that person in their capacity as an officer or director of a subsidiary of the company where the company requested that person to accept that appointment.

 

Indemnification Agreements.     Pursuant to Deeds of Access, Insurance and Indemnity, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.9 to this registration statement, we have agreed to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director.

 

SEC Position.     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement for this offering, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify our directors and officers and persons controlling us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities that might arise out of or are based upon certain information furnished to us by any such underwriter.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Over the past three years, we have issued and sold to third parties the securities listed below without registering the securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). None of these transactions involved any public offering. All our securities were sold through private placement either (i) outside the United States or (ii) in the United States to a limited number of investors in transactions not involving any public offering. As discussed below, we believe that each issuance of these securities was exempt from, or not subject to, registration under the Securities Act.

 

1.   On October 30, 2012, we issued 78,446,306 ordinary shares to the vendors of Tacere Therapeutics Inc. as part of the consideration under an acquisition agreement, at an issue price of A$0.01496 per share. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2).

 

2.   On March 11, 2013, we issued 43,846,155 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.013 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States. Participants in the placement received two free options for every five shares subscribed for in the placement and, as a result, we issued 17,538,462 options with an exercise price of A$0.013 per share. These issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S.

 

3.   On March 28, 2013, we issued 13,846,154 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.013 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States. Participants in the placement received two free options for every five shares subscribed for in the placement and, as a result, we issued 5,538,462 options with an exercise price of A$0.013 per share. These issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S.

 

4.   On May 28, 2013, we issued 7,692,308 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.013 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States. Participants in the placement received two free options for every five shares subscribed for in the placement and, as a result, we issued 3,076,923 options with an exercise price of A$0.013 per share. These issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S.

 

5.   On June 14, 2013, we issued 37,454,591 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.011 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S.

 

6.   On July 23, 2013, we issued 27,229,089 ordinary shares as part of a private placement at A$0.275 per share to institutional and professional investors outside the United States. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S.

 

7.   On July 23, 2013, we issued 400,000 ordinary shares at A$0.325 per share to directors resident outside the United States. Participants in the placement received two free options for every five shares subscribed for in the placement and, as a result, we issued 160,000 unlisted options with an exercise price of A$0.013 per share. These issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S.

 

8.   On August 6, 2013, we issued 10,254,696 ordinary shares at A$0.275 per share to shareholders resident in Australia or New Zealand under a share purchase plan. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S.

 

9.   On October 30, 2013, we issued 955,002 ordinary shares to the vendors of Tacere Therapeutics Inc. as part of the consideration under an acquisition agreement. The consideration was A$350,000. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2).

 

10.   On February 28, 2014, we issued 14,717,995 ordinary shares and 6,623,098 unlisted options, as the first tranche of a private placement transacted over two tranches to institutional investors in Australia and the United States. Consideration received from the issue of the ordinary shares was A$15,748,255. Maxim Group LLC acted as U.S. placement agent. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) and Regulation S.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
11.   On April 15, 2014, we issued 14,717,999 ordinary shares and 6,623,105 unlisted options, as the second tranche of a private placement transacted over two tranches to institutional investors in Australia and the United States. Consideration received from the issue of the ordinary shares was A$15,748,259. Maxim Group LLC acted as U.S. placement agent. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) and Regulation S.

 

Since July 1, 2012, we have granted options to employees, directors and consultants under our Employee Share Option Plan covering an aggregate of 5,822,000 ordinary shares, with exercise prices ranging from A$0.51 to A$1.50 per share. As of March 31, 2015, 60,000 of these options have been exercised, while none of these options have been forfeited and cancelled without being exercised. We believe that the issuance of these securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Regulation S or Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation. No underwriters were employed in connection with the foregoing option grants.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a)   Exhibits

 

         See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-7 of this registration statement.

 

  (b)   Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than payment by a registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Sydney, Australia on June 22, 2015.

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited

By:

 

/s/ Peter French

  Name: Peter French
 

Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Managing

            Director

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Peter French and Greg West, and each of them singly (with full power to act alone), as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, in connection with this registration statement, including to sign and file in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as director or officer of the registrant, any and all amendments and supplements (and any and all prospectus supplements, stickers and post-effective amendments) to this registration statement with all exhibits thereto, and sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any applicable securities exchange, securities self-regulatory body or other regulatory entity, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them (with full power to act alone) full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Peter Francis

Name: Peter Francis

  Chairman   June 22, 2015

/s/ Peter French

Name: Peter French

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

(principal executive officer)

  June 22, 2015

/s/ Greg West

Name: Greg West

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

  June 22, 2015

/s/ John Chiplin

Name: John Chiplin

  Director   June 22, 2015

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Iain Ross

Name: Iain Ross

  Director   June 22, 2015

/s/ J. Kevin Buchi

Name: J. Kevin Buchi

  Director   June 22, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Benitec Biopharma Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Hayward, California on June 22, 2015.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative
TACERE THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ John Chiplin

  Name: John Chiplin
  Title: Director

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibits

    

Description

  1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1       Constitution of Benitec Biopharma Limited
  4.1       Form of Deposit Agreement between Benitec Biopharma Limited and The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and Owners and Holders of the American Depositary Shares*
  4.2       Form of American Depositary Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares (included in Exhibit 4.1)*
  5.1       Opinion of Baker & McKenzie regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being issued*
  8.1       Opinion of Baker & McKenzie LLP regarding material U.S. tax matters
  8.2       Opinion of Baker & McKenzie regarding material Australian tax matters
  10.1       License Agreement, dated December 23, 2009, between Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (“CSIRO”) and Benitec
  10.2       Research and Collaboration Agreement–Overall Project, dated July 11, 2014, between Biomics Biotech Co., Ltd and Benitec
  10.3       Commercial License Agreement–Amended and Restated, dated December 3, 2014, between NewSouth Innovations Pty Limited and Benitec Australia Limited
  10.4       Collaborative Research and License Agreement, dated November 11, 2014, between 4D Molecular Therapeutics, LLC and Benitec*
  10.5       Lease Agreement, dated May 12, 2014, between Hayward Point Eden 1 Limited Partnership and Benitec
  10.6       First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated May 7, 2015, between Hayward Point Eden 1 Limited Partnership and Benitec
  10.7       Commercial Lease Agreement, dated August 5, 2014, between Mary Montague and Janice Leong and Benitec
  10.8       Form of Executive Employment Agreement for executive officers
  10.9       Form of Deed of Access, Insurance and Indemnity for Directors and Officers
  21.1       List of significant subsidiaries of Benitec Biopharma Limited
  23.1       Consent of Baker & McKenzie (see Exhibit 5.1)*
  23.2       Consent of Baker & McKenzie LLP (see Exhibit 8.1)
  23.3       Consent of Baker & McKenzie (see Exhibit 8.2)
  23.4       Consent of Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd
  24.1       Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page to this registration statement)

 

  *   To be filed by amendment

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

Constitution

of

Benitec Biopharma Limited

ACN 068 943 662

Adopted by special resolution at the General Meeting held on 17 July 2013


Contents

 

Clause
Number
   Heading    Page  

1.

   PRELIMINARY      1   
1.1    Definitions      1   
1.2    Corporations Act and Listing Rules definitions      2   
1.3    Interpretation      2   
1.4    Replaceable rules not to apply      3   
1.5    Constitution subject to the Act      4   
1.6    Listing Rules, ACO Rules and ASX Settlement Operating Rules only have effect if Company is listed      4   
1.7    Constitution subject to Listing Rules if Company is listed      4   
2.    SHARE CAPITAL      4   
2.1    Allotment and issue of Shares under control of Directors      4   
2.2    Company may issue preference Shares      5   
2.3    Redeemable preference Shares      5   
2.4    Rights of holders of preference Shares      5   
2.5    Interest on share capital      6   
2.6    Brokerage or commission      6   
2.7    Joint Holders      6   
2.8    Recognition of trusts or other interests      6   
3.    CERTIFICATES      7   
3.1    Certificated holdings      7   
3.2    Issue of certificates      7   
3.3    Entitlement of Member to certificate      7   
3.4    Certificate for joint holders      7   
3.5    Cancellation of certificate on transfer      7   
3.6    Replacement of certificates      8   
4.    CHESS      8   
4.1    Participation in CHESS      8   
4.2    Compliance with ACO Rules and ASX Settlement Operating Rules      8   
4.3    Registers      8   
4.4    No interference with proper transfer      8   
5.    LIEN OVER SHARES      9   
5.1    Lien      9   
5.2    Extent of lien      9   
5.3    Exemption from lien      9   
5.4    Sale under lien      9   
5.5    Proceeds of sale of Shares sold under lien      9   
5.6    Transfer on sale under lien      10   
5.7    Lien on payments made by the Company      10   
5.8    Protection of Lien, charge or other right      11   
5.9    Remedies limited to damages      11   


6.

CALLS   11   
6.1 Directors may make calls   11   
6.2 Notice of calls   11   
6.3 Difference in terms of issue as to calls   11   
6.4 Fixed payments deemed calls   11   
6.5 Interest on sums not paid   11   
6.6 Payment of calls   12   
6.7 Terms of call   12   
6.8 Time of call   12   
6.9 Liability of joint holders   12   
6.10 Proof of calls   12   
6.11 Prepayment of calls   12   

7.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES   13   
7.1 Forfeiture upon non-payment of calls   13   
7.2 Notice of forfeiture   13   
7.3 Forfeiture of Shares   13   
7.4 Evidence of forfeiture   13   
7.5 Effect of forfeiture   14   
7.6 Sale of forfeited Share   14   
7.7 Proceeds of sale   14   
7.8 Redemption of forfeited Shares   15   
7.9 Surrender of Shares   15   
7.10 Non-Payment treated as call   15   

8.

TRANSFER OF SHARES   15   
8.1 Transfer document   15   
8.2 Registration procedure   15   
8.3 Registration of transfer   16   
8.4 Restrictions on transfer   16   
8.5 Notice of refusal to register   16   
8.6 Transfer not complete until name entered in the Register   17   
8.7 More than 3 persons registered   17   
8.8 Powers of Attorney   17   

9.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES   17   
9.1 Death of a Member   17   
9.2 Transmission on death or bankruptcy   17   
9.3 Election as to registration on transmission   18   
9.4 Entitlement of deceased rights   18   
9.5 Joint entitlement   18   
9.6 Mental Incapacity   18   

10.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL   19   
10.1 Company’s power to alter capital   19   
10.2 Reduction of capital   19   
10.3 Power to buy Shares   19   

11.

VARIATION OR CANCELLATION OF RIGHTS   19   
11.1 Variation or cancellation of rights of class of Shares   19   
11.2 No consent or sanction required for redemption   20   
11.3 No variation by issue of further Shares ranking equally   20   

 

- ii -


12.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES   20   

13.

PROPORTIONAL TAKEOVER BIDS   20   
13.1 Definitions   20   
13.2 Prohibition on registration of transfer unless takeover scheme approved   21   
13.3 Approving resolution   21   
13.4 Entitlement to vote on approving resolution   21   
13.5 Bidder and associates not entitled to vote   21   
13.6 Approving resolution passed   21   
13.7 General meeting provisions to apply   21   
13.8 Meeting to be held before approving resolution deadline   21   
13.9 Notice as to whether approving resolution is passed   21   
13.10 Approving resolution deemed to have been passed   22   
13.11 Effect of this clause   22   

14.

UNMARKETABLE PARCELS   22   
14.1 Definitions   22   
14.2 Notice to Unmarketable Parcel Holder   22   
14.3 Revocation or withdrawal of notice   22   
14.4 Sale of Unmarketable Parcels   23   
14.5 Company may not sell below Authorised Price   23   
14.6 Company to pay all costs   23   
14.7 Title of purchaser of Unmarketable Parcel   23   
14.8 Remedy of Unmarketable Parcel Holder   23   
14.9 Evidence of sale in accordance with this clause   23   
14.10 Receipt of proceeds of sale   23   
14.11 Company to deal with proceeds of sale   24   
14.12 Overriding effect of this clause   24   
14.13 Clause ceases to have effect following announcement of takeover bid or takeover announcement   24   
14.14 Clause may be invoked only once in any 12 Month period   24   

15.

GENERAL MEETINGS   24   
15.1 Annual general meetings   24   
15.2 General meetings   25   
15.3 Members may requisition meeting   25   
15.4 Notice of general meeting   25   
15.5 Contents of notice of general meeting   25   
15.6 Meetings may be cancelled or postponed   26   
15.7 Omission to give notice   26   
15.8 Technology   26   

16.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETING   26   
16.1 Member deemed to be present   26   
16.2 Attorney of Member   26   
16.3 Representative of body corporate   26   
16.4 Quorum for general meeting   27   
16.5 No quorum   27   
16.6 Chairperson of general meeting   27   

 

- iii -


16.7

Powers of chairperson   27   
16.8 Adjournment of general meeting   27   
16.9 Notice of adjourned meeting   28   

17.

VOTING   28   
17.1 Resolution determined by majority   28   
17.2 Casting vote of chairperson   28   
17.3 Method of voting   28   
17.4 Demand for poll   28   
17.5 Conduct of poll   28   
17.6 Votes   29   
17.7 Voting if call unpaid on Shares   29   
17.8 Voting by joint holders   29   
17.9 Voting by transmittee   29   
17.10 Voting by Member of unsound mind   29   
17.11 Voting exclusions   30   
17.12 Ruling on entitlements and votes   30   
17.13 Presence of Member   30   

18.

PROXIES   30   
18.1 Instrument appointing proxy   30   
18.2 Deposit of proxy or appointment of representative with company   31   
18.3 Validity of vote given in accordance with proxy   31   
18.4 Form of proxy   31   

19.

DIRECTORS   32   
19.1 Continuing Directors and duration of appointment   32   
19.2 Number of Directors   32   
19.3 No Share qualification   32   
19.4 Election of Directors by company   32   
19.5 Directors may fill casual vacancies or appoint additional Directors   32   
19.6 Eligibility for election as a Director   32   
19.7 Alternate Director   33   
19.8 Auditor cannot be Director   33   

20.

DIRECTOR’S TENURE OF OFFICE   33   
20.1 Directors’ tenure of office   33   
20.2 Retiring Director eligible for re-election   34   
20.3 Removal of Director by the Company   34   
20.4 Vacation of office   34   

21.

DIRECTOR’S REMUNERATION   35   
21.1 Remuneration for non-executive directors   35   
21.2 Additional remuneration for extra services   35   
21.3 Remuneration to be in accordance with Listing Rules   35   
21.4 Expenses of Directors   35   
21.5 Payment of retirement benefits   36   
21.6 Retirement benefits generally   36   
21.7 Death of a Director   36   
21.8 Company may contract to pay retirement benefits   36   

 

- iv -


22.

DIRECTOR’S CONTRACTS   36   
22.1 Directors not disqualified from holding office or contracting with Company   36   
22.2 Director can act in professional capacity   36   
22.3 Director not to vote on contract in which it has a material personal interest   37   
22.4 Directors to declare interest   37   
22.5 Directors to declare potential conflicts   37   
22.6 Secretary to record declarations of Directors   37   
22.7 Application to Alternate Director   37   

23.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS   37   
23.1 Powers of Directors   37   
23.2 Powers to borrow or raise money   38   
23.3 Directors may vote Shares in other corporations   38   
23.4 Agent or attorney   38   
23.5 Sub-delegation of powers   38   

24.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS   38   
24.1 Managing director   38   
24.2 Directors may confer powers on executive directors   38   
24.3 Remuneration of executive directors   39   

25.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS   39   
25.1 Board meetings   39   
25.2 Director to be regarded as present at meeting   39   
25.3 Place of meeting   39   
25.4 Convening of Directors meeting   39   
25.5 Notice of meeting   40   
25.6 Directors may act notwithstanding vacancy   40   
25.7 Quorum for Board meetings   40   
25.8 Meeting competent to exercise all powers   40   
25.9 Chairperson of Board meetings   40   
25.10 Documents tabled at meeting   40   
25.11 Questions to be decided by majority   40   
25.12 Resolution in writing   40   
25.13 Resolution passed deemed to be determination of Board   41   
25.14 Committee powers and meetings   41   
25.15 Validity of acts of Directors   41   

26.

SECRETARY   42   

27.

MINUTES AND REGISTERS TO BE KEPT   42   
27.1 Minutes   42   
27.2 Minutes to be signed by chairperson   42   
27.3 Registers   42   
27.4 Branch registers   42   

28.

THE SEAL   43   
28.1 Use of common seal   43   
28.2 Duplicate seals   43   
28.3 Share seal   43   
28.4 Affixing the Share seal   43   

 

- v -


29.

NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS   44   

30.

RESERVES   44   
30.1 Reserves   44   
30.2 Carry forward of profits   44   
30.3 Revaluation of assets   44   

31.

DIVIDENDS   44   
31.1 Power to determine and declare dividends vested in Directors   44   
31.2 Apportionment of dividends   44   
31.3 Not restricted to profits   45   
31.4 Dividend payable by distribution of assets   45   
31.5 Dividends may be payable in foreign currency   45   
31.6 No interest payable on dividends   45   
31.7 Directors may retain certain dividends   45   
31.8 Directors may deduct from dividends money payable to Company   45   
31.9 Payment of dividends   46   
31.10 Unclaimed dividends   46   
31.11 Effect on dividends of transfer of shares   46   
31.12 Dividend Reinvestment Plan   46   
31.13 Amendment of Dividend Reinvestment Plan   47   

32.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS   47   
32.1 Capitalisation of profits   47   
32.2 Directors powers in relation to capitalisation of profits   47   

33.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   47   
33.1 Financial records   47   
33.2 Financial, Director’s and auditor’s reports to be laid before annual general meeting   48   
33.3 Financial statements and reports   48   

34.

AUDIT   48   
34.1 Auditors   48   
34.2 Financial statements to be audited   48   
34.3 Register to be audited   48   

35.

INSPECTION OF RECORDS   48   

36.

NOTICES   49   
36.1 Service of notices by Company   49   
36.2 Posting notices to overseas Members   49   
36.3 Notices to joint holders   49   
36.4 Notice deemed to be served   49   
36.5 Service by post   49   
36.6 Notices to Members whose whereabouts unknown   50   
36.7 Notices binding on transferees   50   
36.8 Notice to deceased or bankrupt Members   50   
36.9 Signing of notices   50   
36.10 Counting of days   50   

 

- vi -


37.

WINDING UP   50   
37.1 Distribution of surplus assets   50   
37.2 Fee or commission paid to liquidator to be approved in general meeting   51   
37.3 Distribution in specie   51   
37.4 Member need not accept encumbered property   51   

38.

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE   51   
38.1 Indemnity   51   
38.2 Insurance   52   

 

- vii -


Corporations Act 2001

A Public Company Limited by Shares

Constitution

of

Benitec Biopharma Limited

ACN 068 943 662

Adopted by special resolution at the General Meeting held on 17 July 2013

 

1. PRELIMINARY

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires:

“Act” means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) ;

“ACO Rules” means the ASX Clear Operating Rules as amended from time to time;

“ACPL” means the ASX Clear Pty Ltd [ACN 001 314 503];

“Alternative Director” means a person for the time being appointed by a Director and approved by the majority of the other Directors as an alternative Director of the Company under clause 19.7;

“ASPL” means the ASX Settlement Pty Ltd [ACN 008 504 532];

“ASX” means (as the case requires) ASX Limited [ACN 008 624 691] or the financial market operated by ASX Limited (alone or by or with one or more of its subsidiaries) known as ASX or the Australian Securities Exchange;

“ASX Settlement Operating Rules” means the ASX Settlement Operating Rules as amended from time to time;

“Board” means the Directors acting as a Board of Directors;

“CHESS” means the Clearing House Electronic Sub-register System operated by ASPL.

“CHESS approved securities” means for which CHESS approval has been given in accordance with the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules;

“Company” means Benitec Biopharma Limited [ACN 068 943 662];

“Constitution” means the constitution of the Company for the time being in force;

“Directors” mean the directors of the Company from time to time;


“Financial Year” has the meaning given to the term “financial year” in the Act;

“Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules of ASX and any other rules of ASX which are applicable while the Company is admitted to the Official List, each as amended or replaced from time to time, except to the extent of any express written waiver by ASX;

“Member” means a person who is entered in the Register as the holder of Shares in the capital of the Company;

“Month” means calendar month;

“Office” means the registered office for the time being of the Company;

“Official List” means the official list of entities that ASX has admitted and not removed;

“Register” means the registers and/or sub-registers of Members to be kept pursuant to the Act and the Listing Rules;

“Related Body Corporate” has the same meaning given to the term “related body corporate” in the Act;

“Resolution” means a resolution other than a Special Resolution;

“Restricted Securities” has the same meaning given to it in the Listing Rules;

“Seal” means the common seal of the Company (if any) or, where appropriate, the duplicate seal or the official seal;

“Secretary” means a person appointed as secretary of the Company and also includes any person appointed to perform the duties of secretary on a temporary basis and any duly appointed assistant secretary;

“Shares” means shares in the capital of the Company; and

“Special Resolution” has the same meaning given to the term “special resolution” in the Act.

 

1.2 Corporations Act and Listing Rules definitions

In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires, an expression defined in, or given a meaning for the purposes of, the Act or the Listing Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, has the same definition or meaning in this Constitution to the extent that it relates to the same matter for which it is defined or given a meaning in the Act or the Listing Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules. Words that are given a general meaning in the Act have the same meaning in this Constitution. If the Company is admitted to the Official List and where any such expression appears in more than one of the Act, the Listing Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules and have different interpretations therein then the relevant interpretation of such expression as used in this Constitution shall be that of the relevant definition in the Act, the Listing Rules or ASX Settlement Operating Rules applicable to the context in which the expression is used in this Constitution.

 

- 2 -


1.3 Interpretation

In this Constitution, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) a reference to:

 

  (i) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

  (ii) a gender includes every gender;

 

  (iii) the Act, any section or schedule of the Act or any other legislation is a reference to that law as amended, consolidated, supplemented or replaced, and includes a reference to any regulation, instrument or other form of subordinate legislation made under that Act or legislation (including the Corporations Regulations 2001 and, if at the relevant time the Company is admitted to the Official List, the ASIC Market Integrity Rules (ASX Market) 2010), each as amended, consolidated, substituted, supplemented or replaced;

 

  (iv) rules (or a rule) is a reference to those rules (or that rule) as amended, consolidated, supplemented or replaced;

 

  (v) a “business day” is a reference to a day upon which major trading banks are ordinarily open for business in the capital city of the state or territory in which the Office is located excluding Saturdays, Sundays and officially declared public holidays;

 

  (vi) “in writing” or “written” includes printing, lithography, photography and other means of representing or reproducing words in a visible form;

 

  (vii) “paid up” or “paid” includes credited as paid up or paid;

 

  (viii) “dividend” includes bonus;

 

  (ix) any person includes a reference to any individual, company, body corporate, association, authority, partnership, firm, joint venture, trust or government agency, and in respect of a function performed by a person or a power or authority held or exercised by a person includes any substituted, re-constituted or successor person performing that function or holding or exercising that power or authority;

 

  (x) this Constitution includes any schedule, annexure or exhibit to this Constitution and a reference to a clause, schedule or paragraph is to a clause, schedule or paragraph of this Constitution;

 

  (xi) any instrument (such as a deed, agreement or document) is to that instrument (or, if required by the context, to a part of it) as amended, novated, substituted or supplemented at any time and from time to time;

 

  (xii) the word “including” or “includes” means “including but not limited to” or “including without limitation”; and

 

  (b) the table of contents and headings are for convenience only and must be ignored in interpreting and applying this Constitution.

 

1.4 Replaceable rules not to apply

To the maximum extent permitted by the Act, the provisions of the Act that apply as replaceable rules do not apply to the Company.

 

- 3 -


1.5 Constitution subject to the Act

Notwithstanding anything express or implied in this Constitution, each and every provision of this Constitution is subject to the Act and if the Company is Listed, the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules. The Company must at all times comply with the Act and where applicable, the Listing Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules. If there is any inconsistency between a clause or provision of this Constitution and the Act, the Act will prevail to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

1.6 Listing Rules, ACO Rules and ASX Settlement Operating Rules only have effect if Company is listed

In this Constitution, a reference to the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules is to have effect only if at the relevant time the Company is admitted to the Official List and is otherwise to be disregarded.

A reference to the Listing Rules shall be read as if the words “if applicable” appeared immediately thereafter, and shall apply only if the Company is admitted to the Official List or any securities of the Company are quoted on ASX. If the Company is not admitted to the Official List or (disregarding any suspension or trading halt) no securities of the Company are quoted on ASX, the reference to the Listing Rules (and any requirement that a provision be construed or applied subject to or in accordance with the Listing Rules) shall be disregarded.

 

1.7 Constitution subject to Listing Rules if Company is listed

If the Company is admitted to the Official List the following clauses apply:

 

  (a) despite anything contained in this Constitution, if the Listing Rules prohibit an act being done, the act shall not be done.

 

  (b) nothing contained in this Constitution prevents an act being done that the Listing Rules require to be done.

 

  (c) if the Listing Rules require an act to be done or not to be done, authority is given for that act to be done or not to be done (as the case may be).

 

  (d) if the Listing Rules require this Constitution to contain a provision and it does not contain that provision, this Constitution is deemed to contain that provision.

 

  (e) if the Listing Rules require this Constitution not to contain a provision and it contains such a provision, this Constitution is deemed not to contain that provision.

 

  (f) if any provision of this Constitution is or becomes inconsistent with the Listing Rules or ASX Settlement Operating Rules, this Constitution is deemed not to contain that provision to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

2. SHARE CAPITAL

 

2.1 Allotment and issue of Shares under control of Directors

The allotment and issue of Shares is under the control of the Directors. Subject to this Constitution, the Act, the Listing Rules and any rights for the time being attached to the Shares in any special class of Shares, the Directors:

 

  (a) may allot, issue or otherwise deal with or dispose of Shares to any persons, on any terms and conditions, at that issue price and at those times as the Directors think fit;

 

- 4 -


  (b) have full power to give any person a call or option over any Shares during any time and for any consideration as the Directors think fit; and

 

  (c) may issue Shares with any preferential, deferred or special rights, privileges or conditions or with any restrictions (whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of Share capital or otherwise) as the Directors determine.

 

2.2 Company may issue preference Shares

The Company may not issue any preference Shares unless the rights and restrictions attaching to those preference Shares are set out in this Constitution or in a Special Resolution.

 

2.3 Redeemable preference Shares

The Company may issue preference Shares which are, or at the option of the Company are to be, liable to be redeemed. The terms upon which and the manner in which any redemption is to be effected must, if permitted by law, be specified in the conditions of issue of the preference Shares.

 

2.4 Rights of holders of preference Shares

All preference Shares issued by the Company confer on the holders of those preference Shares:

 

  (a) the same rights as holders of ordinary Shares to receive notices, reports and audited accounts and to attend general meetings of the Company; and

 

  (b) the right to vote in each of the following circumstances and in no others:

 

  (i) during a period during which a dividend (or part of a dividend) for the Share is in arrears;

 

  (ii) on a proposal to reduce the Company’s Share capital;

 

  (iii) on a Resolution to approve the terms of a buy-back agreement;

 

  (iv) on a proposal that affects rights attached to the Share;

 

  (v) on a proposal to wind up the Company;

 

  (vi) on a proposal for the disposal of the whole of the Company’s property, business and undertaking;

 

  (vii) during the winding up of the Company;

 

  (viii) subject to the Listing Rules, in any additional circumstances specified in the terms of issue of such preference shares by the Company relating to the share on its allotment and issue.

 

  (c) Holders of a preference Share will be entitled to:

 

  (i) a dividend in preference to holders of ordinary Shares; and

 

  (ii) a return of capital in preference to holders of ordinary Shares when the Company is wound up.

 

- 5 -


2.5 Interest on share capital

The Company is authorised to pay interest on share capital in the circumstances and on the conditions provided for in the Act.

 

2.6 Brokerage or commission

Subject to the provisions and restrictions contained in the Act and the Listing Rules, the Company may pay brokerage or commission to any person in consideration of the person subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares in the Company or for procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares in the Company. Any brokerage or commission may be paid or satisfied in cash, by the allotment of fully or partly paid Shares, debentures or debenture stock of the Company, partly in cash and partly in the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or otherwise.

 

2.7 Joint Holders

Where two (2) or more persons are registered as the holders of any Share, they are deemed to hold the Share as joint tenants with benefits of survivorship, subject to the following provisions:

 

  (a) the joint holders are jointly and severally liable for all payments (including calls and instalments) which are to be made for the Share;

 

  (b) on the death of any joint holder, the survivor or survivors are the only person or persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share, but the Directors may require evidence of death;

 

  (c) any one (1) joint holder may give a valid receipt for any dividend, bonus or return of capital payable to the joint holders; and

 

  (d) delivery of a notice or a certificate for a Share to any joint holder is sufficient delivery to all the joint holders.

 

2.8 Recognition of trusts or other interests

Subject to the requirements of the Act or except as required by this Constitution, the Company is entitled to treat the registered holder of any Shares as the absolute owner of those Shares and, accordingly, the Company is not compelled in any way or bound to recognise (whether or not it has notice):

 

  (a) a person as holding a Share upon any trust; or

 

  (b) any equitable, contingent, future or partial claim to or interest in any Share or unit of a Share or any other rights in respect of a Share, except an absolute right of ownership in the registered Member.

 

- 6 -


3. CERTIFICATES

 

3.1 Certificated holdings

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Constitution, the provisions of this clause 3 apply if:

 

  (a) the Directors determine to issue certificates for Shares or other marketable securities of the Company and such issue of certificates is not contrary to the Act or, if the Company is admitted to the Official List, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules; or

 

  (b) the Company is required by the Act and, if the Company is admitted to the Official List, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules to issue certificates for Shares or other marketable securities of the Company, and then only for those Shares or other marketable securities for which certificates are required to be issued.

 

3.2 Issue of certificates

Subject to this Constitution, where the Directors determine or the Company is required by the Act, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules to issue certificates for Shares or other marketable securities of the Company, the certificates must be issued under the Seal or by two (2) Directors or a Director and a Secretary signing the certificates, and in accordance with the Act, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules and must include all information required by the Act, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules.

 

3.3 Entitlement of Member to certificate

Subject to this Constitution, every Member is entitled free of charge to one (1) certificate of title for each class of Shares or other marketable securities registered in that Member’s name or to several certificates each for a reasonable proportion of those Shares or marketable securities.

 

3.4 Certificate for joint holders

Where Shares or other marketable securities are registered in the names of two (2) or more persons, the Company is only required to issue such certificates as would be required if those marketable securities were held by one person, and delivery of a certificate or certificates to one of them is sufficient delivery to all.

 

3.5 Cancellation of certificate on transfer

 

  (a) Subject to this Constitution, on every application to register the transfer of any Shares or other marketable securities or to register any person as a Member in respect of any Shares or other marketable securities which may have been transmitted to that person by operation of law, the certificate for those Shares or other marketable securities must be delivered up to the Company for cancellation and a new certificate in similar form specifying the Shares or other marketable securities transferred or transmitted must be delivered to the transferee or transmittee within 5 business days after the day the name of the transferee or transmittee is entered in the Register in respect of the Shares or other marketable securities transferred or transmitted.

 

- 7 -


  (b) If registration is required for only some of the Shares or other marketable securities specified on the certificate delivered up to the Company, a new certificate specifying the Shares or other marketable securities remaining un-transferred or un-transmitted must be delivered to the transferor.

 

3.6 Replacement of certificates

 

  (a) The Company must issue a replacement certificate:

 

  (i) if the certificate is worn out or defaced, upon production and delivery of the certificate to the Company to be replaced and cancelled; or

 

  (ii) if the certificate is lost or destroyed, upon the Company being furnished with:

 

  (A) satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been lost or destroyed, and has not been disposed of or pledged, as is required by the Act;

 

  (B) an undertaking to return the certificate if found, as required by the Act; and

 

  (C) if the Directors consider it necessary, a bond or indemnity as the Act Authorises.

 

  (b) All replacement certificates must be issued within 5 business days after the Company receives the original certificate or evidence of loss or destruction and clearly marked “Duplicate certificate issued in replacement of certificate number: (insert number)”.

 

4. CHESS

 

4.1 Participation in CHESS

 

  (a) The Board may at any time resolve that the Company will participate in CHESS.

 

  (b) This clause 4 will apply if the Company is granted participation in CHESS.

 

4.2 Compliance with ACO Rules and ASX Settlement Operating Rules

The Company must comply with the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules if its securities are CHESS approved securities. In particular the Company must comply with the requirements of the ACO Rules, the ASX Settlement Operating Rules and the Listing Rules regarding the maintenance of registers, the issuing of holding statements and transfers in relation to its CHESS approved securities.

 

4.3 Registers

If the Company’s securities are CHESS approved securities, in addition to the CHESS sub-register, it must provide for an issuer sponsored sub-register, or a certificated sub-register, or both (at least if the Company has Restricted Securities on issue).

 

4.4 No interference with proper transfer

The Company must not in any way prevent, delay or interfere with the generation of a proper transfer or the registration of a paper-based transfer in registrable form (which satisfies the requirements of clause 8), except as permitted by clause 8.4, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules.

 

- 8 -


5. LIEN OVER SHARES

 

5.1 Lien

 

  (a) The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share for:

 

  (i) The amount due and unpaid on a call or instalment on that Share;

 

  (ii) if the Share was acquired under an employee incentive scheme, any amount owing to the Company for acquiring that Share; and

 

  (iii) any amount the Company is required by law to pay (and has paid) in respect of that Share of a Member or deceased Member.

 

  (b) A lien extends to reasonable interest accruing daily at any rates the Directors may determine, and expenses incurred because the amount is not paid.

 

5.2 Extent of lien

The Company’s lien (if any) on a Share extends to all dividends, bonuses and other monies payable for the Share including the proceeds of sale of the Share, and the Company may deduct or set-off against any dividends, bonuses or other monies, any monies due and payable to the Company.

 

5.3 Exemption from lien

The Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of clauses 5.1 and 5.2. The Directors may waive or compromise all or any part of any payment due to the Company under this clause 5.

 

5.4 Sale under lien

The Company may sell any Shares on which the Company has a lien in any manner the Directors think fit provided:

 

  (a) a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable; and

 

  (b) the Company has, not less than 30 days before the date of the sale, given notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the amount which is presently payable, to the registered holder of the Shares or the person entitled to the Shares because of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder. In the case of shares in a CHESS holding, any notice will comply with the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules and ASX Settlement Operating Rules.

 

5.5 Proceeds of sale of Shares sold under lien

The net proceeds of the sale of Shares sold under lien (after payment of all costs and expenses incurred in selling the Shares) will be received by the Company and applied in payment of:

 

  (a) the expenses of the sale or other disposal;

 

  (b) any expenses necessarily incurred in respect of the forfeiture of the relevant Share, or the enforcement of the lien on the sale or other disposal;

 

- 9 -


  (c) that part of the amount for which the lien exists and which is presently payable and any interest on that amount; and

 

  (d) the balance (if any) will be held on trust by the Company until paid to the person registered as the holder of the Shares immediately before the Shares were sold or as such person (or if more than one such person, as such persons) direct in writing.

 

5.6 Transfer on sale under lien

 

  (a) The Company may do all things necessary to give effect to a sale of Shares on which the Company has a lien, including authorising a Director or any other person to:

 

  (i) execute a transfer of the Shares sold in favour of the purchaser of the Shares; and

 

  (ii) do all acts and things as are necessary or desirable under the Act, the Listing Rules the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules to effect a transfer of the Shares sold in favour of the purchaser of the Shares.

 

  (b) The purchaser is to be registered as the holder of the Shares transferred, and is not bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor will the purchaser’s title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in connection with the sale.

 

  (c) Registration by the Company of a transfer of Shares on which the Company has a lien without giving to the transferee notice of its claim releases the Company’s lien in so far as it relates to sums owing by the transferor or any predecessor in title.

 

5.7 Lien on payments made by the Company

If any law imposes or purports to impose any immediate, future of possible liability on the Company to make any payment or empowers any person to require the Company to make any payment in respect of any Shares registered in the name of any Member (whether solely or jointly with others) or in respect of any dividends or other moneys to which that Member is or may become entitled to receive from the Company, the Company:

 

  (a) is fully indemnified by that Member against all liability;

 

  (b) has a lien on those Shares and all dividends and other moneys payable in respect of those Shares for all moneys so paid by the Company, together with interest on that amount at such reasonable rate as the Directors may determine and accruing daily from the date of payment to the date of repayment, and may deduct or set off against any such dividend or other moneys payable any moneys so paid or payable by the Company together with interest;

 

  (c) may recover as a debt due from that Member any moneys so paid by the Company together with interest calculated on the basis set out in sub clause (b); and

 

  (d) subject to the Listing Rules, may refuse to register a transfer of any Shares by that Member until the money and interest has been paid to the Company.

Nothing in this clause prejudices or affects any right or remedy which the Company may have and any such right or remedy (including those noted above) is enforceable by the Company against every such Member or, if the Member is deceased or bankrupt, the Member’s legal personal representative or the trustee of the Member’s estate (as the case may be).

 

- 10 -


5.8 Protection of Lien, charge or other right

The Directors may do all things necessary or desirable under the ASX Settlement Operating Rules to protect any lien, charge or other right to which the Company may be entitled under any law or under this Constitution.

 

5.9 Remedies limited to damages

The remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale, re-allotment or cancellation of its Shares under this clause 5 or clauses 6 or 7 is limited to a right of action in damages against the Company to the exclusion of any other right, remedy or relief against any other person.

 

6. CALLS

 

6.1 Directors may make calls

Subject to compliance with the Act and the Listing Rules and the terms upon which the Shares may have been issued, the Directors may make calls as they think fit on the Members for all monies unpaid on the Shares held by the Members that are not monies made payable at fixed times by the conditions of allotment. A call will be deemed to have been made when the Resolution of the Directors authorising that call was passed and may be made payable by instalments.

 

6.2 Notice of calls

The Company must give the person on whom the call is made written notice of the call and in the case of the listed partly paid Shares the notice must be given at least 30 business days before the call is due. The notice must specify the amount of the call, the time and place for payment and any other information required by the Listing Rules. The non-receipt of any notice by, or the accidental omission to give notice of any call to, any Member will not invalidate the call.

 

6.3 Difference in terms of issue as to calls

The Directors may, on the issue of Shares, differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the time for payment of those calls.

 

6.4 Fixed payments deemed calls

Any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable on allotment or at any fixed date:

 

  (a) will for the purposes of this Constitution be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which the sum is payable under the terms of issue of that Share; and

 

  (b) in case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of this Constitution as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise will apply as if the sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

6.5 Interest on sums not paid

If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid in full on or before the due date for payment, then that outstanding sum will bear interest from the date for payment to the time of actual payment at any rate as the Directors may determine and the person from whom the sum is due

 

- 11 -


must pay any costs expenses or damages incurred by the Company in relation to the non-payment or late payment. The Directors may waive payment of interest payable under this clause, either in whole or in part. Any interest payable accrues daily and may be capitalised monthly or at such other intervals as the Directors determine.

 

6.6 Payment of calls

Each Member must pay the amount of every call made on it at the times and places appointed by the Directors and specified in the notice under clause 6.2.

 

6.7 Terms of call

 

  (a) Subject to the Listing Rules, the Directors may revoke or postpone a call.

 

  (b) Subject to the Listing Rules and the terms of issue of the shares, a call may be payable by instalments.

 

6.8 Time of call

A call is treated as having been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

6.9 Liability of joint holders

The joint holders of a share are jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect of the share.

 

6.10 Proof of calls

 

  (a) In any proceeding for the recovery of monies due for any call, it is sufficient and conclusive evidence of the debt due if it is proved that:

 

  (i) the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder or one of the holders of the Shares in respect of which the call was made;

 

  (ii) subject to clause 6.4, the Resolution making the call was recorded in the minute book; and

 

  (iii) notice of the call was given to the Member sued in accordance with this Constitution.

 

  (b) It will not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made the call or any other matter.

 

6.11 Prepayment of calls

 

  (a) The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member willing to advance it, the whole or any part of the amount unpaid on Shares held by it over and above any sum actually called up or in circumstances of no amount having been called up. The Directors may then either:

 

  (i) if the Member so requests, make a call on the Member for the amount advanced, pro rata in respect of all Shares held by that Member on which monies remain unpaid or on any other basis as agreed between that Member and the Directors; or

 

- 12 -


  (ii) authorise payment by the Company of interest on the whole or any part of the amount so received until the amount becomes due for payment or is repaid by the Company, at a rate agreed between the Member paying the sum in advance and the Directors.

The Directors may at any time authorise repayment of the whole or any part of the amount paid in advance upon giving to the Member 14 days notice in writing of the date for repayment.

 

  (b) The amount paid in advance will not confer a right on the Member to participate in dividends paid or otherwise participate in profits of the Company in respect of a period before the date on which the amount advanced but for such payment have become payable.

 

7. FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

7.1 Forfeiture upon non-payment of calls

Unless the Directors otherwise determine, any Share upon which a call is unpaid at the expiration of date specified the notice provided under clause 7.2 will be absolutely forfeited without any Resolution of the Directors or other proceeding. Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, the Directors may then proceed to cancel or sell the forfeited Shares.

 

7.2 Notice of forfeiture

If the Member fails to pay a call on the day appointed for payment of the call, the Directors may, at any time while any part of the call remains unpaid, serve a notice on that Member:

 

  (a) Requiring payment of so much of the call as is unpaid, together with any interest that had accrued and all costs, expenses or damages that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of the non-payment or late payment of the call or instalment;

 

  (b) Specify a date (not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made; and

 

  (c) Stating that, in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed, the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

7.3 Forfeiture of Shares

If the requirements of a notice served under clause 7.2 are not complied with, any Share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be absolutely forfeited without any Resolution of the Directors to that effect or other proceeding. Subject to the Act and Listing Rules, the Directors may then proceed to cancel or sell the forfeited Shares.

 

7.4 Evidence of forfeiture

A statement in writing declaring that the person making the statement is a Director or Secretary of the Company and that a Share in the Company has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the statement, is conclusive evidence of the facts stated in the statement as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.

 

- 13 -


7.5 Effect of forfeiture

Upon forfeiture of a Share:

 

  (a) the person whose Share is forfeited will cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited Share;

 

  (b) that person will lose all entitlements to dividends declared, interest and other money payable by the Company in respect of the forfeited Share and not actually paid before the forfeiture;

 

  (c) that person remains liable to pay, and must immediately pay, to the Company all money which, at the date of forfeiture, was payable by it to the Company in respect of the forfeited Share together with interest at the rate determined by the Directors on that amount at the rate determined by the Directors from the date of forfeiture until the time of actual payment. The liability of the person ceases if and when the Company receives payment in full of all the outstanding moneys (including interest) payable in respect of the Share. The Directors are under no obligation to enforce payment; and

 

  (d) Except as otherwise provided by this Constitution or, while the Company is admitted to the Official List, the Listing Rules, all interest in, and all claims and demands against the Company in respect of, the forfeited Share and all other rights incidental to the Share are extinguished.

 

7.6 Sale of forfeited Share

 

  (a) If the Directors determine to sell any forfeited Shares, the Company may dispose of any forfeited Shares on any terms in any manner as the Directors determine, and in accordance with any applicable requirements of the Act and the Listing Rules. At any time before a sale or disposition, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Director’s determine.

 

  (b) The Company may do all things necessary to give effect to the sale of the forfeited Shares, including authorising a Director or any other person to:

 

  (i) execute a transfer of the Shares sold in favour of the purchaser of the Shares; and

 

  (ii) do all acts and things as are necessary or desirable under the Act, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, to effect a transfer and to enable the forfeited Shares to be disposed of, including registration of the transferee as the holder of the Share.

 

  (c) The transferee of the forfeited Shares is not bound to see to the application of any money paid as consideration. The title of the transferee to the Shares is not affected by any irregularity or invalidity in connection with the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Shares.

 

7.7 Proceeds of sale

The proceeds of sale of any forfeited Shares (if any) received by the Company must be applied in payment of:

 

  (a) first, the expenses of the sale;

 

- 14 -


  (b) second, any expenses necessarily incurred in connection with the forfeiture, including any interest accrued;

 

  (c) third, the calls then due and unpaid; and

 

  (d) the balance (if any) must be held on trust by the Company until paid to the Member whose Shares have been sold within 5 business days of receipt by the Company of the proceeds of sale.

 

7.8 Redemption of forfeited Shares

A Share belonging to a person which has been forfeited may be redeemed at any time up to, but not including, the day on which the Share is intended to be sold, by payment to the Company of all calls due on the Share and any other costs and expenses which may be permitted by the Act and the Listing Rules, and on payment the person is entitled to the Share as if the forfeiture had not occurred.

 

7.9 Surrender of Shares

The Directors may accept the surrender of any Share which they are entitled to forfeit on any terms they think fit and any Share so surrendered may be disposed of in the same manner as a forfeited Share.

 

7.10 Non-Payment treated as call

The provisions of this clause 7 apply in the case of non-payment of any sum that, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, as if that sum had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

8. TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

8.1 Transfer document

Subject to this Constitution, the Act, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules a Member may transfer all or any Shares by a transfer document duly stamped (if necessary) and delivered to the Company. The transfer document must be in writing in the usual or common form or in any other form as the Directors may from time to time prescribe or, in particular circumstances, agree to accept and must signed by or on behalf of the transferor or as otherwise permitted by the Act.

 

8.2 Registration procedure

Subject to this Constitution, the Act, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, every transfer document must relate only to Shares of one class and must be delivered to the Company accompanied by the certificate for the Shares to be transferred and any other evidence the Directors may require to prove the title of the transferor or its right to transfer the Shares. The Company must retain all transfer documents that are registered but any transfer document which the Directors refuse to register must (except in the case of fraud or suspected fraud) be returned on demand to the person who deposited that document.

 

- 15 -


8.3 Registration of transfer

Subject to clause 8.4, the Company must register each registrable paper-based transfer of Shares which complies with clauses 8.1 and 8.2, the Act and the Listing Rules and must do so without charge other than in circumstances expressly permitted by the Listing Rules.

 

8.4 Restrictions on transfer

 

  (a) Except as otherwise provided for in the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, the Directors may in their absolute discretion ask ASPL to apply a holding lock to prevent a proper transfer, or refuse to register a paper-based transfer, of a Share where:

 

  (i) the Company has a lien on the Shares the subject of the transfer;

 

  (ii) if the transfer is paper-based, either a law related to stamp duty prohibits the Company from registering it or the Company is otherwise allowed to refuse to register it under the Listing Rules; or

 

  (iii) the transfer does not comply with the terms of any employee incentive scheme of the Company.

 

  (b) Except as otherwise provided for in the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules the Directors must ask ASPL, to apply a holding lock to prevent a proper transfer, or refuse to register a paper-based transfer, of a share:

 

  (i) to the extent of any restriction on a Member’s capacity to transfer the Shares in circumstances where the Company is served with a court order that restricts a Member’s capacity to transfer the Shares;

 

  (ii) where registration of the transfer may break an Australian law and the ASX has agreed in writing to the application of a holding lock (which must not breach an ACO Rule or an ASPL Settlement Rule) or that the Company may refuse to register a transfer;

 

  (iii) during the escrow period of Restricted Securities except as permitted by the Listing Rules;

 

8.5 Notice of refusal to register

 

  (a) If the Company refuses to register a paper-based transfer under clause 8.4, it must tell the lodging party in writing of the refusal and the reason for it, within 5 business days after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company.

 

  (b) If the Company asks ASPL to apply a holding lock under clause 8.4, it must tell the holder of the Shares in writing of the holding lock and reason for it, within 5 business days after the date in which it asked for the holding lock.

 

  (c) The failure to provide a notice pursuant to clause 8.5(a) will not invalidate the decision of the Directors.

 

- 16 -


8.6 Transfer not complete until name entered in the Register

Subject to the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, the transferor of a Share remains the holder of the Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of that Share.

 

8.7 More than 3 persons registered

If more than 3 persons are noted in the Register as holders of securities of the Company, or a request is made to register more than 3 persons then (except in the case of executors or trustees or administrators of a deceased Member), the first 3 persons named in the Register or the request (as the case may be) are deemed to be the holders of those securities and no other persons will be regarded by the Company as a holder of those securities for any purpose whatsoever.

 

8.8 Powers of Attorney

Any power of attorney granted by a Member empowering the attorney to transfer shares which may be lodged, produced or exhibited to the Company or any Officer of the Company will be treated as continuing and remaining in full force and effect, as between the Company and the grantor of that power, and the power of attorney may be acted on, until express notice in writing that it has been revoked or notice of the death of the grantor has been given and lodged at the Office or at the place where the Register is kept.

 

9. TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

9.1 Death of a Member

In the event of the death of a Member:

 

  (a) where the Member was a joint holder of any Shares, the surviving joint holder (or holders) is (or are) the only person (or persons) recognised by the Company as having any title to or interest in those Shares; and

 

  (b) where the Member was not 1 of 2 or more joint holders, the legal personal representatives of the Member are the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to or interest in the Shares registered in its name.

This clause does not in any way release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by the deceased with other persons. Despite this clause 9.1, the Directors may register a transfer of Shares signed by a Member before a transmission event occurred even though the Company has subsequent notice of the transmission event.

 

9.2 Transmission on death or bankruptcy

Subject to the requirements set out in clause 9.3, any person becoming entitled to a Share as a consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member or otherwise by operation of law may, upon production of any evidence of its entitlement which the Directors may require, elect either to be registered itself as holder of the Share or to have another person nominated by it registered as the holder of that Share.

 

- 17 -


9.3 Election as to registration on transmission

 

  (a) If the person becoming entitled to a Share elects to be registered itself, it must deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by it stating that it so elects.

 

  (b) If the person becoming entitled to a Share elects to have another person registered, it must effect a transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

  (c) Subject to the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, all the limitations, restrictions and provisions of this Constitution relating to the right to transfer, the form of transfer and the registration of transfers of Shares will be applicable to any notices under clause 9.3(a) or transfers under clause 9.3(b) as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by that Member.

 

  (d) If the Company had acted in good faith in registering a person pursuant to clause 9.2, the person who makes the election must indemnify the Company to the extent of any loss or damage suffered by the Company as a result of the registration.

 

9.4 Entitlement of deceased rights

Where the registered holder of a share dies or becomes bankrupt, the deceased’s personal representative or the trustee of the deceased’s estate (as the case may be) is entitled to the same dividends and other advantages and rights as the Member would have been entitled to if the Member had not died or become bankrupt but, before registered as a holder of the share, the person will not be entitled in respect of the share to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings in respect of the share.

 

9.5 Joint entitlement

Where two or more persons are jointly entitled to any share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder, they are treated as being joint holders of the share for the purposes of this Constitution.

 

9.6 Mental Incapacity

 

  (a) If a person entitled to a share because of the mental incapacity of a Member gives the Directors information they reasonably require establishing the person’s entitlement to be registered as the holder of the share:

 

  (i) The person may elect either:

 

  (A) to be registered as the holder of the share in which case the person must give a written and signed notice to the Company; or

 

  (B) to transfer the share to another person in which case the person must give a completed transfer form to the Company; and

 

  (ii) the person is entitled, whether or not registered as the holder of the share, to the same rights as the Member.

 

  (b) On receiving an election under clause 9.6(a)(i)(A), the Company must register the person as the holder of the share.

 

- 18 -


  (c) A transfer under clause 9.6(a)(i)(B) is subject to the same rules as apply to transfers generally.

 

  (d) Subject to the ACO Rules and the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, all limitations, restrictions and provisions of this Constitution relating to the right to transfer, and the registration of transfer of, shares apply to any notices under clause 9.6(a)(i)(A) or transfers (under clause 9.6 (a)(i)(B) as if the Member had not suffered the mental incapacity and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by that Member.

 

  (e) If the Company had acted in good faith in registering a person pursuant to clause 9.6 the person who makes the election must indemnify the Company to the extent of any loss or damage suffered by the Company as a result of the registration.

 

10. ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

10.1 Company’s power to alter capital

The Company may, by Resolution passed at a general meeting and subject to the Act and the Listing Rules:

 

  (a) consolidate all or any of its Shares into Shares of a larger amount;

 

  (b) subdivide its Shares or any of them into Shares of a smaller amount, but so that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount (if any) unpaid on each subdivided Share is the same as it was for the Share from which the subdivided Share is derived; or

 

  (c) cancel Shares which have been forfeited, subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules.

 

10.2 Reduction of capital

Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, the Company may reduce its capital in any manner.

 

10.3 Power to buy Shares

The Company may, in accordance with the Act and the Listing Rules, buy its own Shares on any terms and conditions determined by the Directors.

 

11. VARIATION OR CANCELLATION OF RIGHTS

 

11.1 Variation or cancellation of rights of class of Shares

Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, all or any of the rights and privileges attached to any class of Shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied or cancelled by Special Resolution of the Company and with the consent in writing of the holders of at least 75% of the Shares issued in that class or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a meeting of holders of the Shares of that class. In relation to each separate meeting of members holding a class of shares to approve that Special Resolution:

 

  (a) the necessary quorum is constituted by the holders present personally or representing by proxy, attorney or as representative and entitled to vote in respect of at least one third of the issued Shares of the class or, if there is only one holder of Shares of that class, that person;

 

- 19 -


  (b) any holder of Shares of that class present in person or representing by proxy, attorney or as representative may demand a poll; and

 

  (c) the provisions contained in this Constitution relating to notice of meetings, the appointment of a chairperson and of proxies, attorneys and representatives, the depositing and form and validity of proxies and the conduct of general meetings will otherwise apply to any meeting of a class.

 

11.2 No consent or sanction required for redemption

A consent or sanction referred to in clause 11.1 is not required for the redemption of any Shares or any other variation of rights attaching to any Shares where that redemption or variation is in accordance with the terms of issue of those Shares.

 

11.3 No variation by issue of further Shares ranking equally

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class are not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, deemed varied or abrogated by the creation or issue of further Shares of the same class ranking equally with or in priority to the Shares already issued in respect of those rights.

 

12. RESTRICTED SECURITIES

The Company must comply in all respects with the requirements of the Listing Rules relating to Restricted Securities. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Constitution:

 

  (a) Restricted Securities cannot be disposed of (as the term “disposed” is defined in the Listing Rules) during the escrow period for those Restricted Securities, except as permitted by the Listing Rules or ASX;

 

  (b) the Company must refuse to acknowledge a disposal (including registering a transfer) of Restricted Securities during the escrow period for any Restricted Securities except as permitted by the Listing Rules or ASX; and

 

  (c) during a breach of the Listing Rules relating to Restricted Securities, or a breach of a restriction agreement, the holder of the Restricted Securities is not entitled to any dividend or distribution, or voting rights, in respect of the Restricted Securities.

 

13. PROPORTIONAL TAKEOVER BIDS

 

13.1 Definitions

In this clause:

approving resolution ” has the same meaning as in section 648D(1) of the Act;

approving resolution deadline ” has the meaning specified in section 648D(2) of the Act;

associate ” has the meaning specified in Part 1.2 Division 2 of the Act;

proportional takeover bid ” has the meaning specified in section 9 of the Act.

 

- 20 -


13.2 Prohibition on registration of transfer unless takeover scheme approved

Where an offer has been made under a proportional takeover bid in respect of Shares included in a class of Shares in the Company, the registration of a transfer giving effect to a contract resulting from the acceptance of an offer made under the proportional takeover bid is prohibited unless and until a resolution to approve the proportional takeover bid is passed in accordance with the provisions of this Constitution.

 

13.3 Approving resolution

An approving resolution is to be voted on at a meeting, convened and conducted by the Company of the persons entitled to vote on the approving resolution under section 648D(1)(b) of the Act.

 

13.4 Entitlement to vote on approving resolution

A person (other than the bidder or an associate of the bidder) who, as at the end of the day on which the first offer under the proportional takeover bid was made, held Shares included in that class is entitled to vote on an approving resolution and, for the purposes of so voting, is entitled to one (1) vote for each of those Shares.

 

13.5 Bidder and associates not entitled to vote

The bidder or an associate of the bidder is not entitled to vote on an approving resolution.

 

13.6 Approving resolution passed

An approving resolution is taken to have been passed if the proportion that the number of votes in favour of the resolution bears to the total number of votes on the Resolution is greater than 50%, and otherwise is taken to have been rejected.

 

13.7 General meeting provisions to apply

The provisions of this Constitution that apply to a general meeting of the Company apply, with any modifications as the circumstances require, to a meeting that is convened pursuant to this clause and apply as if that meeting was a general meeting of the Company.

 

13.8 Meeting to be held before approving resolution deadline

Where takeover offers have been made under a proportional takeover bid, then the Directors of the Company must ensure that a Resolution to approve the proportional takeover bid is voted on in accordance with this clause before the approving resolution deadline in relation to the proportional takeover bid.

 

13.9 Notice as to whether approving resolution is passed

Where an approving resolution to approve a proportional takeover bid is voted on, in accordance with this clause, before the approving resolution deadline in relation to the proportional takeover bid, the Company must, on or before the approving resolution deadline:

 

  (a) give to the bidder; and

 

  (b) serve on ASX

 

- 21 -


a notice in writing stating that an approving resolution to approve the proportional takeover bid has been voted on and that the approving resolution has been passed, or has been rejected, as the case requires.

 

13.10 Approving resolution deemed to have been passed

Where, as at the end of the day before the approving resolution deadline in relation to a proportional takeover bid under which offers have been made, no Resolution to approve the proportional takeover bid has been voted on in accordance with this clause, an approving resolution to approve the proportional takeover bid is, for the purposes of this clause, deemed to have been passed in accordance with this clause.

 

13.11 Effect of this clause

This clause ceases to have effect on the third anniversary of the date of its adoption or of its most recent renewal.

 

14. UNMARKETABLE PARCELS

 

14.1 Definitions

In this clause:

Authorised Price ” means the price per Share equal to the average of the last sale price of the Shares of the Company quoted on the ASX for each of the 10 trading days immediately preceding the date of any offer to purchase Unmarketable Parcels accepted by the Company pursuant to this clause;

Effective Date ” means the date immediately following the expiry of the period referred to in the notice given by the Company to Unmarketable Parcel Holders in accordance with this clause;

Marketable Parcel ” means a number of Shares equal to a marketable parcel as defined in the Listing Rules, calculated on the day before the Company gives notice under clause 14.2;

Unmarketable Parcel ” means a number of Shares which is less than a Marketable Parcel; and

Unmarketable Parcel Holder ” means a Member holding less than a Marketable Parcel.

 

14.2 Notice to Unmarketable Parcel Holder

The Company must give written notice to an Unmarketable Parcel Holder advising of the Company’s intention to sell its Unmarketable Parcel under this clause. If the Unmarketable Parcel Holder, within 6 weeks from the date the notice is sent by the Company, gives written notice to the Company that it wishes to retain its Shares or the Unmarketable Parcel Holder’s holding of the relevant Shares has increased to a Marketable Parcel, the provisions of this clause will not apply to the Shares held by that Unmarketable Parcel Holder.

 

14.3 Revocation or withdrawal of notice

If an Unmarketable Parcel Holder has given written notice to the Company that it wishes its Shares to be exempted from this clause, it may at any time prior to the Effective Date revoke or withdraw that notice and the provisions of this clause will then apply to the Shares held by that Unmarketable Parcel Holder. The Directors may, prior to a sale being effected under this clause 14, revoke a notice given or suspend or terminate the operation of this clause either generally or in a specific circumstance.

 

- 22 -


14.4 Sale of Unmarketable Parcels

Subject to clause 14.2, on and from the Effective Date, the Company may sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares held by each Unmarketable Parcel Holder on any terms and in that manner and at those times that the Directors determine. For the purpose of selling or disposing of those Shares, each Unmarketable Parcel Holder irrevocably:

 

  (a) appoints the Company as its agent to sell all the Shares held by it at a price not less than the Authorised Price;

 

  (b) appoints the Company and each Director and Secretary from time to time jointly and severally as its attorney in its name and on its behalf to effect a transfer document for its Shares and to otherwise act to effect a transfer of its Shares;

 

  (c) appoints the Company as its agent to deal with the proceeds of sale of those Shares in accordance with this clause.

 

14.5 Company may not sell below Authorised Price

The Company may only sell the Shares of an Unmarketable Parcel Holder if the Company has received offers for all the Shares constituting Unmarketable Parcels at the same price, which may not be less than the Authorised Price.

 

14.6 Company to pay all costs

The Company will pay all costs and expenses of the sale and disposal of Unmarketable Parcels under this clause.

 

14.7 Title of purchaser of Unmarketable Parcel

Once the name of the purchaser of the Shares sold or disposed of in accordance with this clause is entered in the Register for those Shares, the title of the purchaser to those Shares is not affected by any irregularity or invalidity in connection with the sale or disposal of those Shares and the validity of the sale may not be impeached by any person.

 

14.8 Remedy of Unmarketable Parcel Holder

The remedy of any Unmarketable Parcel Holder who is aggrieved by the sale or disposal of its Shares under this clause is limited to a right of action in damages against the Company to the exclusion of any other right, remedy or relief against any other person.

 

14.9 Evidence of sale in accordance with this clause

A statement in writing declaring that the person making the statement is a Director or Secretary of the Company and that the Shares of an Unmarketable Parcel Holder have been dealt with in accordance with this clause, is conclusive evidence of the facts stated in the statement as against all persons claiming to be entitled to those Shares.

 

14.10 Receipt of proceeds of sale

The receipt by the Company of the proceeds of sale of the Shares of an Unmarketable Parcel Holder is a good discharge to the purchaser of all liability in respect of the purchase of those Shares and the purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the money paid as consideration.

 

- 23 -


14.11 Company to deal with proceeds of sale

The Company will receive the proceeds of sale of the Shares of each Unmarketable Parcel Holder and will deal with those proceeds as follows:

 

  (a) the proceeds must be paid into a separate bank account opened and maintained by the Company for that purpose;

 

  (b) the proceeds must be held in trust for the Unmarketable Parcel Holder;

 

  (c) the Company must, immediately following a receipt of the proceeds, notify the Unmarketable Parcel Holder in writing that the proceeds of the sale of those Shares have been received by the Company and are being held by the Company pending receipt of the certificate for the Shares sold or disposed of and seeking instructions from the Unmarketable Parcel Holder as to how the proceeds are to be dealt with;

 

  (d) the Company must deal with the sale proceeds as instructed by the Unmarketable Parcel Holder on whose behalf they are held if the Member provides to the Company the certificate for those Shares or, if that certificate has been lost or destroyed, a statement and undertaking in accordance with the Act is provided to the Company; and

 

  (e) if the whereabouts of the Unmarketable Parcel Holder are unknown or no instructions are received from the Unmarketable Parcel Holder within 2 years of the proceeds being received by the Company, the Company may deal with those proceeds according to the applicable laws dealing with unclaimed monies.

 

14.12 Overriding effect of this clause

Subject to clause 14.13 and 14.14, the provisions of this clause 14 have effect despite any other provision of this Constitution.

 

14.13 Clause ceases to have effect following announcement of takeover bid or takeover announcement

This clause 14 ceases to have effect following the announcement of a takeover bid or takeover announcement but, despite clause 14.14, the procedures set out in this clause may be started again after the close of the bids made under the takeover bid or takeover announcement.

 

14.14 Clause may be invoked only once in any 12 Month period

The provisions of this clause may be invoked only once in any 12 Month period.

 

15. GENERAL MEETINGS

 

15.1 Annual general meetings

Annual general meetings of the Company are to be held in accordance with the Act and the Listing Rules. The business of an annual general meeting is:

 

  (a) to receive and consider the profit and loss account and balance sheet and the reports of the Directors and of the auditors and the statement of the Directors;

 

- 24 -


  (b) to elect Directors;

 

  (c) to appoint the auditor (unless previously appointed or approved by a Resolution of the Members);

 

  (d) to transact any other business which may be properly brought before the meeting or required by law or (if applicable) by the Listing Rules.

 

15.2 General meetings

The Directors may convene a general meeting of the Company whenever they think fit.

 

15.3 Members may requisition meeting

Members may requisition the holding of a general meeting in accordance with the Act and the Directors must convene a general meeting as soon as practicable after receiving that requisition.

 

15.4 Notice of general meeting

Notice of every annual general meeting, general meeting or meeting of any class of Members must be given in the manner provided by this Constitution and in accordance with the Listing Rules and the Act to the Members and those persons who are otherwise entitled under this Constitution the Act or Listing Rules to receive notices. No other person is entitled to receive notices of annual general meeting, general meeting or meeting of any class of Members unless the Act or Listing Rules otherwise require.

 

15.5 Contents of notice of general meeting

Every notice convening a general meeting must include or be accompanied by all information required by the Act and the Listing Rules and must at least:

 

  (a) set out the place, the day and time for the meeting (and, if the meeting is to be held in two (2) or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate this);

 

  (b) state the general nature of the business to be transacted at the meeting and any intention to propose a Special Resolution to be proposed;

 

  (c) include a statement that:

 

  (i) a Member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy;

 

  (ii) a proxy need not be a Member; and

 

  (iii) a Member who is entitled to cast 2 or more votes may appoint 2 proxies and must specify the proportion or number of votes each proxy is appointed to exercise;

 

  (d) be accompanied by an instrument of proxy in the form described in this Constitution or in any other form as the Directors may from time to time prescribe or accept; and

 

  (e) if required by the Listing Rules, include a voting exclusion statement.

 

- 25 -


15.6 Meetings may be cancelled or postponed

The Directors may at any time after notice of a general meeting has been given, postpone or cancel the general meeting by giving notice to all persons entitled to receive notice of that general meeting.

 

15.7 Omission to give notice

Except as prescribed by the Act, the accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to any Member or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by any Member does not invalidate any of the proceedings at that meeting.

 

15.8 Technology

The Company may hold a general meeting simultaneously at two (2) or more venues using any technology that gives the Members as a whole a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting.

 

16. PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETING

 

16.1 Member deemed to be present

A Member may attend a general meeting at which it is entitled to be present, and is deemed to be present, in any of the following ways:

 

  (a) in person;

 

  (b) by attorney;

 

  (c) by proxy;

 

  (d) in the case of a Member that is a body corporate, by a representative appointed by section 250D of the Act.

 

16.2 Attorney of Member

Any Member may appoint an attorney to act on its behalf at a meeting of the Company, at all meetings of the Company, or at all meetings of the Company during a specified period. Before the first meeting at which the attorney acts on the Member’s behalf, the power of attorney (or a certified copy) must be deposited at the Office or at any place specified in the notice convening that meeting. The chairperson of the meeting may require evidence satisfactory to him or her of the power of attorney (or certified copy) having been deposited at the Office or at any place specified in the notice, or of the identity of the person claiming to have been appointed as an attorney of a Member, or both, to be produced prior to admitting the person to the meeting or that person being entitled to speak or vote at the meeting.

 

16.3 Representative of body corporate

Any Member that is a body corporate may, in accordance with the Act, by Resolution of its Directors authorise any person to act as its representative at any meeting. That representative is then entitled to exercise the same powers as the body corporate appointing the representative could have exercised as a Member, if it were a natural person. The chairperson of the meeting may require evidence satisfactory to him or her of the appointment of the representative by the Member, or of the identity of a person claiming to have been appointed as a representative of a Member, or both, to be produced prior to admitting the person to the meeting or that person being entitled to speak or vote at the meeting.

 

- 26 -


16.4 Quorum for general meeting

No business may be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the commencement of the business. A quorum is three (3) Members present in person orrepresented by proxy, attorney or a representative. If a Member has appointed more than one proxy, attorney or representative, only one of them may be counted.

 

16.5 No quorum

If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, any meeting convened on a requisition of Members is dissolved but any other meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to any other day, time and place as the Directors may appoint by notice to the Members. If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, then those Members who are present in person are deemed to be a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was called.

 

16.6 Chairperson of general meeting

The chairperson of the Directors, or, in the chairperson’s absence, the deputy chairperson (if any) will be entitled to take the chair at every general meeting. If there is no chairperson or deputy chairperson of Directors or if at any meeting the chairperson or deputy chairperson is not present within 30 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or if the chairperson or deputy chairperson (as the case requires) is unwilling to act as chairperson of the meeting, the Directors present may choose a person to act as chairperson of the meeting. If the Directors do not choose a person to act as chairperson of the meeting, the Members present must choose one (1) of the Directors to be chairperson unless no Director is present or willing to take the chair, in which case the Members must choose one (1) of the Members to be chairperson.

 

16.7 Powers of chairperson

The chairperson of the meeting is responsible for the general conduct of the general meeting. Any question arising at a general meeting relating to the order, business, procedure or conduct of the meeting shall be referred to the chairperson whose decision is final. At any general meeting, a declaration by the chairperson that a Resolution or Special Resolution has been carried or carried by a particular majority or not carried and an entry to that effect in the minutes of proceedings of the Company is conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of votes recorded in favour of or against that Resolution or Special Resolution.

 

16.8 Adjournment of general meeting

The chairperson of a general meeting may with the consent of any general meeting at which a quorum is present, and must if so directed by the meeting, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business will be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

- 27 -


16.9 Notice of adjourned meeting

If any general meeting is adjourned for more than one (1) month, a notice of the adjournment and resumed general meeting must be given to Members of the Company in the same manner as notice was or ought to have been given of the original meeting.

 

17. VOTING

 

17.1 Resolution determined by majority

At a general meeting all Resolutions submitted to the meeting will be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by this Constitution, the Act or the Listing Rules.

 

17.2 Casting vote of chairperson

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairperson will have a casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the Chairperson may be entitled as a Member, unless the chairperson is not entitled for some other reason to cast a vote on the Resolution or if the chairperson casts a vote and the Act, the Listing Rules or this Constitution require that no account be taken of the vote, in which case the Resolution is not passed.

 

17.3 Method of voting

Every Resolution submitted to the meeting, in the first instance, will be determined by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded in accordance with clause 17.4 or the Act either before or on the declaration of the result of the vote on a show of hands.

 

17.4 Demand for poll

A poll may be demanded on any Resolution by:

 

  (a) the chairperson;

 

  (b) at least five (5) Members present in person or representing by attorney or proxy or as representative; or

 

  (c) any one (1) or more Members present in person or representing by attorney or proxy or as representative holding Shares conferring not less than 5% of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote on the Resolution,

but no poll may be demanded on the election of a chair or on a question of the adjournment of a meeting. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

17.5 Conduct of poll

The chairperson will decide in each case the manner in which a poll is taken, but in all cases it must ascertain the number of votes attaching to Shares held or represented by persons voting in favour of a Resolution or Special Resolution and the number of votes attaching to Shares held or represented by persons voting against the Resolution. Any dispute as to the admission or rejection of a vote will be determined by the chairperson and that determination made in good faith will be final and conclusive.

 

- 28 -


17.6 Votes

Subject to this Constitution, the Listing Rules and the rights or restrictions on voting for the time being which may attach to or be imposed on any class of Shares, at meetings of Members or classes of Members:

 

  (a) each Member entitled to vote may vote in person or by attorney, proxy or representative;

 

  (b) on a show of hands every Member (including each holder of preference Shares who has a right to vote) present in person or by proxy or attorney or representative will have one (1) vote; and

 

  (c) on a poll every Member (including each holder of preference Shares who has a right to vote) present in person or by proxy, attorney or representative will have one (1) vote for each fully paid Share held by that Member and a fraction of a vote for each partly paid Share, where the fraction is equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid (not credited) is of the total amounts paid and payable (excluding amounts credited) for that Share, ignoring any amounts paid in advance of a call.

 

17.7 Voting if call unpaid on Shares

A Member will not be entitled to vote at any general meeting in respect of Shares held by the Member for which calls or other monies are due and payable to the Company at the time of the meeting. Subject to any restrictions affecting the right of any Member or class of Members to attend any meeting, a Member holding any Shares upon which no calls or other monies are due and payable to the Company is entitled to receive notices and to attend any general meeting and to vote and be reckoned in a quorum despite that monies are then due and payable to the Company by that Member in respect of other Shares held by that Member. Upon a poll, a Member will only be entitled to vote in respect of Shares held by the Member upon which no calls or other monies are due and payable to the Company at the time of the meeting.

 

17.8 Voting by joint holders

Where there are joint holders of any Share, any joint holder may vote at any meeting either personally or by proxy or attorney or representative in respect of the Shares as if they were solely entitled to those Shares, but if more than one (1) joint holder is present at any meeting (whether personally, by proxy or by attorney or by representative) and tenders a vote, only the vote of the joint holder whose name appears first on the register will be counted. Several legal personal representatives of a deceased Member will for the purpose of this clause be deemed to be joint holders of the Shares registered in the name of that Member.

 

17.9 Voting by transmittee

A person entitled to transmission of a Share under clause 8 who, at least 48 hours before the time notified for a general meeting (or an adjourned meeting), satisfies the Board of its right to that Share, may vote at that general meeting in respect of that Share as if the person were registered as the holder of the Share.

 

17.10 Voting by Member of unsound mind

If a Member is of unsound mind or is a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under a law relating to mental health, that Member’s committee or trustee or other person who properly has the management of the Member’s estate may, if that person has at

 

- 29 -


least 48 hours before the time notified for a general meeting (or an adjourned meeting) satisfied the Board of its relationship to the Member or the Member’s estate, exercise the rights of the Member in respect of the general meeting as if the committee, trustee or other person were the Member.

 

17.11 Voting exclusions

If:

 

  (a) in accordance with the requirements of the Listing Rules; or

 

  (b) to ensure that a Resolution on which the Act requires that particular persons do not cast a vote (whether in all circumstances or some circumstances) so that the Resolution has a specified effect under the Act;

the notice of a general meeting includes any voting exclusion statement specifying that, in relation to particular business to be considered at that general meeting, votes cast by particular persons (whether specified by name or description of particular classes of persons, and whether in all circumstances or some circumstances) are to be disregarded by the Company, the Company must take no account, in determining the votes cast on a Resolution relating to that business (whether a Special Resolution or an ordinary Resolution) or for any other purpose, of any vote cast or purported to be cast by or on behalf of any of those persons (whether on a show of hands or on a poll) in relation to that Resolution except to the extent permitted by the Listing Rules or the Act (as applicable).

 

17.12 Ruling on entitlements and votes

An objection may be raised with the chairperson of a general meeting as to the qualification of a purported voter or the admission or rejection of a vote by any person present and entitled (or claiming to be entitled) to vote but that objection may be made only at the general meeting or adjourned meeting at which the purported voter wishes to vote or the vote objected to is given or tendered and, in relation to that objection:

 

  (a) the decision of the chairperson is final and conclusive; and

 

  (b) a vote not disallowed as a result is valid and effective for all purposes.

 

17.13 Presence of Member

If a Member is present either in person, represented by its attorney or by its corporate representative, and a person appointed by that Member as proxy is also present at that meeting, the person appointed by the Member as proxy may not exercise the rights conferred by the instrument of proxy while the Member attorney or corporate representative is present. An attorney may not exercise any rights on behalf of his or her appointor if the appointor or the appointor’s corporate representative is present.

 

18. PROXIES

 

18.1 Instrument appointing proxy

The instrument appointing a proxy must be in writing and signed by the appointor or the appointor’s attorney or duly authorised representative in writing, or, if the appointor is a body corporate, by its duly appointed corporate representative or at least two (2) of its officers (or by one (1) director if the body corporate has only one director).

 

- 30 -


18.2 Deposit of proxy or appointment of representative with company

The instrument appointing a proxy or representative must be received by the Company at least 48 hours before the meeting or resumption of the meeting by delivery to the Company’s Office, or by facsimile received at the Company’s Office, or received at any other place, facsimile number or electronic address specified for the purpose of receiving instruments appointing proxies (or copies of such instruments) in the notice of meeting or otherwise by any other means permissible under section 250B of the Act.

If the instrument appointing a proxy is or purports to have been signed by an attorney or other representative of a Member, the original power of attorney under which it is signed (or a certified copy of the power of attorney) or evidence satisfactory to the chairperson of the Board of the appointment of the other representative of the Member who signed the instrument purporting to appoint the proxy (as the case requires) must be received (by post or delivery) at the Company’s Office at least 48 hours before the meeting and must accompany the representative and be produced to an authorized representative of the Company when the representative attends the relevant meeting. The chairperson of the Board may determine that a copy document received by facsimile, electronic or other means is to be treated as satisfactory evidence of the appointment of the attorney or representative.

 

18.3 Validity of vote given in accordance with proxy

Unless the Company has received written notice of the matter before the start or resumption of the meeting at which a proxy votes in accordance with the terms of the instrument of proxy, a vote cast by the proxy will be valid even if, before the proxy or attorney voted:

 

  (a) the Member dies;

 

  (b) the Member is mentally incapacitated;

 

  (c) the Member revokes the proxy’s appointment;

 

  (d) the Member revokes the authority under which the proxy was appointed by a third party; or

 

  (e) the Member transfers the Share for which the proxy was given.

 

18.4 Form of proxy

 

  (a) Every instrument of proxy must specify the Member’s name and address, the Company’s name, the proxy’s name or the name of the office held by the proxy and the meetings at which the proxy may be used, and must otherwise comply with the provisions of section 250A of the Act.

 

  (b) The instrument of proxy may be worded so that a proxy is directed to vote either for or against or abstain from voting each of the resolutions to be proposed. Any instrument of proxy deposited in accordance with this Constitution in which the name of the appointee is not filled will be deemed to be given in favour of the chairperson of the meeting to which it relates. The instrument of proxy may specify the proportion or number of votes that the proxy may exercise.

 

- 31 -


19. DIRECTORS

 

19.1 Continuing Directors and duration of appointment

The Directors who hold office at the date of adoption of this Constitution continue in office subject to this Constitution. Directors shall hold office until removed under clause 20.3 or until their office is vacated pursuant to this Constitution, the Act or the Listing Rules.

 

19.2 Number of Directors

The number of the Directors must not be less than three (3), nor, until otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, more than ten (10). At least two (2) Directors must ordinarily reside in Australia.

 

19.3 No Share qualification

A Director need not be the holder of any Shares in the Company.

 

19.4 Election of Directors by company

The election of Directors must be by Resolution of the Company in general meeting.

 

19.5 Directors may fill casual vacancies or appoint additional Directors

Notwithstanding clause 19.4, the Directors have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any other person as a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the Board but so that the total number of Directors must not at any time exceed the maximum number for the time being fixed by or under this Constitution. Any Director, other than a managing director, appointed under this clause after the Company is Listed must retire from office at, and will be eligible for re-election at the next annual general meeting following their appointment, but that Director will not be taken into account in determining the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation.

 

19.6 Eligibility for election as a Director

 

  (a) Except in the case of a Director retiring from the Board under this Constitution or a person recommended for appointment by the Board, a person is only eligible to be appointed as a Director by Resolution of the Company in general meeting, where the Company receives at its Office at least 30 business days before the relevant general meeting both:

 

  (i) a nomination of the person by a Member. A Member (being a natural person) duly entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting referred to in this clause 19.6(a) and clause 19.6(b) may also propose themselves for election in accordance with this Constitution; and

 

  (ii) a consent to that nomination signed by the person nominated for election as a Director.

 

  (b) A person recommended by the Board for appointment as a Director must be nominated by a Director at least 25 business days before the relevant general meeting at which the appointment of that proposed Director will be considered.

 

- 32 -


19.7 Alternate Director

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Listing Rules, clause 19.8 of this Constitution and the approval of a majority of the other Directors, each Director may from time to time by written notice to the Company signed by the Director appoint any person (whether or not a Member) to act as an alternate Director in their place during any period they think fit. The following provisions apply to any Alternate Director:

 

  (a) that Director may be removed or suspended from office by written notice given at any time to the Company from and signed by the Director who appointed the alternative Director notwithstanding that the period of the appointment of the alternative Director has not expired;

 

  (b) that Director is entitled to receive notice of meetings of the Board, to attend meetings (if the Director who appointed it is not present) and to be counted towards a quorum at meetings;

 

  (c) that Director is entitled to vote at meetings the alternative Director attends on all Resolutions on which the appointor could vote had that appointor attended and, where the alternative Director is also a Director in its own right, it has a separate vote on behalf of the Director it is representing in addition to its own vote;

 

  (d) that Director may exercise any powers that the appointor may exercise in the appointor’s own right where the appointor is unavailable for any reason except the power to appoint an alternate Director. The action of an alternate Director will be conclusive evidence as against third parties of the unavailability of the appointor;

 

  (e) that Director automatically vacates office if the Director who appointed the alternative Director is removed or otherwise ceases to hold office for any reason;

 

  (f) that Director, whilst acting as a Director, is responsible to the Company for its own acts and defaults and is not deemed for any purpose to be the agent of the Director by whom it was appointed;

 

  (g) that Director is not entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company but is entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travelling and other expenses incurred by it in attending meetings of the Board or otherwise on the Company’s business;

 

  (h) that Director is not to be taken into account in determining the number of Directors for the purposes of this Constitution; and

 

  (i) that Director may act as an alternate for more than one (1) Director.

 

19.8 Auditor cannot be Director

No auditor of the Company or partner or employee or employer of an auditor can be appointed as a Director or an alternate Director of the Company.

 

20. DIRECTOR’S TENURE OF OFFICE

 

20.1 Directors’ tenure of office

 

  (a) Subject to the Act, the Listing Rules and this Constitution, at each annual general meeting the following Directors automatically retire and must not continue to hold office (without re-election):

 

  (i) One-third of the Directors or, if their number is not a multiple of 3, then the number nearest to but not exceeding one-third of the Directors (excluding Directors who retire by virtue of clause 20.1(a)(ii); and

 

- 33 -


  (ii) Any Director who has held office for greater than 3 years following their appointment or if that Director did not retire at that annual general meeting would, at the next annual general meeting, have held office for more than three annual general meetings following their appointment or election, whichever is longer, after which they must retire from office.

 

  (b) A Director retiring in accordance with clause 20.1(a) may act as a Director throughout the meeting at which it retires and at any adjournment.

 

  (c) This clause does not apply to the managing director, but if there is more than one (1) managing director, only one (1) is entitled not to be subject to this clause.

 

  (d) The Directors who are to retire by reason of clause 20.1(a)(i) are those of the Directors the subject of that clause who have been in office the longest and, as between Directors who have been in office for an identical period, those to retire are (unless they otherwise agree amongst themselves) to be selected by lot.

 

  (e) Where a Director has previously vacated office, the length of time that Director has been in office will be computed from the Director’s last election or appointment at an annual general meeting.

 

20.2 Retiring Director eligible for re-election

A Director who retires or whose office is vacated under this Constitution will, unless disqualified under the Act or this Constitution, be eligible for election or re-election to the Board. If another person is not elected by the Company to fill the vacated office, the retiring Director will, if offering itself for re-election and not being disqualified under the Act or this Constitution from holding office as a Director, be deemed to have been re-elected as a Director unless at that general meeting:

 

  (a) it is expressly resolved not to fill the vacated office or to reduce the number of Directors; or

 

  (b) a Resolution for the re-election of that Director is put and lost.

 

20.3 Removal of Director by the Company

The Company may, in addition to any power conferred by the Act, by Resolution remove any Director at any time and may, if so desired, by resolution appoint a replacement Director.

 

20.4 Vacation of office

 

  (a) The office of a Director will be automatically vacated if:

 

  (i) the Director becomes an insolvent under administration;

 

  (ii) the Director becomes of unsound mind or a person whose person or estate is liable to be dealt with in any way under the laws relating to mental health;

 

  (iii) the Director’s office is vacated, the Director is removed under this Constitution or the Director is prohibited from being a Director in accordance with any of the provisions of the Listing Rules, the Act or any order made under the Act;

 

- 34 -


  (iv) the Director resigns its office by notice in writing to the Company;

 

  (v) the Director, either by itself or by its alternate Director, fails to attend Board meetings for a continuous period of six (6) Months without leave of absence from the Board; or

 

  (vi) the Director is an executive director, upon termination of the Director’s employment or services agreement with the Company.

 

  (b) A Director whose office is vacated under sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (a), above, will not be eligible for re-election until the disability (or disabilities) referred to is (or are) removed.

 

21. DIRECTOR’S REMUNERATION

 

21.1 Remuneration for non-executive directors

Subject to clause 21.3 and the Listing Rules, the Directors will be paid remuneration for services rendered as Directors (but excluding any remuneration payable to any Director under any executive service contract with the Company or a Related Body Corporate) as the Company in general meeting may from time to time determine, which may be divided among the Directors in any proportions and in any manner as they may from time to time determine. The remuneration of a Director will be deemed to accrue from day to day.

 

21.2 Additional remuneration for extra services

If any Director performs extra services or makes any special exertions, whether in going or residing abroad or otherwise for any of the purposes of the Company, that Director may be paid an additional sum for those services and exertions. This payment may be either in addition to or in place of that Director’s part of any remuneration determined under the preceding clause.

 

21.3 Remuneration to be in accordance with Listing Rules

The remuneration payable to Directors must comply with the Listing Rules and in particular:

 

  (a) fees payable to non-executive directors must be by way of a fixed sum, and not by way of a commission on or a percentage of profits or operating revenue;

 

  (b) if the Company is admitted to the Official List, the remuneration payable to executive directors must not include a commission on or percentage of operating revenue; and

 

  (c) the total fees payable to Directors must not be increased without the prior approval of Members in general meeting.

 

21.4 Expenses of Directors

In addition to any remuneration, the Directors must also be paid all travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the Directors, any committee of the Directors or any general meetings of the Company or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company.

 

- 35 -


21.5 Payment of retirement benefits

A Director may be paid a retirement benefit as determined by the Directors in accordance with the Act and the Listing Rules and, where required by the Act or the Listing Rules, as approved by the Company in general meeting.

 

21.6 Retirement benefits generally

A retirement benefit includes any benefit paid in consequence of the loss by a Director of, or the retirement of the Director from, the office of Director, or in consequence of the death of the Director.

 

21.7 Death of a Director

Where a retirement benefit is payable in consequence of the death of a Director, that benefit may be paid to the Director’s spouse, children or such other persons as the Directors may determine were financially dependant on the Director at the time of the Director’s death, in such shares as may be determined by the Directors.

 

21.8 Company may contract to pay retirement benefits

The Company may enter into a contract or arrangement with a Director for the purposes of providing or making arrangements for the payment of a retirement benefit subject to compliance with the Act and clause 21.5.

 

22. DIRECTOR’S CONTRACTS

 

22.1 Directors not disqualified from holding office or contracting with Company

Except as otherwise provided in the Act or the Listing Rules:

 

  (a) no Director will be disqualified by virtue of its office from holding any office or place of profit (other than as auditor) with the Company or with any company promoted by the Company or with any corporation in which the Company is a Member or which is a Member of the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

  (b) no Director and any firm, body or entity in which the Director has a direct or indirect interest will be disqualified by virtue of the Director’s office from contracting with the Company (whether as vendor, purchaser or otherwise);

 

  (c) no contract referred to in this clause 22 or any contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested can be avoided and no Director will be liable to account to the Company for any profit arising from that contract or arrangement or from any office referred to in this clause 22.1 by reason only of that Director holding that office or of the Director’s fiduciary relationship with the Company.

 

22.2 Director can act in professional capacity

Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, a Director or a Director’s firm may act in a professional capacity (other than as auditor) for the Company and that Director or that Director’s firm is entitled to remuneration for professional services as if the relevant Director was not a Director.

 

- 36 -


22.3 Director not to vote on contract in which it has a material personal interest

Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, neither a Director nor its alternate Director may vote at any meeting of the Board about any contract or arrangement in which the Director has, whether directly or indirectly, a material personal interest, nor be present while the relevant matter is considered at the meeting. If the Director or Alternate Director purports to vote on any matter contemplated by this clause, the Director’s or Alternate Director’s vote will not be counted. However, that Director may execute or otherwise act in respect of that contract or arrangement notwithstanding any material personal interest.

 

22.4 Directors to declare interest

 

  (a) Any Director who has a material personal interest in a matter that relates to the affairs of the Company must give the other Directors notice of the interest, unless the interest is of a type referred to in section 191(2)(a) of the Act, or all of the conditions referred to in section 191(2)(c) of the Act are satisfied.

 

  (b) The Director must declare the nature and extent of the Director’s interest and the relation of the interest to the affairs of the Company at the meeting of the Directors as soon as possible after the Director becomes aware of their interest in the matter.

 

  (c) A Director who has an interest in a matter may give a standing notice to the other Directors of the nature and extent of that Director’s interest in the matter in accordance with section 192 of the Act.

 

22.5 Directors to declare potential conflicts

Any Director who holds any office or possesses any property the holding or possession of which might (whether directly or indirectly) create duties or interests in conflict with its duties or interests as a Director of the Company must declare the fact of its holding that office or possessing that property and the nature and extent of any conflict at the first meeting of the Directors held after it becomes a Director or (if it is already a Director) at the first meeting of the Directors held after the relevant facts come to its knowledge.

 

22.6 Secretary to record declarations of Directors

The Secretary must record in the minutes of the meeting any declarations made or notices given by a Director under this Constitution.

 

22.7 Application to Alternate Director

The provisions of this clause 22 extend and apply to Alternate Directors.

 

23. POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

23.1 Powers of Directors

Subject to the Act, the Listing Rules and to any provision of this Constitution, the Directors will manage, or cause the management of, the business of the Company and the Directors may pay, or cause to be paid, all expenses incurred in promoting and forming the Company and may exercise, or cause to be exercised, all powers of the Company that are not, by the Act or by this Constitution, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting.

 

- 37 -


23.2 Powers to borrow or raise money

Without limiting the generality of the previous clause, the Directors may from time to time at their discretion borrow or raise any sum or sums of money or obtain other financial accommodation for the purposes of the Company and may grant security for the repayment of that sum or sums or the payment, performance or fulfilment of any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations incurred or undertaken by the Company in any manner and upon any terms and conditions as they think fit and in particular by the issue or re-issue of bonds, perpetual or redeemable debentures or any mortgage, charge or other security on the undertaking or the whole or any part of the property of the Company (both present and future) including its uncalled or unpaid capital for the time being.

 

23.3 Directors may vote Shares in other corporations

Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, the Directors may exercise the voting power conferred by the shares in any corporation held by the Company in any manner they think fit, including in circumstances where a Director may be interested in the exercise, such as an exercise in favour of any Resolution appointing a Director as an officer of a corporation or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to officers of the other corporation.

 

23.4 Agent or attorney

The Directors may at any time appoint any person or persons to be an agent or attorney of the Company for any purposes and with any powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under this Constitution) and for any period and subject to any conditions as the Directors think fit. Any appointment may be made in favour of any company or the members, directors, nominees or managers of any company or firm or in favour of any fluctuating body of persons (whether nominated by the Directors or otherwise) and any document appointing an agent or power of attorney may contain provisions for the protection or convenience of the agent or attorney and of persons dealing with the agent or attorney as the Directors may think fit.

 

23.5 Sub-delegation of powers

Any agent or attorney appointed by the Directors may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in them.

 

24. EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

24.1 Managing director

The Directors may at any time appoint one (1) or more members of the Board to the office of managing director or to any other executive office for any period and on any terms they think fit and, subject to the terms of any agreement entered into in any particular case, may revoke any appointment. Any appointment is automatically determined if the person ceases to be a Director including as a consequence of any of the circumstances in clause 20.4 applying.

 

24.2 Directors may confer powers on executive directors

The Directors may confer upon a managing director or other executive director any of the powers exercisable by the Directors upon those terms and conditions and with any restrictions as they think fit. Any powers so conferred may be concurrent with or to the exclusion of their own powers. The Directors may at any time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of those powers.

 

- 38 -


24.3 Remuneration of executive directors

Subject to the Listing Rules and the terms of any agreement entered into with any executive director, the Board may fix the remuneration of each executive director which may comprise salary or commission on or participation in profits of the Company (or comprising a combination of each) as the Directors determine.

 

25. PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

25.1 Board meetings

The Directors may meet either:

 

  (a) in person at a single location;

 

  (b) by telephone;

 

  (c) by audiovisual linkup; or

 

  (d) by any other instantaneous communications medium for conferring by which they are able simultaneously to hear each other and to participate in discussion,

for the dispatch of business, and adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they think fit.

 

25.2 Director to be regarded as present at meeting

A Director is regarded as present at a meeting where the meeting is conducted by technological means including telephone, audiovisual linkup or other instantaneous communications medium for conferring, if the Director is able to hear, and to be heard by, all others attending the meeting. Unless the Directors participating in the meeting become aware that communications have been disrupted, it will be conclusively presumed that all Directors known to have been participating in the meeting at its commencement have been present and to have formed part of the quorum at all times during the meeting. The disruption of communications during a meeting by technological communication will not invalidate proceedings at that meeting even if any such disruption is noted in the minutes of meeting.

 

25.3 P lace of meeting

A meeting conducted utilizing any technological means by which the Directors are able simultaneously to hear each other and to participate in discussion including by telephone, audiovisual linkup or other instantaneous communications medium for conferring, will be deemed to be held at the place agreed upon by the Directors attending that meeting, provided that at least one (1) of the Directors present at the meeting was at that place for the duration of the meeting. The minutes must record that a meeting was held in accordance with this clause and any failure to make such record will not invalidate proceedings at that meeting. Meetings may be held outside Australia.

 

25.4 Convening of Directors meeting

A Director may at any time and the Secretary upon the request of a Director must convene a meeting of Directors on giving notice individually to every other Director and Alternate Director in accordance with clause 25.5.

 

- 39 -


25.5 Notice of meeting

Unless otherwise agreed by all Directors, seven (7) days notice of every meeting of Directors must be given to each Director and Alternative Director then in Australia, but failure to give or receive that notice will not invalidate any meeting.

 

25.6 Directors may act notwithstanding vacancy

The Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy on the Board, but if and so long as their number is below the minimum number required under clause 19.2, they must not act except in the case of emergency or for the purpose of appointing Directors up to the minimum number or summoning a general meeting of the Company.

 

25.7 Quorum for Board meetings

At a meeting of Directors, the number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum is that number as is determined by the Directors and, unless otherwise determined, is two (2).

 

25.8 Meeting competent to exercise all powers

A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present will be competent to exercise all or any of the powers and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Directors generally.

 

25.9 Chairperson of Board meetings

The Directors may elect one of their number as chairperson and another as deputy chairperson of their meetings and determine the periods for which they are to hold office. In the absence of the chairperson at a meeting of the Directors, the deputy chairperson, if present, may exercise all the powers and authorities of the chairperson. If no chairperson or deputy chairperson is elected or if at any meeting neither the chairperson nor the deputy chairperson is present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, or the previously elected chairperson or deputy chairperson is unwilling to act, the Directors present at the meeting may choose one (1) of the Directors present to be chairperson of the meeting.

 

25.10 Documents tabled at meeting

An original document, or a photocopy or facsimile copy of that document, which is in the possession of, or has been seen by, all Directors attending the Directors’ meeting prior to, or at the time of, that meeting, will be deemed to be a document tabled at that meeting.

 

25.11 Questions to be decided by majority

Questions arising at any meeting of the Board will be decided by a majority of votes of Directors present and entitled to vote. Each Director present at a meeting of Directors has one (1) vote. Subject to clause 19.7(c) and 19.7(d) each Alternative Director present at a meeting of Directors has one (1) vote. Subject to the Listing Rules, in the case of an equality of votes, the chairperson of the meeting will have a second or casting vote, but the chairperson will not have a second or casting vote where there are only two (2) Directors present who are competent to vote on the question at issue.

 

25.12 Resolution in writing

A Resolution in writing of which notice has been given to all Directors for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Directors and which is signed by a majority of Directors for the time being entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors and which

 

- 40 -


states that the Directors are in favour of the Resolution in the terms set out will be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held. That Resolution may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one (1) or more of the Directors wherever they may be situated. For the purposes of this clause, the signature of an alternate Director will be as effective as, and may be substituted for, the signature of its appointor. The effective date of that Resolution is the date upon which the document or any of the counterpart documents was last signed. If a Resolution referred to in this clause 25.12 is signed by a majority of, but not all, the Directors, the Resolution is not treated as having been passed pursuant to this clause 25.12 unless the Secretary or the managing director certifies that a copy of the proposed resolution was sent in written form to each Director at the address notified for that purpose to the Secretary by the Director.

 

25.13 Resolution passed deemed to be determination of Board

Any Resolution properly passed at a duly convened meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present will be deemed to be a determination by all the Directors or the Board for the purposes of this Constitution.

 

25.14 Committee powers and meetings

 

  (a) The Directors may delegate as they think fit any of their powers to a sole Director or to a committee or committees of Directors (consisting of such of their number and other persons as they see fit) and may revoke that delegation. A delegation of a power, or a specified class of powers, may be made either generally or as otherwise provided by the terms of delegation.

 

  (b) Any committee can exercise the powers delegated to it in accordance with any directions that may from time to time be imposed upon it by the Board. The exercise by the committee of a delegated power is taken to be exercised by the Directors. The delegation does not prevent the exercise of the power by the Directors. Where the exercise of a delegated power depends on the opinion, belief or state of mind of the Directors, the power may be exercised by the committee on the opinion, belief or state of mind of the committee.

 

  (c) The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two (2) or more Directors will be governed by the provisions of this Constitution regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors so far as they are applicable and are not superseded by any direction made by the Board under this clause. The members of the committee may elect one of their number as chairperson for committee meetings. Where the committee holds a meeting and a chairperson has not been previously elected or the previously elected chairperson is not present within 10 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act then the members of the committee present may elect one such member to be chair of the meeting. The committee may meet in person or by any other means contemplated by clause 25.1.

 

25.15 Validity of acts of Directors

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or by a committee of the Directors or by any person acting as a Director will be valid even it is discovered afterwards that there was some defect in the appointment or election of that Director or person acting as a Director or that any Director was disqualified or had vacated office or was otherwise not entitled to vote or act.

 

- 41 -


26. SECRETARY

A Secretary or Secretaries of the Company must be appointed by the Directors in accordance with the Act. At least one (1) Secretary must be ordinarily resident in Australia. The Directors may also appoint acting and assistant Secretaries. Those appointments may be for any term, at any remuneration and upon any conditions as the Directors think fit and any person so appointed may be removed by the Directors. The Directors must not appoint a person as a Secretary unless, prior to the appointment, that person has given the Company a signed consent to act as Secretary.

 

27. MINUTES AND REGISTERS TO BE KEPT

 

27.1 Minutes

The Directors must cause to be entered in minute books of the Company within one (1) Month of the relevant meeting, minutes containing details of:

 

  (a) the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and the names of any committee members present at a meeting of any committee formed under clause 25.14;

 

  (b) all declarations made or notices given by any Director (either generally or specifically) of its interest in any contract or proposed contract or of its holding of any office or property whereby any conflict of duty or interest may arise; and

 

  (c) all Resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Company, meetings of the Directors and meetings of any committee formed under clause 25.14 and all Resolutions passed by Directors without a meeting.

 

27.2 Minutes to be signed by chairperson

Any minutes of any general meetings of the Company, meetings of the Directors or meetings of any committee formed under clause 25.14 must be signed by the chairperson of the meeting or by the chairperson of the next succeeding meeting and once signed will constitute prima facie evidence of the matters stated in the minutes.

 

27.3 Registers

In accordance with and if required by the provisions of the Act and the Listing Rules, the Directors must cause the Company to keep:

 

  (a) a register of the holders of any debentures issued by the Company;

 

  (b) a register of charges; and

 

  (c) any other registers or sub-registers required by the Act, the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules.

 

27.4 Branch registers

The Company may cause a branch register of Members to be kept at any place outside Australia. Subject to the Act, the Directors may make any provisions or arrangements they think fit for the keeping of any branch register, the transfer of Shares to, on or from any branch register and to ensure compliance with the requirements of any local law.

 

- 42 -


28. THE SEAL

 

28.1 Use of common seal

If the Company has a seal:

 

  (a) the Directors must provide for the safe custody of the Seal;

 

  (b) the Seal must be used only with the authority of the Directors or a committee of the Directors with authority from the Directors to authorise the use of the Seal; and

 

  (c) every document to which the Seal is affixed must be signed by a Director and countersigned by another Director, a Secretary, an assistant Secretary or another person appointed by the Directors to countersign that document or a class of documents which includes that document.

This clause does not limit the manner in which the Company may execute a document or that a document may be executed on behalf of the Company. The Directors may determine that where an instrument is to be executed without using the Seal including on behalf of the Company, that the signature of any Director or the Secretary or any other person may be affixed by a mechanical or other automatic means

 

28.2 Duplicate seals

The Company may have for use in place of its common seal, one (1) or more duplicate official seals, each of which is a copy of the Seal with the addition on its face of the words “duplicate seal”. A document sealed with a duplicate official seal of the Company is to be treated as having been sealed with the Seal.

 

28.3 Share seal

The Company may also have a duplicate common seal which is a copy of the Seal with the addition on its face of the words “share seal”. The share seal must only be used in sealing certificates for Shares and other securities of the Company and must be used and affixed in like manner to the Seal. A certificate referring to or relating to securities of the Company sealed with such a duplicate seal is to be treated as being sealed with the Seal.

 

28.4 Affixing the Share seal

The Board may determine:

 

  (a) the manner (which may be by a mechanical or other automatic means) in which the share seal is to be affixed and that affixing attested;

 

  (b) that the affixing of the share seal need not occur in the presence of any person;

 

  (c) that no signatures of any persons are required for the affixing of the share seal; and

 

  (d) that, if signatures are required for the affixing of the share seal, those signatures may be affixed by any mechanical or other automatic means.

Any instrument bearing the Seal, the duplicate seal or the share seal if issued for valuable consideration will be binding on the Company notwithstanding any irregularity affecting the authority of the Directors to issue the same, or the circumstances of its issue.

 

- 43 -


29. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS

All cheques, bills of exchange, promissory notes and other negotiable instruments may be signed, drawn, accepted, made, endorsed or otherwise executed (as the case may be) for and on behalf of the Company by any persons and in any manner as the Directors may determine.

 

30. RESERVES

 

30.1 Reserves

Before declaring any dividends, the Directors may:

 

  (a) set aside out of the profits of the Company any sums they think proper as reserves to be applied, at the discretion of the Directors, to meet contingencies, to equalise dividends, to pay special dividends, to repair, improve or maintain any property of the Company or for any other purpose the Directors in their absolute discretion consider to be in the interests of the Company; and

 

  (b) pending that application, the reserves may, at the discretion of the Directors, be used in the business of the Company or be invested in any investments the Directors think fit (including the purchase of Shares of the Company subject to the Act). The Directors may deal with and vary these investments and dispose of all or any part for the benefit of the Company and may divide the reserves into special reserves as they think fit.

 

30.2 Carry forward of profits

The Directors may carry forward any profits they consider ought not to be distributed as dividends without transferring those profits to a reserve.

 

30.3 Revaluation of assets

Subject to the Act, the Directors may revalue any assets of the Company.

 

31. DIVIDENDS

 

31.1 Power to determine and declare dividends vested in Directors

The power to determine that a dividend is payable and to declare dividends (including interim dividends) to be paid to Members according to their rights and interests in the profits of the Company is vested in the Directors who may fix the amount and the timing and the record date for determining entitlements to, and for payment and the method of payment of any dividend in accordance with this Constitution and the Act.

 

31.2 Apportionment of dividends

Subject to this Constitution, the Act, the Listing Rules and the rights of Members entitled to Shares with preferential, special or qualified rights as to dividend, dividends are to be apportioned and paid among the Members in proportion to the amounts paid up (not credited) on the Shares held by them. Any amount paid on a Share in advance of a call will be ignored when calculating the relevant proportion.

 

- 44 -


31.3 Not restricted to profits

Dividends may be paid as permitted by the Act and are not restricted to being payable out of the profits of the Company.

 

31.4 Dividend payable by distribution of assets

 

  (a) Without restricting the powers of the Directors, the Directors when declaring a dividend may:

 

  (i) resolve that the dividend be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets including bonus Shares or other securities of the Company or any other corporation; and

 

  (ii) to the extent permitted by law, direct that the dividend be payable to particular Members wholly or partly out of or from any particular fund or reserve or source or out of profits derived from any particular source or activity and to the remaining Members wholly or partly out of or from any other particular fund or reserve or source or out of profits derived from any other particular source or activity and may make the direction despite that by doing so the dividend will form part of the assessable income for taxation purposes of some Members and will not form part of the assessable income of others.

 

  (b) All matters concerning those dividends including fixing the valuation of assets, cash payments to be made to any Members on the basis of any value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties and vesting of assets in trustees is determined by the Directors as they think expedient.

 

31.5 Dividends may be payable in foreign currency

Dividends will be declared in Australian currency, but the Directors may, if they think fit, determine that any dividend payable to some or all the Members will be paid in a currency or currencies other than Australian currency and for that purpose the Directors may at the time of declaration of the dividend stipulate a date on which they will determine the rate or rates at which the dividend will be converted into the other currency or currencies. Payment in another currency or currencies of the amount of any dividend converted pursuant to this clause will be deemed as between the Company and all Members to be an adequate and proper payment of the amount of the dividend.

 

31.6 No interest payable on dividends

Interest is not payable by the Company in respect of any dividend.

 

31.7 Directors may retain certain dividends

The Directors may retain the dividends payable on any Shares in respect of which any person is entitled to become a Member as a consequence of death, bankruptcy or other operation of law until that person or a nominated transferee becomes a Member in respect of the Shares.

 

31.8 Directors may deduct from dividends money payable to Company

The Directors may deduct from any dividend payable to a Member all sums of money (if any) presently payable by the Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

- 45 -


31.9 Payment of dividends

A dividend may be paid in cash, by the issue of shares, by the grant of options or by the transfer of assets. Any dividend, interest or other monies payable in respect of any Shares may be paid by:

 

  (a) electronic funds transfer to a bank account held in the name of and nominated by the Member or the person entitled; or

 

  (b) cheque sent through the post to:

 

  (i) the registered address of the Member or person entitled or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of that holder whose name appears first on the Register in respect of the joint holding; or

 

  (ii) that person at that address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct,

and every cheque will be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent and is at its risk.

 

31.10 Unclaimed dividends

Except as otherwise provided by the Act, all dividends unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed or until dealt with under any law relating to unclaimed moneys.

 

31.11 Effect on dividends of transfer of shares

Subject to the ACO Rules and ASX Settlement Operating Rules, the right to any dividend on shares the transfer of which is registered after the record date for the dividend but before the dividend is paid will not pass to the new holder of such shares.

 

31.12 Dividend Reinvestment Plan

The Directors may implement and in their discretion maintain, on terms and conditions determined by the Directors from time to time:

 

  (a) a dividend reinvestment plan (the Dividend Reinvestment Plan ) for cash dividends paid by the Company in relation to Shares in the capital of the Company to be reinvested by way of subscription for Shares to be issued and allotted by the Company. Participation in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan will be available to those Members who wish and elect to participate in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and are eligible to do so under the terms and conditions of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan; or

 

  (b) a bonus share plan (the Bonus Share Plan ) whereby any Member may forego any cash dividends otherwise payable by the Company in relation to Shares in the capital of the Company and to receive instead some other entitlement in accordance with the Bonus Share Plan including the allotment to the Member of Shares in the capital of the Company. Participation in the Bonus Share Plan will be available to those Members who wish and elect to participate in the Bonus Share Plan and are eligible to do so under the terms and conditions of the Bonus Share Plan.

 

- 46 -


31.13 Amendment of Dividend Reinvestment Plan

The Directors may vary, amend or suspend any terms or conditions or operation of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan or Bonus Share Plan as and when they think fit in their discretion.

 

32. CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS

 

32.1 Capitalisation of profits

Subject to the Act and the Listing Rules, the Directors may resolve to capitalise any sum for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts, profit and loss account, arising from a revaluation or sale of assets or otherwise available for distribution to Members. The sum capitalised will be applied for the benefit of Members (in the proportions to which those Members would have been entitled in a distribution of that sum by way of dividend) in one or more of the following ways:

 

  (a) in or towards paying up any amounts for the time being unpaid on any Shares held by those Members; or

 

  (b) in paying up in full or in part any unissued Shares or debentures of the Company to be allotted and distributed to those Members;

 

  (c) for any other purpose approved by the Company in general meeting,

and any such application under clause 32.1(a), 32.1(b) and 32.2(c) must be accepted by Members entitled to share in the distribution in full satisfaction of their interests in the capitalised amount.

 

32.2 Directors powers in relation to capitalisation of profits

In giving effect to any Resolution for capitalisation under clause 32.1, the Directors may:

 

  (a) to the extent necessary to adjust the rights of Members among themselves, appoint and authorise any person to make an agreement with the Company on behalf of the Members entitled to benefit from the Resolution where that agreement is required under the Act or is otherwise considered by the Directors to be desirable and any agreement made under this authority is effective and binding on all the Members concerned;

 

  (b) issue fractional certificates or make cash payments where Shares or debentures become issuable in fractions; and

 

  (c) otherwise make provisions for adjusting differences and settling any difficulty arising pursuant to the Resolution including a determination that fractions will be disregarded or that a fractional entitlement be increased to the next whole number.

 

33. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

33.1 Financial records

The Directors must cause financial and other records to be kept to correctly record and explain the transactions and financial position of the Company, to enable true and fair profit and loss accounts and balance sheets to be prepared and to permit preparation of any other documents, required by the Act, the Listing Rules or this Constitution. The records must be kept:

 

  (a) in a manner which will to enable them to be conveniently and properly audited;

 

- 47 -


  (b) for not less than 7 years after the completion of the transactions or operations to which they relate; and

 

  (c) at the Office or at any other place as the Directors think fit and at all times be open to inspection by the Directors.

 

33.2 Financial, Director’s and auditor’s reports to be laid before annual general meeting

At each annual general meeting, the Directors must lay before the Company a financial report, a Directors’ report and an auditor’s report for the last Financial Year of the Company that ended before that annual general meeting which comply with all applicable provisions of the Act and the Listing Rules.

 

33.3 Financial statements and reports

The Company must cause copies of the Company’s financial statements and other reports to be lodged with the ASIC and ASX and provide holders of its securities with access to or copies of the financial statements and other reports or a concise report as required by and in accordance with the Act and the Listing Rules.

 

34. AUDIT

 

34.1 Auditors

Auditors of the Company are appointed and removed and their remuneration, rights and duties are regulated by the Act.

 

34.2 Financial statements to be audited

The financial statements of the Company for each Financial Year must be audited by the auditors in accordance with the Act.

 

34.3 Register to be audited

The Register, including any sub-registers kept pursuant to the Listing Rules, the ACO Rules or the ASX Settlement Operating Rules, and any branch register of Members of the Company must be audited at least once every 12 Months or whenever ASX otherwise asks.

 

35. INSPECTION OF RECORDS

Subject to the Act, the Directors may determine whether, to what extent, at what times and places and under what conditions the accounting and other records of the Company or any of them will be open to the inspection of the Members. No Member (who is not a Director) will have any right to inspect any account, book or document of the Company or receive any information concerning the business, trading or customers of the Company or any trade secret or secret process of the Company except as provided by the Act or as authorised by the Directors or a Resolution of the Company in general meeting.

 

- 48 -


36. NOTICES

 

36.1 Service of notices by Company

A notice may be given by the Company to any Member:

 

  (a) personally;

 

  (b) by facsimile or electronically to the relevant facsimile number or electronic address of the Member as shown on the Register or provided by the Member;

 

  (c) by sending it by post addressed to the Member at the address for the Member as shown in the Register; or

 

  (d) otherwise by any method (including by advertisement) as the Directors may determine.

 

36.2 Posting notices to overseas Members

In the case of a Member whose registered address is outside Australia, a notice sent by post will be sent by airmail.

 

36.3 Notices to joint holders

A notice may be given by the Company to the joint holders of a Share by giving the notice to the joint holder whose name appears first in the Register and that notice will be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

36.4 Notice deemed to be served

 

  (a) Any notice by advertisement will be deemed to have been served on the day of publication of the newspaper containing the advertisement.

 

  (b) Any notice sent by post will be deemed to have been served on the business day following the day on which the notice is posted unless sent by airmail to an address outside the country in which it was posted, in which case it will be deemed to have been served on the seventh business day following the day on which it is posted. The day of posting need not be a business day.

 

  (c) A notice sent by facsimile or other electronic means will be deemed to have been served on the same day that it is sent and a correct transmission report is received.

 

  (d) Any notice sent by electronic means and no delivery failure report is received, on the day it is sent.

 

  (e) Any notice sent personally or left at the Member’s registered address, when delivered.

 

36.5 Service by post

In proving service by post, it will be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and posted with the required postage. A certificate in writing signed by any manager, Secretary or other officer of the Company that the notice was so addressed and posted is conclusive evidence of proper service by post.

 

- 49 -


36.6 Notices to Members whose whereabouts unknown

Where:

 

  (a) the Company has bona fide reason to believe that a Member is not known at the address shown for that Member in the Register;

 

  (b) the Company has subsequently made an enquiry at that address as to the whereabouts of the Member; and

 

  (c) the enquiry either elicits no response or a response indicating that the Member’s present whereabouts are unknown,

all future notices will be deemed to be given to the Member if the notice is exhibited in the Office for a period (not including weekends and public holidays) of 48 hours and will be deemed to be duly served at the commencement of that period. This clause will apply unless and until the Member informs the Company that the Member has resumed residence at the Member’s address shown in the Register or notifies the Company of a new address to which the Company may send the Member notices (which new address is deemed to be the Member’s registered place of address).

 

36.7 Notices binding on transferees

Every person who by operation of law, transfer or otherwise becomes entitled to any Share will be bound by every notice in respect of the Share which, prior to its name and address being entered on the Register, is duly given to the person from whom it derives its title to the Share.

 

36.8 Notice to deceased or bankrupt Members

Any notice or document given to a Member by any method set out in clause 36.1 will be deemed to have been duly given in respect of any Shares held solely or jointly by the Member despite that the Member is deceased or bankrupt and whether or not the Company has notice of its decease or bankruptcy until some other person is registered in its stead as the holder or joint holder.

 

36.9 Signing of notices

The signature to any notice to be given by the Company may be written or printed.

 

36.10 Counting of days

Where a given number of days of notice or notice extending over any other period is required to be given, the day on which notice is deemed to be given will not be counted in the number of days or other period.

 

37. WINDING UP

 

37.1 Distribution of surplus assets

If in a winding up, there remains any assets available for distribution to Members, then subject to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions, this Constitution, the Act and the Listing Rules, those assets will be distributed amongst the Members in returning capital paid up on their Shares and distributing any surplus in proportion to the amount paid up (not credited) on Shares held by them whether or not the liquidator exercises the power under clause 37.3.

 

- 50 -


37.2 Fee or commission paid to liquidator to be approved in general meeting

No fee or commission will be paid by the Company to any Director or liquidator upon any sale or realisation of the Company’s undertaking or assets or any part thereof except with the approval of the Company in general meeting, that meeting to be convened by notice specifying the fee or commission proposed to be paid.

 

37.3 Distribution in specie

If the Company is wound up (whether voluntarily or otherwise), the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution and subject to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions, divide among the contributories in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may, subject to obtaining the same sanction, vest the whole or any part of the assets of the Company in trustees upon those trusts for the benefit of the contributories or any of them as the liquidator thinks fit. For the purposes of this clause, the liquidator may set values as it considers fair and reasonable on any property to be divided and determine how the division is to be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members.

 

37.4 Member need not accept encumbered property

No Member will be compelled by the provisions of this clause 37 to accept property, including shares or other securities, in respect of which there is any liability.

 

38. INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

38.1 Indemnity

To the extent permitted by law:

 

  (a) the Company must indemnify each Director and other officer of the Company (and former Director and other officer of the Company) against any liability (other than legal costs) incurred in acting as a Director, officer of the Company or director or officer of a Related Body Corporate of the Company other than:

 

  (i) a liability owed to the Company or a Related Body Corporate;

 

  (ii) a liability for a pecuniary penalty order under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 1317H of the Act; or

 

  (iii) a liability that did not arise out of conduct in good faith;

 

  (b) the Company must indemnify each Director and other officer of the Company (and former Director and other officer of the Company) for costs and expenses incurred by a Director or officer of the Company in defending an action for a liability incurred in acting as a Director, officer of the Company or director or officer of a Related Body Corporate of the Company except for legal costs incurred:

 

  (i) in defending or resisting any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which the Director or officer is found to have a liability for which they could not be indemnified under subclause (a) above;

 

- 51 -


  (ii) in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the Director or officer is found guilty;

 

  (iii) in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or by a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established, except for costs incurred in responding to actions taken by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for the court order; or

 

  (iv) in connection with proceedings for relief to the Director or other officer under the Act in which the relief is denied by the court; and

 

  (c) the Company may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by a Director or officer, on the condition that the Director or officer must repay the amount paid by the Company to the extent that the Company is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the Director or officer for those legal costs.

 

38.2 Insurance

To the extent permitted by law the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring a person who is or has been a Director or other officer of the Company or of a subsidiary of the Company against a liability incurred by the person in his or her capacity as Director or other officer of the Company or subsidiary of the Company or in the course of acting in connection with the affairs of the Company or subsidiary of the Company or otherwise arising out of the person holding such office, other than a liability (not including a liability for legal costs) arising out of:

 

  (a) conduct involving wilful breach of duty in relation to the Company or subsidiary of the Company; or

 

  (b) a contravention of section 182 or 183 of the Act.

 

- 52 -

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

Bangkok

Beijing

Brisbane

Hanoi

Ho Chi Minh City

Hong Kong

Jakarta*

Kuala Lumpur*

Baker & McKenzie

Level 27 AMP Centre

50 Bridge Street

Sydney, NSW 2000

Australia

 

Tel: +61 2 9225 0200

Fax: +61 2 9225 1595

www.bakermckenzie.com

Manila*

Melbourne

Seoul

Shanghai

Singapore

Sydney

Taipei

Tokyo

Yangon

 

Europe, Middle East & Africa

 

Abu Dhabi

Almaty

Amsterdam

Antwerp

Bahrain

Baku

Barcelona

Berlin

Brussels

Budapest

Cairo

Casablanca

Doha

Dubai

Dusseldorf

Frankfurt/Main

Geneva

Istanbul

Johannesburg

Kyiv

London

Luxembourg

Madrid

Milan

Moscow

Munich

Paris

Prague

Riyadh

Rome

St. Petersburg

Stockholm

Vienna

Warsaw

Zurich

 

Latin America

 

Bogota

Brasilia**

Buenos Aires

Caracas

Guadalajara

Juarez

Lima

Mexico City

Monterrey

Porto Alegre**

Rio de Janeiro**

Santiago

Sao Paulo**

Tijuana

Valencia

 

North America

 

Chicago

Dallas

Houston

Miami

New York

Palo Alto

San Francisco

Toronto

Washington, DC

 

June 22, 2015

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited

F6A/1-15 Barr Street

Balmain NSW 2041

Australia

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States tax counsel to Benitec Biopharma Limited, an Australia limited company (the “Company”), in connection with the registration of the Company’s ordinary shares, which will be represented by American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) evidenced by American Depositary Receipts as described in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed on June 22, 2015 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This opinion is being furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement.

 

In connection with this opinion, we have examined the Registration Statement and such other documents and corporate records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order to enable us to render the opinion below. For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed (i) the validity and accuracy of the documents and corporate records that we have examined, (ii) the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such documents and (iii) that all relevant documents have been, or will be, validly authorized, executed, delivered and performed by all of the relevant parties. As to any facts material to the opinion expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and have assumed that such statements and representations are true, correct and complete without regard to any qualification as to knowledge or belief. Our opinion is conditioned upon, among other things, the initial and continuing truth, accuracy, and completeness of the items described above on which we are relying.

 

*      Associated Firm

**    In cooperation with Trench, Rossi e Watanabe Advogados

 

Baker & McKenzie, an Australian partnership, is a member of Baker & McKenzie International, a Swiss Verein.


In rendering the opinion, we have considered the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, pertinent judicial authorities, interpretive rulings and other administrative guidance of the Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”), and such other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as of the date hereof. It should be noted that statutes, regulations, judicial decisions and administrative guidance are subject to change at any time and may be effective retroactively. A change in the authorities or the truth, accuracy or completeness of any of the facts, information, documents, corporate records, covenants, statements, representations or assumptions on which our opinion is based could affect our conclusions.

Subject to the foregoing and the qualifications set forth in the Registration Statement, the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as such discussion sets forth legal conclusions on U.S. federal income tax law, constitutes our opinion as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement) of the ownership and sale, exchange or other disposition of the Company’s ADSs and ordinary shares.

Our opinion is limited to the application of the federal income tax laws of the United States only and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability of other federal laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state. Our opinion represents only our interpretation of the law and has no binding, legal effect on, without limitation, the Service or any court. It is possible that contrary positions may be asserted by the Service and that one or more courts may sustain such contrary positions. Our opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise this opinion to reflect any changes, including changes which have retroactive effect (i) in applicable law, or (ii) in any fact, information, document, corporate record, covenant, statement, representation, or assumption stated herein that becomes untrue, incorrect or incomplete.

This letter is furnished to you for use in connection with the Registration Statement and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to for any other purpose without our express written permission. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement wherever it appears. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

Sincerely,

/s/ BAKER & McKENZIE

Baker & McKenzie

 

2

Exhibit 8.2

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

Bangkok

Beijing

Brisbane

Hanoi

Ho Chi Minh City

Hong Kong

Jakarta*

Kuala Lumpur*

Baker & McKenzie

Level 27 AMP Centre

50 Bridge Street

Sydney, NSW 2000

Australia

 

Tel: +61 2 9225 0200

Fax: +61 2 9225 1595

www.bakermckenzie.com

Manila*

Melbourne

Seoul

Shanghai

Singapore

Sydney

Taipei

Tokyo

Yangon

 

Europe, Middle East & Africa

 

Abu Dhabi

Almaty

Amsterdam

Antwerp

Bahrain

Baku

Barcelona

Berlin

Brussels

Budapest

Cairo

Casablanca

Doha

Dubai

Dusseldorf

Frankfurt/Main

Geneva

Istanbul

Johannesburg

Kyiv

London

Luxembourg

Madrid

Milan

Moscow

Munich

Paris

Prague

Riyadh

Rome

St. Petersburg

Stockholm

Vienna

Warsaw

Zurich

 

Latin America

 

Bogota

Brasilia**

Buenos Aires

Caracas

Guadalajara

Juarez

Lima

Mexico City

Monterrey

Porto Alegre**

Rio de Janeiro**

Santiago

Sao Paulo**

Tijuana

Valencia

 

North America

 

Chicago

Dallas

Houston

Miami

New York

Palo Alto

San Francisco

Toronto

Washington, DC

 

June 22, 2015

 

Benitec Biopharma Limited

F6A/1-15 Barr Street

Balmain NSW 2041

Australia

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States tax counsel to Benitec Biopharma Limited, an Australia limited company (the “Company”), in connection with the registration of the Company’s ordinary shares, which will be represented by American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) evidenced by American Depositary Receipts as described in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1(the “Registration Statement”) filed on June 22, 2015 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This opinion is being furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement.

 

In connection with this opinion, we have examined the Registration Statement and such other documents and corporate records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order to enable us to render the opinion below. For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed (i) the validity and accuracy of the documents and corporate records that we have examined, (ii) the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such documents and (iii) that all relevant documents have been, or will be, validly authorized, executed, delivered and performed by all of the relevant parties. As to any facts material to the opinion expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and have assumed that such statements and representations are true, correct and complete without regard to any qualification as to knowledge or belief. Our opinion is conditioned upon, among other things, the initial and continuing truth, accuracy, and completeness of the items described above on which we are relying.

 

*      Associated Firm

**    In cooperation with Trench, Rossi e Watanabe Advogados

 

Baker & McKenzie, an Australian partnership, is a member of Baker & McKenzie International, a Swiss Verein.


In rendering the opinion, we have considered the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, pertinent judicial authorities, interpretive rulings and other administrative guidance of the Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”), and such other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as of the date hereof. It should be noted that statutes, regulations, judicial decisions and administrative guidance are subject to change at any time and may be effective retroactively. A change in the authorities or the truth, accuracy or completeness of any of the facts, information, documents, corporate records, covenants, statements, representations or assumptions on which our opinion is based could affect our conclusions.

Subject to the foregoing and the qualifications set forth in the Registration Statement, the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” insofar as such discussion sets forth legal conclusions on U.S. federal income tax law, constitutes our opinion as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement) of the ownership and sale, exchange or other disposition of the Company’s ADSs and ordinary shares.

Our opinion is limited to the application of the federal income tax laws of the United States only and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability of other federal laws, the laws of any state or any other jurisdiction, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state. Our opinion represents only our interpretation of the law and has no binding, legal effect on, without limitation, the Service or any court. It is possible that contrary positions may be asserted by the Service and that one or more courts may sustain such contrary positions. Our opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise this opinion to reflect any changes, including changes which have retroactive effect (i) in applicable law, or (ii) in any fact, information, document, corporate record, covenant, statement, representation, or assumption stated herein that becomes untrue, incorrect or incomplete.

This letter is furnished to you for use in connection with the Registration Statement and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to for any other purpose without our express written permission. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement wherever it appears. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

Sincerely,

/s/ BAKER & McKENZIE

Baker & McKenzie

 

2

Exhibit 10.1

Licence Agreement

Dated    23 December 2009

Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation

Benitec Australia Limited ACN 080 299 645

Benitec Limited ACN 068 943 662


Licence Agreement

Contents

 

Details

  1   

General terms

  3   

1

Interpretation   3   
1.1 Definitions   3   
1.2 Rules for interpreting this agreement   9   
1.3 Business Days   10   

2

Commencement   10   

3

PRIOR AGREEMENTS   10   
3.1 Commercial Agreement, Licence Agreement and Capital Growth Agreement   10   
3.2 Promega, Sigma-Aldrich and Related Licence Agreements   10   

4

GRANT OF COMMERCIALISATION RIGHTS AND LICENCE TO BENITEC AUSTRALIA   11   
4.1 Benitec’s Commercialisation Rights   11   
4.2 Grant of licence under Other Patents   11   
4.3 Grant of rights to Benitec Australia under the Relevant Patents   11   

5

Retained commercialisation rights of CSIRO   11   
5.1 CSIRO’s Commercialisation Rights   11   
5.2 Clarifications   11   
5.3 Acknowledgements   13   

6

ADDITIONAL LICENCE TERMS   13   
6.1 Registration of licence   13   
6.2 Licence to be exercisable by Affiliate   14   
6.3 Licences and Sub-licences   14   

7

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS   14   
7.1 CSIRO’s rights   14   
7.2 Benitec Australia’s rights   14   

8

Commercialisation of Research Tool Products and Research Tool Services   15   
8.1 Allocation of rights   15   
8.2 Reservation of rights   15   
8.3 Acknowledgements and undertaking   16   
8.4 Commercialisation revenues   17   

9

PATENT OWNERSHIP   19   
9.1 Ownership of Patents and Patent Applications   19   

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

i


10

PATENT MAINTENANCE AND PROSECUTION   19   
10.1 Patent Management   19   
10.2 Patent Management Committee   21   
10.3 Elevation   21   
10.4 Protection against undue narrowing   22   
10.5 Implementation of patent management decisions – ‘099 Patent   23   
10.6 New Patent Costs   26   
10.7 Relevant Patents proposed to be abandoned   29   

11

ADDITIONAL BENITEC PATENTS   30   
11.1 Mutual undertakings   30   

12

INDEMNITY   30   
12.1 Indemnity from Benitec Australia   30   
12.2 Indemnity from CSIRO   31   

13

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   31   
13.1 No warranties regarding infringement   31   
13.2 Mutual representations and warranties   31   
13.3 Repetition of representations and warranties   33   
13.4 Reliance on representations and warranties   33   

14

ASSIGNMENT   33   

15

LITIGATION RIGHTS   34   
15.1 Good Faith and Notification of disputes   34   
15.2 Litigation rights   34   
15.3 Obligations of Sublicensees   35   
15.4 Indemnity by sub-licensor in favour of other party   35   

16

CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICITY   35   
16.1 Confidentiality   35   
16.2 Publicity   36   

17

DISPUTE RESOLUTION   36   
17.1 Parties to engage in mediation   36   
17.2 Guidelines for arbitration   37   
17.3 Reserved rights   37   

18

TERMINATION   37   
18.1 Termination by either party   37   
18.2 Termination not to affect accrued rights of action   38   
18.3 Breach not giving right to terminate   38   
18.4 Consequences of termination   38   

19

GST   38   
19.1 Consideration GST exclusive   38   
19.2 Payment of GST   38   
19.3 Reimbursements   39   
19.4 Interpretation   39   

20

COMMON INTEREST PRIVILEGE   39   
20.1 Acknowledgements   39   
20.2 Further agreement   39   
20.3 Interpretation   39   

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

ii


21

GENERAL   40   
21.1 Proper Law   40   
21.2 Force Majeure   40   
21.3 Notices   40   
21.4 Severability   41   
21.5 Relationship of parties   41   
21.6 Waivers   41   
21.7 Counterparts   41   
21.8 Costs and expenses   42   
21.9 Compliance with applicable requirements   42   
21.10 Cumulative rights   42   
21.11 Further assurances   42   
21.12 Operation of indemnities   42   
21.13 Set off   42   
21.14 Exclusion of contrary legislation   43   

Schedule 1 - Patents And Patent Applications

  44   

Schedule 2 - Additional Benitec Patents

  51   

Schedule 3 - Insolvency Event

  53   

Signing page

  55   

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

iii


Licence Agreement

Details

 

Parties

  

CSIRO, Benitec Australia and Benitec

CSIRO    Name   

Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial

Research Organisation

   ABN/ACN/ARBN    41 687 119 230
   Address   

5 Julius Avenue

Riverside Corporate Park

North Ryde NSW 2113

   Telephone    02 9490 8255
   Fax    02 9490 8260
   Attention   

General Manager – IP, Licensing and

Technology Transfer Support

Benitec

Australia

   Name    Benitec Australia Limited
   ACN    080 299 645
   Address   

c/o FAL Lawyers

16/356 Collins Street

Melbourne Vic 3000

   Telephone    (03) 9642 2252
   Fax    (03) 9642 2272
   Attention    Chief Executive Officer
Benitec    Name    Benitec Limited
   ACN    068 943 662
   Address   

c/o FAL Lawyers

16/356 Collins Street

Melbourne Vic 3000

   Telephone    (03) 9642 2252
   Fax    (03) 9642 2272
   Attention    Chief Executive Officer

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

   1


Recitals

Commencing on the Effective Date, CSIRO and Benitec Australia agree that their rights and obligations in respect of the Patents and Patent Applications will be governed by the terms of this agreement.

Governing law New South Wales
Date of agreement See Signing page

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

2


Licence Agreement

General terms

 

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

‘099 Patent means the United States Patent No. US6,573,099.

Additional Benitec Patents means those patents and patent applications listed in Schedule 2 of this agreement.

Affiliate shall mean any entity that is Controlled by, Controls, or is under common Control with a party, as the case may be.

Animal shall mean any species of the Kingdom Animalia, according to the Linnaean System of Taxonomy, and cells, tissues and organs isolated therefrom, but excluding Humans.

Animal Therapeutics shall mean any application of the Technology that comprises a therapeutic agent or method for the treatment or prevention of a disease, disease state or disorder, or for the maintenance of health in Animals.

Benitec Current Rights means the rights granted to Benitec Australia to Commercialise and conduct research and development in respect of:

 

  (a) the Patents and Patent Applications;

 

  (b) the Technology; or

 

  (c) the Patents and Patent Applications and the Technology,

under this agreement.

Business Day means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in Sydney, New South Wales.

Capital Growth Agreement means the agreement dated 8 December 2003 between the parties entitled “Capital Growth Agreement”.

Commercialise or Commercialisation shall mean the Exploitation of a Patent or Patent Application, and / or the licensing (with a right to sub-license) and sub-contracting of the Exploitation of a Patent or Patent Application, but shall exclude Research and Development.

Control(s) or Controlled shall have the meaning that is afforded to it in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

3


Delivery Agent means any agent (including a construct, vector, molecule or complex) engineered to deliver an RNAi Molecule into a cell, including:

 

  (a) an agent engineered to deliver into the cell an RNAi Molecule synthesised outside the cell;

 

  (b) a DNA molecule from which an RNAi Molecule may be transcribed in the cell;

 

  (c) a viral vector from which an RNAi Molecule may be produced in the cell through:

 

  (i) replication of the vector; and/or

 

  (ii) in the case of a DNA virus, transcription of the vector; and/or

 

  (iii) in the case of an RNA virus that utilises reverse transcription, transcription of a reverse transcription product of the vector,

and may be a DNA virus or an RNA virus or an agent derived from or incorporated in such a virus (and may, but need not, be an RNA virus that involves reverse transcription),

and includes a formulated pharmaceutical product for administration to an organism that incorporates the subject matter of paragraph (a), (b) or (c).

Effective Date means 4 January 2010.

Exploit shall mean, in relation to any jurisdiction in the Territory, anything that would infringe a Valid Claim in that jurisdiction (unless a license were granted), and includes the meaning given to the word “Exploit” in the Patents Act 1990 (Cth). Exploits and Exploitation shall be similarly construed.

Food Additive means a substance which when combined with other ingredients has a tradition of use as a food in the form in which it is consumed.

Foodstuff means a substance ingested orally which has a tradition of use as a food in the form in which it is consumed.

Force Majeure Event shall mean an event which is not within the reasonable control of the party claiming to be affected by such event, and any act of God, earthquakes, lightning strikes, floods, storms, explosions, fires or other natural disasters, war, revolution or other unlawful act against public order or authority, or industrial dispute (other than any such dispute concerning the party).

Fungus shall mean any species of the Kingdom Fungi, according to the Linnaean System of Taxonomy, and cells, tissues and organs isolated therefrom, and ‘Fungi’ shall be similarly construed.

Government Agency means:

 

  (a) a government or government department or other body;

 

  (b) a governmental, semi-governmental or judicial person; or

 

  (c) a person (whether autonomous or not) who is charged with the administration of a law.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

4


Human or Humans shall mean Homo sapiens, and cells, tissues and organs isolated therefrom.

Human Field :

 

  (a) shall mean all Uses of the Technology:

 

  (i) in Humans and Animals for research to understand the role of Human genes in Human biology, physiology and metabolism;

 

  (ii) in Humans and Animals for studying and understanding diseases, disease states and disorders of Humans;

 

  (iii) in Humans and Animals for development and validation of RNAi Human Therapeutics, including:

 

  (A) development and validation of Delivery Agents to assess potential for use as an RNAi Human Therapeutic; and

 

  (B) the use of Transgenic Animals in experiments that Use the Technology in those Animals for the sole purpose of such development or validation;

 

  (iv) in Humans and isolated Animal cells (but not otherwise involving the use of Animals) for development, validation and manufacture of Non-RNAi Human Therapeutics;

 

  (v) in Humans, Protista, Fungi and isolated Animal cells (but not otherwise involving the use of Animals) for the manufacture of RNAi Human Therapeutics;

 

  (vi) in Humans, and in isolated Animal cells in diagnostic kits for use in conjunction with testing Human cells, for diagnosing and monitoring of diseases, disease states and disorders of Humans;

 

  (vii) in Humans for:

 

  (A) preventing and treating diseases, disease states and disorders of Humans (including those caused by Pathogens and Parasites of Humans);

 

  (B) preventing and treating Pathogens and Parasites of Humans;

 

  (viii) in Animals (including Transgenic Animals) for the sole purpose of preparing Animal organs, tissues and cells for xenotransplantation into Humans;

 

  (ix) in Humans for treating a xenotransplant in a Human;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

5


  (b) also includes manufacturing an RNAi Molecule or a Delivery Agent outside a cell (including acellular or synthetic manufacture), or in bacteria or otherwise in a cell in a manner that does not Use the Technology in the cell, solely for the purpose of carrying out the activities set out in paragraph (a), provided always that the Delivery Agent is engineered for delivery or administration to the relevant organism or cell type as set out in paragraph (a) to cause Use of the Technology in the organism or cell type;

 

  (c) excludes all Uses of the Technology in Plants;

 

  (d) excludes all Uses of the Technology to make Foodstuffs, Food Additives and Nutraceuticals that do not rely upon the Use of the Technology in Humans;

 

  (e) excludes making, using and selling Research Tool Products and providing Research Tool Services.

Human Therapeutics shall mean any application of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications that comprises a therapeutic agent or method for the treatment or prevention of a disease, disease state or disorder, or for the maintenance of health, in Humans (including in relation to Pathogens and Parasites of Humans), other than for purely diagnostic ex vivo purposes relating solely to Humans and excludes all Foodstuffs, Food Additives and Nutraceuticals that do not Use the Technology in Humans.

Insect shall mean any species being a member of the Kingdom Animalia, Phylum Arthropoda, Class Insecta according to the Linnaean System of Taxonomy.

Insolvency Event shall mean an event as defined in Schedule 3.

New Patent Costs means the costs, incurred as from the Effective Date, for the prosecution and maintenance of the Relevant Patents, or the conduct of a defensive proceeding in respect of a Relevant Patent (including an opposition or an interference proceeding in respect of which Benitec Australia has a payment obligation under clause 10.6(i) or 10.6(j)), including legal and patent attorney fees and disbursements. New Patent Costs includes all costs relating to the re-examination of the ‘099 Patent (including any appeals).

Non-RNAi Human Therapeutic means a Human Therapeutic the manufacture of which involves use of an RNAi Molecule to induce downregulation of target gene expression in a cell used in the manufacture of the Non-RNAi Human Therapeutic and which is not an RNAi Human Therapeutic or an RNAi Molecule.

Nutraceutical means a substance that is a cosmetic or that has drug-like properties but is not legally recognised as a therapeutic agent by the Australian Therapeutic Goods Agency or the US Food and Drug Administration.

Other Patents means each of the Patents and Patent Applications that is not a Relevant Patent.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

6


Parasite shall mean any organism living in, with or on another organism, to the detriment of that host organism.

Pathogen shall mean any specific causative agent of disease, such as a virus, bacterium or Fungus.

Patents and Patent Applications means the patents and patent applications set out in part 1 of Schedule 1 to this agreement.

Plant shall mean any species being a member of the Kingdom Plantae according to the Linnaean System of Taxonomy and cells, tissues and organs isolated therefrom.

Promega means Promega Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation having its principal place of business at 2800 Woods Hollow Road, Madison, Wisconsin 53711.

Promega Licence Agreement means the agreement between Benitec Australia, Promega and CSIRO effective as of 19 August 2005 by the agreement of that date.

Protista shall mean any species being a member of the Kingdom Protista according to the Linnaean System of Taxonomy.

Quarter means each three monthly period of January to March, April to June, July to September and October to December.

Research and Development shall mean the use of any of the Patents and Patent Applications for the purpose of:

 

  (a) scientific inquiry;

 

  (b) improving upon the invention claimed in the Patents and Patent Applications;

 

  (c) finding a new use for the invention claimed in the Patents and Patent Applications; or

 

  (d) creating a new product or process using the invention claimed in the Patents and Patent Applications.

Relevant Patents means each of the Patents and Patent Applications determined in accordance with part 2 of Schedule 1 to this agreement.

Research Tool Products means any product, including a Transgenic Animal, the manufacture, use or sale of which would Use the Technology, that is sold for use in Research and Development within the Human Field, but does not include a product the manufacture, use or sale of which is for, or comprises:

 

  (a) Use of the Technology in Plants; or

 

  (b) a therapeutic agent or method of treatment, prevention, monitoring or diagnosis of a disease, disease state or disorder, or for the maintenance of health, in Humans.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

7


Research Tool Services means any service provided solely in the Human Field (including undertaking in-house research services and provision of research services to third parties), but does not include services that:

 

  (a) involve Use of the Technology in Plants;

 

  (b) are provided for research related to Animals; or

 

  (c) use a therapeutic agent or method of treatment, prevention, monitoring or diagnosis of a disease, disease state or disorder, or for the maintenance of health, in Humans.

RNAi Human Therapeutic means a Human Therapeutic comprising a Delivery Agent engineered for the sole purpose of administration to a Human so as to Use the Technology in a Human and excludes all Foodstuffs, Food Additives and Nutraceuticals that do not rely upon the Use of the Technology in Humans.

RNAi Molecule means a double stranded RNA molecule that induces sequence specific downregulation of target gene expression in a cell, where the double stranded RNA molecule has two separate complementary strands or a single strand having two complementary parts that hybridise.

Sigma-Aldrich Licence means the licence agreement between Sigma-Aldrich Inc, Benitec Australia and CSIRO which has an effective date of 21 October 2005.

Technology means the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications that involves Use of the Technology.

Term means the period from the Effective Date until the date of expiry of the last of the Patents and Patent Applications unless the agreement is sooner terminated as provided in the agreement.

Territory means worldwide.

Transgenic Animal means an Animal whose genome has been modified by introduction and integration of exogenous DNA.

Transition Agreement means the agreement between the parties entitled ‘Transition Agreement’ and executed on or about the date of this agreement.

Use of the Technology in an organism or cell type, means inducing downregulation of target gene expression in a cell of the organism or cell type (where the target gene may be endogenous or exogenous), such downregulation being induced by an RNAi Molecule that is introduced into the cell by any means.

In the case of Use of the Technology for preventing and treating Pathogens and Parasites of an organism, Use of the Technology in the organism also includes downregulation of target gene expression in a cell of a Parasite or Pathogen that is in, on or otherwise in contact with the organism, being downregulation induced by an RNAi Molecule introduced into a cell of the organism.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

8


Non-limiting examples of means of introducing an RNAi Molecule into a cell include:

 

  (a) by direct introduction into the cell of an RNAi Molecule synthesised outside the cell;

 

  (b) by transcription from a DNA molecule introduced into the cell or a proximate cell, whether the DNA molecule is introduced directly (such as via a DNA virus) or indirectly (such as through reverse transcription from an RNA virus)); or

 

  (c) by replication and/or transcription of a viral vector introduced into the cell or a proximate cell, whether a DNA virus or an RNA virus (whether or not involving reverse transcription),

where ‘proximate cell’ means a cell within the same organism or cell culture as the cell into which the DNA molecule or viral vector is introduced.

Where the expression “Use of the Technology” does not refer to an organism or cell type, the expression will mean any use of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications.

The expressions “Use the Technology” and “application of the Technology” shall be similarly construed.

Valid Claim shall mean:

 

  (a) any claim of an issued and unexpired patent within the Patents and Patent Applications which has not been held unenforceable or invalid by a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction in an unappealed or unappealable decision, and which has not been disclosed or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or otherwise; or

 

  (b) a claim of a pending patent application within the Patents and Patent Applications which claim is subsequently granted.

 

1.2 Rules for interpreting this agreement

Headings are for convenience only, and do not affect interpretation. The following rules also apply in interpreting this document, except where the context makes it clear that a rule is not intended to apply.

 

  (a) A reference to:

 

  (i) legislation (including subordinate legislation) is to that legislation as amended, re-enacted or replaced, and includes any subordinate legislation issued under it;

 

  (ii) a document or agreement, or a provision of a document or agreement, is to that document, agreement or provision as amended, supplemented, replaced or novated;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

9


  (iii) a party to this document or to any other document or agreement includes a permitted substitute or a permitted assign of that party;

 

  (iv) a person includes any type of entity or body of persons, whether or not it is incorporated or has a separate legal identity, and any executor, administrator or successor in law of the person; and

 

  (v) anything (including a right, obligation or concept) includes each part of it.

 

  (b) A singular word includes the plural, and vice versa.

 

  (c) A word which suggests one gender includes the other genders.

 

  (d) If a word is defined, another part of speech has a corresponding meaning.

 

  (e) If an example is given of anything (including a right, obligation or concept), such as by saying it includes something else, the example does not limit the scope of that thing.

 

  (f) The word agreement includes an undertaking or other binding arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing.

 

1.3 Business Days

If the day on or by which a person must do something under this document is not a Business Day:

 

  (a) if the act involves a payment that is due on demand, the person must do it on or by the next Business Day; and

 

  (b) in any other case, the person must do it on or by the previous Business Day.

 

 

2 Commencement

This Agreement commences on 4 January 2010.

 

 

3 PRIOR AGREEMENTS

 

3.1 Commercial Agreement, Licence Agreement and Capital Growth Agreement

The parties acknowledge that certain agreements will be terminated, or made subject to conditions for termination, as set out in the Transition Agreement.

 

3.2 Promega, Sigma-Aldrich and Related Licence Agreements

CSIRO hereby grants Benitec Australia a licence to the extent required (if any) to confirm that Benitec Australia has and always had the right to be a co-licensor with CSIRO in the Sigma-Aldrich Licence and in the Promega

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

10


Licence, and to confirm that Benitec Australia has and always had the right to be licensor in those licence agreements listed in Schedule 2.4 of the Sigma-Aldrich Licence, being licence agreements transferred from Promega to Benitec Australia.

 

 

4 GRANT OF COMMERCIALISATION RIGHTS AND LICENCE TO BENITEC AUSTRALIA

 

4.1 Benitec’s Commercialisation Rights

 

  (a) Benitec Australia has the sole, exclusive and absolute right to Commercialise worldwide for its own use and benefit and within its sole discretion the Technology in the Human Field as set out in clauses 4.2 and 4.3.

 

  (b) Benitec Australia shall not Commercialise the Technology outside the Human Field.

 

4.2 Grant of licence under Other Patents

CSIRO grants to Benitec Australia and Benitec Australia takes from CSIRO the exclusive licence under the Other Patents, to the exclusion of CSIRO and others, for the Term in the Territory to Commercialise the Technology in the Human Field.

 

4.3 Grant of rights to Benitec Australia under the Relevant Patents

CSIRO grants to Benitec Australia and Benitec Australia takes from CSIRO the exclusive licence under the Relevant Patents, to the exclusion of CSIRO and others, for the Term in the Territory, to Commercialise the Technology in the Human Field.

 

 

5 Retained commercialisation rights of CSIRO

 

5.1 CSIRO’s Commercialisation Rights

Benitec Australia acknowledges that CSIRO has the exclusive right under the Patents and Patent Applications, for the Term in the Territory, to the exclusion of Benitec Australia and others, to Commercialise the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications other than Commercialisation of the Technology in the Human Field, for the Term in the Territory. CSIRO may exercise the foregoing Commercialisation rights for its own use and benefit and within its sole discretion.

 

5.2 Clarifications

The following activities fall outside Commercialisation of the Technology in the Human Field:

 

  (a) all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications in Plants, including all Uses of the Technology in Plants and all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications for the manufacture of Non-RNAi Human Therapeutics using Plants;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

11


  (b) all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications in Animals, including all Uses of the Technology in Animals and all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications for the manufacture of Non-RNAi Human Therapeutics using Animals (other than isolated Animal cells), except to the extent specified in the definition of Human Field.

 

  (c) without derogating from paragraph (b) above, all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications in Animals for:

 

  (i) research to understand the role of Animal genes in Animal biology, physiology and metabolism;

 

  (ii) studying and understanding diseases, disease states and disorders of Animals, including research to understand the Pathogens and Parasites of Animals;

 

  (iii) diagnosing and monitoring of diseases, disease states and disorders of Animals;

 

  (iv) diagnosing and preventing Pathogens and Parasites of Animals;

 

  (v) the development and validation of treatments (including prophylactic treatments) and therapeutic agents for use in Animals including the development and validation of Animal Therapeutics and Transgenic Animals, but for the avoidance of doubt this paragraph (v) does not affect the interpretation that Use of the Technology in Animals for the development and validation of RNAi Human Therapeutics (including development and validation of Delivery Agents to assess potential for use as an RNAi Human Therapeutic) falls within the Human Field;

 

  (vi) save to the extent set out in paragraphs (a)(viii), (a) (ix) and (b) of the definition of Human Field, the manufacture of treatments (including prophylactic treatments) and therapeutic agents for use in Animals including the manufacture of Animal Therapeutics and the generation of Transgenic Animals;

 

  (d) all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications in Plants, Animals, Fungi, Protista, prokaryotes or outside a cell to make Foodstuffs, Food Additives or Nutraceuticals, provided such Foodstuffs, Food Additives or Nutraceuticals do not rely upon the Use of the Technology in Humans;

 

  (e) all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications in the diagnosis or monitoring of Humans that have consumed Foodstuffs or Food Additives or consumed or been applied Nutraceuticals, and the prevention or treatment of Human disease by Human consumption of Foodstuffs or Food Additives or by Human consumption or application to a Human of Nutraceuticals, provided such diagnosis, monitoring, prevention or treatment does not rely upon the Use of the Technology in Humans;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

12


  (f) all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications in the diagnosis or monitoring of Humans treated with Non-RNAi Human Therapeutics manufactured other than through Use of the Technology in Humans or isolated Animal cells to manufacture Non-RNAi Human Therapeutics, provided such diagnosis or monitoring does not rely upon the Use of the Technology in Humans;

 

  (g) all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications in the prevention or treatment of Human disease by treatment of Humans with Non-RNAi Human Therapeutics manufactured other than through Use of the Technology in Humans or isolated Animal cells to manufacture Non-RNAi Human Therapeutics, provided such prevention or treatment does not rely upon the Use of the Technology in Humans;

 

  (h) all uses of the subject matter of the Patents and Patent Applications in the prevention of Human disease by treatment of Animals infected with or otherwise carrying a Human disease-causing agent or by prevention of infection of Animals or transmission by Animals of a Human disease-causing agent, except to the extent specified in paragraphs (a)(vii), (a)(viii) and (a)(ix) of the definition of Human Field.

 

5.3 Acknowledgements

 

  (a) The references to research, study, development and validation in the Human Field do not derogate from the exclusion of Research and Development from the definition of Commercialise and do not affect the interpretation of any provision in this agreement.

 

  (b) The parties acknowledge that if exploitation of the Technology within a party’s exclusive field were to generate a solution or a technology also having application in the other party’s exclusive field, then those circumstances do not, of themselves:

 

  (i) render the first named party’s exploitation as having taken place outside the first named party’s exclusive field; or

 

  (ii) provide any right or licence not otherwise provided for in this agreement.

 

  (c) CSIRO acknowledges that its rights to Use of the Technology outside the Human Field do not, of themselves, provide CSIRO an entitlement to use in Humans an RNAi Human Therapeutic manufactured outside the Human Field without a licence from Benitec Australia.

 

 

6 ADDITIONAL LICENCE TERMS

 

6.1 Registration of licence

Benitec Australia shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in any registration of any licence granted to it in this agreement.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

13


6.2 Licence to be exercisable by Affiliate

 

  (a) Each party acknowledges that the other party shall be permitted to arrange for the exercise of the rights to Exploit the Patents and Patent Applications granted herein by an Affiliate and any action of such Affiliate shall be deemed for all purposes to be an action of that party.

 

  (b) Affiliates which exercise rights under clause 6.2(a) will be subject to the obligations of its related party under this agreement.

 

6.3 Licences and Sub-licences

Neither party may grant a licence or sub-licence (where permitted) to a third party of all or any of its rights in the Patents and Patent Applications under this agreement which contains rights that are broader than, or otherwise inconsistent with, the parties’ rights and obligations under this agreement.

 

 

7 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS

 

7.1 CSIRO’s rights

 

  (a) CSIRO or an Affiliate of CSIRO ( CSIRO Entities ) shall be entitled, either in their own right or in collaboration, or under contract, with other persons, to conduct Research and Development in relation to the Patents and Patent Applications, including to conduct Research and Development in relation to the Technology on a non-exclusive basis, for the life of each of the Patents and Patent Applications in all fields and to license such other persons to Exploit the Patents and Patent Applications including the Technology for the purposes of such Research and Development, free of any payment to Benitec Australia.

 

7.2 Benitec Australia’s rights

 

  (a) Benitec Australia or an Affiliate of Benitec Australia ( Benitec Australia Entities ) shall be entitled on a non–exclusive basis, either in their own right or in collaboration, or under contract, with other persons, to conduct Research and Development in relation to the Technology for the life of each of the Patents and Patent Applications in all fields other than the application of the Technology to Plants and, subject to clause 8.1, to sublicense such other persons to Exploit the Technology for the purposes of such Research and Development, free of any payment to CSIRO.

 

  (b) The parties further agree that, in the event that Benitec Australia Entities conceive and develop, or are otherwise entitled, whether in their own right or in collaboration or under contract with another person, to any invention as a consequence of the further Research and Development authorised by clause 7.2(a) of this agreement the relevant Benitec Australia Entities (together with the other party) shall be entitled to apply for and prosecute to grant any patent relating to such an invention solely in its own name and at its own expense.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

14


  (c) Where Benitec Australia Entities seek to Commercialise any invention referred to in clause 7.2(b) outside the Human Field those Benitec Australia Entities shall have the right to request a licence from CSIRO on commercial terms which CSIRO shall consider and shall either grant or not grant in its absolute discretion.

 

  (d) For the avoidance of doubt, the rights granted to Benitec Australia under this clause do not extend to any other person or legal entity not being a Benitec Australia Entity. Any such person or legal entity wishing to:

 

  (i) conduct Research and Development in relation to the Technology, other than in collaboration or pursuant to a contract with a Benitec Australia Entity; or

 

  (ii) Exploit, or authorise the Exploitation of, any invention resulting from such Research and Development,

will, insofar as such Research and Development or Exploitation is not within the scope of the Technology and in the Human Field and would infringe a Valid Claim or Valid Claims, require a licence from CSIRO.

 

  (e) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this clause 7.2 in the event that Benitec Australia or an Affiliate of Benitec Australia acquires a company or other entity, or any business which is using the Technology in Plants under a licence in relation to the Technology from a party entitled to grant such rights at the relevant time, then the prohibition imposed on Benitec Australia or any Affiliate of Benitec Australia not to apply the Technology to Plants shall not and does not apply to such company, entity or business. Additionally, Benitec Australia and its Affiliates are not in breach of any obligation under this clause 7.2 whilst the company, entity or business continues to have such licence.

 

 

8 Commercialisation of Research Tool Products and Research Tool Services

 

8.1 Allocation of rights

 

  (a) As between the parties, CSIRO retains an exclusive right for the Term in the Territory to Exploit and license Research Tool Products and Research Tool Services.

 

  (b) Clause 8.1(a) takes precedence over clause 4, but is subject to clauses 3.2 and 8.2.

 

8.2 Reservation of rights

 

  (a) Without derogating from Benitec Australia’s rights under clause 7.2, CSIRO grants Benitec Australia, for the Term in the Territory, a nonexclusive, limited license under the Patents and Patent Applications, without the right to sublicense (save as set out in paragraphs (v) and (vi) below), to use and practice the Technology for Research and Development in the Human Field,

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

15


but this licence grant does not include a right to use and practice the Technology in the following fields:

 

  (i) Use of the Technology in Plants;

 

  (ii) research related to Animals (save to the extent set out in the definition of Human Field); and

 

  (iii) use of a therapeutic agent or method of treatment, prevention, monitoring or diagnosis of a disease, disease state or disorder, or for the maintenance of health, in Humans – Benitec Australia has the exclusive right to Commercialise the Technology in this field under clause 4,

the licence being for:

 

  (iv) Benitec Australia’s internal business purposes;

 

  (v) collaborative or joint venture-type arrangements with third parties where Benitec Australia retains a proprietary interest in the results (including Therapeutic Products) of such collaboration or joint venture, where “Therapeutic Products” means any drugs, genes, peptides, proteins or other molecules that are used to, diagnose, prevent or treat diseases, disease states and disorders in Humans, or are beneficial in a disease-healing process in Humans; and

 

  (vi) providing to sub-licensees of Benitec Australia’s Commercialisation rights in the Human Field sublicences to conduct Research and Development in the Human Field for their internal business purposes provided that such use is in furtherance of the sub-licence of Benitec Australia’s Commercialisation rights in the Human Field.

 

8.3 Acknowledgements and undertaking

 

  (a) CSIRO acknowledges that, as at the Effective Date, due to the terms of the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement, CSIRO is not entitled to grant any licences for Research Tool Products or Research Tool Services to third parties under clause 8.1.

 

  (b) Benitec Australia acknowledges that, as at the Effective Date, due to the terms of the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement, Benitec Australia is not entitled to grant any licences for Research Tool Products or Research Tool Services to third parties under clause 8.2 save to the extent provided:

 

  (i) in clause 3.1(a) of the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement (which is reflected in clauses 8.2(a)(iv) and 8.2(a)(v) of this Agreement); and

 

  (ii) in clause 3.1(c) of the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement (which is included within the scope of Benitec Australia’s rights as between the parties to this Agreement as provided in clause 8.2(a)(vi) of this Agreement).

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

16


  (c) CSIRO acknowledges that Benitec Australia is party to the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement and that any amendment of the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement would require Benitec Australia’s express written agreement. CSIRO further acknowledges that pursuant to clauses 15.3(b) and (c) of the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement, the rights granted to Sigma-Aldrich by Benitec Australia and the sub-licences thereunder could not be unilaterally terminated by CSIRO.

 

  (d) If CSIRO wishes to approach Sigma-Aldrich to propose an amendment to the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement to add additional CSIRO patent rights to the rights licensed to Sigma-Aldrich, or to otherwise propose an amendment to the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement, then CSIRO must first consult with Benitec Australia and must consider in good faith all input received from Benitec Australia in such consultations.

 

  (e) The parties acknowledge that:

 

  (i) the scope of the definition of “Research Tool Products” in this Agreement is intended to be substantially identical to the scope of the “Benitec Products” as licensed by Benitec Australia to Sigma-Aldrich under the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement;

 

  (ii) the scope of the definition of “Research Tool Services” in this Agreement is intended to be at least as broad as the scope of the “Licensed Services” as licensed by Benitec Australia to Sigma-Aldrich under the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement; and

 

  (iii) the scope of the rights reserved by Benitec Australia under clause 8.2 is intended to be at least as broad as the scope of the rights reserved by Benitec Australia under clauses 3.1(a) and 3.1(c) of the Sigma-Aldrich Agreement.

 

8.4 Commercialisation revenues

 

  (a) If during the term of this Agreement CSIRO is in a position to grant licences to third parties for Research Tool Products or Research Tool Services under clause 8.1, or to sell or provide commoditised Research Tool Products or commoditised Research Tool Services to third parties under clause 8.1, then this clause 8.4 will apply.

 

  (b) CSIRO will pay to Benitec, within 30 days of the end of each Quarter, 50% of Commercialisation Revenue received by CSIRO in the preceding Quarter.

 

  (c) Each payment under clause 8.4(b) will be accompanied by a written statement providing reasonable details of the basis on which the Commercialisation Revenue was calculated.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

17


  (d) For the purposes of this clause 8.4, Commercialisation Revenue means:

 

  (i) all revenue received by CSIRO after the Effective Date in respect of:

 

  (A) licences granted by CSIRO to third parties under clause 8.1 of this Agreement for Research Tool Products and/or Research Tool Services; or

 

  (B) CSIRO selling or providing commoditised Research Tool Products or commoditised Research Tool Services to third parties under clause 8.1;

 

  (ii) which is attributed to Exploitation of the Patents and Patent Applications;

 

  (iii) including licence fees, royalties, milestone fees, option fees, and other monetary consideration, and the value of non-monetary consideration, but excluding all consideration (whether monetary consideration, the value of in-kind contributions or other non-monetary consideration) received by CSIRO and reasonably attributable to services provided by CSIRO pursuant to funded research arrangements, consultancy arrangements or research collaboration arrangements;

 

  (iv) less all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by CSIRO in relation to Commercialisation of Research Tool Products and Research Tool Services.

 

  (e) The attribution of revenues to Exploitation of the Patents and Patent Applications for the purposes of clause 8.4(d)(iii) above will be determined as follows:

 

  (i) The percentage attribution will be based on an assessment of the contributions to the value of the total package of licensed technology made by each component of the licensed technology;

 

  (ii) CSIRO and Benitec will negotiate in good faith to agree on a formula for such attribution of value, but in the event that agreement is not reached, the attribution of value will be as determined by CSIRO, but will not be less than 25% attribution to the Patents and Patent Applications.

 

  (f) CSIRO will provide to Benitec Australia, on a not less than a Quarterly basis, details of all new licences granted to third parties for Research Tool Products or Research Tool Services under clause 8.1.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

18


 

9 PATENT OWNERSHIP

 

9.1 Ownership of Patents and Patent Applications

 

  (a) The parties agree and acknowledge that CSIRO is the legal and beneficial owner of each of the Patents and Patent Applications.

 

  (b) Benitec Australia must do all things and execute all further documents necessary to enable CSIRO to take all actions set out in clauses 10 and 15 of this agreement, including executing any necessary further assignment documents or powers of attorney, and must do all things reasonably requested by CSIRO including:

 

  (i) to procure the execution of documents by Dr Graham and endeavouring to procure the execution of documents by Dr R Rice for such purposes; and

 

  (ii) arranging for the transfer of any files that Benitec is actually aware of and that CSIRO may not already have relating to the Patents and Patent Applications to CSIRO or to attorneys representing CSIRO as directed by CSIRO.

 

 

10 PATENT MAINTENANCE AND PROSECUTION

 

10.1 Patent Management

 

  (a) CSIRO shall be solely responsible for the prosecution and maintenance of all of the Patents and Patent Applications. CSIRO’s unfettered right to conduct the prosecution, maintenance and management of the Patents and Patent Applications shall include the following:

 

  (i) the right to appoint, remove and instruct patent attorneys;

 

  (ii) the right to draft or procure the drafting of patent specifications;

 

  (iii) the right to prepare or procure the filing of patent applications;

 

  (iv) the right to conduct or procure the conduct of patent prosecutions;

 

  (v) the right to conduct or procure the conduct of opposition proceedings and to defend opposition proceedings;

 

  (vi) the right to abandon all or part of any claim or part of a specification, or to amend any claim of any of the patents or patent applications comprised in the Patents and Patent Applications; and

 

  (vii) the right to have Benitec Australia sign within 10 Business Days upon request any form or document reasonably necessary to conduct the prosecution, maintenance and management of the Patents and Patent Applications;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

19


and Benitec Australia must provide all reasonable assistance to CSIRO’s taking of such action.

 

  (b) Subject to Benitec Australia’s compliance with the terms of this agreement, CSIRO will use reasonable endeavours to acquire and maintain the broadest patent protection reasonably practicable for the inventions claimed in the Relevant Patents, in the jurisdictions in which the Relevant Patents have been filed, for the longest term reasonably practicable.

 

  (c) In seeking the broadest patent protection reasonably practicable the parties acknowledge:

 

  (i) that to the extent that any inherent tension between fields of application can be addressed by a strategy of pursuing narrowly focussed distinct sibling patent applications, then that strategy may be pursued, but otherwise that any such tension will be resolved in accordance with this agreement;

 

  (ii) amongst other things, timing and commercial considerations impact upon what is considered ‘reasonably practicable’;

 

  (iii) within this context, Patent Attorneys can legitimately hold different professional views on the best prosecution strategy for a Relevant Patent and Benitec recognises CSIRO’s rights under clause 10.1(a) prevail in this regard.

 

  (d) Benitec Australia shall have the following rights in relation to the prosecution, maintenance and management of the Relevant Patents:

 

  (i) the right to be kept up to date and in a timely manner of the progress of any patent applications comprised in the Relevant Patents, to the extent that such applications relate to the Human Field;

 

  (ii) the right to be advised as soon as reasonably practicable of any act of any relevant Patent Office which is likely to adversely impact on any of the patents or patent applications comprised in the Relevant Patents, to the extent that such act relates to the Human Field; and

 

  (iii) the right to comment on and have input for a reasonable period prior to any of the actions described in clauses 10.1(a)(iv) and 10.1(a)(v) to the extent that they relate to the Human Field, and CSIRO must reasonably consider all Benitec Australia’s relevant proposals.

 

  (e)

Benitec Australia acknowledges that, as at the Effective Date, CSIRO owes certain input and consultation rights to third parties in respect of the prosecution and maintenance of the Relevant Patents. Notwithstanding the existence of these third party rights, without derogating from Benitec’s rights under clause 10.1(d), the parties

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

20


  acknowledge and agree that CSIRO must exercise independent discretion concerning its exercise of its prosecution, maintenance and management rights concerning the Relevant Patents.

 

  (f) CSIRO will prior to each Patent Management Committee meeting provide Benitec Australia with a report setting out the status of each of the Patents and Patent Applications.

 

10.2 Patent Management Committee

 

  (a) The parties shall establish a Patent Management Committee which shall hold meetings no less than six times per year and at times otherwise agreed.

 

  (b) The role of the Patent Management Committee shall not be as a decision making authority but shall be as an advisory committee to facilitate communication on the management of the Relevant Patents in accordance with clause 10.1 of this agreement.

 

  (c) The Patent Management Committee will, amongst other things, provide a forum:

 

  (i) for each party to discuss their needs in relation to the Relevant Patents;

 

  (ii) to discuss strategic plans for the prosecution and management of the Relevant Patents;

 

  (iii) to identify and discuss any potential issues in relation to the Relevant Patents; and

 

  (iv) CSIRO to update Benitec Australia on CSIRO’s strategic plans for the prosecution and management of the Other Patents, to the extent that these are relevant to the Relevant Patents or the Human Field.

 

  (d) The Patent Management Committee shall consist of persons appointed by each party, being those persons involved in the management and prosecution of the Relevant Patents on behalf of each party.

 

  (e) The terms of reference for the Patent Management Committee will be determined by unanimous decision of the Patent Management Committee as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date and will be consistent with this agreement.

 

10.3 Elevation

 

  (a) Subject to clause 10.3(d), if following discussion at a Patent Management Committee meeting or other communications between members of the Patent Management Committee, Benitec Australia disagrees with CSIRO’s proposed action in respect of a Significant Patent Management Matter, then Benitec Australia may require CSIRO to elevate CSIRO’s decision to the Nominated CSIRO Executive, provided Benitec so notifies CSIRO in writing within seven (7) days of the Patent Management Committee meeting or the other communication.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

21


  (b) Where Benitec Australia elevates a matter to the Nominated CSIRO Executive, CSIRO will provide Benitec Australia a reasonable opportunity to make written and verbal submissions to the Nominated CSIRO Executive. The Nominated CSIRO Executive must give serious consideration in good faith to Benitec Australia’s submissions.

 

  (c) Subject only to clause 10.3(d), where Benitec Australia elevates a matter to the Nominated CSIRO Executive, CSIRO will not take any action in relation to the matter (including undertaking the proposed action referred to in clause 10.3(a)) until the Nominated CSIRO Executive has determined the action to be taken on behalf of CSIRO.

 

  (d) In the case of an Urgent Matter, CSIRO may take such action as is reasonably required to ensure that rights are not lost either at all or in the relevant forum.

 

  (e) Benitec Australia acknowledges that the procedures set out in this clause 10.3 do not derogate from CSIRO’s rights under clause 10.1.

 

  (f) In this clause 10.3, the following definitions apply:

Nominated CSIRO Executive means the CSIRO executive occupying the office of Deputy Chief Executive, Operations or Acting Deputy Chief Executive, Operations.

Significant Patent Management Matter means a patent management matter where Benitec Australia considers that the scope of a patent claim in a Relevant Patent being prosecuted or defended is core to Benitec Australia’s business or where the total fees and charges to be borne by Benitec Australia for CSIRO’s proposed action are expected to exceed AUD $10,000.

Urgent Matter means a matter where unless action is taken urgently, rights in the specific patent or patent application may be irretrievably lost or may become unable to be pursued further in the relevant forum, for example where a right to pursue the matter before a patent office would cease unless a response is filed and any further pursuit of the rights would require that action be taken in a court.

 

10.4 Protection against undue narrowing

If the parties through the Patent Management Committee have not reached a consensus concerning the scope of a proposed amendment to a patent or patent application comprised in the Relevant Patents within a timeframe necessary to respond to the relevant patent office without loss of rights, then if Benitec Australia still considers that an amendment proposed to be made by CSIRO would unnecessarily narrow the scope of the patent or application having regard to:

 

  (a) the prior art;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

22


  (b) the support for claims provided by the disclosure in the patent specification; or

 

  (c) any other basis for determining the scope of a valid claim according to law,

then where possible under the patent laws of the jurisdiction in question, provided sufficient time remains to ensure that no loss of rights will occur, CSIRO will not proceed with that proposed amendment unless it has filed a divisional application or a continuation or continuation in part application that preserves the right to pursue the broader scope of patent protection sought by Benitec Australia. Such application would be a Relevant Patent for the purposes of this agreement.

 

10.5 Implementation of patent management decisions – ‘099 Patent

Without derogating from CSIRO’s rights under clause 10.1, in the case of the ‘099 Patent, all decisions made under clause 10.1 by CSIRO with the input of Benitec Australia as set out in clauses 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3, for the conduct of the re-examination proceeding involving the ‘099 Patent, and any interference proceeding declared involving the ‘099 Patent, will be implemented as follows from 20 March 2009 until the end of the period determined in accordance with clause 10.5(g).

 

  (a) The parties will, in accordance with clause 10.5(c), jointly appoint the Nominated US Patent Attorney as the attorney of record before the USPTO for the ‘099 Patent.

 

  (b) The Parties will, in accordance with clause 10.5(d) ), jointly appoint the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney to act on behalf of the parties in relation to the ‘099 Patent, including to act as the parties’ principal means of conveying instructions to the Nominated US Patent Attorney.

 

  (c) The parties will jointly appoint the Nominated US Patent Attorney such that:

 

  (i) the Nominated US Patent Attorney will act on behalf of CSIRO and Benitec Australia in accordance with the other provisions of this paragraph (c) solely for the ‘099 Patent;

 

  (ii) the Nominated US Patent Attorney undertakes to only take action in relation to the ‘099 Patent on the instructions of CSIRO and Benitec Australia as provided in accordance with clause 10.5(d)(iii);

 

  (iii) CSIRO and Benitec Australia will provide their instructions to the Nominated US Patent Attorney in either of the following two ways:

 

  (A) by written instruction signed by an authorised representative or agent of each of CSIRO and Benitec Australia; or

 

  (B) by instructions, whether written or oral, given by the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

23


  (iv) CSIRO may unilaterally terminate the joint appointment of the Nominated US Patent Attorney with immediate effect by providing written notice to the Nominated US Patent Attorney if CSIRO determines that Benitec Australia has breached clause 10.5(f);

 

  (v) Benitec Australia waives any right that could have arisen in the absence of this waiver to terminate the appointment of the Nominated US Patent Attorney without CSIRO’s prior written consent, including for any perceived conflict of interest, arising from the decision implementation arrangements set out in this clause 10.5.

 

  (d) The parties will jointly appoint the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney such that:

 

  (i) the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney will act on behalf of CSIRO and Benitec Australia in accordance with the other provisions of this paragraph (d) solely for the ‘099 Patent;

 

  (ii) the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney undertakes to only take action in relation to the ‘099 Patent on the instructions of CSIRO and Benitec Australia as provided in accordance with clause 10.5(d)(iii);

 

  (iii) CSIRO and Benitec Australia will provide their instructions to the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney in either of the following two ways:

 

  (A) by written instruction signed by an authorised representative or agent of each of CSIRO and Benitec Australia; or

 

  (B) by instructions, whether written or oral, jointly given by CSIRO and Benitec Australia;

 

  (iv) CSIRO may unilaterally terminate the joint appointment of the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney with immediate effect by providing written notice to the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney if CSIRO determines that Benitec Australia has breached clause 10.5(f);

 

  (v) Benitec Australia waives any right that could have arisen in the absence of this waiver to terminate the appointment of the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney without CSIRO’s prior written consent, including for any perceived conflict of interest, arising from the decision implementation arrangements set out in this clause 10.5.

 

  (e) Benitec Australia undertakes to do all acts and execute all documents, if any, necessary to give effect to the rights set out in this clause 10.5.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

24


  (f) Benitec Australia must:

 

  (i) jointly with CSIRO, and in a prompt and timely manner as determined by CSIRO, instruct the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney or the Nominated US Patent Attorney, as the case may be, to implement the decisions made in relation to the ‘099 Patent under clause 10.1 by CSIRO with the input of Benitec Australia as set out in clauses 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3; and

 

  (ii) not purport to independently or unilaterally instruct the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney or the Nominated US Patent Attorney in any matter whatsoever in relation to the ‘099 Patent.

 

  (g) The period of joint instruction of the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney and the Nominated US Patent Attorney will cease upon the earlier of:

 

  (i) the latest of:

 

  (A) the conclusion of the re-examination proceeding, including any appeals conducted in relation to that proceeding and any prosecution activities conducted before the USPTO consequent upon any decision of the USPTO or a court in the re-examination proceeding or any appeal thereof; and

 

  (B) the conclusion of any interference proceeding involving the ‘099 Patent, provided the interference proceeding is commenced prior to the period set out in paragraph (A) immediately above,

or

 

  (ii) receipt by the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney of written notice from CSIRO that CSIRO has determined at its sole discretion, without right of appeal by Benitec, that Benitec Australia has breached clause 10.5(f).

 

  (h) If the period of joint instruction ceases under clause 10.5(g), patent management of the ‘099 Patent shall be subject to clause 10 without clause 10.5.

 

  (i) In this clause 10.5, the following definitions apply:

Nominated US Patent Attorney means a US patent attorney firm appointed in accordance with clauses 10.1 and 10.5(a) and at the Effective Date is the US firm Cooper and Dunham LLC.

Nominated Australian Patent Attorney means an Australian patent attorney firm appointed in accordance with clauses 10.1 and 10.5(b) and at the Effective Date is the Australian firm Davies Collison Cave.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

25


  (j) Acknowledgement

Benitec Australia acknowledges that the joint instruction process set out in this clause 10.5 is solely a process for implementing decisions made under clause 10.1 by CSIRO with the input of Benitec Australia as set out in clauses 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3, for the conduct of the re-examination proceeding involving the ‘099 Patent, and any interference proceeding declared involving the ‘099 Patent. Benitec Australia acknowledges that the Nominated US Patent Attorney is counsel solely to CSIRO and that the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney is patent attorney solely to CSIRO. This clause 10.5 does not derogate from CSIRO’s rights under clause 10.1 and in particular does not provide Benitec Australia with any rights to independently or unilaterally instruct the Nominated Australian Patent Attorney or the Nominated US Patent Attorney in any matter whatsoever in relation to the ‘099 Patent.

 

10.6 New Patent Costs

New Patent Costs shall be budgeted and paid for as follows:

 

  (a) CSIRO and Benitec Australia will agree a reasonable budget for New Patent Costs for each quarter (which will be informed by historic expenses and anticipated future activity) to fund the actions which, following the deliberations of the Patent Management Committee, are to be taken in the quarter provided that:

 

  (i) adjustments to the budget for a quarter will be reasonably agreed if new actions, which were not known or determined necessary at the time the initial budget for the quarter was prepared, become necessary in that quarter; and

 

  (ii) any other non-budgeted New Patent Costs will be agreed by the parties from time to time; and

 

  (b) Benitec Australia agrees to pay all New Patent Costs in respect of actions determined to be taken in the quarter in accordance with clause 10.6(a), including new actions to be taken in the quarter in accordance with clause 10.6(a)(i), being the actual costs incurred, provided that Benitec Australia will not be liable to pay actual costs that exceed the budgeted amount for an action unless:

 

  (i) changed circumstances, or new information that has become available, requires an increase in the estimate; and

 

  (ii) CSIRO has first obtained and brought to the Patent Management Committee a written estimate of the increased cost for the action,

save where for reasons of urgency in advance of a deadline such written estimate cannot practicably be obtained, in which case Benitec Australia will not be liable to pay actual costs that exceed 130% of the agreed estimate for the action.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

26


  (c) Benitec Australia will be billed directly for the New Patent Costs, unless otherwise agreed, and will receive reasonably detailed invoices for the work performed. In the event that a patent attorney bills Benitec Australia directly, the parties acknowledge that this is an administrative arrangement only and that CSIRO is the client of the patent attorney;

 

  (d) To support the processes described in clause 10.6(a), save where considered unnecessary by the Patent Management Committee, CSIRO will, through its external Australian patent attorney, use reasonable endeavours to obtain cost estimates, and will supply copies of all such cost estimates to Benitec Australia, where practicable before taking any actions that would incur New Patent Costs, and the external Australian patent attorney’s charges therefore will form part of the New Patent Costs;

 

  (e) The parties shall, where possible, seek to minimise New Patent Costs and will duly consider any relevant proposals to reduce New Patent Costs without derogating from the principles in clause 10.6(b);

 

  (f) To the extent that New Patent Costs includes or is proposed to include an amount for travel and accommodation for CSIRO’s representatives (whether external or in-house representatives) then such travel and accommodation expenses must be competitively costed and minimised as much as reasonably practicable. For the purposes of this clause 10.6(f), it will be reasonable:

 

  (i) for representatives to fly business class on long international flights but not short international flights (less than five hours) or domestic flights;

 

  (ii) for representatives to obtain accommodation in hotels having a broadband internet connection.

However, it will not generally be reasonable for a party’s representatives to stay in unnecessarily expensive accommodation such as a four to five star hotel. The representative should not undertake other substantive business on the trip unless a basis for apportioning the costs has been agreed.

 

  (g) If CSIRO licenses a Relevant Patent to any third party outside the Human Field on an exclusive basis after the Effective Date, then CSIRO shall seek partial reimbursement from that licensee for future New Patent Costs paid by Benitec Australia. CSIRO will use reasonable endeavours to have any such partial reimbursement to be reasonably commensurate to the commercial value of rights to the Relevant Patents CSIRO is granting to that licensee. If CSIRO receives payment attributable to New Patent Costs from a licensee, then Benitec Australia’s obligation to pay such New Patent Costs will be reduced by the amount so received by CSIRO.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

27


  (h) If Benitec Australia determines, at its sole discretion, that it does not wish to pursue a Relevant Patent in any jurisdiction, then CSIRO may discontinue or continue to pursue that Relevant Patent in that jurisdiction and, if continued:

that Relevant Patent (whether a patent or an application) will thereafter:

 

  (i) cease to be a Relevant Patent; and

 

  (ii) become licensed to Benitec Australia on a non-exclusive basis, with the right to sublicense on a non-exclusive basis (but sublicences validly granted prior to Benitec Australia’s determination under sub-clause (h) will continue unaffected as will any sublicenses subsequently and validly granted by sub-licensees); and

 

  (iii) CSIRO may thereafter license that Relevant Patent in any field including the Human Field on a non-exclusive basis.

 

  (i) The parties shall consult regarding any interference declared in relation to the Relevant Patents. Unless otherwise agreed, if an interference is declared involving:

 

  (i) one or more of the Relevant Patents, but not involving one of the Other Patents, Benitec Australia shall bear all costs and expenses relating to that interference and must provide funds to cover such costs quarterly in advance as agreed by CSIRO and Benitec Australia;

 

  (ii) one or more of the Relevant Patents and involving one or more of the Other Patents, Benitec Australia and CSIRO shall bear all costs and expenses relating to that interference in equal shares; or

 

  (iii) one or more of the Other Patents but not involving one of the Relevant Patents, CSIRO shall bear all costs and expenses relating to that interference.

 

  (j) Suggesting an interference in respect of a patent application comprised in the Relevant Patents:

 

  (i) The parties may agree to suggest to the USPTO that an interference be declared pursuant to 37 CFR 41.202(a) in respect of a US patent application comprised in the Relevant Patents, and if an interference is declared consequent on the suggestion, Benitec will bear all costs and expenses relating to that interference in accordance with clause 10.6(i).

 

  (ii) Subject to clause 10.6(j)(iii), if CSIRO intends to suggest to the USPTO that an interference be declared pursuant to 37 CFR 41.202(a) in respect of a US patent application comprised in the Relevant Patents, and Benitec does not agree, then if an interference is declared consequent solely on the suggestion, as between the parties CSIRO shall bear all costs and expenses relating to that interference.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

28


  (iii) If the USPTO invites CSIRO as applicant to suggest an interference pursuant to 37 CFR 41.202(a) in respect of a US patent application comprised in the Relevant Patents (for example because the USPTO intends to declare an interference but wishes to give the applicant an opportunity to present its views on how the interference should be declared) or if the USPTO requires CSIRO as applicant to suggest an interference pursuant to 37 CFR 41.202(a) in respect of a US patent application comprised in the Relevant Patents (for example because the USPTO intends to declare an interference but wishes to obtain a clearer definition of the interfering subject matter or to establish whether the applicant will pursue claims to the interfering subject matter) then Benitec will bear all costs and expenses relating to that interference in accordance with clause 10.6(i).

 

10.7 Relevant Patents proposed to be abandoned

 

  (a) In the event CSIRO proposes not to continue the prosecution of, or maintain any Relevant Patent in the USA which is subject to a terminal disclaimer or double patenting objection requiring common ownership with one or more other Relevant Patents (hereinafter such patents and applications each being a “ Proposed Abandoned US TD Patent ”) without filing a continuation or divisional application derived from such a Proposed Abandoned US TD Patent, CSIRO must promptly inform Benitec Australia. To the extent that CSIRO is entitled to, CSIRO must offer Benitec Australia the opportunity to fund the ongoing maintenance of the Proposed Abandoned US TD Patent in reasonably sufficient time to enable Benitec Australia to do so before abandoning the Proposed Abandoned US TD Patent but unless otherwise agreed there shall be no change to the allocation of Commercialisation rights in respect of the Proposed Abandoned US TD Patent.

 

  (b) In the event CSIRO proposes not to continue the prosecution of, or maintain any Relevant Patent not covered by clause 10.7(a) (hereinafter such patents and applications each being a Proposed Abandoned Patent ) without filing a continuation or divisional application derived from such a Proposed Abandoned Patent, then the following provisions apply:

 

  (i) To the extent that CSIRO is entitled to, CSIRO must offer Benitec Australia the opportunity to take an assignment of the Proposed Abandoned Patent subject to an irrevocable licence-back to CSIRO as follows:

 

  (A) the assignment of a Proposed Abandoned Patent will be:

 

  1. for $1.00; and

 

  2. CSIRO must make such offer in reasonably sufficient time to enable Benitec Australia to offer and take such assignment before abandoning the Proposed Abandoned Patent; and

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

29


  (B) the licence-back to CSIRO will be on a non-exclusive basis for all rights under the Patents and Patent Applications outside Use of the Technology in the Human Field, with the right to sublicence on a non-exclusive basis (but sublicences validly granted prior to CSIRO’s determination under sub-clause (b) will continue unaffected as will any sublicenses subsequently and validly granted by sub-licensees);

 

  (ii) If clause 10.7(b)(i) does not operate, then , to the extent that CSIRO is entitled to, CSIRO must offer Benitec Australia the opportunity to fund the ongoing maintenance of the Proposed Abandoned Patent in reasonably sufficient time to enable Benitec Australia to do so before abandoning the Proposed Abandoned Patent but unless otherwise agreed there shall be no change to the allocation of Commercialisation rights in respect of the Proposed Abandoned Patent.

 

 

11 ADDITIONAL BENITEC PATENTS

 

11.1 Mutual undertakings

 

  (a) If an act that CSIRO is permitted to do under clause 5.1, 7.1 or 8.1 of this agreement would infringe a claim of the Additional Benitec Patents, Benitec Australia and Benitec undertake not to assert that claim of the Additional Benitec Patents against CSIRO, its Affiliates or licensees.

 

  (b) CSIRO undertakes on behalf of itself and its Affiliates not to oppose the grant or apply to revoke or assist anyone to oppose or revoke any patent forming part of or based on the Additional Benitec Patents unless those patents are asserted against CSIRO, its Affiliates or licensees.

 

 

12 INDEMNITY

 

12.1 Indemnity from Benitec Australia

 

  (a) Benitec Australia shall keep CSIRO indemnified against all third party claims arising out of the exercise by Benitec Australia of its rights under this licence including damages, costs or expenses, including legal costs, in respect of all claims, demands, actions, proceedings or prosecutions.

 

  (b) Benitec Australia shall procure that each of its sub-licensees shall keep CSIRO indemnified against all third party claims arising out of the exercise by the sub-licensee of its rights under the licence granted to that sub-licensee including damages, costs or expenses, including legal costs, in respect of all claims, demands, actions, proceedings or prosecutions.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

30


  (c) The indemnities in clauses 12.1(a) and 12.1(b) shall not apply:

 

  (i) to the extent that the third party claim is caused by an act or omission of CSIRO, or any act or omission done at CSIRO’s request; or

 

  (ii) where the exercise by Benitec Australia of its rights under this agreement under a licence granted by CSIRO under an Other Patent results in the infringement of the rights of a third party.

 

12.2 Indemnity from CSIRO

 

  (a) CSIRO shall keep Benitec Australia indemnified against all third party claims arising out of the exercise by CSIRO of its rights to Commercialise the Technology under this agreement including damages, costs or expenses, including legal costs, in respect of all claims, demands, actions, proceedings or prosecutions.

 

  (b) CSIRO shall procure that each of its licensees shall keep Benitec Australia indemnified against all third party claims arising out of the exercise by the licensee of its rights to Commercialise the Technology granted to that licensee including damages, costs or expenses, including legal costs, in respect of all claims, demands, actions, proceedings or prosecutions.

 

  (c) The indemnities in clauses 12.2(a) and 12.2(b) shall not apply:

 

  (i) to the extent that the third party claim is caused by an act or omission of Benitec Australia, or any act or omission done at Benitec Australia’s request; or

 

  (ii) where the exercise by CSIRO of its rights under this agreement under a Human Patent results in the infringement of the rights of a third party.

 

 

13 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

13.1 No warranties regarding infringement

In relation to the indemnities granted pursuant to clauses 12.1 and 12.2, each party acknowledges that neither party warrants to the other that the Patents and Patent Applications shall not infringe the rights of a third party, and each party acknowledges that it shall be the responsibility of the Commercialising party to obtain any necessary rights from third parties to Commercialise the Technology by that party.

 

13.2 Mutual representations and warranties

Each party represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) ( status ) it is:

 

  (i) in the case of CSIRO, a statutory corporation established under the Science and Industry Research Act 1949 (Cth); and

 

  (ii) in the case of Benitec Australia and Benitec, a company limited by shares under the Corporations Act;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

31


  (b) ( power ) it has full legal capacity and power:

 

  (i) to own its property and assets and to carry on its business; and

 

  (ii) to enter into this document and to carry out the transactions that it contemplates;

 

  (c) ( corporate authority ) it has taken all corporate action that is necessary or desirable to authorise its entry into this document and its carrying out the transactions that it contemplates;

 

  (d) ( Authorisations ) it holds each Authorisation that is necessary or desirable to:

 

  (i) execute this document and to carry out the transactions that it contemplates; and

 

  (ii) ensure that this document is legal, valid, binding and admissible in evidence,

 

  (iii) and it is complying with any conditions to which any of these Authorisations is subject;

 

  (e) ( document effective ) this document constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (except to the extent limited by equitable principles and laws affecting creditors’ rights generally), subject to any necessary stamping or registration;

 

  (f) ( no contravention ) neither its execution of this document, nor the carrying out by it of the transactions that it contemplates, does or will:

 

  (i) contravene any law to which it or any of its property is subject or any order of any Government Agency that is binding on it or any of its property;

 

  (ii) contravene any Authorisation;

 

  (iii) contravene any undertaking or instrument binding on it or any of its property; or

 

  (iv) contravene its constitution;

 

  (g) ( no Controller ) no receiver or manager or mortgagee in possession is currently appointed or acting in relation to any of its property; and

 

  (h) ( no trust ) it is not entering into this document as trustee of any trust or settlement.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

32


13.3 Repetition of representations and warranties

The representations and warranties in this clause are taken to be repeated on the Effective Date, on the basis of the facts and circumstances as at that date.

 

13.4 Reliance on representations and warranties

Each party acknowledges that the other party has executed this document and agreed to take part in the transactions that it contemplates in reliance on the representations and warranties that are made or repeated in this clause.

 

 

14 ASSIGNMENT

 

  (a) Benitec may assign all of its rights and obligations under this agreement in connection with a Merger (as that term is defined in the Capital Growth Agreement) which values Benitec at least at $25 million, without the prior written consent of CSIRO.

 

  (b) Subject to clause 14(a), for such time as CSIRO continues to hold an equity interest in Benitec of not less than 3.33% of the issued capital thereof, Benitec Australia must not, without CSIRO’s prior written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, sever the connection between CSIRO’s equity interest in Benitec and the rights and obligations under this agreement, by:

 

  (i) assigning any of its rights and obligations under this agreement to a third party;

 

  (ii) assigning to a third party substantially all the assets of Benitec Australia relating to the Technology, other than its rights and obligations under this agreement; or

 

  (iii) sub licensing rights licensed under this agreement on any basis other than on arms’ length terms in return for commercial consideration.

 

  (c) For such time as CSIRO continues to hold at least a 3.33% equity interest in Benitec, Benitec must continue to hold 100% of the equity interest (directly or indirectly) in Benitec Australia, and may not reduce that interest without CSIRO’s prior written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  (d) If CSIRO ceases to hold at least a 3.33% equity interest in Benitec, Benitec Australia may assign all of its rights and obligations under this agreement to a third party without the prior written consent of CSIRO, and CSIRO must do all things necessary to assist Benitec Australia to effect the assignment.

 

  (e) CSIRO may assign all of its rights and obligations under this agreement to an Affiliate without the prior written consent of Benitec Australia or Benitec, and Benitec Australia and Benitec must do all things necessary to assist CSIRO to effect the assignment.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

33


  (f) Any assignment of rights and obligations under this agreement must include an assignment of all of the assigning party’s rights and obligations hereunder to a single legal entity and the assigning party must procure its assignee to assume all of the assigning party’s obligations under this agreement.

 

  (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this agreement, CSIRO may not assign any of the Patents and Patent Applications in a manner that would, in any manner whatsoever, conflict with any Benitec Current Rights.

 

 

15 LITIGATION RIGHTS

 

15.1 Good Faith and Notification of disputes

Each party must notify the other as soon as practicable of (i) any infringement, suspected infringement, or alleged infringement of the Patents or any patents granted on the Patent Applications by any person or party that is not a party to this agreement; and (ii) any attack on the validity of the Patents or Patent Applications.

 

15.2 Litigation rights

 

  (a) With effect from 21 August 2006, as between CSIRO and Benitec Australia, CSIRO is to have sole responsibility and control over taking, and the right to take, in CSIRO’s discretion, all relevant actions:

 

  (i) to enforce, and prevent and stop any infringement of, any Patent or Patent Application in respect of any application in any field, including, without limitation, any Human Field application, wherever in the world; and

 

  (ii) to defend or establish the validity, enforceability or entitlement to any Patent or Patent Application, whether in legal proceedings or in proceedings before a patent office (including without limitation by defending any claim, counter-claim, objection, interference action or opposition concerning the validity of or entitlement to any Patent or Patent Application),

and Benitec and Benitec Australia must provide all reasonable assistance to CSIRO’s taking of such action.

 

  (b) CSIRO will keep Benitec Australia fully informed as to any proceedings concerning any actual or suspected infringement of the Patents and Patent Applications. Benitec Australia will have a right to comment on and have input prior to any of the actions described in clause 15.2(a) to the extent that they relate to the Technology in the Human Field, and CSIRO must reasonably consider all Benitec Australia’s relevant proposals.

 

  (c)

If CSIRO commences proceedings against any person for infringement of a Relevant Patent at the request of Benitec Australia,

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

34


  then Benitec Australia shall bear all costs and expenses of the proceedings and indemnify CSIRO against any claim, action, damage, loss or liability arising out of the litigation and any related action including any counterclaim for revocation of a patent but Benitec Australia shall be solely entitled to any amounts gained by resolution of the proceedings, subject to payment of amounts (if any) due and payable under the Transition Agreement). Benitec Australia must provide funds to cover such costs quarterly in advance as agreed by CSIRO and Benitec Australia.

 

  (d) Benitec Australia acknowledges that, as of the Effective Date, CSIRO owes certain input and consultation rights to third parties in respect of its exercise of its rights under clause 15.2(a) relating to the Relevant Patents (the “Existing Input and Consultation Rights”). Notwithstanding the existence of the Existing Input and Consultation Rights, without derogating from Benitec’s rights under clauses 15.2(b) and 15.2(c), the parties acknowledge and agree that CSIRO must exercise independent discretion concerning its exercise of its rights under clause 15.2(a) concerning the Relevant Patents.

 

15.3 Obligations of Sublicensees

Each sub-licence granted by a party of all or any of its rights under the Patents and Patent Applications must include provisions to the effect that:

 

  (a) the sub-licensee may not commence suit under the licensed Patents or Patents Applications without the prior written consent of CSIRO;

 

  (b) where agreement is given by CSIRO for the sub-licensee to commence suit under the Patents or Patent Applications, the licensee shall, if required, indemnify CSIRO against all costs and expenses associated with the litigation regardless of whether CSIRO is joined in the litigation voluntarily or involuntarily; and

 

  (c) where agreement is given by CSIRO for the sub-licensee to commence suit under the patent or patents, CSIRO shall, if necessary and at the cost of the sub-licensee, lend its name to such proceedings and provide all other reasonable assistance to the sub-licensee in commencing and undertaking the proceedings.

 

15.4 Indemnity by sub-licensor in favour of other party

In the event that a party’s sub-licensee is unable or otherwise fails to indemnify the other party in accordance with the indemnity required under clause 15.3, the party who granted the sub-licence to that sub-licensee must assume the sub-licensee’s obligation to indemnify the other party.

 

 

16 CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICITY

 

16.1 Confidentiality

 

  (a) Subject to clause 16.1(c), neither party may disclose to any person the terms of this agreement other than for the following purposes:

 

  (i) enforcing this agreement or as required by law;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

35


  (ii) complying with the regulations or general requirements of a relevant regulator or Government Agency;

 

  (iii) if a party is a Government Agency, as necessary or desirable to satisfy the accountability requirements of the party to its respective Minister, Government or Parliament;

 

  (iv) complying with listing rules of the Australian Stock Exchange and any other stock exchanges;

or for informing the parties’ respective:

 

  (v) professional advisers and financiers;

 

  (vi) actual and prospective lenders or insurers;

 

  (vii) actual and prospective licensees;

 

  (viii) prospective business partners including in the context of due diligence which relates to that prospective business dealing;

 

  (ix) in the case of Benitec Australia, any prospective shareholders or prospective purchasers of assets of Benitec Australia;

provided that any disclosure pursuant to clause 16.1(a)(v)-(ix) is on a confidential basis pursuant to a written confidentiality agreement.

 

  (b) Each party must use its best endeavours to ensure that none of its employees, servants, agents, officers or advisers disclose any such information other than in accordance with this clause 16.

 

  (c) It shall not be a breach of this clause 16 for a party to make a public statement in a form agreed between the parties in accordance with clause 16.2.

 

16.2 Publicity

All public statements by a party or their Affiliates relating to their relationship with the other party or which otherwise use the other party’s name must be approved in writing by the other party in advance of disclosure or release.

 

 

17 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

17.1 Parties to engage in mediation

In the event that a dispute arises under this agreement (the Dispute ), instead of commencing proceedings in courts, the parties agree to comply with the process under this clause 17 in the following order:

 

  (a)

A party claiming a Dispute has arisen with the other party must promptly notify the relevant other party of the Dispute, together with

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

36


  details of the Dispute. On receipt of the notification, the other party must involve one of its senior executives to negotiate in good faith to resolve the Dispute;

 

  (b) If the Dispute is not resolved within 30 days of the notification referred to in clause 17.1(a) being issued, then the parties must refer the Dispute for mediation by a mediator agreed to by the parties or in the event of the parties failing to agree on such mediator within the following 5 days, a person nominated by the Chairman of the Australian Commercial Disputes Centre or any successor entity or any other entity agreed upon by the parties (ACDC). The Dispute is to be mediated in accordance with the ACDC Mediation Guidelines. The mediator’s costs will be borne equally by the relevant parties; and

 

  (c) If the Dispute is not resolved within 30 days of the appointment of the mediator referred to in clause 17.1(b) the parties must refer the Dispute to arbitration before a panel of three arbitrators comprising of an arbitrator being nominated by each party and a third arbitrator being nominated by the first-mentioned arbitrators or in the event of the arbitrators failing to agree on the third arbitrator within 5 days of referral from the mediator, an arbitrator nominated by the Chairman of the ACDC.

 

17.2 Guidelines for arbitration

Any such arbitration shall be confidential and shall be conducted in accordance with the ACDC Arbitration Guidelines. Subject to any rights of appeal from such determinations provided under common law or statute, the parties agree that the determination of the arbitrators will be final and binding on the relevant parties. The arbitrators’ costs will be borne by the party against whom a determination is made.

 

17.3 Reserved rights

This clause 17 does not prevent a party from seeking interlocutory relief through courts of appropriate jurisdiction. Each party agrees that this clause 17.3 does not permit it to seek a final determination by any court on any Dispute in respect of which it seeks interlocutory relief.

 

 

18 TERMINATION

 

18.1 Termination by either party

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this agreement, a party may at any time immediately terminate any licence granted by it under this agreement if an Insolvency Event occurs in respect of the other party.

 

  (b) An Insolvency Event, however, shall not give rise to any right to terminate the rights granted by the parties under clauses 4.3 and 5 of this agreement, and it is agreed that the grant of rights under those clauses is irrevocable.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

37


18.2 Termination not to affect accrued rights of action

The termination of this agreement shall not affect any right of action which may have accrued to either party in respect of any breach prior to the date of such termination.

 

18.3 Breach not giving right to terminate

If there is any breach by Benitec Australia of any obligation owed by Benitec Australia to CSIRO under this agreement or any other agreement between the Parties (including any agreement having a party, in addition to the parties, one or more third parties) that relates in any way to Benitec Current Rights, CSIRO’s rights in response to such breach will not, on any account, include the right to terminate, qualify or in anyway whatsoever diminish or otherwise affect Benitec Current Rights.

 

18.4 Consequences of termination

Notwithstanding any other provision in this agreement, if CSIRO terminates a licence to Benitec Australia in respect of the Other Patents under clause 18.1, Benitec Australia must, following a written request by CSIRO, take any steps necessary to ensure that any sublicences granted by Benitec Australia, or by a sublicensee of Benitec Australia, in respect of such terminated licence rights are, at CSIRO’s absolute discretion, either immediately terminated or, in respect of a licence to the Other Patents, if severable from any remaining licence to the Relevant Patents, novated from Benitec Australia to CSIRO (in which all benefits that would have accrued to Benitec Australia after the date of termination are transferred to CSIRO, and no liabilities accrued by Benitec Australia prior to the date of termination are transferred to CSIRO), such that any selected sublicence agreements, insofar as they relate to the Other Patents, will immediately take effect between the sublicensee and CSIRO.

 

 

19 GST

 

19.1 Consideration GST exclusive

Unless expressly stated otherwise in this agreement, all amounts payable or consideration to be provided under this document are exclusive of GST.

 

19.2 Payment of GST

If GST is payable on any supply made under this document, for which the consideration is not expressly stated to include GST, the recipient agrees to pay to the supplier an additional amount equal to the GST at the same time that the consideration for the supply is to be provided. However:

 

  (a) the recipient need not pay the additional amount until the supplier gives the recipient a tax invoice or an adjustment note; and

 

  (b) if an adjustment event arises in respect of the supply, the additional amount will be adjusted to reflect the adjustment event and the recipient or the supplier (as the case may be) must make any payments necessary to reflect the adjustment.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

38


19.3 Reimbursements

If a party is required under this document to indemnify another party or pay or reimburse costs of another party, that party agrees to pay:

 

  (a) the relevant amount less any input tax credits to which the other party (or to which the representative member for a GST group of which the other party is a member) is entitled; and

 

  (b) if the indemnity or payment or reimbursement is subject to GST, an amount equal to that GST, in accordance with clause 19.2 (“ Payment of GST ”).

 

19.4 Interpretation

All expressions used in this clause 19 which are defined in the GST Law have the meanings given to them in the GST Law. GST Law has the same meaning it has in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cwlth).

 

 

20 COMMON INTEREST PRIVILEGE

 

20.1 Acknowledgements

Without derogating from existing common interest privilege agreements between the parties, CSIRO, Benitec and Benitec Australia acknowledge that:

 

  (a) they have certain common and mutual interests in connection with the Patents and Patent Applications, including the prosecution, maintenance, defence and enforcement thereof;

 

  (b) certain information relating to the prosecution, maintenance, defence and enforcement of the Patents and Patent Applications is confidential and may be subject to Privilege (“Information”);

 

  (c) they may need to exchange Information from time to time during the Term for the purposes of this agreement; and

 

  (d) by exchanging Information, CSIRO, Benitec or Benitec Australia do not intend to waive any Privilege that may apply to that Information or otherwise compromise the confidentiality of that Information in any way.

 

20.2 Further agreement

CSIRO, Benitec and Benitec Australia agree to enter into a further agreement if necessary to protect the confidentiality and Privilege of any Information exchanged by the parties pursuant to this agreement.

 

20.3 Interpretation

For the purpose of this clause 20, “Privilege” or “Privileged” means the doctrine of legal professional privilege, attorney client privilege, work-product privilege, patent attorney privilege or any other applicable privileges or protection that may apply to communications between a legal adviser, patent attorney (or patent agent) or trade mark attorney (or trade mark agent) and another person.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

39


 

21 GENERAL

 

21.1 Proper Law

This agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New South Wales. The parties agree to submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New South Wales.

 

21.2 Force Majeure

 

  (a) Where a Force Majeure Event prevents or delays a party from performing any obligation under this agreement and that party immediately gives each other party notice of the Force Majeure Event as soon as possible, that obligation is suspended to the extent that, and for so long as, it is affected by the Force Majeure Event.

 

  (b) No failure or omission by a party in the performance of any obligation under this agreement during the term of a Force Majeure Event will be deemed to be a breach of this agreement.

 

21.3 Notices

Any notice or other communication, including but not limited to, any request, demand, consent or approval, to or by a party:

 

  (a) must be in legible writing and in English and:

 

  (i) if to Benitec Australia or to Benitec:

 

Address: c/o FAL Lawyers
16/356 Collins Street
Melbourne Vic 3000
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Telephone: (03) 9642 2252
Fax: (03) 9642 2272

 

  (ii) if to CSIRO:

 

Address: CSIRO Executive Offices
Riverside Corporate Park
Julius Avenue
North Ryde NSW
Attention:

General Manager, IP, Licensing, and

Technology Transfer Support

Telephone: (02) 9490 8255
Facsimile: (02) 9490 8260

or as specified to the sender by any party by notice;

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

40


  (b) is regarded as being given by the sender and received by the addressee:

 

  (i) if by delivery in person, when delivered to the addressee;

 

  (ii) if by post, three (3) Business Days from and including the date of postage; or

 

  (iii) if by facsimile transmission, whether or not legibly received, when received by the addressee, but if delivery or receipt is on day which is not a Business Day or is after 4.00pm (addressee’s time) it is regarded as received at 9.00am on the following business day; and

 

  (c) can be relied upon by the addressee and the addressee is not liable to any other person for any consequences of that reliance if the addressee believes it to be genuine, correct and authorised by the sender.

 

21.4 Severability

The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more of the provisions hereof shall not invalidate or render unenforceable the remaining provisions of this agreement. Any illegal or invalid provision of this agreement shall be severable and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

21.5 Relationship of parties

The relationship between the parties pursuant to this agreement does not constitute and shall not be construed as constituting a partnership or joint venture between the parties. No party shall by virtue of this agreement have the authority to oblige or bind any other party to any third party in any manner whatsoever.

 

21.6 Waivers

Failure by a party to insist upon the performance of any one or more of the terms of this agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any right and remedies that the relevant party may have and will not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default. No provision of this agreement will be deemed to have been waived by a party unless such waiver is in writing signed by an officer of that party giving notice in that behalf.

 

21.7 Counterparts

This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties to it on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

41


21.8 Costs and expenses

 

  (a) Each party must pay its own costs and expenses in respect of:

 

  (i) the preparation of subsequent drafts of the foregoing agreements,

 

  (ii) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of the foregoing agreements;

 

  (iii) stamping and registering such agreements (if applicable); and

 

  (iv) any other documentation related to the transactions contemplated by these agreements.

 

  (b) Any action to be taken by a party in performing its obligations under this agreement must be taken at its own cost and expense, unless otherwise provided in this agreement.

 

21.9 Compliance with applicable requirements

Each party must comply with all statutory and common law requirements relating to the performance of its obligations under this agreement.

 

21.10 Cumulative rights

The rights of the parties arising out of or under this agreement are cumulative and do not exclude any other right of the parties.

 

21.11 Further assurances

Each party must do all things and execute all further documents necessary to give effect to this agreement.

 

21.12 Operation of indemnities

 

  (a) Each indemnity in this document survives the expiry or termination of this document.

 

  (b) A party may recover a payment under an indemnity in this document before it makes the payment in respect of which the indemnity is given.

 

21.13 Set off

CSIRO may set off any amount owing by Benitec or Benitec Australia to CSIRO (whether or not due for payment) against any amount due for payment by CSIRO to Benitec or Benitec Australia under this agreement. CSIRO may do anything necessary to effect any set-off under this clause (including varying the date for payment of any amount owing by Benitec or Benitec Australia to CSIRO).

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

42


21.14 Exclusion of contrary legislation

Any legislation that adversely affects an obligation of a party, or the exercise by a party of a right or remedy, under or relating to this document is excluded to the full extent permitted by law.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

43


Licence Agreement

Schedule 1 - Patents And Patent Applications

Part 1 – Patents and Patent Applications (Relevant Patents and Other Patents)

 

Country

 

Application (Grant No.)

PCT   PCT/IB99/00606 (published as WO99/53050)
Australia   29514/99 (760041)
Australia   2003227291
Australia   2007201023
Australia   35647/02
Canada   2325344
Europe   99910592.7 (EP1068311)
Japan   2000-543598
China   ZL99805925.0 (CN1202246-C)
New Zealand   507093
USA (Provisional)   60/198,254
USA (Provisional)   60/198,240
USA   09/056,767
USA   09/127,735
USA   09/287,632
USA   11/364,183
USA   11/607,062
USA   11/841,737
Australia (Provisional)   PP2492
Australia (provisional)   PP2499
PCT   PCT/AU99/00195 (published as WO99/49029)

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

   44


Australia 29163/99 (743316)
Australia 2001100608
Australia 95225/01
Australia 35647/02
Australia 2005209648
Australia 2005211538
Australia 2005202658
Australia 2008249157
Brazil PI9908967
Brazil PI9917642-4
Canada 2323726
Canada 2487328
Canada 2513336
China 99804255.2
China 200510083325.1
Czech Republic PV2000-3346 (CZ 295108)
Europe 99910039.9
Europe 04015041.9
Europe 05013010.3
Europe 070008294
Great Britain GB 2353282
Hong Kong 01105904.3 (1035742B)
Hungary PO101225
Hungary PO500631
India 2000/00169DEL
India 3413/DELNP/2005
Japan P2000-537990

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

45


Japan 2005-223953
Japan 2007-302237
Korea 7010419/2000
Korea 7005341/2006
Mexico 008631/2000
Mexico PA/a/2005/006838
New Zealand 506648
New Zealand 525941
New Zealand 536674
New Zealand 547283
Poland P.343064
Poland P.377017
Singapore 200004917-1 (SG 75542)
Singapore 200205122-5
Singapore 200503921-9
Slovakia PV1372-2000
South Africa 2000/4507 (2000/4507)
United States 09/100,812 (US6,573,099)
United States 09/997,905
United States 10/346,853
United States 10/759,841
United States 09/646,807
United States 10/646,070
United States 10/821,710
United States 10/821,726
United States 11/180,928
United States 11/218,999

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

46


and any other patent or patent application claiming priority from PP2492 or PP2499, US Patent Application Numbers 09/100,812, or 09/100,813, or 09/056,767, or 09/127,735, or 09/287,632, or 60/198,240 or 60/198,254, and divisional applications from any of the patents and patent applications listed in this part 1 of Schedule 1 and any amendments, continuation or continuation-in-part applications, extensions, re-issues or re-grants of or to all or any of the patents and patent applications listed in this part 1 of Schedule 1 together with any renewal, division, continuation, continued prosecution application or continuation-in-part of any of such patents, certificates and applications, any and all patents or certificates of invention issuing thereon, and any and all reissues, re-examinations, extensions, divisions, renewals, substitutions, confirmations, registrations, re-validations, revisions, and additions of or to any of the foregoing, and any foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

47


Part 2 – Relevant Patents

[Patents and Patent Applications formerly solely owned or co-owned by Benitec]

Section (a)

Relevant Patents are the patents and patent applications set out in Section (b) of this Part 2 which are Human and Animal Patents or Human Patents and not Plant or Animal Patents, Non-dd/vvRNAi Patents or Eukaryote Patents, where:

 

  1. Human and Animal Patents means each of the Patents and Patent Applications in which at any time after the date of this agreement one or more claims would be infringed by the application of the Technology to Animals and would be infringed by the application of the Technology to Humans, provided that such Patents or Patent Applications are not Eukaryote Patents;

 

  2. Human Patents means each of the Patents and Patent Applications in which at any time after the date of this agreement all claims are restricted solely to the application of the Technology to Humans provided that application of the Technology to Animals would not infringe such Patents or Patent Applications;

 

  3. Plant or Animal Patents means each of the Patents and Patent Applications in which at any time after the date of this agreement all claims are restricted solely to:

 

  (a) the application of the Technology to Plants; or

 

  (b) the application of the Technology to Animals,

provided that application of the Technology to Humans would not infringe such Patents or Patent Applications;

 

  4. Non-dd/vvRNAi Patents means each of the Patents and Patent Applications in which at any time after the date of this agreement all claims are restricted solely to applications that do not involve application of the Technology; and

 

  5. Eukaryote Patents means each of the Patents and Patent Applications in which at any time after the date of this agreement all claims are directed to eukaryotes, including eukaryotic cells, provided that no claims are directed to any one or more specific eukaryotes (including specific eukaryotic cells) other than Plants or Insects.

In accordance with the definition of ‘Other Patents’ if a Patent or Patent Application does not or ceases to meet the criteria for a Relevant Patent then it is an Other Patent.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

48


Section (b)

 

Country

 

Application (Grant No.)

Australia   29163/99 (743316)
Australia   2005209648
Australia   2005211538
Australia   2008249157
Brazil   PI9908967
Canada   2323726
Canada   2487328
China   99804255.2
Czech Republic   PV2000-3346 (CZ 295108)
Europe   99910039.9
Europe   04015041.9
Europe   070008294
Great Britain   GB 2353282
Hong Kong   01105904.3 (1035742B)
Hungary   PO101225
India   2000/00169DEL
Japan   2007-302237
Korea   7010419/2000
Mexico   008631/2000
New Zealand   506648
New Zealand   547283
Poland   P.343064
Singapore   200004917-1 (SG 75542)
Singapore   200205122-5
Slovakia   PV1372-2000
South Africa   2000/4507 (2000/4507)

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

   49


United States 09/100,812 (US6,573,099)
United States 10/346,853
United States 10/759,841
United States 09/646,807
United States 10/646,070
United States 10/821,710
United States 10/821,726
United States 11/218,999

and any other patent or patent application claiming priority from PP2492 or PP2499, US Patent Application Numbers 09/100,812, or 09/100,813, or 09/056,767, or 09/127,735, or 09/287,632, or 60/198,240 or 60/198,254, and divisional applications from any of the patents and patent applications listed in this part 2 of Schedule 1 and any amendments, continuation or continuation-in-part applications, extensions, re-issues or re-grants of or to all or any of the patents and patent applications listed in this part 2 of Schedule 1 together with any renewal, division, continuation, continued prosecution application or continuation-in-part of any of such patents, certificates and applications, any and all patents or certificates of invention issuing thereon, and any and all reissues, re-examinations, extensions, divisions, renewals, substitutions, confirmations, registrations, re-validations, revisions, and additions of or to any of the foregoing, and any foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

50


Licence Agreement

Schedule 2 - Additional Benitec Patents

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (WO 01/70949 (PCT/AU01/00297)) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (BR PI0109269-3) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (CA 2403162) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (CN 01808640.3) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (EP 01911291.1) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (GB 0224195.8) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (JP 2001-569332) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (KR 10-2002-7012237) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (MX PA/2002/009069) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (NZ 521489) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (PL 358230) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (SG 200205559-8) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Reed, K.C. and Murphy, K.M. (US 10/245,805) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Reed, K.C. and Murphy, K.M. (ZA 2002/7428) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (AU 2001240375) Genetic silencing.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (PCT/AU03/01177) Genetic silencing.

Priority Documents

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

51


Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (2000) Genetic silencing. AU PQ6363.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (2001) Genetic silencing. AU PR2700.

Graham, M.W., Rice, R.N., Murphy, K.M. and Reed, K.C. (2002) Genetic silencing. AU 2002951347.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

52


Licence Agreement

Schedule 3 - Insolvency Event

Insolvency Event means, in respect of a CSIRO Entity or a Benitec Entity constituted under Australian law:

 

  (a) an order being made and not being set aside within 75 days, or Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity passing a resolution, for its winding up;

 

  (b) an Administrator being appointed to Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity;

 

  (c) Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity resolving to appoint a Controller or analogous person to Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity with respect to all or substantially all of Benitec Entity’s or CSIRO Entity’s property (as relevant) or the Technology;

 

  (d) the appointment of a Controller to Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity with respect to all or substantially all of Benitec Entity’s or CSIRO Entity’s property (as relevant) or the Technology being made (whether or not following a resolution or application) and not being set aside within 75 days;

 

  (e) the appointment of a provisional liquidator, trustee for creditors or in bankruptcy or analogous person with respect to Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity or all or substantially all of Benitec Entity’s property CSIRO Entity’s property (as relevant) or the Technology being made (whether or not following a resolution or application) and not being set aside within 75 days;

 

  (f) Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity being taken under section 459F(1) of the Corporations Act to have failed to comply with a Statutory Demand provided that the amount of the relevant Statutory Demand exceeded US$1 million and final judgement has been entered against Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity;

 

  (g) Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity is unable to pay all its debts as and when they become due and payable; or

 

  (h) any analogous event under the law of any applicable jurisdiction but only to an entity based in that jurisdiction,

unless this takes place as part of a solvent reconstruction, amalgamation, merger or consolidation.

Insolvency Event in relation to a Benitec Entity or a CSIRO Entity constituted under United States law means:

 

  (a)

Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity (i) is generally not paying, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due unless such debts are the subject of a bona fide dispute, (ii) files for, or

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

53


  consents by answer or otherwise to the filing against it of, a petition for relief or reorganization or arrangement or any other petition in bankruptcy, liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of any jurisdiction, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to substantially all of its property or the Technology, (v) is adjudicated after notice and a hearing as insolvent or (vi) files for, resolves to undertake, or undertakes dissolution, winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii) a court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction enters an order (A) appointing, without the consent of Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity, a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to it or with respect to substantially all of its property or the Technology, (B) constituting an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation or to take advantage of any bankruptcy or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, or (C) providing for the dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity; or (ii) a petition commencing a proceeding to obtain any such order is filed against Benitec Entity or CSIRO Entity by any person and seventy-five (75) calendar days shall have expired without dismissal of such petition; provided, however, that none of the foregoing shall constitute an “Insolvency Event” for the purposes of this document if CSIRO or Benitec (as relevant) files or joins or causes to be filed such petition; and provided, further, that nothing in this document shall prohibit, preclude, waive or limit in any way whatsoever any right CSIRO or Benitec (as relevant) has under any applicable law to file, join or take any other action in connection with such a petition or proceeding.

Any capitalised term used in this Schedule but not defined in this Agreement (eg. “Benitec Entity”) has the meaning given in the Capital Growth Agreement.

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

54


Signing page

DATED: 23 December 2009

EXECUTED as an agreement

 

SIGNED by

as authorised representative for

COMMONWEALTH

SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL

RESEARCH ORGANISATION in

the presence of:

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
/s/ Bronwyn Jane Scott ) /s/ J P Bingley

 

)

 

Signature of witness )

Signature of authorised signatory on

behalf of COMMONWEALTH

SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL

RESEARCH ORGANISATION

)
BRONWYN JANE SCOTT )

 

)
Name of witness (block letters) )

EXECUTED by BENITEC

AUSTRALIA LIMITED in

accordance with section 127(1) of the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cwlth) by

authority of its directors:

)
)
)
)
)
)
/s/ Peter Francis ) /s/ Sue MacLeman

 

)

 

Signature of director ) Signature of director /company secretary *
)
PETER FRANCIS )

*  delete whichever is not applicable

 

)
Name of director (block letters) SUE MACLEMAN

 

Name of director /company secretary * (block letters)
    

*  delete whichever is not applicable

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

55


EXECUTED by BENITEC

LIMITED in accordance with section

127(1) of the Corporations Act 2001

(Cwlth) by authority of its directors:

)
)
)
)
)
)
/s/ Peter Francis ) /s/ Sue MacLeman

 

)

 

Signature of director ) Signature of director /company secretary *
)
PETER FRANCIS )

*  delete whichever is not applicable

 

)
Name of director (block letters) SUE MACLEMAN

 

Name of director /company secretary * (block letters)
    

*  delete whichever is not applicable

 

Licence Agreement

20 April 2015

56

Exhibit 10.2

COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

Dated July 11 th 2014

BIOMICS BIOTECH CO., LTD.

and

BENITEC BIOPHARMA LIMITED

 

 

RESEARCH AND COLLABORATION AGREEMENT-

OVERALL PROJECT

 

 

FRANCIS ABOURIZK LIGHTOWLERS

Commercial & Technology Lawyers

Level 16

356 Collins Street

MELBOURNE VIC 3000

Tel: (03) 9642 2252

Fax: (03) 9642 2272

Email: fal@fal-lawyers.com.au

www.fal-lawyers.com.au


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

THIS RESEARCH AND COLLABORATION AGREEMENT is made the 11 th day of July 2014

BETWEEN

Biomics Biotech Co., Ltd. (Chinese Registration Number 320600400015467) of 76 Changxing Rd, Economic & Technology Development Area, Nantong 226016 P.R. China (“ Biomics ”)

AND

Benitec Biopharma Limited (ACN 068 943 662) c/o 16/356 Collins St, Melbourne, Victoria 3000 (“ Benitec ”)

RECITALS

 

A Biomics is focused on siRNA drug development. It has an RNAi Therapeutics R&D Center, including a siRNA drug R&D lab in Silicon Valley USA, a drug delivery lab in Seattle USA and a pilot R&D base in Nantong, China.

 

B Benitec is one of the pioneers of RNAi technology. Benitec aims to generate value through the commercialisation of ddRNAi (vector expressed) in the area of human therapeutics.

 

C The Parties have previously undertaken the Prior Projects. The Parties have entered this Agreement in order to:

 

  a. carry out the Overall Project; and

 

  b. provide for the Commercialisation of the Project IP.

IT IS AGREED

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Agreement, the following definitions will apply except where the context otherwise requires:

Agreement ” means this agreement (including the Recitals and the Schedule) and any amendment made to it in accordance with clause 17.4;

Background IP ” means the Background IP of a Party which it agrees to contribute towards the Overall Project, development and Commercialisation of Project IP from time to time, including that specified in Item 2 of the Schedule, and the Intellectual Property Rights subsisting in such technology but excluding Third Party IP;

Business Day ” means the day the major trading banks are open for business in the jurisdiction specified in Item 10 of the Schedule;

Commencement Date ” means the commencement date of the Overall Project to be specified in the Project Plan;

Commercialise ” means the use, sale, marketing, distribution, production, licensing, practical application or other commercial application of Intellectual Property Rights including the provision or exploitation of a product, process, or service reliant on those Intellectual Property Rights or to licence a third party to do any of these things;

Completion Date ” means the completion date of the Overall Project as determined in accordance with the Project Plan;

 

2


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

Confidential Information ” means all know-how, financial information and other commercially valuable information in whatever form including unpatented inventions, trade secrets, formulae, discoveries, works, improvements, innovations, ideas, concepts, graphs, drawings, designs, biological materials, samples, devices, models and other materials of whatever description and howsoever documented, recorded or disclosed, which a Party claims as confidential to itself or to a third party to whom it owes a duty of confidentiality and which is within its control. The following are exceptions to such information:

 

  (a) information which is already in the public domain;

 

  (b) information which becomes part of the public domain otherwise than as a result of an unauthorised disclosure by the recipient Party or its representatives;

 

  (c) information which is or becomes available to the recipient Party from a third party lawfully in possession of such information and who has the lawful power to disclose such information to the recipient Party on a non-confidential basis;

 

  (d) information which is rightfully known by the recipient party (as shown by its written record) prior to the date of disclosure to it hereunder; or

 

  (e) information which is independently developed by an employee of the recipient Party who has no knowledge of the disclosure under this Agreement;

Contributions ” means the cash and/or in-kind contributions of each Party, provided as a general overview in Item 5 of the Schedule and to be specified in the Project Plan;

Intellectual Property Rights ” or “ IP ” means statutory and other proprietary rights in respect of trade marks, patents, circuit layouts, plant varieties, copyrights, confidential information, know-how and all other rights with respect to intellectual property as defined in Article 2 of the Convention Establishing the World Intellectual Property Organisation of July 1967;

Normal Commercial Terms ” means terms which would be contained in a contract or transaction entered into by persons dealing with each other at arm’s length and from comparable bargaining positions, whilst acknowledging the respective Contributions of the Parties and any further activities towards the development of Project IP;

Overall Plan ” means the high level plan specified in Annexure 1 outlining the overall objectives of the Overall Project;

Overall Project ” means the further research project the title of which appears in Item 1 of the Schedule, to be carried out by the Parties under this Agreement in accordance with the Overall Plan as specified in each Project Plan;

Overall Project IP ” means all Intellectual Property Rights created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice by either or both of the Parties during the course of the Overall Project;

Parties ” means the parties to this Agreement, their respective successors and permitted assigns, and “ Party ” means either one of them;

Prior Agreement ” means the ‘Research and Collaboration Agreement’ between Biomics and Benitec of 9 February 2011, as amended;

 

3


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

Prior Project ” means each of the collaborative research project in relation to Hepatitis B (HBV) therapeutics that was titled ‘Anti-HBV RNAi Therapeutical Efficacy Proof (in-vitro and in-Vivo )’ undertaken by the Parties pursuant to the Prior Agreement and the “Feasibility Project” as referenced in the Prior Agreement;

Prior Project IP ” means the “Overall Project IP” and the “Feasibility Project IP”, each as specified in the Prior Agreement and including that listed in Item 2 of the Schedule;

Project IP ” means the Prior Project IP and the Overall Project IP;

Project Plan ” means the plan/s for the conduct of the Overall Project, to be agreed between the Parties from time to time in accordance with clause 3.2 and annexed to this Agreement;

Reports ” means the reports described in Item 8 of the Schedule;

Research Committee ” means the committee established under clause 4.1; and

Third Party IP ” means any Intellectual Property Rights contributed by a Party which are licensed from a third party, including those specified in Item 4 of the Schedule or as otherwise agreed from time to time.

 

1.2 In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  (a) headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  (b) a reference to a clause, Schedule or Recital is a reference, respectively, to a clause of, schedule to or recital of this Agreement; and

 

  (c) a reference to a statute or regulation includes an amendment or re-enactment to that legislation and includes subordinate legislation in force under it;

 

  (d) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

  (e) a reference to a gender includes reference to every gender;

 

  (f) a provision of this Agreement will not be interpreted against a Party just because that Party prepared the provision; and

 

  (g) the rights, obligations, representations, warranties and indemnities of a Party are given, undertaken, made or offered (as the case may be) jointly and separately by each of the parties who together constitute that Party under this Agreement and each of the rights, obligations, representations, warranties and indemnities of that Party is to be read accordingly.

 

1.3 If there is any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Project Plan, the terms of this Agreement will prevail.

PRIOR AGREEMENT & TERM

 

2.1 The Parties acknowledge that the Prior Agreement has been completed in accordance with its terms and that neither Party has any outstanding obligations in relation to the performance of the Prior Agreement. This Agreement supersedes and terminates the Prior Agreement.

 

2.2 This Agreement and the Overall Project will begin on the Commencement Date and terminate on the Completion Date, subject to its earlier termination pursuant to clause 14.

 

4


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

OVERALL PROJECT

 

3.1 Each Party agrees that the Overall Project will be undertaken in a manner consistent with achieving the Overall Plan.

 

3.2 For each stage of the Overall Plan in which both Parties are involved, prior to undertaking any activities or providing Contributions, the Parties will agree upon a Project Plan detailing their respective activities and Contributions towards that stage. Any amendments or updates to the Project Plan and Contributions to achieve the Overall Plan will be agreed in writing between the Parties from time to time.

 

3.3 The Parties acknowledge that the activities required pursuant to this Agreement require a high degree of collaboration and cooperation. The Parties agree to act in good faith and in a reasonable commercial manner in the performance of this Agreement including, without limitation, in dealing with all the activities and decisions under and resulting from the Overall Project and in exercising all powers and rights under this Agreement.

 

3.4 Each Party will make its Contributions available to the Overall Project at the time, location and in the manner set out in the Project Plan and will use its best endeavours to ensure its activities are carried out in the manner and according to the time frame set out in the Project Plan.

 

3.5 Following invoice from Biomics, Benitec will make its financial Contributions towards the Overall Project in accordance with Item 5 of the Schedule.

 

3.6 Each Party will promptly notify the other of any reason that the Overall Project cannot be undertaken in accordance with the Project Plan. If the Project Plan specifies that a milestone is to be achieved, the next stage of the Overall Project will not proceed until such milestone is achieved or amended. If a milestone cannot be achieved or the Parties cannot agree upon amendments to the Project Plan, then the Overall Project and this Agreement will terminate upon either Party providing twenty (20) Business Days’ notice to the other Party.

RESEARCH COMMITTEE

 

4.1 The management of the Overall Project will be undertaken by a research committee consisting of the representative(s) of Biomics and Benitec identified in Item 6 of the Schedule.

 

4.2 The Research Committee will meet at the times and locations specified in Item 7 of the Schedule.

 

4.3 The Research Committee has no authority to amend this Agreement (including the Project Plan) or to bind the Parties.

RESEARCH REPORTS

 

5.1 Biomics will submit Reports to the Research Committee in the manner and at the times set out in Item 8 of the Schedule.

 

5


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

COMMERCIALISATION OF PROJECT IP

 

6.1 Benitec will be responsible for Commercialisation of the Project IP upon Normal Commercial Terms and in accordance with this Agreement.

 

6.2 Benitec will develop and implement a plan for the Commercialisation of the Project IP (“Commercialisation Plan”). Benitec will provide the Commercialisation Plan to Biomics with regular updates on the achievement of the Commercialisation Plan.

Commercialisation Reports

 

6.3 Following completion of the Overall Project, Benitec will provide Biomics with an annual Commercialisation report outlining:

 

  (a) the Commercialisation Plan, updates and activities towards Commercialisation of the Project IP;

 

  (b) IP Expenses: legal, attorney and other expenses associated with the protection and Commercialisation of Project IP (“ IP Expenses ”);

 

  (c) IP Income: licence fees, royalties and milestone payments arising directly from the Commercialisation of Project IP (“ IP Income ”); and

 

  (d) Net Profits: being the IP Income minus the IP Expenses (“ Net Profits ”) for distribution between the Parties.

Sharing of Project IP Net Profits

 

6.4 The Parties will share the Net Profits based on their relative Contributions towards the research, development, protection and Commercialisation of the Project IP (“ IP Contributions ”).

 

6.5 The Parties currently intend that their respective IP Contributions will be equal and upon this basis upon this each Party will have a right to 50% of the Net Profits, which intention is based on the following:

 

  (a) Prior Projects : each Party has made equal Contributions towards the Prior Projects, as specified in Item 5 of the Schedule; and

 

  (b) Overall Project : each Party has committed to make equal Contributions towards the Overall Projects, as referenced in Item 5 of the Schedule and to be agreed in the Project Plan.

 

  6.6 Benitec will pay Biomics a share of the Net Profits in accordance with the principles specified in clauses 6.4 and 6.5. Specifically, each Party will receive a proportion of Net Profits based upon its actual IP Contributions as a proportion of the total actual IP Contributions of Biomics and Benitec.

RIGHTS TO IP

 

7.1 Background IP

 

  (a) Each Party grants the other Party a royalty free, non-exclusive research use licence of its Background IP limited to the field of ddRNAi Hepatitis B for the purpose of conducting the Overall Project.

 

  (b) Biomics grants to Benitec a royalty free, worldwide, non-exclusive licence to use its Background IP within the field of ddRNAi Hepatitis B to the extent that it is reasonably necessary for the Commercialisation of the Project IP pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (c) Other than the rights granted pursuant to this clause 7.1, a Party will have no rights in relation to the other Party’s Background IP.

 

6


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

7.2 Third Party IP

 

  (a) Each Party agrees to contribute Third Party IP towards the Project as agreed in relation to it, including as specified in Item 4 of the Schedule.

 

  (b) Third Party IP is contributed towards the Project upon the terms as specified in Item 4 of the Schedule and as otherwise notified in writing by the contributing Party to the other Party from time to time. The Parties agree that the IP in any improvements to Third Party IP will be owned in accordance with the terms of contribution of the Third Party IP.

 

  (c) Unless specified otherwise in Item 4 of the Schedule or separately in writing, the contribution of Third Party IP by a Party does not include a right or licence to use such Third Party IP outside the Project nor does it include any right or licence to Commercialise such Third Party IP.

 

7.3 Project IP

 

  (a) All right, title and interest in the Project IP vests in and is hereby assigned to Benitec with effect from the later of the Commencement Date or the date of its creation.

 

  (b) Upon request, Biomics must sign all documents and do all things (including requiring its officers, employees and contractors to sign documents) as may be necessary or desirable to vest, confirm, perfect and record the ownership rights of Benitec under clause 7.3.

 

7.4 Disclosure & Protection of Project IP

 

  (a) Each Party agrees to promptly notify the other Party of any invention or other development which may require action to be undertaken to ensure the protection of Project IP, under a statutory regime or in any other manner.

 

  (b) The Parties shall use their best endeavours to agree upon the necessity and manner for protecting Project IP based upon the principles of seeking the broadest possible protection for valuable Project IP.

 

  (c) Unless otherwise agreed, the Parties will pay equally for the costs of agreed actions relating to the protection of Project IP.

 

  (d) Each Party agrees to prepare and execute all such documents as are reasonably required to ensure the appropriate protection of Project IP.

 

  (e) Each Party warrants that it has in place appropriate agreements with its employees, consultants and other personnel (‘Personnel’) to ensure that Project IP will be owned and dealt with in accordance with this Agreement. A Party is solely responsible for compensating those of its Personnel who have contributed towards the development of Project IP and indemnifies the other Party from any claim from such Personnel, including claims in relation to rights to Project IP or a share of returns arising there from.

 

7


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICATION

 

8.1 Each Party will treat the terms of this Agreement and all Confidential Information disclosed by the other Party as confidential and will not, without the prior written consent of the other Party, disclose or permit the same to be disclosed to any third person.

 

8.2 It will be the responsibility of a Party to ensure that its employees, officers and agents comply with the obligations of confidentiality imposed upon it by this clause 8 as if personally bound by such obligations.

 

8.3 Each Party’s obligations under this clause 8 will survive expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and continue until the Confidential Information disclosed to it lawfully becomes part of the public domain.

 

8.4 Neither Party will disclose or publish the Project IP other than with the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may be reasonably withheld.

USE OF NAME AND LOGO

 

9.1 Neither Party will use the name or logo of the other Party without having obtained the other Party’s prior written consent.

INSURANCE

 

10.1 Each Party will:

 

  (a) carry out the Overall Project and Commercialise the Project IP at its own risk; and

 

  (b) maintain or cause to be maintained adequate insurance in respect of its carrying out of the Overall Project and Commercialisation of the Project IP.

 

10.2 Each Party will at all times comply with the terms of its insurance policies the subject of clause 10.1 (b).

 

10.3 Each Party’s obligations under this clause 10 will survive expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

WARRANTIES

 

11.1 Each Party agrees and acknowledges that:

 

  (a) the other Party has not made any and excludes all warranties, terms, conditions or undertakings, whether express or implied, written or oral, statutory or otherwise including any implied warranty of merchantability or of fitness for a particular purpose in respect of the Overall Project or the Project IP;

 

  (b) neither Party will be liable for any special, indirect or consequential damages arising under or pursuant to this Agreement;

 

  (c) neither Party has made and does not by entering into this Agreement make any representation or warranty, express or implied, that its Background IP, Third Party IP and the Project IP does not infringe any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights.

 

8


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

INDEMNITY

 

12.1 Each Party indemnifies and keeps the other Party indemnified from and against all claims and actions arising from any negligent act or omission on the part of the first mentioned Party or its employees, agents, contractors or consultants in connection with this Agreement.

 

12.2 Each Party shall indemnify and keep the other Party indemnified from and against all claims and actions by any third party in relation to the infringement of any Intellectual Property Rights by the first mentioned Party or its employees, agents, contractors or consultants in connection with this Agreement.

INFRINGEMENT AND THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

 

13.1 Each Party will give the other notice of:

 

  (a) any claim or allegation that the exercise of the rights under this Agreement constitute an infringement of the rights of any third party; and

 

  (b) any third party’s infringement or threatened infringement of the Background IP, Third Party IP or the Project IP, of which it becomes aware.

 

13.2 Neither Party will institute any legal proceedings relating to the Project IP without the prior written consent of the other Party. Each Party will notify the other in writing of any legal proceedings instituted against it in relation to the Project IP. Neither Party will settle any such legal proceedings without the prior written consent of the other Party and any such settlement will contain a release in favour of the other Party.

 

13.3 The Parties will confer as to what steps, if any, are to be taken against any person allegedly infringing any patent or other Intellectual Property Rights vested in the Project IP.

TERMINATION

 

14.1 The term of this Agreement is as specified in clause 2.2.

 

14.2 A Party may terminate this Agreement by providing to the other Party written notice on the happening of any of the following events:

 

  (a) if the other Party commits or allows to be committed a breach of any of the obligations set out in this Agreement and on its part to be performed or observed and does not within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice in writing from the terminating Party make good the breach (where such breach is capable of remedy);

 

  (b) if the other Party commits or allows to be committed a breach of any of the obligations set out in this Agreement and that breach is not capable of remedy;

 

  (c) if the other Party is the subject of winding up or liquidation proceedings, whether voluntary or compulsory, otherwise than for the purpose of and followed by, a reconstruction, amalgamation or reorganisation;

 

  (d) if the other Party has become insolvent, bankrupt or is subject to the appointment of an administrator, a mortgagee, a receiver or manager or an inspector to investigate its affairs, enters into any arrangement or composition with its creditors generally, or is unable to pay its debts as and when they become due; or

 

  (e) if execution is levied upon all or any part of the assets of the other Party, provided that no breach will take place under this Agreement if the execution is contested in good faith or if within seven (7) days after it is levied payment is made in full to the judgment creditor in question of all amounts owing to such judgment creditor,

 

9


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

such termination to be effective immediately upon receipt of the abovementioned written notice.

 

14.3 Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to this clause 14 Biomics will reimburse Benitec for any of Benitec’s financial Contributions that have not been expended.

RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES

If a dispute arises between the Parties (the “Dispute”), the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve the Dispute and will refer resolution of the Dispute to their chief executive officers, or their nominees. If the Dispute has not been resolved by negotiation within a reasonable time then either Party may refer the Dispute to mediation and will do so before initiating proceedings in a court to resolve the Dispute. A Dispute which is referred to mediation will be referred to the Australian Commercial Dispute Centre Limited (“ACDC”) and be conducted in accordance with, in the case where Benitec is an Australian organisation or person, the ACDC Mediation Guidelines, or, in the case where Benitec is ordinarily resident outside Australia, the UNCITRAL Conciliation Rules (and in either case will be heard by one conciliator appointed under the relevant rules in the jurisdiction set out in Item 10 of the Schedule with the proceedings being in English). If the Dispute has not been resolved within sixty (60) days of referral to ACDC either Party is free to initiate proceedings in a court. Nothing in this clause will prevent a Party from seeking interlocutory relief through courts of appropriate jurisdiction.

NOTICES

 

16.1 Any notice, demand or other communication required to be given or made in writing under this Agreement will be deemed duly given or made if delivered or sent by prepaid post or facsimile transmission to the attention of the contact person and to the address specified in Item 9 of the Schedule.

 

16.2 Either Party may change its nominated contact person, address or facsimile transmission number for the purposes of this Agreement by giving notice of such change to the other Party within thirty (30) days of the change.

 

16.3 Any notice or other communication will be deemed to have been received by the Party to which it was sent:

 

  (a) in the case of hand delivery, upon the date of such delivery;

 

  (b) in the case of prepaid post within Australia, on the third day next following the date of dispatch; or

 

  (c) in the case of facsimile transmission, at the time of transmission, provided that, following the transmission, the sender receives a transmission confirmation report unless in any such case it would be deemed to have been received on a day which is not a Business Day, or after 5 p.m. on such a Business Day, in which event it will be deemed to have been received on the next such Business Day.

 

10


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

GENERAL

 

17.1 Governing Law

This Agreement is governed by the laws of the place named in Item 10 of the Schedule and each Party submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of that State and their courts of appeal.

 

17.2 Severability

Any illegal or invalid provision of this Agreement will be severable and all other provisions will remain in full force and effect.

 

17.3 Waiver

Any failure by a Party to compel performance by the other Party of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of those terms or conditions, nor will it affect or impair the right to enforce those rights at a later time or to pursue remedies for any breach of those terms or conditions. A waiver of any right under this Agreement will be in writing.

 

17.4 Amendment

This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument signed by each of Biomics and Benitec.

 

17.5 Entire Agreement

This Agreement contains the whole of the agreement between Biomics and Benitec with respect to its subject matter and supersedes any and all other representations or statements by either Party whether oral or in writing and whether made prior or subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

 

17.6 Relationship

Each Party enters this Agreement as an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement will create any other relationship between them.

 

17.7 Force Majeure

A Party will not be liable for any failure to carry out its obligations under this Agreement where such failure is due to any cause beyond the reasonable control of that Party.

 

17.8 Assignment

A Party will not assign its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

17.9 Further Assurance

Each Party agrees to do all acts, including the signing of documentation, necessary or desirable to give effect to this Agreement.

 

17.10 No Authority

Neither Party may enter into any agreement or incur any liabilities on behalf of the other Party without that other Party’s prior written consent and may not represent to any person that it has any authority to do so.

 

11


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

17.11 Payments in Australian Currency

Unless the other Party consents in writing or as otherwise specified in the Schedule, any payments which are required to be paid under this Agreement will be paid in Australian currency.

 

17.12 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

17.13 Costs and Expenses

Each Party will bear its own costs and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and completion of this Agreement and any other related documentation.

 

17.14 Survival

Clauses 7-18 survive expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

12


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES AS AN AGREEMENT

 

Signed for and on behalf of )
BIOMICS BIOTECH CO., LTD. )
by )
     )
Dr. York Yuanyuan Zhu ) /s/ York Yuanyuan Zhu

 

    

 

Chairman/CEO )

 

and

)
)
)
Li Shan ) /s/ Li Shan

 

    

 

VP of Marketing and Sales )
)
)
Date:

July 11, 2014

 

Signed for and on behalf of )
BENITEC BIOPHARMA LIMITED )
by )
     )
Peter French ) /s/ Peter French

 

   

 

CEO )

 

and

)
)
)
Greg West ) /s/ Greg West

 

   

 

Director/ Chief Financial Officer )
)
)
Date:

July 21, 2014

 

13


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

SCHEDULE

 

Item 1 Overall Project Title

HBV shRNA Therapeutics

 

Item 2 Prior Project IP

 

Patent/Application Number

  

Invention Title

  

Inventor(s)

PCT/CN2011/071107 (WIPO)    HBV Treatment                    Michael Graham, Peter French, York Zhu, Yixiang Lu, Tiejun Li, Yunchenge Sun, Xiaojun Tang, Li Shan

 

Item 3 Background IP

 

  (a) Biomics : The Biomics Background IP including its patent of constructing Entire siRNA Targets (EsT) library including various functional length and all binding sites along with a gene target and foreign equivalents.

 

Patent/Application Number

  

Invention Title

  

Inventor(s)

US20090099043 (US)    Construction of Pool of Interfering Nucleic Acids Covering Entire RNA Target Sequence and Related Compositions    York Zhu
PCT/CN2008/001283 (WIPO)    A PCR Based High Throughput Method of Full Site Small Interfering RNA (siRNA) Polynucleotides and Related Compositions    York Zhu
200710024217.6 (CN)    Construction of Pool of Interfering Nucleic Acids Covering Entire RNA Target Sequence and Related Compositions    York Zhu
200810019839.4 (CN)    A Method for Production of Restriction Enzyme-Ecop15l    Jackey Lu, York Zhu
PCT/CN2013/072236    Liposomal formutions, its use and method of making it    Jianxin (Jay) Chen, Wei (Vivian) Peng, Tiejun Li, etc

 

  (b) Benitec : The Benitec Background IP consists of its Graham ‘099 and foreign equivalents, Waterhouse patents and Benitec’s Multi-cassette families as indicated by the following:

 

Patent/Application Number

  

Invention Title

  

Inventor(s)

6,573,099 (US)    GENETIC CONSTRUCTS FOR DELAYING OR REPRESSING THE EXPRESSION OF A TARGET GENE    Graham, Michael W Rice, Robert N
PCT/ AU99/00195(WO99/49029)    CONTROL OF GENE EXPRESSION    Graham, Michael W Rice, Robert N Waterhouse, Peter Wang, MingBo
11/072592 (US)    MULTIPLE PROMOTER EXPRESSION    Roelvink, Petrus

 

14


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

Patent/Application Number

  

Invention Title

  

Inventor(s)

PCT/US2005/0017447    CASSETTES FOR SIMULTANEOUS DELIVERY OF RNAI AGENTS    W Suhy, David A Kolkykhalov, Alexander A

US 10/821, 726 US

11/180,928 US 11,218,999

   SYNTHETIC GENES AND GENETIC CONSTRUCTS COMPRISING THE SAME    Waterhouse, Peter Graham, Michael Wang, MingBo Smith, Neil
WO99/53050    METHODS AND MEANS FOR OBTAINING MODIFIED PHENOTYPES    Waterhouse, Peter Graham, Michael Wang, MingBo Smith, Neil

 

Item 4 Third Party IP

Benitec contribution of Touchlight Genetics Ltd

[TBC - Possible patents to be contributed from Touchlight via Benitec]

 

Patent/Application Number

  

Invention Title

  

Inventor(s)

PCT/GB2011/001175    Production of Closed Linear DNA Using a Palindromic Sequence    Neil Porter
EP2391731    Production of Closed Linear DNA    Vanessa Hill

 

Item 5 Contributions

The Contributions of the Parties consist of the following:

 

    Prior Project Contributions - those Contributions already provided to the Prior Projects;

 

    Overall Project Contributions - to be provided to the Overall Project pursuant to this Agreement.

Prior Project Contributions

The Parties acknowledge that their Contributions towards the Prior Projects were as follows and detailed in the following table:

 

  (a) Biomics

Biomics provided unreimbursed in-kind contributions towards the Prior Projects totalling: AUD $438,275 .

 

15


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

  (b) Benitec:

Benitec’s Contributions towards the Prior Projects total AUD $578,275 .

 

Original Phase I and II program

ESTIMATED and ACTUAL historical costs

 

(AUS$ 000)

   Original
Estimated
costs,
laboratory
     Original
Estimated
costs,
labour
     Total
Original
Estimated
costs
     Costs
exceeding
original
estimates
     Total
costs
     Payments
by Benitec
to Biomics
 

Phase I - 21 August 2009 costs

     79,956         79,121         159,077         57,723         216,800         108,400   

Phase II 22 March 2011 ‘Overall Project’ costs

           662,227         -2,477         659,750         329,875   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total costs

  

  821,304      55,246      876,550      438,275   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: costs exceeded original budgets by AUD55,246

Patent costs not included (Benitec patent costs to date AUD 140k)

  

  

Overall Project Contributions

The anticipated Contributions for the Overall Project are as specified in the table in Annexure 1.

It is anticipated that the Parties will equally contribute to these Overall Project Contributions, however such contribution is subject to agreed Project Plans being entered into.

 

Item 6 Research Committee Representatives

 

  (a) Biomics: York Zhu, CEO

 

  (b) Benitec: Peter French, CEO

 

  (c) Such other persons as agreed by Biomics and Benitec from time to time.

 

Item 7 Times and Locations of Research Committee Meetings

Bi-annually and more frequently if required, alternating meetings between Nantong and Melbourne.

 

Item 8 Reports

Biomics will prepare and provide to Benitec a summary report of research progress on a monthly basis and a detailed report on the conduct of the Overall Project and its results each quarter and within 1 month of completion of the Overall Project.

 

Item 9 Notices

 

Biomics Benitec

Li Shan

International Marketing Manager

76 Chang Xing Road, Nantong E&T

Development Area]

Peter French

CEO

c/o 16/356 Collins St

Nantong P.R. China 226016 Melbourne, Victoria, Australia 3000
Attention: Li Shan Attention: Peter French
Telephone: +86 513 85175235 Telephone: +61 (0) 412457595
Facsimile: +86 513 85175229 Facsimile: +61 (0) 3 8678 1342
Email: lee@biomics.cn Email: pfrench@benitec.com

 

16


COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE

 

Item 10 Governing Law

Victoria, Australia

 

17

Exhibit 10.3

 

LOGO

COMMERCIAL LICENCE AGREEMENT -

AMENDED AND RESTATED

NewSouth Innovations Pty Limited

(ABN 25 000 263 025)

and

Benitec Australia Limited

(ABN 17 080 299 645)

Rupert Myers Building | Gate 14, Barker Street | UNSW SYDNEY NSW 2052

www.nsinnovations.com.au | enquiries@nsinnovations.com.au

T +61 2 9385 5008 | F +61 2 9385 6600

Reference : 06_2033 L003506 (previously L002754)


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Table of Contents

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

  3   

2.

LICENCE

  8   

3.

SUB-LICENCES

  9   

4.

Not used

  11   

5.

PAYMENTS

  11   

6.

TAXES

  12   

7.

ACCOUNTS

  12   

8.

PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE OF PATENTS

  14   

9.

NO CHALLENGE TO VALIDITY

  15   

10.

EXPLOITATION BY LICENSEE

  15   

11.

PRODUCTS

  16   

12.

LICENSEE IMPROVEMENTS

  18   

13.

NSI IMPROVEMENTS

  19   

14.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

  19   

15.

MEDIA AND PUBLICATIONS

  20   

16.

INFRINGEMENT AND ENFORCEMENT

  21   

17.

WARRANTIES

  22   

18.

LIABILITY

  23   

19.

TERM AND TERMINATION

  24   

20.

FORCE MAJEURE

  26   

21.

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

  26   

22.

GENERAL

  27   

 

 

2


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

DATE OF AGREEMENT 7 August 2013, as amended 28 th  November 2014
PARTIES

NewSouth Innovations Pty Limited ABN 25 000 263 025 ( NSi )

 

Rupert Myers Building, Gate 14 Barker Street, UNSW, Sydney, NSW 2052,

Australia

 

Contact:         Chief Executive Officer
Phone:         +61 2 9385 6505

Fax:

 

        +61 2 9385 6502

 

Benitec Australia Limited ABN 17 080 299 645 ( Licensee )

Registered Office Level 16, 356 Collins St Melbourne Vic 3000 Australia

 

Contact:         Mr Peter French, Chief Executive Officer
Phone:         +61 (0) 2 95556986
Fax:         +61 (0) 2 98182238

BACKGROUND:

 

A. NSi and Benitec Biopharma entered into a Terms Sheet dated 30 September 2009 and a Collaborative Research Agreement dated 18 December 2009 to conduct a proof of concept project.

 

B. The Children’s Cancer Institute Australia for Medical Research conducted the project under the Collaborative Research Agreement.

 

C. NSi is the owner of or otherwise authorised to use the Intellectual Property including the technologies known as “ Modulation of B-Tubulin in Tumour Cells”, “Modulation of Beta-Tubulin Expression in Tumour Cells” and “Method for Inhibiting Tumour Growth and Incidence” ( NSi Reference 06_2033; 07_2155; 08_2276).

 

D. NSi and the Licensee entered into the Prior Licence Agreement.

 

E. NSi and the Licensee wish to amend and restate the Prior Licence Agreement on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

Affiliate means a ‘related body corporate’ as that term is defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Agreement means this Commercial Licence Agreement - Amended and Restated.

Amendment Date means 1 August 2014.

Background IP means Intellectual Property rights owned by or licensed to a party as at the Commencement Date, which that party has the right to license to third parties, which are necessary for the Exploitation of the Licensed IP and which are specified in the Schedule.

 

 

3


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Benitec Biopharma means Benitec Biopharma Limited (ASX:BLT) ABN 64 068 943 662, the parent company of the Licensee.

Business Day means a day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday nor a public holiday in the principal place of business of a party.

CCIA means Children’s Cancer Institute Australia for Medical Research.

Collaborative Research Agreement means an agreement entered into by NSi and Benitec Biopharma for CCIA to conduct a proof of concept project dated 18 December 2009.

Commencement Date means the commencement date specified in the Schedule, or if no date is specified in the Schedule, the date of last execution of this Agreement.

Commercialisation Plan means the plan for the Exploitation of the Licensed IP in the Territory and in the Field prepared by the Licensee, the initial version of which is attached to this Agreement as Annexure 1, as updated or amended from time to time in accordance with clause 10.2(b).

Confidential Information means all know how, Intellectual Property, business, financial, technical and other commercially valuable or sensitive information of a party in whatever form, including inventions (whether or not reduced to practice), trade secrets, methodologies, formulae, graphs, drawings, samples, biological materials, devices, models, business plans, policies and any other materials or information which a party regards as confidential, proprietary or of a commercially sensitive nature that may be in the possession of that party or its Affiliates or its or their employees or officers, including the terms of this Agreement and including, in the case of NSi, all information in or relating to the Licensed IP, in each case whether disclosed visually, orally, in writing or by electronic means, directly or indirectly by a party (including by an Affiliate) and whether disclosed before or after the Commencement Date, but excluding information which:

 

  (a) is now in the public domain, or enters the public domain after the Commencement Date, through no fault of the recipient;

 

  (b) can be shown by contemporaneous records of the recipient to have been known to the recipient at the time it is received pursuant to this Agreement;

 

  (c) is provided to the recipient by a third party after the Commencement Date, lawfully and without violating any restriction on its disclosure; or

 

  (d) can be shown by contemporaneous records of the recipient to have been independently developed by the recipient without reference to the Confidential Information of the other party.

Control means:

 

  (a) the ability to cast or control the casting of more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at any general meeting (or equivalent) of an entity;

 

  (b) the holding of more than 50% of the issued ordinary share capital, the equity, or other ownership interest, in the entity, or if a holding of more than 50% is not permitted in the country where the entity exists, the holding of the maximum ownership interest permitted in the country where the entity exists; or

 

  (c) the ability of a person or persons to direct, or share equally in the direction of, the composition of the board of directors (or equivalent) of the entity, or to manage the entity pursuant to an agreement.

Diagnostic Field means the field specified as the ‘Diagnostic Field’ in the Schedule.

Diagnostic Royalty means the royalty payable by the Licensee to NSi under clause 5.1(b), as specified in the Schedule.

Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees means the Diagnostic Sub-licensee fees specified in the Schedule.

 

 

4


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Disclosed Item means the matters disclosed by or on behalf of NSi to the Licensee before the date of execution of this Agreement.

Exploit means:

 

  (a) in relation to an Intellectual Property right, the exercise of all the rights exclusively granted to the holder of such Intellectual Property rights by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Intellectual Property right subsists, including where permitted under this Agreement the right to sub-license those rights;

 

  (b) in relation to a product, kit, apparatus, substance, documentation or information resource (or any part of such materials), to make, distribute, market, sell, hire out, lease, supply, or otherwise dispose of it; and

 

  (c) in relation to a method or process, to use the method or process or to make, distribute, market, sell, hire out, lease, supply, or otherwise dispose of a product, kit or apparatus the use of which is proposed or intended to involve the exercise of the method or process,

and Exploitation will be similarly construed.

Field means the Therapeutic Field and the Diagnostic Field as specified in the Schedule.

Force Majeure means any act, event or cause (other than lack of funds) which is beyond the reasonable control of the affected party

GST means the tax imposed by the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) and any related tax imposition Acts of the Commonwealth of Australia.

Improvements means all developments, improvements, modifications, enhancements, adaptations and derivative works of the Licensed IP, and all developments which are enabled by, developed from or reliant upon the Licensed IP, and includes all Intellectual Property rights in the foregoing.

Insolvency Event means circumstances in which a party:

 

  (a) is unable to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

  (b) makes or commences negotiations with a view to making, a general re-scheduling of its indebtedness or a general assignment, scheme of arrangement or composition with its creditors;

 

  (c) takes any corporate action or any steps are taken or legal proceedings are started for:

 

  (i) its winding-up, dissolution, liquidation, or re-organisation, other than to reconstruct or amalgamate while solvent on terms approved by the other party (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld); or

 

  (ii) the appointment of a controller, receiver, administrator, official manager, trustee or similar officer of it or of any of its revenues and assets; or

 

  (d) seeks or is granted protection from its creditors, under any applicable legislation.

Intellectual Property means statutory and other proprietary rights in respect of copyright and neighbouring rights, all rights in relation to inventions, patents, plant varieties, registered and unregistered trade marks, registered and unregistered designs, circuit layouts and rights to require information to be kept confidential, and all other rights as defined by Article 2 of the Convention establishing the World Intellectual Property Organization of July 1967, and all rights to apply for any of the above, but does not include moral rights that are not transferable.

Know-how means all unpatented technical and other information not in the public domain including inventions, discoveries, concepts, data, formulae, ideas, specifications, procedures and results for experiments and tests, experimentation and testing, and results of research and development, including laboratory records, clinical trial data, case reports, data analysis and summaries, and information in submissions to and information from ethics committees and regulatory bodies, relating to the inventions the subject of the Patents, or any Licensee Improvements or NSi Improvements included within the Licensed IP in accordance with this Agreement, including the know-how specified in the Schedule.

 

 

5


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Licence Fees means the licence and milestone fees payable by the Licensee to NSi under clause 5.1(a), as specified in the Schedule.

Licensed IP means:

 

  (a) the Patents;

 

  (b) the Intellectual Property rights in the Know-how;

 

  (c) the Project IP;

 

  (d) the Other Statutory Rights; and

 

  (e) the NSi Background IP.

Licensee Improvements means all Improvements developed or acquired by or on behalf of the Licensee during the Term which fall within the scope of the Patents, including any future Patents which arise from or are reliant upon NSI’s Know-how.

Milestone means the milestones described in the Schedule.

Minimum Performance Obligations means the minimum performance obligations specified in the Schedule.

Minimum Royalty means the minimum royalty specified in the Schedule.

Minimum Royalty Period means the minimum royalty period specified in the Schedule.

Net Sales means the total consideration for all Sales of Products or other supplies of Products by or on behalf of the Licensee or its Affiliates or Sub-licensees in an arms’ length bona fide commercial transaction, less returns and other usual arms’ length trade discounts and rebates actually given or allowed (such discounts and rebates not to exceed 5% of the gross invoiced price), customs duties, transportation and insurance charges, and all Taxes incurred on such Sales.

NSi Improvements means all Improvements developed or acquired by or on behalf of NSi (including from CCIA and UNSW) during the Term within the Field.

Other Statutory Rights means all Intellectual Property rights other than the Patents, subsisting in or relating to the inventions the subject of the Patents, or any Licensee Improvements or NSi Improvements included within the Licensed IP in accordance with this Agreement, including copyright and design rights.

Paper means any manuscript, abstract, paper, journal article, student thesis or content of any oral, poster or other academic presentation containing or referring to the Licensed IP or the Products.

Patents means:

 

  (a) the patents and patent applications described as Licensed IP in the Schedule;

 

  (b) all patent applications that may be filed by or on behalf of NSi which are based on, claim priority from, are divided from or are continuations of any patent application described as Licensed IP in the Schedule;

 

  (c) all patents which may be granted pursuant to any of the patent applications referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b); and

 

  (d) all patents and patent applications forming part of any Licensee Improvements or NSi Improvements included within the Licensed IP in accordance with this Agreement.

Prior Licence Agreement means the licence agreement dated 7 August 2013 entered into by NSi and the Licensee in relation to the Licensed IP.

Project means the project contemplated under the Collaborative Research Agreement.

 

 

6


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Project IP means all Intellectual Property created, conceived, developed or reduced to practice in the course of the Project and the subject of the Collaborative Research Agreement, including as specified in the Schedule.

Product means the entire assembly of components constituting any product, kit, apparatus, substance, documentation, information resource or service arising from the Exploitation of the Licensed IP, including all products and services whose research, development, manufacture, import, marketing, use, sale, or supply applies, utilises or incorporates any part of the Licensed IP.

Registration Costs means fees, costs and expenses (including patent attorney and legal fees and expenses and government charges) incurred, whether before or after the Commencement Date, in the obtaining of grants of the Patents or other formal Intellectual Property rights forming part of the Licensed IP in the Territory and maintaining the same, and includes all expenses incurred in making and prosecuting patent applications and dealing with any opposition to any application for such registrations, any challenge to the validity of any such registrations, and action taken in relation to infringement of Patents or such other Intellectual Property.

Royalty means the royalty payable by the Licensee to NSi under clause 5.1(b), as specified in the Schedule, but does not include the Diagnostic Royalty.

Royalty Period means the royalty period specified in the Schedule.

Sale means any sale, transfer, rental, lease, hiring out, distribution, commercial supply or other disposal of Products by or on behalf of the Licensee or its Affiliates or Sub-licensees (but excludes any interim Sale as between any of Licensee and its Affiliates).

and Sell and Sold will be similarly construed.

Schedule means the schedule attached this agreement as may be revised from time to time to include Project IP.

Sub-licensee means a person (including an Affiliate of the Licensee) with whom the Licensee enters into an arrangement for the Exploitation of the Licensed IP in the Territory and in the Field as a permitted sub-licensee, subcontractor or assignee.

Sub-licence Fees means the Sub-licensee fees specified in the Schedule but does not include the Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees.

Taxes means all applicable taxes (including GST), levies, duties, charges, deductions and withholdings and similar imposts imposed by law or by any government agency, other than imposts charged on net income.

Term means the term of this Agreement specified in the Schedule.

Territory means the territory specified in the Schedule.

Therapeutic Field means the field specified as the ‘Therapeutic Field’ in the Schedule.

Trigger Jurisdiction means USA or Europe.

UNSW means the University of New South Wales (ABN 57 195 873 179).

 

1.2 Interpretation

In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

(a) headings are for convenience only and do not affect interpretation;

 

(b) the singular includes the plural and conversely, and a gender includes all genders;

 

(c) a reference to a clause, schedule or annexure is a reference to a clause of or schedule or annexure to this Agreement and references to this Agreement include any background recital, schedule and annexure;

 

(d) a reference to a thing (including a right) includes a reference to a part of that thing;

 

 

7


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

(e) a reference to a document includes the document as modified from time to time and any document replacing it;

 

(f) the word “person” includes a natural person and any body or entity whether incorporated or not;

 

(g) a reference to “written” or “in writing” includes any communication sent by letter, email or facsimile transmission;

 

(h) a reference to any statute, proclamation, rule, regulation or ordinance includes any amendment, consolidation, modification, re-enactment or reprint of it and any statute, proclamation, rule, regulation or ordinance replacing it. A reference to a specified section, clause, paragraph, schedule or item of any statue, proclamation, rule, regulation or ordinance means a reference to the equivalent section of the statue, proclamation, rule, regulation or ordinance which is for the time being in force;

 

(i) a reference to law includes laws, acts, ordinances, rules, regulations, other delegated legislation, codes and the requirements and directions of any relevant government or quasi-government department, body or authority in force from time to time (including any stock exchange);

 

(j) wherever “include” or any form of that word is used it must be construed as it were followed by “(without limitation)”;

 

(k) a reference to any agency or body, if that agency or body ceases to exist or is reconstituted, renamed or replaced or has its powers or functions removed (defunct body), means the agency or body which performs most closely the functions of the defunct body; and

 

(l) money amounts are stated in the lawful currency of Australia unless otherwise specified.

 

1.3 Amendment and Restatement

NSi and the Licensee acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a) they entered into the Prior Licence Agreement;

 

(b) as of the Amendment Date, this Agreement amends and supersedes the Prior Licence Agreement; and

 

(c) whilst this Agreement shall govern the licensing of the Licensed IP from the Amendment Date, the Prior Licence Agreement continues to govern the licensing of the Licensed IP from the Commencement Date until the Amendment Date.

 

2. LICENCE

 

 

2.1 Grant of licence

NSi grants to the Licensee during the Term:

 

(a) separate exclusive, non-transferable licences:

 

  (i) under the Patents;

 

  (ii) under Project IP;

 

(b) separate non-exclusive, non-transferable licences

 

  (i) under the NSi Background IP excluding the Patents:

 

  (ii) under the Intellectual Property rights in the Know-how;

 

  (iii) under the Other Statutory Rights;

to Exploit the Licensed IP and Products in the Territory and within the Therapeutic Field and the Diagnostic Field; and

 

(c) a separate non-exclusive, non-transferable licence under the Licensed IP to conduct research and development of Products,

including the right to sub-license as permitted in this Agreement.

 

 

8


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

2.2 Grant of additional rights

NSi may grant additional licences of the Licensed IP where necessary to comply with the legal requirements of any country, including for the avoidance of the necessity to license a patent compulsorily or to avoid a charge of patent misuse.

 

2.3 Transfer of rights

Subject to clause 3, the licences under this Agreement are personal to the Licensee and the Licensee must not assign, transfer or in any way charge, mortgage or deal with any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without NSi’s prior written consent. Nothing in this Agreement restricts the right of NSi to assign any of its rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement.

 

2.4 Licensee’s acknowledgments

The Licensee acknowledges that:

 

(a) this Agreement does not confer and the Licensee does not acquire any right, title or interest in the Licensed IP other than as expressly set out in this Agreement;

 

(b) as between the parties, NSi is the owner of the Licensed IP;

 

(c) to the extent permitted by law, the Licensee may not Exploit the Licensed IP or any Products outside the Territory or the Field or knowingly supply any Products to any person for resupply outside the Territory or the Field; and

 

(d) NSi reserves all rights in and to the Licensed IP outside the Territory and the Field and may Exploit or license others to Exploit the Licensed IP and the Products outside the Territory and the Field as it sees fit.

 

2.5 Disclosure of the Licensed IP and technical assistance

 

(a) Following the Commencement Date, to the extent it has not already done so, NSi must disclose to the Licensee details of the Licensed IP.

 

(b) NSi may, subject to payment in accordance with its usual consulting rates and on its standard consulting terms and conditions from time to time, provide the Licensee with technical assistance and consultancy services reasonably requested by the Licensee in relation to the Exploitation of the Licensed IP and the Products.

 

2.6 Research by UNSW and CCIA

Despite anything else in this Agreement, the Licensee acknowledges and agrees that NSi retains the right to use the Licensed IP for education and research purposes within the Territory and the Field, including the right to sub-license the Licensed IP to UNSW and UNSW personnel and to CCIA for this purpose.

 

2.7 Referrals

 

(a) The Licensee must promptly give to NSi full details of all enquiries concerning the Exploitation of the Licensed IP, or the design, manufacture, marketing, supply or use of the Products, outside the Territory or the Field.

 

(b) NSi must promptly give to the Licensee full details of all enquiries concerning the Exploitation of the Licensed IP, or the design, manufacture, marketing, supply or use of the Products, within the Territory or the Field.

 

3. SUB-LICENCES

 

 

3.1 Contract manufacture

The Licensee may enter into a sub-contract for the research, development and manufacture of Products or parts of Products within the Territory on behalf of the Licensee and may sub-license the Licensed IP to the extent necessary for such purpose, provided the Licensee remains responsible for ensuring compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

 

9


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

3.2 Sub-licences

Subject to payment of all Sub-licence Fees, Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees and clause 3.3, the Licensee may by written agreement grant sub-licences to Exploit the Licensed IP (not including the right to sub-license other than on the same terms as specified in clauses 3.1 and 3.2(a)) within the Territory, the Therapeutic Field and the Diagnostic Field:

 

(a) to its Affiliates without the consent of NSi, provided that the Licensee must supply to NSi a copy of any agreement effecting any such sub-licence within 14 days of its execution; and

 

(b) to a third party with global pharmaceutical sales of at least one billion dollars (Australian) without the consent of NSi provided that the Licensee must supply to NSi a copy of any agreement effecting any such sub-licence within 14 days of its execution; and

 

(c) to other third parties only with the prior written consent of NSi (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The Licensee must provide to NSi a copy of any proposed agreement effecting any such sub-licence at least 30 days prior to its proposed or planned execution.

 

3.3 Conditions of Sub-licences

Any permitted sub-licence granted by the Licensee pursuant to clauses 3.1 or 3.2 must be on terms consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and must:

 

(a) provide that the sub-licence and the rights granted under it are personal to the Sub-licensee and the Sub-licensee must not at any time assign, transfer or in any way charge, mortgage or deal with any of its rights or obligations under the sub-licence without NSi’s prior written consent;

 

(b) provide in a form reasonably required by NSi that the Sub-licensee releases NSi and UNSW from, and indemnifies NSi and UNSW against, all costs and liability in connection with the sub-licence and the Sub-licensee’s exercise of rights under it, including indirect and consequential loss, liability for breach of contract, under statute, common law, tort (including negligence) or otherwise to the extent permitted by law;

 

(c) contain obligations of confidentiality in respect of NSi’s Confidential Information, and the right of NSi to inspect the Sub-licensee’s premises and records, in a form substantially similar to those contained in this Agreement;

 

(d) not otherwise grant rights which are inconsistent with the rights and obligations of the Licensee under this Agreement;

 

(e) in relation to a sub-licence granted pursuant to clause 3.2(a), terminate where the Sub-licensee ceases to be an Affiliate of Licensee, unless NSi has given its prior written consent to the continuation of the relevant sub-licence;

 

(f) if the licence of any right in respect of the Licensed IP is terminated under this Agreement, terminate to a corresponding extent; and

 

(g) terminate on the termination or expiry of this Agreement, except where this Agreement is terminated under clauses 19.3(a)(vii) or 19.3(a)(viii) in which case the sub-licence (other than a sub-licence to an Affiliate or if NSi has agreed otherwise) must provide for the novation of the rights and obligations of Licensee under the sub-licence to NSi at NSi’s absolute discretion. For the purpose of any such novation, the Licensee hereby appoints NSi as its attorney to do all things and execute all documents necessary or desirable to perfect such novation of the sub-licence agreement on behalf of the Licensee.

 

3.4 Licensee responsible for Sub-licensees

All acts, omissions and Exploitation of the Licensed IP by or on behalf of the Licensee’s Sub-licensees will be deemed to be acts, omissions and Exploitation by the Licensee for the purposes of this Agreement. For clarity, an act or omission of a Sub-licensee in relation to a sub-licence is not an act or omission of this Agreement unless it is also an act or omission of the Licensee pursuant to the specific terms of this Agreement.

 

 

10


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

3.5 Licensee to procure compliance by Sub-licensees

The Licensee must procure that each of its Sub-licensees complies with the terms of the relevant sub-licence.

 

4. NOT USED

 

5. PAYMENTS

 

 

5.1 Licence Fees, Sub-licence Fees and Royalties

In consideration of the licences granted in clause 2.1 and the disclosure of the Licensed IP pursuant to clause 2.5, the Licensee must pay to NSi:

 

(a) the Licence Fees in the amounts, and at the times specified in the Schedule;

 

(b) the Royalty and Diagnostic Royalty within 30 days of the end of each Royalty Period;

 

(c) the Minimum Royalty for each Minimum Royalty Period specified in the Schedule, at the time the payment of the Royalty is due for the last Royalty Period in that Minimum Royalty Period;

 

(d) the Sub-licence Fees and Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees within 30 days of the end of each Royalty Period; and

 

(e) any other amounts due from time to time under this Agreement, upon request in accordance with the relevant obligations.

 

5.2 Notification of milestone events

The Licensee must immediately notify NSi in writing upon the occurrence of any Milestone or other event which triggers the payment of any Licence Fee under clause 5.1(a), as specified in the Schedule.

 

5.3 Payment due

 

(a) The Royalty and the Diagnostic Royalty accrue in respect of Products when the Products are paid for by the purchaser.

 

(b) The Sub-licence Fees and Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees accrue at the time consideration is received by the Licensee from a Sub-licensee under the relevant sub-licence.

 

5.4 Non arms’ length arrangements or non-cash consideration

 

(a) Where any Sale of Products is made, or any sub-licence of the Licensed IP to a Sub-licensee other than an Affiliate is granted, other than in an arms’ length bona fide commercial transaction or for consideration other than cash, for the purposes of calculating the Royalty, Diagnostic Royal and any Sub-licence Fees or Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees the consideration received for that transaction must be calculated by the Licensee by reference to the fair market value, as if the transaction had been an arms’ length bona fide commercial transaction and the consideration had been in cash.

 

(b) The Licensee must separately identify in its Royalty, Diagnostic Royalty, Diagnostic Sub-licence Fee and Sub-licence Fee statements provided to NSi under clauses 7.1 and 7.2 any transactions the subject of this clause 5.4 providing reasonable detail as to the relevant calculation.

 

(c) Any dispute as to the calculation of the fair market value or cash equivalent value which cannot be resolved by discussion between the parties must be referred for resolution in accordance with clause 21.

 

5.5 Late payment

 

(a) If the Licensee fails to pay the Licence Fee by the due date as set out in the Schedule, this Agreement will terminate in accordance with clause 19.3.

 

 

11


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

(b) Without prejudice to NSi’s other rights or remedies, if the Licensee fails to pay any amount by the due date NSi may charge interest on the amount outstanding:

 

  (i) calculated daily from the due date of payment to the date payment is received by NSi in full; and

 

  (ii) at an interest rate of 2% above the rate quoted on the due date of payment (and if no rate was quoted on that day, the day on which it is next quoted) for business overdrafts over AUD$100,000 by NSi’s principal Australian bank.

 

5.6 Payments

 

(a) All Licence Fees, Royalties, Diagnostic Royalties, Minimum Royalties, Sub-licence Fees and Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees and other payments to be made by the Licensee to NSi under this Agreement are to be made in Australian currency and are to be made by bank draft made payable to NSi or, at NSi’s option, direct deposit into the account notified by NSi in writing.

 

(b) Where conversion from foreign currency is required, the conversion is to be made at the average day’s buying rate of the Licensee’s principal bank prevailing two days before the remittance of the payment.

 

6. TAXES

 

 

6.1 General Taxes

 

(a) All amounts payable by the Licensee under this Agreement are exclusive of any applicable Taxes and, subject to clause 6.3, the Licensee must pay directly (if applicable) or reimburse NSi for any such Taxes.

 

(b) Where required, NSi will provide a tax invoice to the Licensee.

 

6.2 GST

 

(a) In circumstances where GST applies, at the Licensee’s cost, NSi must do all things reasonably necessary to assist the Licensee to claim any input tax credit or refund available in relation to any GST paid or payable by the Licensee under this clause 6.

 

(b) NSi may invoice the Licensee for GST when NSi invoices the Licensee for payments due under this Agreement or when NSi is required to remit the GST, at NSi’s option.

 

(c) Any GST payable by the Licensee under this Agreement is calculated by multiplying by the prevailing GST rate by the amount of the consideration payable by the Licensee for the relevant supply.

 

(d) If a payment to a party under this agreement is a payment by way of reimbursement or indemnity and is calculated by reference to the GST inclusive amount of a loss, cost or expense incurred by that party, then the payment is to be reduced by the amount of any input tax credit to which that party is entitled in respect of that loss, cost or expense before any adjustment is made for GST.

 

6.3 Withholding taxes

All payments made under this Agreement are exclusive of any withholding taxes. If any laws, rules or regulations require the withholding of amounts of Taxes or other amounts from payments made by the Licensee to NSi under this Agreement, the Licensee must gross up such payments so that the amount actually paid to NSi is the amount NSi would otherwise receive if no amount was required to be withheld.

 

7. ACCOUNTS

 

 

7.1 Royalty statement

Within 30 days of the end of each Royalty Period the Licensee must give NSi a written statement signed by an authorised officer of the Licensee setting out the following information for the relevant Royalty Period, by country (to the extent applicable):

 

(a) the number of Products manufactured by Licensee and its Affiliates and Sub-licensees;

 

 

12


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

(b) the number of Products supplied by Licensee and its Affiliates and Sub-licensees;

 

(c) the total amounts invoiced and received in respect of Products by Licensee and its Affiliates and Sub-licensees;

 

(d) the total Net Sales amounts in respect of Products;

 

(e) the manner in which the Royalty and Diagnostic Royalty was calculated, including details of any deductions from the total invoiced amounts;

 

(f) the applicable Royalty payable;

 

(g) details of its efforts under clause 10; and

 

(h) any other details NSi reasonably requires from time to time.

 

7.2 Sub-licence statement

Within 30 days of the end of each Royalty Period the Licensee must give NSi a written statement signed by an authorised officer of the Licensee setting out the following information for the relevant Royalty Period, by country (to the extent applicable):

 

(a) the number of sub-licences to Sub-licensees (other than Affiliates) in place for the Licensed IP;

 

(b) the total amounts invoiced by the Licensee or its Affiliates under or in relation to such sub-licences;

 

(c) the amount of all payments received by the Licensee or its Affiliates under or in relation to such sub-licences;

 

(d) the manner in which the Sub-licence Fee and Diagnostic Sub-licence Fee were calculated;

 

(e) the applicable Sub-licence Fee and Diagnostic Fee; and

 

(f) any other details NSi reasonably requires from time to time.

 

7.3 NSi may request audited statement

At NSi’s request from time to time, but no greater than once a year, the Licensee must at its cost promptly provide to NSi a signed certificate from the Licensee’s auditor stating that the details set out in the statements prepared under clauses 7.1 and 7.2 are correct.

 

7.4 Licensee to retain records

The Licensee must create and maintain for 7 years from the date of creation, in a manner approved by NSi from time to time, separate, comprehensive, accurate, up-to-date and auditable records of:

 

(a) the matters specified in clauses 7.1 and 7.2 in accordance with applicable accounting standards;

 

(b) the working papers the Licensee used to calculate the Royalty, Diagnostic Royalty, Sub-licence Fees and the Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees; and

 

(c) each Royalty, Diagnostic Royalty, Sub-licence Fee and Diagnostic Sub-licence Fee statement,

and provide NSi with any other information it reasonably requires from time to time.

 

7.5 NSi’s right to inspect records

The Licensee must:

 

(a) permit NSi’s accountant, auditor or nominee, on reasonable notice and during ordinary business hours on a Business Day, to inspect and verify the records referred to in clause 7.4; and

 

(b) give all reasonable help in any inspection and verification and permit NSi’s accountant, auditor or nominee to take copies of such records.

 

 

13


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

7.6 Cost of inspection

NSi’s cost of inspections under clause 7.5 will be borne by NSi unless an inspection shows that any amounts due to NSi under this Agreement have been understated by 5% or more, in which case the cost of that inspection will be payable by the Licensee.

 

7.7 Obligations of Sub-licensees

The Licensee must procure:

 

(a) that all Sub-licensees comply with obligations substantially the same as those contained in this clause 7; and

 

(b) for NSi the rights of inspection under clause 7.5 in respect of the Licensee’s Sub-licensees.

 

8. PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE OF PATENTS

 

 

8.1 Prosecution

The Licensee must, to the extent commercially and legally reasonable in accordance with the advice available to it, use reasonable and timely efforts in consultation with NSi to:

 

(a) prosecute all Patents and other applications for statutory protection of the Licensed IP existing as at the Amendment Date; and

 

(b) maintain all Patents and other rights granted on those applications.

 

8.2 Assistance in prosecution

 

(a) NSi and the Licensee must render all reasonable non-monetary assistance to each other in relation to the prosecution and maintenance of the Patents.

 

(b) NSi and the Licensee will regularly review the Licensed IP to determine appropriate protection strategy and anticipated Registration Costs. If considered necessary, the parties may seek to establish a patent management committee consisting of one or more appointees from each party to undertake such reviews in accordance with terms of reference to be agreed.

 

(c) At NSi’s written request, the Licensee will advise NSi about the current status of the Patents.

 

8.3 Costs of Patents

 

(a) The Licensee must pay all Registration Costs.

 

(b) In the event that NSi licenses any of the Licensed IP in a country forming part of the Territory on a commercial basis to more than one licensee, the amount of Registration Costs payable by the Licensee with respect to the relevant Licensed IP in the relevant country will be reduced to an amount equal to the total of all relevant Patent Costs divided by the number of licensees (including the Licensee) who contribute to the Registration Costs for the respective Licensed IP.

 

(c) The Licensee acknowledges that Registration Costs paid are not refundable and cannot be recouped from or reimbursed by NSi.

 

(d) The Licensee must give to NSi at least 60 days’ written notice if it does not wish to continue payment of Registration Costs with respect to any Licensed IP in any country in the Territory, including its rationale for doing so. If the Licensee demonstrates that such discontinuance results from an inability or excessive cost to obtain commercially valuable protection for such Licensed IP (that is, rights which can be used to exclude competitors from making comparable Products) in such country then the parties will agree to the action specified in clause 8.3(d)(i), otherwise NSi may, at its sole discretion:

 

  (i) cease prosecution of that Licensed IP or allow it to lapse in that country; or

 

  (ii) take over and prosecute or maintain such Licensed IP in that country at its own cost in which case, as and from such date, the licence(s) under this Agreement for the relevant Licensed IP in that country will terminate and the Licensee will have no obligation to pay any Registration Costs incurred after that date in respect of such Licensed IP in that country under clause 8.3(a).

 

 

14


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

9. NO CHALLENGE TO VALIDITY

 

Except where such a prohibition is not permitted under applicable law or where such disclosure is a patent prosecution requirement, the Licensee must not raise or cause to be raised any questions concerning, or any challenge or any objection to, the validity or ownership of any part of the Licensed IP, other than drawing to NSi’s attention any information which the Licensee believes is relevant to the validity or ownership of the Licensed IP. If the Licensee raises or causes to be raised any question concerning, or any objection to, the validity or ownership of any part of the Licensed IP then, unless such a prohibition is not permitted under applicable law or such disclosure is a patent prosecution requirement, NSi may, to the extent permitted by law, by notice in writing to the Licensee terminate the licence(s) granted to the Licensee under this Agreement for that part and territory of the Licensed IP.

 

10. EXPLOITATION BY LICENSEE

 

 

10.1 Best Endeavours to Exploit

The Licensee must use its best endeavours during the Term to:

 

(a) Exploit the Products in the Territory and in the Field so as to maximise Sales of Products and consideration received from Sub-licensees;

 

(b) adhere to the Commercialisation Plan; and

 

(c) progress the development of the Licensed IP and the Products including meeting the Milestones.

 

10.2 Reports

 

(a) The Licensee must deliver to NSi within 10 Business Days of the end of each six month period (two calendar quarters) during the Term, in a form reasonably required by NSi, a written report setting out progress of the development and Exploitation of the Licensed IP and the Products in the previous six month period (including against the Commercialisation Plan).

 

(b) The Licensee must deliver to NSi within 10 Business Days of the end of each calendar year during the Term an updated Commercialisation Plan or a note that no update is required which will be deemed to be the case if no update is provided, including any advice to NSi of any proposed modifications to the existing Commercialisation Plan which NSi may accept or reject acting reasonably. If NSi rejects an updated Commercialisation Plan, NSi must provide comments setting out the reasons for its rejection and the Licensee must provide to NSi within 10 Business Days a revised version of the updated Commercialisation Plan reflecting all of NSi’s reasonable comments.

 

(c) The Licensee must procure that its Sub-licensees comply with obligations substantially equivalent to those in this clause 10.2 or as otherwise agreed to by the parties from time to time.

 

10.3 Minimum Performance Obligations

 

(a) Without limiting the obligations set out in clauses 10.1 and 10.2, the Licensee must meet each Minimum Performance Obligation by the relevant date (if any) set out in the Schedule.

 

(b) Subject to clause 10.3(c), where at any time the Licensee fails to meet a Minimum Performance Obligation, NSi will provide the Licensee with 30 days’ prior written notice to rectify the failure and if the Licensee has not rectified the failure in such period, NSi may in its absolute discretion by written notice to the Licensee:

 

  (i) terminate the licence of any or all rights in respect of the Licensed IP granted under this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) convert any or all of the exclusive licences under this Agreement in respect of the Licensed IP into non-exclusive licences, and grant to third parties the right to Exploit the relevant Licensed IP on a non-exclusive basis in all or any part of the Territory and Field.

 

 

15


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

(c) The Minimum Performance Obligations do not relate to the Diagnostic Field.

 

10.4 Compliance with laws

The Licensee must ensure that the Exploitation of the Licensed IP and the Products by or on behalf of the Licensee and its Sub-licensees is carried out with all due care and skill and in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, standards and requirements of relevant jurisdictions.

 

11. PRODUCTS

 

 

11.1 Marking and quality of Products

Where the Licensee or Sub-licensees make or cause to be made, supply or cause to be supplied, any Products, the Licensee must (as applicable) itself, or cause its Sub-licensees to, comply with the following obligations:

 

(a) The Licensee or its Sub-licensee (as applicable) must, unless otherwise directed by NSi, at the Licensee’s cost, suitably mark or cause to be marked all containers and packages of any Product it supplies, and must affix or cause to be affixed on some conspicuous part of every such Product where reasonably appropriate, a stamped plate or other permanent method of marking agreed to by the parties, containing:

 

  (i) the numbers of the relevant Patents or patent applications or other relevant protection; and

 

  (ii) a statement that the Products are made under licence from NSi.

 

(b) Where applicable, the Licensee or its Sub-licensee (as applicable) must:

 

  (i) manufacture, or cause to be manufactured, the Products with due care and skill and in accordance with all relevant best practice industry standards, and ensure that the Products are of good and merchantable quality and fit for their purpose, and meet all legal requirements, including all product liability laws, applicable where the particular Product is to be Exploited; and

 

  (ii) promptly notify NSi of any significant quality failures which affect the Products and any circumstances which may require the recall of any Products.

 

11.2 Inspection of Licensee’s premises

On reasonable notice from NSi, the Licensee must permit NSi or its authorised representative to inspect the Licensee’s premises during business hours on a Business Day in order to observe the manufacture of Products and to verify whether the Licensee is complying with its obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.3 Records of Exploitation

The Licensee must keep appropriate, comprehensive, accurate and up-to-date financial, technical and commercial records of its compliance with its obligations under this Agreement and must:

 

(a) permit NSi, its authorised representative or agent, on reasonable notice and during ordinary business hours on a Business Day, to inspect and verify such records; and

 

(b) give all reasonable help in any such inspection and verification and permit NSi, its authorised representative or agent to take copies of such records.

 

11.4 Cost of inspection

NSi’s cost of inspections under clauses 11.2 and 11.3 will be borne by NSi unless an inspection shows that the Licensee is in breach of its obligations under this Agreement, in which case the cost of that inspection will be payable by the Licensee.

 

 

16


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

11.5 Obligations of Sub-licensees

The Licensee must procure:

 

(a) that all Sub-licensees comply with obligations substantially the same as those contained in this clause 11; and

 

(b) for NSi the rights of inspection under clauses 11.2 and 11.3 in respect of the Licensee’s Sub-licensees.

 

11.6 Insurance

 

(a) The Licensee must during the Term, unless a different term is specified, and for so long as is necessary after the Term to give effect to this clause 11.6, take out and maintain with reputable insurers reasonably acceptable to NSi,:

 

  (i) a comprehensive public liability insurance policy which gives coverage against all usual risks, including for any claim or demand arising out of or in relation to this Agreement and for an amount in respect of each claim of at least the amount specified in the Schedule;

 

  (ii) insurance in respect of all claims and liabilities arising, whether at common law or under statute, relating to workers compensation or employer’s liability, from any accident or injury to any person employed by the Licensee in connection with the Exploitation of the Products. This insurance must be in compliance with all laws of the relevant jurisdiction in which the Products will be manufactured, marketed and Sold; and

 

  (iii) from the first use of a Product in a human, a comprehensive product liability insurance policy which gives coverage against all usual risks, including for any claim or demand arising out of or in relation to this Agreement, the Licensed IP or the Products (including but not limited to clinical trial insurance) and for an amount in respect of each claim of at least the amount specified in the Schedule;

 

(b) Unless prohibited by law, the Licensee must ensure that all policies of insurance required to be taken out by it under this clause 11.6 include NSi and UNSW as interested parties on such policy.

 

(c) Unless otherwise agreed by NSi in writing, any sub-licence granted by the Licensee with respect to the Licensed IP must require the sub-contractor or Sub-licensee to take out and maintain adequate insurance, including comprehensive public and product liability insurance policies, consistent with the requirements of this clause 11.6.

 

(d) The Licensee must at NSi’s request provide NSi with certificates of currency for the policies required to be taken out by the Licensee under this clause 11.6 within 5 Business Days of such request.

 

(e) The Licensee must immediately notify NSi of any cancellation or change to a relevant insurance policy which affects NSi’s or UNSW’s interests.

 

(f) If any event occurs which may give rise to a claim involving NSi or UNSW under any policy of insurance to be taken out by the Licensee under this clause 11.6 the Licensee must:

 

  (i) notify NSi as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 10 Business Days of the occurrence of that event; and

 

  (ii) ensure that NSi is kept fully informed of any subsequent actions and developments concerning the relevant claim.

 

(g) The Licensee’s obligations to insure under this clause 11.6 are material obligations of this Agreement. Without limiting NSi’s rights at law, in equity, under this Agreement or otherwise, any failure by the Licensee to comply with a provision of this clause 11.6 entitles NSi, at its sole discretion, to terminate this Agreement and/or to invoice the Licensee for, or set off against any sum payable by NSi to the Licensee, all costs and expenses NSi incurs in taking out and maintaining a policy of insurance which Licensee has failed to take out as required.

 

 

17


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

12. LICENSEE IMPROVEMENTS

 

 

12.1 Disclosure by Licensee

The Licensee must disclose all Licensee Improvements to NSi promptly upon their creation.

 

12.2 Ownership of Licensee Improvements

 

(a) With effect from its creation all right, title and interest in all Licensee Improvements:

 

  (i) which are made solely by the Licensee and that are reliant on Licensee’s Background IP vests in NSi and the Licensee jointly in equal undivided shares; and

 

  (ii) which are not included in clause 12.2(a)(i) vests in and is hereby assigned to NSi.

 

(b) All Licensee Improvements will be automatically included in the Licensed IP and licensed to the Licensee on the terms of this Agreement with effect from their creation.

 

12.3 Use of Licensee Improvements

Subject to clause 12.2(b):

 

(a) each party grants to the other and to the CCIA a non-exclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable licence to use the Licensee Improvements solely for education and research purposes. The licences granted under this clause 12.3 may not be transferred or sublicensed by a party without the other party’s prior written consent, except that NSi may sublicense to UNSW, UNSW personnel and CCIA.

 

(b) neither party may use the jointly owned Licensee Improvements for any purpose other than education and research except with the prior written consent of the other party.

 

12.4 Protection of Licensee Improvements

 

(a) The parties will jointly file, prosecute, issue and maintain any patent and other applications for statutory protection of the jointly owned Licensee Improvements throughout the world ( Joint Applications ) and must cooperate fully with each other for this purpose.

 

(b) The Licensee will pay the Registration Costs incurred in filing, prosecuting, issuing and maintaining Joint Applications and rights granted on Joint Applications.

 

(c) If a party elects not to file a Joint Application for statutory protection of any Licensee Improvement or to allow any Joint Application or resulting grant of statutory protection to become abandoned or lapse, or if the Licensee refuses or fails to pay or reimburse the NSi the Registration Costs under clause 12.4(b) in respect of a Joint Application within 30 days after receipt of written notice to do so ( Unwilling Party ):

 

  (i) in the case of the Unwilling Party electing not to file a Joint Application or to allow any Joint Application or resulting grant to become abandoned or lapse, the Unwilling Party must give the other party notice of such election promptly and at least two months prior to the first date that action must be taken to avoid such abandonment or lapse;

 

  (ii) the other party may elect at its sole expense to take over the filing, prosecution or maintenance of any such Joint Application or grant;

 

  (iii) title to all Intellectual Property in the subject matter of the Joint Application or grant automatically vests in the other party; and

 

  (iv) the Unwilling Party must on request sign all documents and do all things as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to clause 12.4(c)(iii) and must provide all reasonable assistance to the other party with respect to the filing, prosecution or maintenance of such Joint Application or grant.

 

12.5 Assistance

Upon request, each party must at its cost sign all documents and do all things (including requiring its officers, employees and contractors to sign documents) as may be necessary or desirable to vest, confirm, perfect and record the ownership rights of the other party under this clause 12.

 

 

18


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

13. NSI IMPROVEMENTS

 

 

13.1 Ownership of NSi Improvements

All right, title and interest in all NSi Improvements vests in and is hereby assigned to NSi with effect from its creation.

 

13.2 Inclusion within the Licensed IP

NSi will disclose any NSi Improvements to the Licensee by giving written notice, and all such NSi Improvements will be automatically included in the Licensed IP and licensed to the Licensee on the terms of this Agreement with effect from the date of disclosure to the Licensee.

 

14. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

 

14.1 Permitted use

The Licensee may use and disclose NSi’s Confidential Information comprised in the Licensed IP solely to the extent necessary for the Exploitation of the Licensed IP or Products in accordance with this Agreement.

 

14.2 Obligations of confidentiality

Subject to clauses 14.1 and 14.4, each party must:

 

(a) not use, and ensure that its employees, officers and agents do not use, any Confidential Information of the other party for any purpose other than compliance with its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b) take all action necessary to maintain the confidential nature of the Confidential Information of the other party, including keeping all records of that Confidential Information under lock and key or password protection;

 

(c) not disclose any of the Confidential Information of the other party to any person other than those of its employees who need to have access to that Confidential Information for the purposes of compliance with its obligations under this Agreement, who are aware of the requirements of this Agreement, and who are bound by an enforceable obligation of confidentiality; and

 

(d) destroy all documents and other materials in whatever form in its possession, power or control which contain or refer to any Confidential Information of the other party, on the earlier of expiry or termination of this Agreement, demand by the other party or the time they are no longer required for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

14.3 Uncertainty

If it is uncertain as to whether:

 

(a) any information is Confidential Information; or

 

(b) any Confidential Information is publicly available,

that information will be taken to be Confidential Information and not generally available to the public unless the disclosing party advises the recipient party in writing to the contrary or a court declares it to be publicly available.

 

14.4 Disclosure required by law

Each party may disclose Confidential Information of the other party if legally compelled to do so by a judicial or administrative body provided it takes all reasonably available legal measures to avoid such disclosure, and notifies the other party as soon as practicable after such disclosure is ordered so that the other party may seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy.

 

 

19


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

14.5 Acknowledgement

Each party acknowledges that due to the proprietary and competitively-sensitive nature of the Confidential Information of the other party, the other party would be irreparably harmed by any actual or threatened breach of this clause 14, and that monetary damages would be insufficient to remedy such actual or threatened breach.

 

15. MEDIA AND PUBLICATIONS

 

 

15.1 Statements and use of name

 

(a) A party may not make press or other announcements or releases relating to this Agreement or the matters the subject of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(b) In any publication, press release, advertising or other promotional material relating to the Licensed IP:

 

  (i) the Licensee must give due credit to UNSW and/or NSi as owner and/or licensor (as applicable), but must not otherwise use or permit to be used NSi’s or UNSW’s name without having previously obtained the consent in writing of NSi and/or UNSW (as applicable); and

 

  (ii) must not intentionally make or permit to be made any inaccurate or misleading statement in relation to the Licensed IP or the Products.

 

15.2 Publication of Papers

A party must not publish any Paper without the prior written consent of the other party. Where a party wishes to obtain the other party’s consent for the publication of a Paper:

 

(a) the party must provide to the other party a copy of the proposed Paper at least 30 days prior to the proposed date of publication (or submission for publication where applicable);

 

(b) the other party may within 21 days of receipt of a proposed Paper reasonably object to or request a delay of the publication of the Paper in whole or in part providing reasons, in which case the party must not publish, or must delay the publication of, the Paper (as applicable). If the other party fails to object or request a delay within this period, the other party will be deemed to have consented to the publication of the Paper; and

 

(c) a party must not unreasonably withhold its consent to the publication of a Paper, provided that it may withhold consent if it reasonably believes the publication will adversely affect the protection or commercialisation of any Intellectual Property owned by it.

 

15.3 Acknowledgements

Each party must acknowledge the role of the other party in any Paper, and each party must, where any significant advice or recommendations have been provided by an employee of the other party, appropriately acknowledge the authorship of that person, in each case in accordance with usual academic practice.

 

15.4 Student Theses

This clause 15 does not prohibit the examination of any student thesis provided that where a party validly objects to the publication of the thesis in accordance with clause 15, the examination of the thesis must be undertaken by examiners bound by written obligations of confidentiality, and the thesis may not be deposited in any library or otherwise made available to the public other than in accordance with this clause 15.

 

 

20


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

16. INFRINGEMENT AND ENFORCEMENT

 

 

16.1 Notice of proceedings

Each party must immediately give to the other party full details of any actual or suspected infringement or any action for revocation of any of the Licensed IP by a third party in the Territory ( Infringement ) of which it becomes aware. If such an Infringement occurs, the parties must consult with each other as to an appropriate course of action.

 

16.2 Joint proceedings

If an Infringement occurs, the parties may agree to take joint action on such terms as may be agreed by the parties.

 

16.3 NSi may proceed alone

If an Infringement occurs and the parties fail to agree on taking joint action under clause 16.2, NSi may institute and prosecute or defend (as applicable) proceedings with respect to the Infringement on its own in its own name and at its cost and may retain any damages or other amounts received through settlements or adjudications of such proceedings, in which case NSi must give the Licensee reasonable notice and keep the Licensee advised of the progress of such proceedings, provided that nothing in this Agreement compels NSi to institute, prosecute or defend any proceedings.

 

16.4 Third party claims

 

(a) If proceedings are threatened or commenced by a third party against a party in any country on the ground that the Exploitation of the Licensed IP infringes any Intellectual Property rights vested in the third party, then:

 

  (i) the party threatened or sued must immediately notify the other party; and

 

  (ii) the parties will refer the matter to leading legal counsel for advice on whether a defence or threats action will have a reasonable chance of a successful outcome and whether there are circumstances making it imprudent to defend or commence proceedings.

 

(b) If proceedings are threatened or commenced against a party, that party will be solely responsible for the defence of those proceedings and bringing any threats action.

 

(c) A party will not be required to defend any infringement proceedings brought by a third party or institute any threats action where leading counsel advises that it would be imprudent to defend or commence proceedings.

 

16.5 Amendment

If the parties agree or NSi is advised by counsel that, prior to the defence or institution of proceedings, the specification of any Patent should be amended, NSi may apply to amend the specification.

 

16.6 Assistance

Each party agrees, on the request of the other party, at its cost to provide to the other party all information and assistance reasonably required by the other party in connection with any action or proceedings contemplated by this clause 16, including providing documents and witnesses to give evidence.

 

 

21


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

17. WARRANTIES

 

 

17.1 Mutual warranties

Each party warrants that as at the date of execution of this Agreement:

 

(a) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and that the execution of this Agreement by it has been duly and validly authorised by all necessary corporate action;

 

(b) its obligations under this Agreement are valid and binding and enforceable against it in accordance with their terms; and

 

(c) this Agreement and its performance do not contravene its constituent documents or any law, or any of its obligations or undertakings by which it is bound, or cause a limitation on the powers of its corporate officers to be exceeded.

 

17.2 NSi’s warranties

NSi warrants that to the best of its actual knowledge as at the date of execution of this Agreement:

 

(a) it owns the Licensed IP and has the right to grant the licences to the Licensed IP contained in this Agreement;

 

(b) there is no litigation pending in respect to the Licensed IP, and no claim or demand has been received by NSi from any person in relation to the ownership or validity of the Licensed IP;

 

(c) the Licensed IP is not encumbered, mortgaged, or charged in any way, nor subject to any lien;

 

(d) it has not granted to any person any licence to the Licensed IP which may conflict with the licences granted in this Agreement, other than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

 

17.3 Limit on warranties

The warranties by NSi in clause 17.2 are given by NSi:

 

(a) to the best of its actual knowledge, without having searched in any patent database in any country, and are given subject to anything that may be discovered from such a search and any research or other work being undertaken by any person, which may be concerned with the same subject matter as the Licensed IP, of which NSi is not aware; and

 

(b) subject to all liabilities, contracts and other matters disclosed by or on behalf of NSi to the Licensee before the date of execution of this Agreement, including all matters disclosed in the Disclosed Items specified in the Schedule, and do not apply in respect of any matter disclosed in, or arising out of or in connection with, any such liabilities, contracts and other matters.

 

17.4 Licensee’s warranties

The Licensee warrants that as at the date of execution of this Agreement:

 

(a) it has the necessary resources, skills and technical expertise to Exploit the Licensed IP and Products in accordance with and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b) it has made its own assessment of the Licensed IP and Products and the commercial value of the licences granted under this Agreement;

 

(c) it has exercised its independent skill and judgment and has carried out its own investigations in its decision to enter into this Agreement;

 

(d) it has not relied on any advice, promise or representation made by or on behalf of NSi (including by UNSW or UNSW personnel) which has not been expressly included in this Agreement; and

 

(e) it has obtained, or where required in the future will obtain, all authorisations, registrations, approvals and permits required by any governmental body or under any government legislation in any relevant jurisdiction in connection with the Licensee’s entry into and performance of this Agreement and the Exploitation of the Licensed IP and Products.

 

 

22


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

17.5 Exclusion of warranties

The Licensee acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a) NSi has not made or given, nor has any person on behalf of NSi made or given, any warranty, representation, undertaking or understanding whatsoever that is not expressly set out in this Agreement; and

 

(b) NSi has not made and does not make any warranty or representation whatsoever as to:

 

  (i) the safety of the Licensed IP or the Products;

 

  (ii) the Exploitation of the Licensed IP or of the Products, except as set out in clause 17.2;

 

  (iii) the marketability of the Licensed IP or of the Products;

 

  (iv) the Exploitation prospects or success of any part of the Licensed IP or of the Products or the profits or revenues that may result from the Exploitation of the Licensed IP or the Products;

 

  (v) the validity of any right in respect of the Licensed IP, whether in respect of the Products or otherwise.

 

  (vi) NSi’s Confidential Information or the Know-how being complete or accurate;

 

  (vii) the Licensee’s Exploitation of the Licensed IP or the Products not infringing the rights (including Intellectual Property rights) of any person;

 

  (viii) the Exploitation of the Licensed IP being lawful or not requiring the consent or approval of any person (including regulatory approval); and

 

  (ix) it being possible to grant an exclusive licence of the Licensed IP under the law of any jurisdiction within the Territory.

 

18. LIABILITY

 

 

18.1 NSi’s exclusions

Except for liability under any Prescribed Terms (as defined in clause 18.2), to the extent permitted by law NSi excludes all liability to the Licensee arising out of or in connection with the suitability of the Licensed IP for the Exploitation of Products, the quality or performance of any Products, or the claims of third parties arising from the Exploitation of the Licensed IP or Products.

 

18.2 Prescribed terms

 

(a) Subject to any terms, conditions and warranties which the law expressly provides may not be excluded, restricted or modified, or may be excluded, restricted or modified only to a limited extent ( Prescribed Terms ), except as expressly set out in this Agreement, all conditions, warranties, terms and obligations expressed or implied by law or otherwise relating to the performance of a party’s obligations, or any goods or services supplied or to be supplied by a party, under this Agreement are excluded.

 

(b) To the extent permitted by law, the liability of a party for a breach of a Prescribed Term implied into this Agreement is limited, at that party’s option, to the repair or replacement of the goods, the cost of repairing or replacing the goods, the re-supply of the services or the payment of the cost of re-supplying the services.

 

18.3 Consequential loss

To the extent permitted by law, a party will have no liability to the other party, however arising and under any cause of action or theory of liability, in respect of special, indirect or consequential damages, loss of profit (whether direct or indirect) or loss of business opportunity arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

18.4 Indemnity by Licensee

The Licensee releases and indemnifies NSi, UNSW, and their officers, employees, consultants and agents, from and against all actions, claims, proceedings and demands (including those

 

 

23


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

brought by third parties) which may be brought against it or them, whether on their own or jointly with the Licensee and whether at common law, under tort (including negligence), in equity, pursuant to statute or otherwise, in respect of any loss, death, injury, illness or damage arising out of:

 

(a) any breach by the Licensee of its warranties or obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b) any negligent act or omission or wilful misconduct of the Licensee or its officers, employees, consultants or agents;

 

(c) the Exploitation of the Licensed IP or Products by or on behalf of the Licensee or its Sub-licensees, including but not limited to, breach of Intellectual Property rights of third parties arising in the course of such Exploitation;

 

(d) the design, manufacture, marketing or supply of the Products by or on behalf of the Licensee or its Sub-licensees; or

 

(e) any person’s use of any Products supplied by or on behalf of the Licensee or its Sub-licensees,

and from and against all damages, reasonable costs and expenses incurred in defending, satisfying or settling any such action, claim, proceeding or demand

 

18.5 Cap on Liability

To the extent permitted by law, the total aggregate liability of NSi arising out of or in connection with the Licensed IP, the Products or this Agreement, whether based upon breach of contract, under common law, statute, tort (including any negligence) or otherwise, and whether or not NSi had been advised of the possibility of such loss or damage, except to the extent such liability arose out of any gross negligent act or omission or wilful misconduct of NSi or its officers, employees, consultants or agents:

 

(a) arising out of any one act, omission or event and any one series of related acts, omissions or events are not to exceed the amount of Licence Fees, Sub-licence Fees, Royalties, Diagnostic Royalties, Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees and Minimum Royalties paid by the Licensee to NSi in the 12 month period prior to the act, omission or event or the first in the series of acts, omissions or events giving rise to the liability; and

 

(b) arising out of all acts, omissions and events whenever occurring is not to exceed the total amount of Licence Fees, Sub-licence Fees , Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees, Royalties, Diagnostic Royalties and Minimum Royalties paid to NSi under this Agreement,

less any Taxes forming part of those amounts and less any amounts paid by NSi to the Licensee within the relevant period.

 

19. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

 

19.1 Agreement to continue for Term

Subject to earlier termination in accordance with this Agreement, this Agreement will commence on the Commencement Date and continue in force for the Term.

 

19.2 Expiry of Intellectual Property rights during the Term

The licences granted under this Agreement expire in relation to a Product in a country once all Patents in that country any claim of which governs the Exploitation of that Product and all Other Statutory Rights in that country which subsist in the Exploitation of that Product expire, lapse, are found to be invalid or are rejected in a non-appealable or non-appealed decision, and all Know-how in respect of the Exploitation of that Product has entered the public domain.

 

19.3 Termination by NSi

 

(a) Subject to clauses 19.3(b) and (c), NSi may terminate this Agreement, or the licence of any right in respect of a Field or the Licensed IP, by giving written notice to the Licensee if:

 

  (i) the Licence Fee remains outstanding and unpaid, in full, by the date set out in the Schedule;

 

 

24


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

  (ii) the Sub-licence Fees , Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees, Royalties, Diagnostic Royalties or Minimum Royalties are in arrears and unpaid for a period of 30 days after they have become due and payable;

 

  (iii) the Licensee fails to comply with any minimum Performance Obligation in accordance with clause 10.3;

 

  (iv) the Licensee fails to reach a Milestone. The Milestone must be achieved by the Milestone Date as specified in the Schedule;

 

  (v) the Licensee commits or allows to be committed a breach (other than a trivial breach causing no material harm) of this Agreement and, where the breach is capable of remedy, fails to remedy that breach within 30 days of receiving written notice from NSi describing the breach and asking for it to be remedied;

 

  (vi) the Licensee suffers a change in Control (other than solely due to a corporate reconstruction of Affiliates) without the consent of NSi, which may not be unreasonably withheld, and which change in Control, in the reasonable opinion of NSi, adversely affects the Licensee’s ability to perform this Agreement;

 

  (vii) an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Licensee; or

 

  (viii) the Licensee ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business.

 

(b) In relation to clauses 19.3(a)(i), (a)(ii) or (a)(iv), NSi will only exercise its termination rights in accordance with clause 19.3(a) where the Licensee has failed to remedy a breach within 30 days of receiving written notice from NSi describing that breach and asking for it to be remedied.

 

(c) If a breach of the Licensee relates to the Diagnostic Field, then NSi may exercise its rights pursuant to clause 19.3(a) in order to terminate any rights to Licensed IP in respect of the Diagnostic Field, but may not terminate this Agreement or the Licensee’s rights in respect of the Therapeutic Field.

 

19.4 Termination by Licensee

The Licensee may terminate this Agreement, or the licence of any right in respect of a Field or the Licensed IP, by giving written notice to NSi if:

 

(a) NSi commits or allows to be committed a breach (other than a trivial breach causing no material harm) of this Agreement and, where the breach is capable of remedy, fails to remedy that breach within 30 days of receiving written notice from the Licensee describing the breach and asking for it to be remedied;

 

(b) an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to NSi; or

 

(c) the Licensee provides to NSi 60 days prior written notice of the termination of this Agreement.

 

19.5 Consequences of termination

Upon the termination or expiry of this Agreement for any reason, the Licensee must promptly:

 

(a) pay all amounts owing under this Agreement, which become immediately due on termination or expiry;

 

(b) except to the extent applicable law provides otherwise, cease Exploiting the Licensed IP and any Licensee Improvements which have been included in the Licensed IP;

 

(c) provide NSi with details of any sub-licences or other arrangements entered into by the Licensee relating to or relying upon the Licensed IP;

 

(d) at NSi’s option deliver to NSi or erase or destroy, or procure the delivery, erasure or destruction (as applicable) of, all materials, including electronic storage, in the possession or under the control of the Licensee or its Affiliates containing any Confidential Information of NSi; and

 

(e)

deliver to NSi a statutory declaration made by an authorised officer of the Licensee declaring that to the best of that person’s knowledge and belief (after having made proper inquiries) none of

 

 

25


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

  Licensee, its Affiliates and their officers, employees, agents, contractors or advisers have retained any Confidential Information of NSi and that the Licensee has fully complied with its obligations under clause 19.5(d).

 

19.6 Other remedies

Termination of this Agreement by a party under clauses 10.3, 19.3 or 19.4 is without prejudice to each party’s right to sue for and recover any monies then due in respect of any previous breach by the other party of this Agreement.

 

19.7 Survival

Clauses 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 11.6, 12.3 , 12.4, 12.5, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19.5, 19.6, 20.2(b) and 21 survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement for any reason.

 

20. FORCE MAJEURE

 

 

20.1 Relief for Force Majeure

If a party is wholly or partly unable to carry out its obligations under this Agreement (other than an obligation to pay money) because of Force Majeure, the obligations of that party will be suspended provided that:

 

(a) within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the Force Majeure, the party gives the other party a written notice specifying the Force Majeure;

 

(b) the relevant obligations will be suspended only to the extent that the obligations are affected by Force Majeure;

 

(c) the relevant obligations will be suspended during, but no longer than, the continuance of the Force Majeure, and such further period as is reasonable in the circumstances; and

 

(d) the party giving the notice uses its best efforts to promptly abate the Force Majeure.

 

20.2 Other party may terminate

 

(a) If a party is wholly or partly unable to carry out its obligations under this Agreement due to Force Majeure for a period of more than 3 months, the other party may terminate this Agreement or the licence of any right in respect of the Licensed IP by giving written notice.

 

(b) Termination under this clause 20.2 is without prejudice to the rights of any party arising before or due to the event giving rise to termination, or from any breach of this Agreement.

 

21. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

 

21.1 No proceedings

If a dispute arises out of or in connection with this Agreement ( Dispute ), no party may start court or arbitration proceedings (except proceedings seeking urgent interlocutory relief) unless it has complied with this clause 21.

 

21.2 Dispute resolution

 

(a) A party claiming that a Dispute has arisen must give written notice to the other party giving details of the Dispute ( Notification ).

 

(b) Within 14 days (or any longer period agreed by the parties) of receipt by the other party of a Notification, the Chief Executive Officers (or equivalent) of each party must personally or through a nominee attempt in good faith to resolve the Dispute, failing which the parties must seek to agree on an alternative dispute resolution technique to resolve the Dispute.

 

(c) If the parties fail to agree on the dispute resolution technique to be used within a further 7 days (or any longer period agreed by the parties), the Dispute will be referred to mediation by, and in accordance with the rules of, the Australian Commercial Disputes Centre Limited. The mediation will be conducted in Sydney in the English language.

 

 

26


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

(d) The parties must continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement pending the resolution of a Dispute.

 

(e) Each party must bear its own costs of complying with this clause 21.

 

22. GENERAL

 

 

(a) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties as to its subject matter and may only be amended in writing signed by all parties.

 

(b) Notices must be given to the parties’ addresses set out at the front of this Agreement or as otherwise notified by the parties in writing and must be delivered in person or sent by email, fax or prepaid post (airmail if international). Notices will be deemed to have been received:

 

  (i) if delivered in person, on the date of delivery;

 

  (ii) if sent by email, on receipt by the sender of an acknowledgment indicating that the mail item was read by the recipient;

 

  (iii) if sent by fax, on production of a transmission report from the sender’s fax machine evidencing that the fax was successfully sent in its entirety; or

 

  (iv) if sent by prepaid post, 3 business days after posting (7 business days if sent to or from a place outside of Australia).

 

(c) No delay or indulgence by a party in enforcing this Agreement will prejudice or restrict the rights of that party, nor will a waiver of those rights operate as a waiver of a subsequent breach.

 

(d) No part of this Agreement is to be construed to the disadvantage of a party because that party was responsible for its preparation.

 

(e) Nothing in this Agreement may be construed as creating a relationship of partnership, joint venture employment, principal and agent or trustee and beneficiary.

 

(f) A party, at the request of another party, must do all things and sign all documents necessary to give effect to this Agreement.

 

(g) If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid or unenforceable then, if the provision can be read down to make it valid and enforceable without materially changing its effect, it must be read down, and otherwise the offending provision must be severed and the remaining provisions will operate as if the provision had not been included.

 

(h) This Agreement is governed by the laws of New South Wales, Australia, and the parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of that State.

 

(i) Each signatory to this Agreement warrants that he or she has authority to bind the party that he or she is stated to represent.

 

(j) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts all of which taken together will constitute one agreement.

 

 

27


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

SCHEDULE

 

Commencement Date    7 August 2013
Term    From the Commencement Date until the date on which the last Patent has lapsed or expired.
Licensed IP    Patents
    

NSi Ref /

Tech ID

  

Title

  

Type of Patent /

Application and No.

  

Date of Application

  

Country

   06_2033 (linked with 07_2155)    Modulation of beta-tubulin expression in tumour cells    Provisional Patent Application number 2007901131   

Priority Date:

 

05 March 2007

 

Now lapsed

   Australian
         Provisional Patent Application number 61/157135    Now lapsed    US
         PCT/AU2008/000298   

05 March 2008

 

Now lapsed

   International
        

Serial No 12/555522

 

Legal Reference 789531US

   05 March 2008    US
        

Serial No 2009-552029

 

Legal Reference 789531JP

  

05 March 2008

 

Now lapsed

   JP
         Serial No 2013-013004       JP (Div)
        

Serial No 200767

 

Legal Reference 789531IL

   05 March 2008    IL
        

Serial No 2679393

 

Legal Reference 789531CA

   05 March 2008    CA
        

Serial No 08714346.7

 

Legal Reference 789531EP

  

05 March 2008

 

Abandoned / Lapsed

   EP

 

 

28


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Serial No 13171200.2

 

Legal Reference

EP (Div)

Patent No 154986

 

Legal Reference 789531SG

05 March 2008 SG

Patent No 2008222601

 

Legal Reference 789531AU

05 March 2008 AU
Serial No 06313/DELNP/09 IN
Patent No HK1141983 HK
Serial No 14101360.4 HK (Div)
Patent No ZL200880014915.0 CN
Serial No 201310140359.4 CN (Div)

 

Know-how
Know-how including all unpatented technical and other information relating to the NSi’s technology known as “Modulation of B-Tubulin in Tumour Cells”; “Modulation of Beta-Tubulin expression in Tumour Cells”, and “Method for Inhibiting Tumour Growth and Incidence” (NSi Reference 06_2033; 07_2155; 08_2276) utilised in the Research Project that is not in the public domain including inventions, discoveries, concepts, data, formulae, ideas, specifications, procedures and results for experiments and tests, experimentation and testing, and results of research and development, including laboratory records, clinical trial data, case reports, data analysis and summaries, and information in submissions to and information from ethics committees and regulatory bodies, relating to the inventions the subject of the Patents.
NSi’s Background IP
The Patents (excluding any Patents from the Project IP) and Know how

 

 

29


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

   Project IP
  

Project IP includes all sequences developed in the course of the Project, including the following previously unpublished 3 shRNAs:

 

TC1 shRNA

 

GTGTGAGCTGCTCCTGTCTCTGTCTTATTCAAGAGATAAGACAGAGACAGGAGCAGCTCACACTTTTT

 

                    sense                     loop                     anti-sense                     terminator

 

TC2 shRNA

 

GCTCGCAGCTGGAGTGAGATTCAAGAGATCTCACTCCAGCTGCGAGCTTTTTT

 

                    sense                     loop                     anti-sense                     terminator

 

TC3 shRNA

 

GGTACGTGCCTCGAGCCATTCTTCAAGAGAGAATGGCTCGAGGCACGTACTTTTTT

 

                    sense                     loop                     anti-sense                     terminator

Licensee’s Background IP    Benitec Background IP consists of its Graham ‘99, Waterhouse and Multi-cassette patents and foreign equivalents as indicated below:

 

Patent/Application Number

  

Invention Title

  

Inventor(s)

    
6,573,099 (US)    GENETIC CONSTRUCTS FOR DELAYING OR REPRESSING THE EXPRESSION OF A TARGET GENE    Graham, Michael W Rice, Robert N   
PCT/AU99/00195(WO99/49029)    CONTROL OF GENE EXPRESSION    Graham, Michael W Rice, Robert N Waterhouse, Peter Wang, MingBo   

11/072592 (US)

PCT/US2005/0017447

   MULTIPLE PROMOTER EXPRESSION CASSETTES FOR SIMULTANEOUS DELIVERY OF RNAI AGENTS    Roelvink, Petrus W Suhy, David A Kolkykhalov, Alexander A   
US 10/821,726 US 11/180,928 US 11,218,999    SYNTHETIC GENES AND GENETIC CONSTRUCTS COMPRISING THE SAME    Waterhouse, Peter Graham, Michael Wang, MingBo Smith, Neil   
WO99/53050    METHODS AND MEANS FOR OBTAINING MODIFIED PHENOTYPES    Waterhouse, Peter; Graham, Michael Wang, MingBo Smith, Neil   

 

Territory    Worldwide
Therapeutic Field    Human therapeutic use and specifically excludes biomarker analytical assays for human diagnostic, theranostic or prognostic use.
Diagnostic Field    The field of diagnostics, specifically, biomarker analytical assays for human diagnostic, theranostic or prognostic use
Licence Fees   

Licence Fee:

 

The Licensee paid the Licensee Fee under the Prior Licence Agreement to NSi (receipt of which is acknowledged).

 

 

30


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

  

Annual Licence Fees:

 

The Licensee paid an Annual Licence Fee under the Prior Licence Agreement to NSi (receipt of which is acknowledged).

 

The Annual Licence Fee is waived for the three year period from 7 August 2014 to and including 7 August 2016. An Annual Licence Fee of $30,000 is payable annually thereafter by the Licensee and becomes due upon invoice issued by NSi from 7 August 2017, provided that therapeutic claims have been granted in a Trigger Jurisdiction.

 

The Annual Licence Fee will be replaced by the Minimum Royalty as specified below in “Minimum Royalty”.

 

Milestone payments are to be tied to the clinical development of the lead application. Milestone Payments are payable as follows:

 

Payment

Milestone No.

  

Milestone

   Fee Payable  

Milestone 1*

   Submitting an Investigational New Drug (IND) Application in the US or equivalent in another jurisdiction to initiate the first Phase I/II clinical trial in humans (or equivalent)    $ 50,000   

Milestone 2

   Obtaining regulatory and ethic approval to initiate a Phase II/III clinical trial in humans (or equivalent)    $ 250,000   

Milestone 3

   Submission of a New Development Application (NDA) in the US (or equivalent)    $ 500,000   
 

*  In the event that therapeutic claims are granted in a Trigger Jurisdiction prior to or after Milestone 1 being reached the Milestone payment for that milestone will be increased (or adjusted by if already paid) to $100,000.

 

Milestones  

Milestones are to be tied to pre-clinical and clinical development of the lead application.

 

    

Milestone

  

Trigger

  

Milestone Date

    
   Complete pre-clinical toxicology studies in appropriate toxicology species    n/a    31 Dec 2016   
   Complete pre-clinical ADME studies    n/a    31 Dec 2016   
   Submitting an Investigational New Drug (IND) Application in the US or equivalent in another jurisdiction to initiate the first Phase I/II clinical trial in humans (or equivalent)    Payment Milestone 1.    31 Dec 2018   
   Licence IP to Third Party    Sub-licence Fee    To be determined by Licensee.   
   Obtaining regulatory and ethic approval to initiate a Phase II/III clinical trial in humans (or equivalent);    Payment Milestone 2    31 Dec 2020   
   Submit a New Development Application (NDA) in the US (or equivalent).    Payment Milestone 3    31 Dec 2026   
   Marketing Authorisation in US       30 June 2027   

 

 

31


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Royalty

Initially, a royalty of 3% on Net Sales adjusted to 3.5% royalty on Net Sales within the Field for any future payments upon grant of therapeutic claims in a Trigger Jurisdiction.

 

If it becomes necessary for Licensee to license Intellectual Property rights from an unaffiliated third party, and Licensee is required to pay a royalty to that unaffiliated third party in order to Exploit the Licensed IP and the combined royalty due to NSi and unaffiliated third parties exceeds five percent (5%), then the royalties to be paid to NSi by Licensee shall be reduced by an amount equal to one-half (1/2) the excess over the combined five percent (5%) of the royalty rate(s). However, in no event shall the amount paid to NSi be reduced below fifty percent (50%) of the original royalty amounts due NSi.

Diagnostic Royalty 4.5% of Net Sales within the Diagnostic Field.
Royalty Period Each calendar quarter ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December following the commencement of Product Sales during the Term, or part thereof where the first such period commences within a quarter or this Agreement terminates prior to the end of a quarter.

Sub-licence

Fees

Sub-licence fee payable:

 

1.      30% if sublicensed prior to or upon achieving Milestone 1;

 

2.      20% if sublicensed prior to or upon achieving Milestone 2;

 

3.      10% if sublicensed prior to or upon achieving Milestone 3.

 

Future sub-licence fee payable if therapeutic claims are granted in a Trigger Jurisdiction at any time:

 

1.      50% if sublicensed prior to or upon achieving Milestone 1;

 

2.      40% if sublicensed prior to or upon achieving Milestone 2;

 

3.      25% if sublicensed prior to or upon achieving Milestone 3.

 

of all consideration (excluding royalties on Net Sales, research and development funding and reimbursement of Registration Costs actually incurred) payable to the Licensee or its Affiliate for the assignment, licensing or sub-licensing of the Licensed IP to a third party within the Field. These payments are in addition to any Licence Fee milestone payments already payable to NSi, however, if Licensee receives a payment from Sub-licensee for the same milestone as payable to NSi, then the amount payable to NSi will be deducted to calculate the amount actually received from the Sub-licensee to which the above percentages will apply.

Diagnostic Sub-licence Fees 15% of all consideration received by or due to the Licensee or its Affiliates (including any milestone fees, licence fees and royalties) in consideration for the assignment, licensing or sub-licensing of the Licensed IP or any part of it to a Sub-licensee within the Diagnostic Field.

 

 

32


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Minimum Royalty Following the 1 st Sale of any Product incorporating the Licensed IP, the Annual Licence Fee will convert to a Minimum Royalty of $30,000 until the grant of therapeutic claims in a Trigger Jurisdiction in which case the Minimum Royalty will increase to $50,000. Earned Royalties accrued and payable under clause 5.1(b) in a Minimum Royalty Period are to be credited against the Minimum Royalty for that Minimum Royalty Period. The Licensee must pay the balance of any Minimum Royalty due for each Minimum Royalty Period (the amount required to be paid, if any, in addition to earned Royalties for that Minimum Royalty Period in order that the sum equals the Minimum Royalty for that Minimum Royalty Period) in accordance with clause 5.1(c).
Minimum Royalty Period Each period of four consecutive Royalty Periods, commencing on the Commencement Date.
Insurance

Public liability insurance: AUD$10M

 

Product liability insurance: AUD$10M

 

Clinical Trial Insurance: [To be agreed based upon recommendation for the specific clinical trial]

Minimum Performance Obligations

1.      Exploitation:

 

To retain the License the Licensee must:

 

(a)    pursue vigorously throughout the Territory and the Field opportunities for the Exploitation of the Licensed IP and the Products;

 

(b)    use its best endeavours (whether by itself or through permitted Sub-licensees, sub-contractors or assignees) to obtain all necessary regulatory approvals for the Exploitation of the Products in the Territory and the Field; and

 

(c)    meet the Milestone Dates.

 

2.      Marketing and promotion:

 

The Licensee must make best endeavours to market and promote the Licensed IP.

 

[Consideration will be given to how best to do this following the results of the proof of concept]

 

 

33


Commercial Licence Agreement – Amended and Restated

 

 

Executed as an agreement.

 

Signed for and on behalf of

NEWSOUTH INNOVATIONS PTY LIMITED

/s/ Kevin Cullen

Signature of Authorised Officer

Dr Kevin Cullen

Print name

3/12/14

Date

Signed for and on behalf of

BENITEC AUSTRALIA LIMITED

/s/ Peter French

Signature of Authorised Officer

Dr Peter French

Print name

4/12/2014

Date

 

 

34

Exhibit 10.5

LEASE

BRITANNIA POINT EDEN

HCP LS REDWOOD CITY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord,

and

BENITEC BIOPHARMA PTY LDT,

an Australia registered corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

  7   
2.

LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

  8   
3.

BASE RENT

  10   
4.

ADDITIONAL RENT

  10   
5.

USE OF PREMISES

  15   
6.

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

  20   
7.

REPAIRS

  22   
8.

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

  23   
9.

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

  24   
10.

INSURANCE

  24   
11.

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

  26   
12.

NONWAIVER

  29   
13.

CONDEMNATION

  29   
14.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

  29   
15.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

  33   
16.

HOLDING OVER

  34   
17.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

  34   
18.

SUBORDINATION

  35   
19.

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

  35   
20.

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

  37   
21.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

  37   
22.

COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINE

  38   
23.

SIGNS

  38   
24.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

  39   
25.

LATE CHARGES

  39   
26.

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

  39   
27.

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

  40   
28.

TENANT PARKING

  40   
29.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

  40   


EXHIBITS

 

A OUTLINE OF PREMISES
B TENANT WORK LETTER
C FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES
D FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
E ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE
F FORM OF GUARANTY OF LEASE


BRITANNIA POINT EDEN

LEASE

This Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), below, is made by and between HAYWARD POINT EDEN I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and BENITEC BIOPHARMA PTY LDT , an Australia registered corporation (“ Tenant ”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE    DESCRIPTION
1.   Date:    May 12, 2014
2.  

Premises

 

( Article 1 ).

  
  2.1   Building:   

Building B

Point Eden Business Park

Hayward, California 94545

containing approximately 22,850 rentable square feet of space.

  2.2   Premises:    Approximately 2,541 rentable square feet of space in the Building, with the street address of 3942 Trust Way, Hayward, California as further set forth in Exhibit A to the Lease.
3.  

Lease Term

 

( Article 2 ).

  
  3.1   Length of Term:    Thirty (30) months.
  3.2   Lease Commencement Date:    The later of (i) June 1, 2014, or (ii) the date the Tenant Improvements in the Premises are “Ready for Occupancy” as provided in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B .
  3.3   Lease Expiration Date:    The last day of the thirtieth (30 th ) month after the Lease Commencement Date.
4.   Base Rent ( Article 3 ):   

 

Lease

   Annual
Base Rent
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
     Monthly Base
Rent per Rentable
Square Foot
 

1

   $ 51,836.40       $ 4,319.70       $ 1,700   

2

   $ 53,391.49       $ 4,449.29       $ 1,751   

3

   $ 55,007.57       $ 4,583.96       $ 1,804   

Note: Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Base Rent attributable to the first (1 st ) month of the Lease Term.


5. Landlord Work ( Exhibit B ): Landlord will construct “turn-key” improvements in the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Tenant Work Letter.
6.

Tenant’s Share

 

( Article 4 ):

Tenant’s Share of the Project is approximately 0.48%. Tenant’s Share of the Building is 11.12%.
(Note that such percentages are based on the total square footage of the Project of 531,176 rentable square feet, the total square footage of the Building of 22,850 rentable square feet.)
7.

Permitted Use

 

( Article 5 ):

The Premises shall be used only for general office, research and development, engineering, laboratory, storage and/or warehouse uses, including, but not limited to, administrative offices and other lawful uses reasonably related to or incidental to such specified uses, all (i) consistent with first class life sciences projects in Hayward, California (“ First Class Life Sciences Projects ”), and (ii) in compliance with, and subject to, applicable Jaws and the terms of this Lease.
8.

Security Deposit

 

( Article 21 ):

$9,165.54
9.

Parking

 

( Article 28 ):

3.5 unreserved parking spaces for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, subject to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease.
10.

Address of Tenant

 

( Section 29.18 ):

4900 Hopyard Road

Suite 100

Pleasanton, California 94588

Attention:                     

(Prior to Lease Commencement Date)

 

and

 

3942 Trust Way

Hayward, California 94545

Attention:                     

(After Lease Commencement Date)

11.

Address if Landlord

 

( Section 29.18 ):

See Section 29.18 of the Lease.
12.

Broker(s)

 

( Section 29.24 ):

Kidder Mathews

and

 

CBRE, Inc.


13.

Guarantor

 

( Section 29.32 ):

Tacere Therapeutics, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation


1. PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. The outline of the “Building” and the “Project,” as those terms are defined in Section 1.1.2 below, are further depicted on the Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 . The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Tenant Work Letter ”), Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project, Building and Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).

1.1.2 The Building and The Project . The Premises are located in the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “ Building ”). The Building is part of an office/laboratory project currently known as “Brittania Point Eden Business Park”. The term “ Project ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, (iii) the other office/laboratory buildings located in the vicinity of the Building and within the Britannia Point Eden Business Park, and the land upon which such adjacent office/laboratory buildings are located, and (iv) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto outside of the Project.

1.1.3 Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord , in its discretion, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas.

1.2 Rentable Square Feet of Premises . The rentable square footage of the Premises is hereby deemed to be as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary, and shall not be subject to measurement or adjustment during the Lease Term.

 

7


2. LEASE TERM; OPTION TERM

2.1 Lease Term . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof.

2.2 Option Term .

2.2.1 Option Right . Landlord hereby grants Tenant and any assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in the Lease that has been approved in accordance with the terms of Article 14, below (a “ Permitted Assignee ”), one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for a period of two (2) years (the “ Option Term ”). Such option to extend shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord not more than twelve (12) months nor less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant is thereby irrevocably exercising its option to lease the Premises during the Option Term. Upon the proper exercise of the option to ex tend, and provided that, at Landlord’s option, as of the date of delivery of such notice, Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable cure period under this Lease and has not previously been in default beyond any applicable cure period under this Lease more than once, and as of the end of the initial Lease Term , Tenant is not in default under this Lease, the Lease Term shall be extended for a period of two (2) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall be personal to Original Tenant and any Permitted Assignee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or “Transferee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.1 , below, of Tenant’s interest in this Lease). n the event that Tenant fails to timely and appropriately exercise its option to extend the Lease Term, in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.2 , then such option shall automatically terminate and shall be of no further force or effect.

2.2.2 Option Rent . The annual Base Rent payable by Tenant during the initial year of the Option Term (the “ Option Rent ”) shall be equal to the greater of (i) 103% of the Base Rent payable as of the end of the initial Lease Term, and (ii) the “ Fair Rental Value ,” as that term is defined below, for the Premises as of the commencement date of the Option Term. During the Option Term, the Option Rent shall increase by three percent (3%) annually, starting with the first (1 st ) anniversary of the commencement date of the Option Term. The “Fair Rental Value,” as used in this Lease, shall be equal to the annual rent per rentable square foot (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants (pursuant to leases consummated within the twelve (12) month period preceding the first day of the Option Term), are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space which is not significantly greater or smaller in size than the subject space, for a comparable lease term, in an arm’s length transaction, which comparable space is located in the Building or in “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in this Section 2.2.2 , below (transactions satisfying the foregoing criteria shall be known as the “ Comparable Transactions ”), taking into consideration the following concessions (the “ Concessions ”): (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, and taking into account the value, if any, of the existing improvements in the subject space, such value to be based upon the age, condition, design, quality of finishes and layout of the improvements; and (c) other reasonable monetary concessions being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that in calculating the Fair Rental Value, no consideration shall be given to (i) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to extend the Lease Term, or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in

 

8


connection with such comparable space, and (ii) any construction period, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The Fair Rental Value shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). The Concessions (A) shall be reflected in the effective rental rate (which effective rental rate shall take into consideration the total dollar value of such Concessions as amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable term of the Comparable Transaction (in which case such Concessions evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant)) payable by Tenant, or (B) at Landlord’s election, all such Concessions shall be granted to Tenant in kind. The term “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean the Project and other First Class Life Sciences Projects located in the Hayward, California, and the surrounding commercial area that are comparable in age (based on the date of original construction or the latest major renovation) location, quality of construction, services and amenities.

2.2.3 Determination of Option Rent . In the event Tenant timely and appropriately exercises its option to extend the Lease Term, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent on or before the date that is thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of the Option Exercise Notice. If Tenant, on or before the date which is thirty (30) days following the date upon which Tenant receives Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, in good faith objects to Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, then Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s objection to the Option Rent (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then each party shall thereafter make a separate determination of the Option Rent, within five (5) business days of the Outside Agreement Date, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.2.3.1 through 2.2.3.8 , below. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent within the time period set forth herein, then Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, and the matter shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the terms hereof.

2.2.3.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall be, at the option of the appointing party, a MAI appraiser, a real estate broker, or real estate attorney, who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing or appraisal, as the case may be, of life science properties in Hayward, California. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within twenty (20) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favourable to their respective positions. The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “ Advocate Arbitrators .”

2.2.3.2 The two (2) Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“ Neutral Arbitrator ”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators, except that neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appointment. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

2.2.3.3 The three arbitrators shall , within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s

 

9


submitted Option Rent, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent is the closest to the actual Option Rent, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease, as determined by the arbitrators.

2.2.3.4 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.3.5 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator within twenty (20) days after the Outside Agreement Date, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Alameda County to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator subject to the criteria in Section 2.2.3.1 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator.

2.2.3.6 If the two (2) Advocate Arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint the Neutral Arbitrator within ten (10) business days after the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Alameda County to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, subject to criteria in Section 2.2.3.2 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such arbitrator.

2.2.3.7 The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

2.2.3.8 In the event that the Option Rent shall not have been determined pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of the Option Term, Tenant shall be required to pay as Option Rent, an amount equal to I 03% of the Base Rent payable by Tenant as of the expiration of the initial Lease Term, and upon the final determination of the Option Rent, the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts of Option Rent due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party.

3. BASE RENT Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly instalments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. The Base Rent for the second (2 nd ) full month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to I /365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

4. ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms.

4.1.1 Direct Expenses; Additional Rent. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “ Tenant’s Share ” of the annual “ Direct Expenses ,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “ Rent .” All amounts due

 

10


under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.1.2 Triple Net Lease . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, except as otherwise provided to the contrary in this Lease, it is their intent and agreement that this Lease be a “ TRIPLE NET ” lease and that as such, the provisions contained in this Lease are intended to pass on to Tenant or reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses reasonably associated with this Lease, the Building and the Project, and Tenant’s operation therefrom. To the extent such costs and expenses payable by Tenant cannot be charged directly to, and paid by, Tenant, such costs and expenses shall be paid by Landlord but reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 Intentionally Deleted.

4.2.2 “ Direct Expenses ” shall mean “ Operating Expenses ” and “ Tax Expenses.

4.2.3 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project and Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) fees and other costs, including management and /or incentive fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) subject to item (f), below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine, of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or to reduce current

 

11


or future Operating Expenses or to enhance the safety or security of the Project or its occupants, (B) that are required to comply with present or anticipated conservation programs, (C) which are replacements or modifications of non-structural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, or (D) that are required under any governmental law or regulation; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized (including interest on the amortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine; and (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal , community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5 , below, (xv) cost of tenant relation programs reasonably established by Landlord, and (xvi) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building, including, without limitation, any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the property, and reciprocal easement agreements affecting the property, any parking licenses, and any agreements with transit agencies affecting the Property (collectively, “ Underlying Documents ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses (except as otherwise set forth above), and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any common areas of the Project or parking facilities);

(b) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest;

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else, and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;

(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

 

12


(g) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h) except for a Project management fee to the extent allowed pursuant to item (I) below, overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing engineering, janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(m) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(n) costs arising from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of Landlord m connection with this Lease; and

(o) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of hazardous material (as defined under applicable law) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat hazardous material, which hazardous material is brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto.

4.2.5 Taxes.

4.2.5.1 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant,

 

13


personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises or the improvements thereon.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are incurred . Tax refunds shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 , there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease.

4.2.6 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses. The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi- building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e., the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the Building and the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consist of Operating Expenses and tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the Building (as opposed to other buildings in the Project). Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole, and shall not include Direct Expenses attributable solely to other buildings in the Project.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for each Expense Year.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense

 

14


Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “ Estimated Direct Expenses ,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2 , below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 . Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (the “ Estimated Direct Expenses ”). The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Expenses under this Article 4 , nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Direct Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2 ). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible . Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

5. USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses . Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful

 

15


authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect, or any Underlying Documents. Landlord shall have the right to impose reasonable and customary rule and regulations regarding the use of the Project, as reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord with respect to the orderly operation of the Project, and Tenant shall comply with such reasonable rules and regulations. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant’s rights and obligations under the Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project.

5.3 Hazardous Materials .

5.3.1 Tenant’s Obligations .

5.3.1.1 Prohibitions . As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant, Tenant has fully and accurately completed Landlord’s Pre-Leasing Environmental Exposure Questionnaire (the “ Environmental Questionnaire ”), which is attached as Exhibit E . Tenant agrees that except for those chemicals or materials, and their respective quantities, specifically listed on the Environmental Questionnaire, neither Tenant nor Tenant’s employees, contractors and subcontractors of any tier, entities with a contractual relationship with Tenant (other than Landlord), or any entity acting as an agent or sub-agent of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Agents ”) will produce, use, store or generate any “Hazardous Materials,” as that term is defined below, on, under or about the Premises, nor cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, placed, stored, manufactured, generated, blended, handled, recycled, used or “Released,” as that term is defined below, on, in, under or about the Premises. If any information provided to Landlord by Tenant on the Environmental Questionnaire, or otherwise relating to information concerning Hazardous Materials is false, incomplete, or misleading in any material respect, the same shall be deemed a default by Tenant under this Lease. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Environmental Questionnaire at least once a year. Landlord’s prior written consent shall be required to any Hazardous Materials use for the Premises not described on the initial Environmental Questionnaire, such consent to be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not install or permit any underground storage tank on the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “ Hazardous Materials ” means all flammable explosives, petroleum and petroleum products, waste oil, radon, radioactive materials, toxic pollutants, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”), medical waste, chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, including without limitation any chemical, element, compound, mixture, solution, substance, object, waste or any combination thereof, which is or may be hazardous to human health, safety or to the environment due to its radioactivity, ignitability, corrosiveness, reactivity, explosiveness, toxicity, carcinogenicity, infectiousness or other harmful or potentially harmful properties or effects, or defined as, regulated as or included in, the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” or “toxic substances” under any Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Materials” for purposes of this Lease shall also include any mold, fungus or spores, whether or not the same is defined, listed , or otherwise classified as a “hazardous material” under any Environmental Laws, if such mold, fungus or spores may pose a risk to human health or the environment or negatively impact the value of the Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “ Release ” or “ Released ” or “ Releases ” shall mean any release, deposit, discharge, emission, leaking, spilling, seeping, migrating, injecting, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, disposing, or other movement of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

 

16


5.3.1.2 Notices to Landlord . Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing as soon as possible but in no event later than five (5) days after (i) the occurrence of any actual, alleged or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises (whether past or present), regardless of the source or quantity of any such Release, or (ii) Tenant becomes aware of any regulatory actions, inquiries, inspections, investigations, directives, or any cleanup, compliance, enforcement or abatement proceedings (including any threatened or contemplated investigations or proceedings) relating to or potentially affecting the Premises, or (iii) Tenant becomes aware of any claims by any person or entity relating to any Hazardous Materials in, on, under, from, about or in the vicinity of the Premises, whether relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury. Collectively, the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above are hereinafter referred to as “ Hazardous Materials Claims ”. Tenant shall promptly forward to Landlord copies of all orders, notices, permits, applications and other communications and reports in connection with any Hazardous Materials Claims. Additionally, Tenant shall promptly advise Landlord in writing of Tenant’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on, in, under or about the Premises that could subject Tenant or Landlord to any liability, or restrictions on ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of the Premises under any “Environmental Laws,” as that term is defined below. Tenant shall not enter into any legal proceeding or other action, settlement, consent decree or other compromise with respect to any Hazardous Materials Claims without first notifying Landlord of Tenant’s intention to do so and affording Landlord the opportunity to join and participate, as a party if Landlord so elects, in such proceedings and in no event shall Tenant enter into any agreements which are binding on Landlord or the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to appear at and participate in, any and all legal or other administrative proceedings concerning any Hazardous Materials Claim. For purposes of this Lease, “ Environmental Laws ” means all applicable present and future laws relating to the protection of human health, safety, wildlife or the environment, including, without limitation, (i) all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation and/or remediation of emissions, discharges, Releases, or threatened Releases of Hazardous Materials, whether solid, liquid, or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater, or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials; and (ii) all requirements pertaining to the health and safety of employees or the public. Environmental Laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 USC § 9601, et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Authorization Act of 1994, 49 USC § 5101, et seq., the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984,42 USC§ 6901, et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 USC§ 1251, et seq., the Clean Air Act of 1966, 42 USC§ 7401, et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 USC§ 2601, et seq., the Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974, 42 USC§§ 300f through 300j, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, 29 USC§ 651 et seq., the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 USC§ 2701 et seq., the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986,42 USC§ 11001 et seq., the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USC § 4321 et seq., the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act of 1947, 7 USC § 136 et seq., California Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act, California Health & Safety Code§§ 25300 et seq., Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory Act, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25500 et seq., Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances provisions, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25280 et seq., California Hazardous Waste Control Law, California Health & Safety Code, §§ 25100 et seq., and any other state or local law counterparts, as amended, as such applicable laws, are in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date, or thereafter adopted, published, or promulgated.

5.3.1.3 Releases of Hazardous Materials . If any Release of any Hazardous Material in, on, under, from or about the Premises shall occur at any time during the Lease as a result of the actions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Agents that requires response actions of any kind, in addition to notifying Landlord as specified above, Tenant, at its own sole cost and expense, shall (i)

 

17


immediately comply with any and all reporting requirements imposed pursuant to any and all Environmental Laws, (ii) provide a written certification to Landlord indicating that Tenant has complied with all applicable reporting requirements, (iii) take any and all necessary investigation, corrective and remedial action in accordance with any and all applicable Environmental Laws, utilizing an environmental consultant approved by Landlord, all in accordance with the provisions and requirements of this Section 5.3 , including, without limitation, Section 5.3.4 , and (iv) take any such additional investigative, remedial and corrective actions as Landlord shall in its reasonable discretion deem necessary such that the Premises are remediated to the condition existing prior to such Release.

5.3.1.4 Indemnification .

5.3.1.4.1 In General . Without limiting in any way Tenant’s obligations under any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, penalties, enforcement actions, taxes, fines, remedial actions, liabilities (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, litigation, arbitration and administrative proceeding costs, expert and consultant fees and laboratory costs) including, without limitation, consequential damages and sums paid in settlement of claims, which arise during or after the Lease Term, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, that arise during or after the Lease Term in whole or in part, foreseeable or unforeseeable, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the presence, use, generation, manufacture, treatment, handling, refining, production, processing, storage, Release or presence of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents.

5.3.1.4.2 Limitations . Notwithstanding anything in Section 5.3.1.4 , above, to the contrary, Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in Section 5.3.1.4 , above, shall not be applicable to claims based upon Hazardous Materials which may exist in, on or about the Premises as of the date of this Lease (“ Existing Hazardous Materials ”), except to the extent that Tenant’s construction activities and /or Tenant’s other acts or omissions (including Tenant’s failure to remove, remediate or otherwise treat or “Clean-up,” as that term is defined in Section 5.3.4 , below, the subject Existing Hazardous Materials during the tenancy of the Premises) caused or exacerbated the subject claim.

5.3.1.4.3 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Without limiting the generality of Tenant’s obligation to comply with applicable laws as otherwise provided in this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all Environmental Laws. Tenant shall obtain and maintain any and all necessary permits, licenses, certifications and approvals appropriate or required for the use, handling, storage, and disposal of any Hazardous Materials used, stored, generated, transported, handled, blended, or recycled by Tenant on the Premises. Landlord shall have a continuing right, without obligation, to require Tenant to obtain, and to review and inspect any and all such permits, licenses, certifications and approvals, together with copies of any and all Hazardous Materials management plans and programs, any and all Hazardous Materials risk management and pollution prevention programs, and any and all Hazardous Materials emergency response and employee training programs respecting Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description explaining the nature and scope of Tenant’s activities involving Hazardous Materials and showing to Landlord’s satisfaction compliance with all Environmental Laws and the terms of this Lease.

5.3.2 Assurance of Performance .

5.3.2.1 Environmental Assessments In General . Landlord may, but shall not be required to, engage from time to time such contractors as Landlord determines to be appropriate to perform environmental assessments of a scope reasonably determined by Landlord (an “ Environmental Assessment ”) to ensure Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of this Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials.

 

18


5.3.2.2 Costs of Environmental Assessments . All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such Environmental Assessment initially shall be paid by Landlord; provided that if any such Environmental Assessment shows that Tenant has failed to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.3 , then all of the costs and expenses of such Environmental Assessment shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent within ten (I 0) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

5.3.3 Tenant’s Obligations upon Surrender . At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall: (i) cause an Environmental Assessment of the Premises to be conducted in accordance with Section 15.3 ; (ii) cause all Hazardous Materials to be removed from the Premises and disposed of in accordance with all Environmental Laws and as necessary to allow the Premises to be used for any purpose; and (iii) cause to be removed all containers installed or used by Tenant or Tenant’s Agents to store any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and cause to be repaired any damage to the Premises caused by such removal.

5.3.4 Clean-up .

5.3.4.1 Environmental Reports; Clean-Up . If any written report, including any report containing results of any Environmental Assessment (an “ Environmental Report ”) shall indicate (i) the presence of any Hazardous Materials as to which Tenant has a removal or remediation obligation under this Section 5.3 , and (ii) that as a result of same, the investigation, characterization, monitoring, assessment, repair, closure, remediation, removal, or other clean-up (the “ Clean-up ”) of any Hazardous Materials is required, Tenant shall immediately prepare and submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Environmental Report a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s written approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to perform the Clean-up so that the Premises are restored to the conditions required by this Lease. Upon Landlord’s approval of the Clean-up plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without limitation on any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease, immediately implement such plan with a consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and proceed to Clean-Up Hazardous Materials in accordance with all applicable laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. If, within thirty (30) days after receiving a copy of such Environmental Report, Tenant fails either (a) to complete such Clean-up, or (b) with respect to any Clean-up that cannot be completed within such thirty-day period, fails to proceed with diligence to prepare the Clean-up plan and complete the Clean-up as promptly as practicable, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, and without waiving any other rights under this Lease, to carry out any Clean-up recommended by the Environmental Report or required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises, and recover all of the costs and expenses thereof from Tenant as Additional Rent, payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand therefor.

5.3.4.2 No Rent Abatement . Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any Clean-up, and shall not be entitled to any reduction, offset or deferral of any Base Rent or Additional Rent due or accruing under this Lease during any such Clean-up.

5.3.4.3 Surrender of Premises . Tenant shall complete any Clean-up prior to surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a letter or other written determination from the overseeing governmental authority confirming that the Clean-up has been completed in accordance with all requirements of such governmental authority and that no further response action of any kind is required for the unrestricted use of the Premises (“ Closure Letter ”). Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall also be obligated to close all permits obtained in connection with Hazardous Materials in accordance with applicable laws.

 

19


5.3.4.4 Failure to Timely Clean-Up . Should any Clean-up for which Tenant is responsible not be completed, or should Tenant not receive the Closure Letter and any governmental approvals required under Environmental Laws in conjunction with such Clean-up prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as a holdover tenant (as more particularly provided in Article 16 ) until Tenant has fully complied with its obligations under this Section 5.3 .

5.3.5 Confidentiality . Unless compelled to do so by applicable Law, Tenant agrees that Tenant shall not disclose, discuss, disseminate or copy any information, data, findings, communications, conclusions and reports regarding the environmental condition of the Premises to any Person (other than Tenant’s consultants, attorneys, property managers and employees that have a need to know such information), including any governmental authority, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant reasonably believes that disclosure is compelled by applicable law, it shall provide Landlord ten (10) days’ advance notice of disclosure of confidential information so that Landlord may attempt to obtain a protective order. Tenant may additionally release such information to bona fide prospective purchasers or lenders, subject to any such parties’ written agreement to be bound by the terms of this Section 5.3 .

5.3.6 Copies of Environmental Reports. Within thirty (30) days of receipt thereof, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of any and all environmental assessments, audits, studies and reports regarding Tenant’s activities with respect to the Premises, or ground water beneath the Land, or the environmental condition or Clean-up thereof. Tenant shall be obligated to provide Landlord with a copy of such materials without regard to whether such materials are generated by Tenant or prepared for Tenant, or how Tenant comes into possession of such materials.

5.3.7 Signs, Response Plans, Etc . Tenant shall be responsible for posting on the Premises any signs required under applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant shall also complete and file any business response plans or inventories required by any applicable laws. Tenant shall concurrently file a copy of any such business response plan or inventory with Landlord.

5.3.8 Survival. Each covenant, agreement, representation, warranty and indemnification made by Tenant set forth in this Section 5.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall remain effective until all of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 have been completely performed and satisfied.

6. SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 In General . Tenant will be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the furnishing of all services and utilities to the Premises, including, but not limited to heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, electricity, water, telephone, janitorial and interior Building security services.

6.1.1 The cost of all utilities without mark-up (including without limitation, electricity, gas, sewer and water) to the Premises shall be paid by Tenant, either to the applicable utility provider, for utilities that are separately metered at the Premises or a portion of the Premises, or to Landlord, based on a reasonable allocation of the cost of utilities that are not separately metered to the Premises.

6.1.2 Landlord shall not provide janitorial services for the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for performing all janitorial services and other cleaning of the Premises, all in compliance with applicable laws. The janitorial and cleaning of the Premises shall be adequate to maintain the Premises in a manner consistent with First Class Life Sciences Projects. As a part of Operating Expenses, Landlord will maintain the Common Area restrooms in the Building in a manner commensurate with First Class Life Sciences Projects.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the

 

20


HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems. Provided that Landlord agrees to provide and maintain and keep in continuous service utility connections to the Project, including electricity, water and sewage connections, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any services or utilities to the Building, including, but not limited to heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, electricity, water, telephone, janitorial and interior Building security services.

6.2 Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 .

6.3 Energy Performance Disclosure Information . Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord may be required to disclose certain information concerning the energy performance of the Building pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively the “ Energy Disclosure Requirements ”). Tenant hereby acknowledges prior receipt of the Data Verification Checklist, as defined in the Energy Disclosure Requirements (the “ Energy Disclosure Information ”), and agrees that Landlord has timely complied in full with Landlord’s obligations under the Energy Disclosure Requirements. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (i) Landlord makes no representation or warranty regarding the energy performance of the Building or the accuracy or completeness of the Energy Disclosure Information, (ii) the Energy Disclosure Information is for the current occupancy and use of the Building and that the energy performance of the Building may vary depending on future occupancy and/or use of the Building, and (iii) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any errors or omissions in the Energy Disclosure Information. If and to the extent not prohibited by applicable laws, Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have to receive the Energy Disclosure Information, including, without limitation, any right Tenant may have to terminate this Lease as a result of Landlord’s failure to disclose such information. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and/or liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from the Energy Disclosure Requirements, including, without limitation, any liabilities arising as a result of Landlord’s failure to disclose the Energy Disclosure Information to Tenant prior to the execution of this Lease. Tenant’s acknowledgment of the AS-IS condition of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be deemed to include the energy performance of the Building. Tenant further acknowledges that pursuant to the Energy Disclosure Requirements, Landlord may be required in the future to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the “ Tenant Energy Use Disclosure ”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 6.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

21


7. REPAIRS

7.1 Tenant Repair Obligations. Tenant shall, throughout the Term, at its sole cost and expense, maintain, repair, replace and improve as required, the Premises and Building and every part thereof in a good standard of maintenance, repair and replacement as required, and in good and sanitary condition, all in accordance with the standards of First Class Life Sciences Projects, except for Landlord Repair Obligations, whether or not such maintenance, repair, replacement or improvement is required in order to comply with applicable Laws (“ Tenant’s Repair Obligations ”), including, without limitation, the following: (1) glass, windows, window frames, window casements (including the repairing, resealing, cleaning and replacing of both interior and exterior windows) and skylights; (2) interior and exterior doors, door frames and door closers; (3) interior lighting (including, without limitation, light bulbs and ballasts); (4) the plumbing, sewer, drainage, electrical, fire protection, elevator, escalator, life safety and security systems and equipment, existing heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems, and all other mechanical, electrical and communications systems and equipment (collectively, the “ Building Systems ”), including without limitation (i) any specialty or supplemental Building Systems installed by or for Tenant and (ii) all electrical facilities and equipment, including lighting fixtures, lamps, fans and any exhaust equipment and systems, electrical motors and all other appliances and equipment of every kind and nature located in, upon or about the Premises; (5) all communications systems serving the Premises; (6) all of Tenant’s security systems in or about or serving the Premises; (7) Tenant’s signage; (8) interior demising walls and partitions (including painting and wall coverings), equipment, floors, and any roll-up doors, ramps and dock equipment; and (9) the non-structural portions of the roof of the Building, including the roof membrane and coverings. Tenant’s Repair Obligations also includes the routine maintenance of the load bearing and exterior walls of the Building, including, without limitation, any painting, sealing, patching and waterproofing of such walls. Tenant shall additionally be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to furnish all expendables, including light bulbs, paper goods and soaps, used in the Premises, and, to the extent that Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of its intention to no longer arrange for such monitoring, cause the fire alarm systems serving the Premises to be monitored by a monitoring or protective services firm approved by Landlord in writing.

7.2 Service Contracts. All Building Systems, including HVAC, elevators, main electrical, plumbing and fire/life-safety systems, shall be maintained, repaired and replaced by Tenant (i) in a commercially reasonable first-class condition, (ii) in accordance with any applicable manufacturer specifications relating to any particular component of such Building Systems, (iii) in accordance with applicable Laws. Tenant shall contract with a qualified, experienced professional third party service companies (a “ Service Contract ”). Tenant shall regularly, in accordance with commercially reasonable standards, generate and maintain preventive maintenance records relating to each Building’s mechanical and main electrical systems, including life safety, elevators and the central plant (“Preventative Maintenance Records”). In addition, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver a copy of all current Service Contracts to Landlord and/or a copy of the Preventative Maintenance Records.

7.3 Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Repair Obligations. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to performing any material Tenant’s Repair Obligations, including without limitation, any Tenant’s Repair Obligation which affect the Building Systems or which is reasonably anticipated to cost more than $15,000.00. Upon receipt of such notice from Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to either (i) perform such material Tenant’s Repair Obligation by delivering notice of such election to Tenant within thirty (30) days following receipt of Tenant’s notice, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof (including Landlord’s reasonable supervision fee) within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor, or (ii) require Tenant to perform such Tenant’s Repair Obligation at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant fails to perform any Tenant’s Repair Obligation within a reasonable time period, as reasonably determined by Landlord, then Landlord may, but need not, following delivery of notice to Tenant of such election, make such Tenant Repair Obligation , and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, (including Landlord’s reasonable supervision fee) within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.

 

22


7.4 Landlord Repair Obligations. Landlord shall be responsible for repairs to the exterior walls, foundation and roof of the Building, the structural portions of the floors of the Building, except to the extent that such repairs are required due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant (the “ Landlord Repair Obligation ”); provided, however, that if such repairs are due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, Landlord shall nevertheless make such repairs at Tenant’s expense, or, if covered by Landlord’s insurance, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay any deductible in connection therewith.

8. ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord , provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations (i) do not affect the building systems or equipment, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, and (iii) cost less than $15,000.00 for a particular job of work. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8 .

8.2 Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority). Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. Upon completion of any Alterations (or repairs), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord final lien waivers from all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen who performed such work. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the county recorders’ office, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the “ as built ” drawings of the Alterations as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. If Tenant orders any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of such work to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work. If Tenant does not order any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Land lord’s review of such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations,

 

23


Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “ Builder’s All Risk ” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall be required to carry (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance in an amount approved by Landlord, with Landlord, and, at Landlord’s option, Landlord’s property manager and project manager, as additional insureds in an amount approved by Landlord, and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, and (ii) workers compensation insurance with a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord. Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

8.5 Landlord’s Property. All Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord and remain in place at the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment within the Premises and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment in the Premises and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

9. COVENANT AGAINST LIENS Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility (to the extent applicable pursuant to then applicable laws). Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof.

10. INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, lenders, any property manager and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all claims, loss, cost, damage, injury, expense and liability (including

 

24


without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises, any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or any breach of the terms of this Lease, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as reasonable appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Property Insurance . Landlord shall insure the Building during the Lease Term against loss or damage under an “all risk” property insurance policy. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine. Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risks of earthquakes and/or flood damage and additional hazards, a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Building or the ground or underlying lessors of the Building, or any portion thereof. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence form covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, and contractual liabilities including a contractual coverage, and including products and completed operations coverage, for limits of liability on a per location basis of not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and

$ 3,000,000 each occurrence   

Property Damage Liability

$ 3,000,000 annual aggregate   

Personal Injury Liability

$ 2,000,000 each occurrence   
$ 2,000,000 annual aggregate   

10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) any improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date or are constructed therein by Landlord or Tenant (excluding the base, shell and core of the Building, and the Building systems (collectively, the “ Base Building ”) (the “ Original Improvements ”), and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on an “ all risks ” of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion.

 

25


10.3.3 Business Income Interruption for one (1) year plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.4 Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations. The policy shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord, its employees, Lenders and any property manager or partners.

10.4 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) name Landlord, its subsidiaries and affiliates, its property manager (if any) and any other party the Landlord so specifies, as an additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, including Landlord’s managing agent, if any; (ii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A:IX in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance required of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord (unless such cancellation is the result of non-payment of premiums). Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least ten (10) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property or business interruption loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies do now, or shall, contain the waiver of subrogation.

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s lender, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.

11. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “ Landlord Repair Notice ”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to

 

26


Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, and from Landlord’s insurance carrier, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and /or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; or (vi) any owner of any other portion of the Project, other than Landlord, does not intend to repair the damage to such portion of the Project; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced , Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be Jess than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by fire or other casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers,

 

27


agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease; (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises; and, (d) as a result of the damage to the Project, Tenant does not occupy or use the Premises at all.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

 

28


12. NONWAIVER No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

13. CONDEMNATION If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

14. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant desires

 

29


Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “ Transfer Premium ”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall , at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.3 he Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested; or

14.2.4 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 , their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation , any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and , to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

 

30


14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “ Transfer Premium ,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, and after deduction of (i) any costs of improvements made to the Subject Space in connection with such Transfer, (ii) brokerage commissions paid in connection with such Transfer, and (iii) reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with such Transfer. “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. The determination of the amount of Landlord’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Tenant under the Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , in the event Tenant contemplates a Transfer which, together with all prior Transfers then remaining in effect, would cause fifty percent (50%) or more of the Premises to be Transferred for more than twenty five percent (25%) of the then remaining Lease Term (taking into account any extension of the Lease Term which has irrevocably exercised by Tenant), Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Intention to Transfer Notice ”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “ Contemplated Transfer Space ”), the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Such recapture shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture such Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4 , then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14 , for a period of nine (9) months (the “ Nine Month Period ”) commencing on the last day of such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer made during the Nine Month Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14 . If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Nine Month Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Nine Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer, as provided above in this Section 14.4 .

14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to

 

31


the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Transfer ” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation ( i.e ., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

14.7 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Non-Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 , provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease. “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity. No such permitted assignment or subletting shall serve to release Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

32


15. SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

15.3 Environmental Assessment. In connection with its surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration date of this Lease (or in the event of an earlier termination of this Lease, as soon as reasonably possible following such termination), an environmental Assessment of the Premises by a competent and experienced environmental engineer or engineering firm reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (pursuant to a contract approved by Landlord and providing that Landlord can rely on the Environmental Assessment), which (i) evidences that the Premises are in a clean and safe condition and free and clear of any Hazardous Materials; and (ii) includes a review of the Premises by an environmental consultant for asbestos, mold, fungus, spores, and other moisture conditions, on-site chemical use, and lead-based paint. If such Environmental Assessment reveals that remediation or Clean-up is required under any Environmental Laws, Tenant shall submit a remediation plan prepared by a recognized environmental consultant and shall be responsible for all costs of remediation and Clean-up, as more particularly provided in Section 5.3 , above.

15.4 Condition of the Building and Premises Upon Surrender. In addition to the above requirements of this Article 15 , upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, surrender the Premises and Building such that the same are in compliance with all Applicable Laws and with Tenant having complied with all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, including those relating to improvement, repair, maintenance, compliance with law, testing and other related obligations of Tenant set forth in Article 7 of this Lease. In the event that the Building and Premises shall be surrendered in a condition which does not comply with the terms of this Section 15.4 , because Tenant failed to comply with its obligations set forth in Lease, then following thirty (30) days notice to Tenant, during which thirty (30) day period Tenant shall have the right to cure such noncompliance, Landlord shall be entitled to expend all reasonable costs in order to cause the same to comply with the required condition upon surrender and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for all such costs upon notice and Tenant shall be deemed during the period that Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, perform obligations relating to the Surrender Improvements to be in holdover under Article 16 of this Lease.

 

33


16. HOLDING OVER If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with the express or implied consent of Landlord , such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term. If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term of earlier termination thereof, without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be deemed to be a tenancy by sufferance only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term. In either case, Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to twice the Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease. Such month-to-month tenancy or tenancy by sufferance, as the case may be, shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

17. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which , as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit D , attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term , Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and , if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

 

34


18. SUBORDINATION This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

19. DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2 , any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 Abandonment or vacation of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.4 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5 , 14 , 17 or 18 . of this Lease where such failure continues for more than two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.5 Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises within ten (1 0) business days after the Lease Commencement Date.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of

 

35


which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of tills Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to

 

36


terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

20. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

21. SECURITY DEPOSIT Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant, but shall not be required to apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any and all rights, benefits, or protections, if any, Tenant now has, or in the future may have, under Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, any provision of law which (i) establishes the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provides that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the subject premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (a) any statutory time frames for the return of a security deposit are superseded by the express period identified in this Article 21, above, and (b) rather than be so limited, Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit (1) any and all sums expressly identified in this Article 21, above, and (2) any additional sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any and all losses or damages caused by Tenant’s default of this Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

 

37


22. COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINE Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the “ Lines ”), provided that Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease. Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to require that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

23. SIGNS

23.1 Exterior Signage . Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install signage at the entrance to the Building (collectively, “ Tenant Signage ”); provided, however, in no event shall Tenant’s Signage include an “Objectionable Name,” as that term is defined in Section 23.3 , of this Lease. All such signage shall be subject to Tenant’s obtaining all required governmental approvals. All permitted signs shall be maintained by Tenant at its expense in a first-class and safe condition and appearance. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its signs at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and exact location of Tenant’s Signage (collectively, the “ Sign Specifications ”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be consistent and compatible with the quality and nature of the Project. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signage, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining terms of this Lease shall be unaffected.

23.2 Objectionable Name . Tenant’s Signage shall not include a name or logo which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of the Comparable Buildings (an “ Objectionable Name ”).

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.4 Termination of Right to Tenant’s Signage . The rights contained in this Article 23 shall be personal to Original Tenant and its Permitted Assignee, and may only be exercised and maintained by such parties (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) to the extent ( x ) they are not in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) and (y) if they occupy the entire Premises.

 

38


24. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Building and Premises as are required to comply with the governmental rules, regulations, requirements or standards described in this Article 24. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

25. LATE CHARGES If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount plus any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication G.13(415), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus four (4) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

26. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

 

39


27. ENTRY BY LANDLORD Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility (to the extent applicable pursuant to then applicable law); or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises.

28. TENANT PARKING Tenant shall have the right to use the amount of parking set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, in the on-site and/or off-site, as the case may be, parking facility (or facilities) which serve the Project. Tenant shall abide by all reasonable rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the parking facilities), and shall cooperate in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. Tenant’s use of the Project parking facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees’ and/or visitors’ use of the parking facilities.

29. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions . The words “ Landlord ” and “ Tenant ” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor.

 

40


29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation . The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) the interest of Landlord in the Building or (b) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the value of the Building (as such value is determined by Landlord), provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of

 

41


Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring, or loss to inventory, scientific research, scientific experiments, laboratory animals, products, specimens, samples, and/or scientific, business, accounting and other records of every kind and description kept at the premises and any and all income derived or derivable therefrom.

29.14 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“ Mail ”), (B) transmitted by telecopy, if such telecopy is promptly followed by a Notice sent by Mail, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the telecopy is transmitted, (iii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iv) the date personal delivery is made. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

Hayward Point Eden I Limited Partnership

c/o HCP, Inc.

3760 Kilroy Airport Way, Suite 300

Long Beach, CA 90806-2473

Attn: Legal Department

 

42


with a copy to:

HCP Life Science Estates

400 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 409

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Attention: Jonathan M. Bergschneider

and

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

29.19 Joint and Several . If there is more than one tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in the State of California.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANTS USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL

 

43


NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.23 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 29.24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

29.25 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26 Project or Building Name, Address and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name and/or address of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

29.29 Development of the Project .

29.29.1 Subdivision . Landlord reserves the right to subdivide all or a portion of the buildings and Common Areas. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from a subdivision and any all maps in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the separate ownership of any buildings and/or Common Areas by an entity other than Landlord shall not affect the calculation of Direct Expenses or Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses.

29.29.2 Construction of Property and Other Improvements . Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets or claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction.

 

44


29.30 No Violation . Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.31 Transportation Management . Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project and/or the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. Such programs may include, without limitation: (i) restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant; (ii) increased vehicle occupancy; (iii) implementation of an in-house ridesharing program and an employee transportation coordinator; (iv) working with employees and any Project, Building or area-wide ridesharing program manager; (v) instituting employer-sponsored incentives (financial or in-kind) to encourage employees to rideshare; and (vi) utilizing flexible work shifts for employees.

29.32 Guarantor . This Lease is subject to and conditioned upon Tenant delivering to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, a guaranty (a “ Guaranty ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F which guaranty shall be fully executed by and binding upon Tacere Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Guarantor ”).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD: TENANT:

HAYWARD POINT EDEN I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ,

a Delaware limited partnership

BENITEC BIOPHARMA PTY LDT ,

an Australia registered corporation

By:

Hep Estates USA Inc.,

a Delaware corporation,

its General Partner

By:

/s/ Peter French

Peter French

Managing Director

By:

/s/ Jonathan M. Bergschneider

By:

/s/ Greg West

Jonathan M. Bergschneider

Executive Vice President

Greg West

CFO and Secretary

 

45


INDEX

 

     Page(s)  

Advocate Arbitrators

     9   

Alterations

     23   

Base Rent

     10   

Brokers

     45   

Building

     7   

Common Areas

     7   

Comparable Buildings

     9   

Comparable Transactions

     8   

Concessions

     8   

Contemplated Effective Date

     31   

Contemplated Transfer Space

     31   

Direct Expenses

     10   

Estimate

     15   

Estimate Statement

     15   

Estimated Direct Expenses

     15   

Existing Hazardous Materials

     18   

Expense Year

     11   

Fair Rental Value

     8   

Force Majeure

     43   

Guarantor

     46   

Guaranty

     46   

Intention to Transfer Notice

     31   

Landlord

     4   

Landlord Parties

     24   

Landlord Repair Notice

     26   

Lease

     4   

Lease Commencement Date

     8   

Lease Expiration Date

     8   

Lease Term

     8   

Lease Year

     8   

Lines

     39   

Mail

     43   

Neutral Arbitrator

     9   

Nine Month Period

     31   

Notices

     43   

Objectionable Name

     39   

Operating Expenses

     11   

Option Rent’

     8   

Original Improvements

     25   

Outside Agreement Date

     9   

Premises

     7   

Project

     7   

Security Deposit

     38   

Sign Specifications

     39   

Statement

     14   

Subject Space

     30   

Summary

     4   

Tax Expenses

     13   

Tenant

     4   

Tenant Work Letter

     7   

Tenant’s Share

     14   

Transfer Notice

     30   

Transferee

     29   

 

46

Exhibit 10.6

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Relocation and Expansion)

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of May 7 , 2015, by and between HAYWARD POINT EDEN I LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and BENITEC BIOPHARMA PTY LDT, an Australia registered corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated May 12, 2014 (the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant currently leases 2,541 rentable square feet of space with a street address of at 3942 Trust Way, Hayward, California 94545 (the “ Original Premises ”) in that certain building commonly known as Building B (the “ Building ”) located in the office project known as “Point Eden Business Park” (the “ Project ”).

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to substitute the Original Premises with approximately 4,754 rentable square feet of space commonly known as Suite B in the Building, with a street address of 3940 Trust Way, Hayward, California 94545 (the “ Substitute Premises ”), as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, and to make other modifications to the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Amendment.

2. Modification of Premises . Effective as of the date (the “ Substitute Premises Commencement Date ”) which is the later to occur of (i) May 1, 2015, or (ii) the date the Substitute Premises are “Ready for Occupancy” as that term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (“ Tenant Work Letter ”), (a) subject to the terms of Section 3 , below, the Lease shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to the Original Premises, and (b) Tenant shall lease from Landlord and Landlord shall lease to Tenant the Substitute Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as hereby amended. Consequently, effective upon the Substitute Premises Commencement Date, the Substitute Premises shall be substituted for the Original Premises and all references in the Lease, as hereby amended, to the “Premises” shall mean and refer to the Substitute Premises.


3. Surrender of Original Premises .

3.1. Vacation and Surrender . Tenant hereby agrees to vacate the Original Premises and surrender and deliver exclusive possession of the Original Premises to Landlord on or before the Substitute Premises Commencement Date in accordance with the provisions of the Lease and thereafter, Tenant shall have no further obligations with respect to the Original Premises except with respect to the period of Tenant’s tenancy prior to the Substitute Premises Commencement Date. In the event that Tenant fails to vacate the Original Premises and surrender and deliver exclusive possession of the Original Premises to Landlord on or before the Substitute Premises Commencement Date in accordance with the provisions of the Lease, then (subject to the terms of Section 3.2 , below) Tenant shall be deemed to be in holdover of the Original Premises and shall be subject to the terms of Article 16 of the Lease.

3.2. Decommissioning . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges that following the Substitute Premises Commencement Date, Tenant will be required to close permits and licenses (including without limitation, with respect to Tenant’s radiation license) and decommission the Original Premises and to receive an official sign off from the applicable governmental agencies as required by applicable laws (the “ Decommissioning Process ”). During the Decommissioning Process, Tenant shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord, and accompanied by Landlord or a Landlord representative, to access the Original Premises as reasonably required to complete such Decommissioning Process. During the Decommissioning Process, Tenant shall be required to pay for all utilities used in the Original Premises. If the Decommissioning Process has not been completed within 120 days after the Substitute Premises Commencement Date (the “ Outside Decommissioning Date ”), then, during the period from the Outside Decommissioning Date to the date Tenant completes the Decommissioning Process, Tenant shall be required to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Original Premises at the rate applicable immediately prior to the Substitute Premises Commencement Date.

3.3. Representations of Tenant . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that (a) Tenant has not heretofore assigned or sublet all or any portion of its interest in the Lease or in the Original Premises; (b) no other person, firm or entity has any right, title or interest in the Lease or in the Original Premises through Tenant; (c) Tenant has the full right, legal power and actual authority to enter into this Amendment and to terminate Tenant’s lease with respect to the Original Premises without the consent of any person, firm or entity; and (d) Tenant has the full right, legal power and actual authority to bind Tenant to the terms and conditions hereof. Tenant further represents and warrants to Landlord that as of the date hereof there are no, and as of the Substitute Premises Commencement Date there shall not be any, mechanic’s liens or other liens encumbering all or any portion of the Original Premises, by virtue of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, its predecessors, contractors, agents, employees, successors or assigns. Notwithstanding the termination of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 3.3 shall survive the Substitute Premises Commencement Date and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any inaccuracy or any breach thereof.

 

-2-


4. Condition of Substitute Premises . Tenant shall accept the Substitute Premises in its currently existing “as-is” condition and, except for the construction of the Landlord Work as expressly provided in the Tenant Work Letter, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Substitute Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Substitute Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Amendment and the Tenant Work Letter. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Project, Building and Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).

5. Substitute Premises Term . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Lease Term is scheduled to expire on December 15, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, the Lease Term is hereby extended and shall expire on the last day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) month after the Substitute Premises Commencement Date (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”). The period of time beginning on the Substitute Premises Commencement Date and ending on the Lease Expiration Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Substitute Premises Term .”

 

6. Base Rent .

6.1. Base Rent Prior to the Substitute Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent with respect to the Original Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Commencing as of the Substitute Premises Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Substitute Premises Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly installments of Base Rent for the Substitute Premises as follows:

 

Period During
Substitute Premises Term

 

Annualized
Base Rent

 

Monthly Installment
of Base Rent

 

Monthly Rental

Rate per Rentable

Square Foot

Substitute Premises Commencement Date – the last day of the 12 th month of the Substitute Premises Term

  $111,243.60   $9,270.30   $1.95

The first (1 st ) day of the 13 th month of the Substitute Premises Term – the last day of the 24 th month of the Substitute Premises Term.

  $114,580.92   $9,548.41   $2.01

The first (1 st ) day of the 25 th month of the Substitute Premises Term – the last day of the 36 th month of the Substitute Premises Term.

  $118,018.32   $9,834.86   $2.07

 

-3-


6.2. Base Rent Abatement . Provided that Tenant is not then in default of the terms of the Lease, after expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant will have no obligation to pay any Base Rent with respect to the Substitute Premises for the period for the first (1 st ) month of the Substitute Premises Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s Share of annual Direct Expenses shall not be abated during the Substitute Premises Term.

7. Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses .

7.1. Tenant’s Share . Prior to the Substitute Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of the annual Direct Expenses in connection with the Original Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Effective as of the Substitute Premises Commencement Date, and continuing throughout the Substitute Premises Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of the annual Direct Expenses in connection with the Substitute Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease, provided that with respect to the calculation of Tenant’s Share, Tenant’s Share of annual Direct Expenses that is reasonably allocable solely to the Building, is approximately 20.81%; and Tenant’s Share of annual Direct Expenses that is reasonably allocable solely to the Project is approximately 0.89%.

8. Option Term . Tenant shall continue to have the rights to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Lease; provided, however, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that, effective as of the Substitution Premises Commencement Date:

a. All references in Section 2.2 to the “Lease Term” shall be deemed to be references to the Substitute Premises Term; and

b. All references in Section 2.2.1 , to “two (2) years” shall be deemed to be references to three (3) years.

9. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment other than CBRE, Inc., representing both Landlord and Tenant in this transaction (the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers. The terms of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Amendment.

10. Conflict; No Further Modification . In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of the Lease and the terms and provisions of this Amendment, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall prevail. Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

[ Signatures on following page ]

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”  

HAYWARD POINT EDEN I LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP,

a Delaware limited partnership

    By:  

HCP Estates USA Inc.,

a Delaware corporation,

its General Partner

      By:  

/s/ Jonathan M. Bergschneider

       

Jonathan M. Bergschneider

Executive Vice President

TENANT  

BENITEC BIOPHARMA PTY LDT,

an Australia registered corporation

    By:  

/s/ Greg West

      Greg West
    Its:   CFO and Secretary

 

-5-


By its execution of this First Amendment to Lease, the undersigned, guarantor under the Lease, hereby consents to the foregoing First Amendment to Lease, and hereby reaffirms its obligations pursuant to that certain Guaranty of Lease, dated of even date with the Lease, with respect to the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment to Lease.

 

“GUARANTOR”

 

TACERE THERAPEUTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Greg West
Print Name:   Greg West
Its:   CFO and Secretary
By:    
Print Name:    
Its:    

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.7

COMMERCIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

 

Item Item Schedule

 

1.     AGREEMENT Clause 1(1)
THIS AGREEMENT is made on         05/08/2014         at             Rozelle N.S.W.
Between the Landlord and the Tenant .

 

2.     LANDLORD
Name: Mary Montague and Janice Leong
Address: C/- Ray White Commercial Inner West ACN:

 

ABN: 44 490 196 546
Phone: (02) 9180 3422 Fax:

 

    Mobile:         0408 370 591
Email: janice.leong@montagueleong.com.au     Licence No.: 

 

GST Registered:         Yes / No
3.     LANDLORD’S AGENT Clause 21
Name: Balmain Commercial Real Estate Pty Ltd T/as Ray White Commercial Inner West
Address: 563 Darling Street ACN:

 

Rozelle, NSW, 2039 ABN: 99 102 558 770
Phone: (02) 9810 3422 Fax: (02) 9810 2422     Mobile:

 

Email: michele.morrison@raywhite.com Licence No.:          1187745
4.     TENANT
Name/s: Benitec Limited
Address: Level 16, 356 Collins Street, Melbourne VIC 3000
ABN: 64 068 943 662 Phone: (02) 9555 6986     Fax:

 

Mobile:

0412 457 595

Email:

pfrench@benitec.com

GST Registered:                 Yes / No
5.      GUARANTOR/S If more than (2) Guarantors, attach additional names as a schedule to the Special Conditions Clause 31
(1) Name:

 

Address:

 

ACN:

 

 

ABN:

 

Phone:

 

Fax:

 

Mobile:

 

Email:

 

(2) Name:

 

Address:

 

ACN:

 

 

ABN:

 

Phone:

 

Fax:

 

Mobile:

 

Email:

 

6.     PREMISES Clause 1(11)
Address:

F6/ 1-15 Barr Street, Balmain NSW 2041

(Includes all Landlord’s fitting and fixtures)
Area of Premises:         161                                          m 2 (approx.)
7.     RENT Clauses 1(6), 1(12), 4 & 22
Rent Payable year one:         $64,359.72                                   excluding / including / plus GST per annum
  $5,363.31         payable weekly / fornightly / monthly / quarterly in advance on the:             1st September 2014
Other Information:

 

Rent Review Type:         CPI / Other              (if other, see Special Conditions)
Date of Initial Rent Review:             1st September 2015
And thereafter: Annually (e.g. annually)


7.     RENT (Continued) Clauses 1(6), 1(12), 4 & 22

 

Payable:

 

(a)   x    as directed from time to time by the Landlord or the Landlord’s Agent; or

 

(b)   ¨    into the following account

 

Bank:

 

Branch:

 

BSB:

 

Account Name: Account Number:     
 

 

     

 

or any other account nominated by the Landlord.

 

8. SECURITY BOND Clause 17

 

Bank Guarantee / Security Bond payable by the Tenant: $ 15,697.50             or equivalent to currently held months rent.

 

9. TERM Clauses 1(9) & 3.1

 

Lease Commencement Date:       01 / 09 / 2014                                 Lease End Date:       31 / 08 / 2016

 

Lease Term:       2 years

 

10.   OPTION TO RENEW Clause 5

 

(Note: it is advised that the Tenant obtain professional legal advice regarding the registration of a renewed lease)

 

10.1 Option to renew given:             x   Yes     ¨   No
10.2 Option Details: (1) Term:       2 years
(2) Rental Yr one: Tick ONE only
x Market Review     (see Clause 5.4)      ¨      Other     (e.g. CPI) (insert as a Special Condition)
10.3

Period in which to exercise the option: (If no period is specified, notice shall be given no more than 6 and no less than 3 months from the date of expiry of the term.)

 

    

    

11.   TENANT’S INSURANCE Clauses 8.1(12) - 8.1(16)
Public Liability cover:       $10,000,000

Other:

 

 

    

    

12.

PERMITTED USE

 

Clause 6.1
 

    

    

13.   OUTGOINGS Clauses 1(2), 1(10) & 8.1(5)

Payable by Tenant:         ¨ Yes         x No

 

Outgoings in addition to those specified in Clause 1(10):

(see attached Outgoings Schedule if insufficient room)

 

Tenant’s% of Outgoings:        Tick ONE only

 

¨     % of Outgoings

OR

(1)                                                                                                           

 

(2)                                                                                                           

 

¨     % of increases in Outgoings above the Base Year Outgoings where Base Year is 20    

 

14.   OVERDUE MONIES Clause 29

 

Interest charged:      x  Yes     ¨  No

 

Interest Rate:

 

12

 

% per annum.


15.    SPECIAL CONDITIONS

Clause 28

 

Refer to Addendum Item F1  
 
 
 
 
   

 

16.    SIGNATURES

 

The Landlord and Tenant agree to be bound by this Agreement which also includes conditions implied by Section 84 and Section 85 of the Conveyancying Act 1919 unless modified or amended by this Agreement

 

Landlord:

 

Witness:

 

Tenant(s):

 

Witness(es):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor(s):

 

Witness(es):

 

 

 

 

17.    IF EXECUTED BY A CORPORATION (to be completed where the Landlord &/or Tenant is a corporation)

 

Note: A common seal need not be affixed.

 

Executed in accordance with Section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001.

 

Director:

 

Director/Secretary:

 

Print Name:

 

Print Name:

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

Director:

 

Director/Secretary:

 

Print Name:

 

Print Name:

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

Director:

 

Director/Secretary:

 

Print Name:

 

Print Name:

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

 

Surrender of Lease

 

NOTICE

 

In consideration of $0.00 , receipt of which hereby acknowledged, the Tenant surrenders all the Tenant’s estate and interest in the Lease and the Landlord accepts a surrender of the Lease such that the residue of the unexpired term will merge in the freehold reversion and be extinguished on the signing of this surrender.

 

SIGNATURES

 

Dated this

                     

day of                      20

 

Landlord:

 

Witness:  

 

Tenant:

 

Witness:  

 


Commercial Lease Agreement – Terms of Agreement – Pursuant to the

Conveyancing Act 1919

 

1. Definitions

In this Schedule the following mean:

 

  (1) Agreement: this Commercial Lease Agreement consisting of the Item Schedule, the Terms of Agreement and any attached Schedule.

 

  (2) Base Year Outgoings: the Outgoings payable in the Base Year Item (13).

 

  (3) Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday under the Public Holidays Act 2010 in the State of New South Wales.

 

  (4) Commercial Building: means the building or buildings used for carrying on commercial activities of which the Premises are a part.

 

  (5) Common Areas: Includes:

 

  (1) entrances and exits

 

  (2) pathways, escalators and elevators

 

  (3) malls and walkways

 

  (4) parking areas

 

  (5) toilets and rest rooms; and

any areas of the Commercial Building which the Landlord may from time to time designate.

 

  (6) Consumer Price Index (CPI): is the Consumer Price Index (All Groups Index) for Sydney as published by the Australian Statistician.

 

  (7) GST: has the same meaning used in the A New Tax System (Goods & Services Tax) Act 1999 and “GST” includes any applicable rulings issued by the Commissioner of Taxation.

 

  (8) Land: the Land upon which the Commercial Building is constructed.

 

  (9) Lease Term: the period of time set out in Item (9) of the Item Schedule.
  (10) Outgoings: include:

 

  (1) all state and local government rates and charges on the Land and Commercial Building (including land tax) including water and sewerage rates and general rates.

 

  (2) periodic charges and levies including insurance premiums and fire protection services.

 

  (3) repair, maintenance and cleaning (excluding structural matters and major repairs)

 

  (4) those things (if any) specified in Item (13) of the Item Schedule

 

  (11) Premises: the premises referred to in Item (6) of the Item Schedule.

 

  (12) Rent Review Date: the date the rental amount charged to the Tenant is reviewed (as provided in Item (7) of the Item Schedule)

 

  (13) Rules: rules made by the Landlord from time to time for operating the Commercial Building.

 

  (14) Security Interest: means an interest in personal property provided for by a transaction that, in substance, secures payment or performance of an obligation. See Section 12 of the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 .

 

  (15) Tenant’s Chattels: The Tenant’s items of personal property.

 

  (16) Valuer: a Valuer registered in accordance with the provisions of the Valuers Act 2003 and who is able to carry out rental determinations as may be required under this Agreement.

 

2. Interpretation

 

2.1 In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  (1) the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

  (2) ‘person’ includes a firm, a body corporate.
 


  (3) an agreement, representation or warranty:

 

  (1) in favour of two or more persons is for the benefit of them jointly and severally.

 

  (2) on the part of two or more persons binds them jointly and severally.

 

  (4) a reference to:

 

  (1) an item number is a reference to an item in the Item Schedule.

 

  (2) a person includes the person’s executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

  (3) a document includes any variation to that document.

 

  (4) any law includes all regulations and other instruments under it and amendments or replacements of any of them.

 

  (5) the Item Schedule and any attached addendum pages and annexures shall form part of this Agreement.

 

  (6) any party signing as trustee contracts personally and as trustee

 

  (7) headings do not form part of this Agreement

 

2.2 A reference to month or monthly means a calendar month or calendar monthly.

 

3. Holding Over

 

3.1 At the Lease End Date stated in Item (9) the Tenant may continue but only with the Landlord’s prior written consent to occupy the Premises and shall do so as a monthly Tenant subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3.2 A monthly tenancy may be terminated by either party giving to the other, not less than one month’s notice.

 

3.3 To remain in occupation after the Lease End Date the Tenant must obtain the Landlord’s consent not less than one month prior to that date.

 

4. Rent

 

4.1 The Tenant agrees to pay the Rent in advance as specified in Item (7).

 

4.2 Rent for any broken period of less than a month will be apportioned on a daily basis.
4.3 If specified in Item (7) that the Rent amount is to be reviewed in accordance with the CPI then the Rent shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

R=A x  B
C

Where:

R represents the CPI adjusted Rent.

A is the Rent payable immediately prior to the Review Date

B is the CPI for the quarter immediately prior to the relevant Review Date in Item (7).

C is the CPI published for the quarter ending one year prior to the quarter in B .

 

4.4 If the CPI is suspended or discontinued, the Index used for the formula in Clause 4.3 will be that which is substituted by the Australian Statistician.

 

5. Option/s to extend Lease Period

 

5.1 If an option to extend the Lease Term of the Agreement is given in Item (10) the Tenant must exercise the option in writing in accordance with the exercise period in Item (10).

 

5.2 An option to extend the Lease Term of the Agreement shall only be granted by the Landlord if the Tenant has complied with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement.

 

5.3 The Tenant having complied with Clause 5.1 & 5.2 the Landlord will grant a further lease of the Premises to the Tenant on the same terms and conditions as this Agreement subject to Clause 5.4, excluding Item (10) of the Item Schedule and this Clause and otherwise varying Item (9) of the Item Schedule as to the Lease Commencement and Lease End Date.

 

5.4 Rental for the further term will be:

 

  (a) as agreed between the parties

Or failing agreement:

 

  (b) as provided in Item (10.2)

 

  (c) where the rental is to be determined by market review the current market rent will be determined by a Valuer within a reasonable time (not less than two months) prior to expiration of the current Term.
 


  (d) in any case market rent or other, the rental shall not be less than the rental charged at the expiration of the prior term.

 

  (e) once determined, the rental for the future term will be payable from the commencement date of the new term.

 

5.5 The Landlord and the Tenant shall equally share any costs incurred relating to a rental determination under Clause 5.4.

 

5.6 No failure by the Tenant to comply with the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement precludes the Tenant’s entitlement to the option unless notice has been served in compliance with Section 133(E) of the Conveyancing Act 1919 and the Tenants rights are thereby extinguished.

 

6. Tenant’s permitted use of the Premises

 

6.1 The use of the Premises, by the Tenant, shall be for the Permitted Use (Item 12) only.

 

6.2 The Tenant must obtain all the necessary approvals from any statutory, public or other competent authorities regarding the use of the Premises.

 

6.3 The Tenant and/or the Tenant’s employees must not:

 

  (a) install any equipment in the Premises that may overload any Services; or

 

  (b) carry on any illegal activities or interfere with the rights of other tenants; or

 

  (c) do or neglect to do anything to or upon the Premises which may make void or increase the premium of any insurance on the Premises or any property in them; or

 

  (d) use the fixtures and fitting within the Premises for any use other than that for which they are intended; or

 

  (e) not keep pets on the Premises and notify the presence of infectious diseases or vermin.

 

6.4 In common with other persons authorised by the Landlord, the Tenant and the Tenant’s Employees may use the Common Areas and the fixtures and fittings within those areas for the purposes for which they were designed or intended.
6.5 The Tenant must comply with the Rules and all reasonable directions given to it by the Landlord relating to conduct in the Common Areas.

 

6.6 The Tenant and its employees must not interfere with or impede other persons using the Common Areas or facilities servicing same.

 

6.7 The Tenant acknowledges the Landlord has given no warranty regarding the suitability of the Premises for the use permitted under this Agreement. (See Item (12)). The Tenant occupies the Premises at the Tenant’s own risk.

 

7. Building Works and Other Alterations

The Tenant must not carry out any building works or other alterations including the erection, painting, writing or attachment of any sign to the Premises without:

 

  (1) obtaining written approval from the Landlord (and if required from the relevant authorities).

 

  (2) submitting to the Landlord the necessary specifications and plans for the proposed works

 

8. Tenant’s Responsibilities

 

8.1 The Tenant will:

 

  (1) maintain the Premises and all fixtures and fittings in a reasonable state of repair without damage or loss (fair wear and tear excepted). Provided however, the Tenant shall not be required to carry out any structural work unless it has become necessary because of any actions (negligent or deliberate) of the Tenant.

 

  (2) keep the Premises and immediate surrounds clean and tidy

 

  (3) make repairs in respect to damage caused by the Tenant

 

  (4) carry out works on the Premises in accordance with notice given by the Landlord under Clause 10.2(4).

 

  (5) immediately on receipt of notice pay to the Landlord, Outgoings in accordance with Item (13) of the Item Schedule and Stamp Duty under Clause 19.

 

  (6) inform the Landlord, within a reasonable period of time, of any defect or damage in or to the Premises.
 


  (7) keep the Premises free of rodents, termites, cockroaches, and other vermin.

 

  (8) adhere to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (9) pay to the Landlord any amounts relating to increases in the Landlord’s insurance premiums due to the Tenant’s failure to act in accordance with Clause 6.3(c).

 

  (10) not install any heavy equipment except as approved and subject to the conditions set out by the Landlord in writing. Any damage occasioned thereby will be rectified by the Tenant at its cost.

 

  (11) with respect to the Premises, ensure that charges for:

 

  (1) electricity

 

  (2) gas

 

  (3) excess water

 

  (4) excess of garbage

 

  (5) sanitary

 

  (6) telephone

are paid.

 

  (12) insure all property situated in the Premises belonging to the Tenant, or for which the Tenant is legally liable, from fire with standard coverage in the joint names of the Landlord and the Tenant.

 

  (13) maintain public liability insurance in accordance with Item (11) of the Item Schedule.

 

  (14) insure its own plant, equipment and stock in trade.

 

  (15) insure all plate glass in the Premises.

 

  (16) insure for any other form of insurance the Landlord may from time to time reasonably require. (see Item 11)

 

  (17) not to carry on any offensive trade within the Premises.

 

  (18) keep the Premises secure at all times

 

  (19) carry on its business in a fit and proper manner during the term of the Lease or any extension.

 

  (20) maintain the appropriate licenses or permits, if any, relating to the Tenant’s
  business and comply with statutes, orders and by-laws relating to the Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises and Building and promptly notify the Landlord on receipt of any notices or orders in relation to or affecting the Premises.

 

8.2 At the end of the Lease, unless otherwise agreed, the Tenant must vacate the Premises and:

 

  (1) remove all Tenant’s Chattels

 

  (2) remove all Tenant’s fittings and fixtures as directed or required by the Landlord.

 

  (3) repair any damage caused by the removal of chattels, fittings and fixtures as provided for in Clauses 8.2(1) and 8.2(2).

 

  (4) leave the Premises including fixtures and fittings in a clean and reasonable state of repair

 

  (5) return all keys and other devices and codes for access to the Landlord or the Landlord’s Agent.

 

8.3 If the Tenant fails to remove the Tenant’s Chattels as required by Clause 8.2 the Landlord may:

 

  (a) remove and store the Tenants Chattels at the Tenant’s risk and expense; or

 

  (b) treat the Tenant’s Chattels as if the Tenant had abandoned its interest in it and the Tenant’s Chattels has become the Landlord’s property and may deal with it as the Landlord thinks fit without being liable to account to the Tenant.

 

8.4 After Termination or the expiry of the Lease the Tenant remains liable for payments in respect of periods prior to such Termination or expiry.

 

8.5 The Tenant will ensure that its employees, invitees, agents and licensees comply with the terms of this Agreement and any Rules relating to it.

 

8.6 For the purpose of Clause 8.1(5) land tax will be calculated as if the Land was the only land owned by the Landlord in New South Wales.

 

9. Quiet Enjoyment

The Tenant performing its obligations under this Agreement may use the Premises without interruption or disturbance from the Landlord or persons claiming through or under the Landlord.

 


10. Landlord’s Rights and Responsibilities

 

10.1 On delivery of possession of the Premises the Landlord will ensure the Premises are:

 

  (1) safe and fit to occupy.

 

  (2) clean

 

  (3) in compliance with state and local authority building regulations

 

  (4) insured as part of the Commercial Building against all reasonable insurable contingencies in broad cover form (including public liability) such policies are to be maintained for the Lease Term of this Agreement.

 

10.2 It is the Landlord’s responsibility to:

 

  (1) provide to the Tenant, at the start of the Lease Term, a stamped copy of this Agreement duly signed by both parties.

 

  (2) promptly carry out repairs of a structural nature except where such repairs have become necessary as a result of the actions of the Tenant. (refer Clause 8.1(1))

 

  (3) maintain services for the Premises including services used in common with the Landlord and other Tenants

 

  (4) serve upon the Tenant written notice of any defect, requiring the Tenant to make repairs in accordance with any covenant expressed or implied in this Agreement.

 

  (5) issue to the Tenant all relevant tax invoices for receipt of payments made by the Tenant throughout the Lease Term that may be reasonably required to be held for tax purposes by the Australian Tax Office.

 

  (6) make payment of all costs relating to the Landlord’s management of the Premises.

 

10.3 On the giving of 2 days notice to the Tenant, the Landlord may at reasonable times enter the Premises for the purposes of:

 

  (1) viewing the state of repair of the Premises
  (2) performing any building and other repair work in accordance with Clause 10.2(2) and 10.2(3) or those works that the Tenant has failed to complete in accordance with Clause 8.1(4)

 

  (3) carrying out requirements of state, local or other competent authorities.

 

10.4 In the case of a proposed sale or reletting of the Premises the Landlord may at all reasonable times access the Premises with prospective purchasers or tenants.

 

10.5 The Landlord may in cases of:

 

  (a) Emergency; or

 

  (b) if reasonable evidence suggests the Premises has been abandoned

enter the Premises without first giving notice to the Tenant.

 

10.6 If the Tenant fails to carry out any of its obligations hereunder the Landlord may after giving notice in accordance with Section 129 of the Conveyancing Act 1919 rectify such breach and recover any expenditure from the Tenant.

 

11. Strata Plan

 

11.1 If during the Lease Term the Landlord determines to register a Strata Plan in relation to, or affecting the Premises, the Tenant will consent if requested by the Landlord to the Strata Plan.

 

11.2 Subsequent to registration of the Strata Plan, compliance by the Landlord with the Strata Plan will not amount to default by the Landlord under this Agreement.

 

11.3 The Landlord will comply with by-laws except in so far as such compliance would be contrary to the terms of this Agreement.

 

11.4 If required by the Landlord the Tenant will, at the cost of the Landlord, surrender the existing Agreement and enter into a new Agreement on the same Terms and Conditions as this Agreement save as follows:

 

  (1) the new Agreement shall commence from the date of surrender and terminate on the date this Agreement would have otherwise expired.

 

  (2) the provisions of the Agreement will be altered to the extent necessary to enable compliance with the Strata Plan.

 

  (3) Outgoings will include levies payable by the Landlord in accordance with the Strata Plan.
 


12. Damage or Destruction

 

12.1 Where the Premises becomes wholly or partially unfit for the Tenant to occupy due to damage or destruction, not caused by the Tenant or the Tenant’s Employees, the Landlord will adjust the Rent and other amounts payable by the Tenant in accordance with the degree of damage or destruction until the Premises are restored and made fit for the Tenant to occupy.

 

12.2 The Landlord is not required to restore the Premises. However should the Landlord not notify the Tenant of its intention to restore the Premises within one month of the date of damage or destruction either party may give one month’s notice terminating the Tenancy.

 

12.3 Termination under this Clause is without prejudice to the rights of either party for any antecedent breach or non observance of any provision of this Agreement.

 

12.4 Should the damage or destruction have been caused or contributed to by the Tenant or its employees or should the Tenant or Tenant’s employees actions result in the Landlord’s insurer refusing to indemnify, Clause 12.1 and 12.2 will not apply.

 

12.5 In the case of any dispute arising under Clause 12, the provisions of Clause 25 will apply, however if the dispute is not resolved, the same shall be referred to arbitration under the provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Act 2010 .

 

13. Joint Obligation

In the case of a breach of this Agreement the parties shall take reasonable steps to mitigate damages. Provided however, if the Tenant fails to notify the Landlord in accordance with Clause 8.1(6) the Landlord will not be liable for damages suffered by the Tenant.

 

14. Assignment or Subletting

 

14.1 The Tenant will not assign or sublet without the Landlord’s consent.

 

14.2 The Landlord will not, in the case of suitable assigns, unreasonably refuse to grant the Tenant’s requests where the Tenant is not in default.
14.3 The Tenant will pay the Landlord’s costs in relation to any assignment or subletting.

 

14.4 The proposed assignee shall:

 

  (1) provide suitable references

 

  (2) enter into a written agreement agreeing to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

15. Dealings

The Tenant is not entitled to deal with the Lease or other assets of the business on, in or from the leased Premises by way of security or by way of creating a security interest, without first having obtained the Landlord’s consent, which consent, is at the sole discretion of the Landlord and may be granted upon such terms and conditions as the Landlord considers reasonable.

 

16. Indemnity

 

16.1 The Tenant indemnifies the Landlord from and against all claims including legal actions during or after this agreement arising from;

 

  (a) neglect or default by the Tenant or Tenant’s employees; or

 

  (b) Tenant’s failure to give notice of damage or defect to the Premises; or

 

  (c) damage to person or property caused or contributed to by the Tenant or Tenant’s employees; or

 

  (d) anything the Landlord is required to do under this Agreement unless arising from negligence of the Landlord or its employees

 

16.2 By signing this Agreement the Tenant for itself and its employees agrees that use and occupancy of the Premises will be at the Tenant’s own risk.

 

17. Security Bond

 

17.1 If a requirement for a Security Bond is provided for in Item (8), for the purpose of securing the performance by the Tenant of its obligations under this Agreement, the Tenant must:

 

  (a) lodge with the Landlord a cash deposit; or

 

  (b) arrange for the issue of an unconditional bank guarantee, in favour of the Landlord which does not have an expiry date.
 


17.2 On the sale or the transfer of the Premises the Landlord may assign its right with respect to the Security Bond to the purchaser and upon notifying the Tenant the Landlord will be released from all obligations in relation to the Security Bond. Where the Security Bond is not assignable, the Tenant will cause a replacement guarantee to be issued in favour of the purchaser, the reasonable costs of which will be met by the Landlord. Where a replacement Security Bond has been issued the original must be released to the Tenant.

 

17.3 The Landlord may apply the Tenant’s Security Bond towards compensation for any loss or damage incurred or sustained by the Landlord due to the Tenant’s failure to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

17.4 The Landlord’s exercise of its rights with respect to the Security Bond does not prejudice any other rights of the Landlord arising from a breach of the terms of the Agreement.

 

17.5 The Landlord will as soon as practicable after the end of the Lease Term or any extension of the Lease Term cause to be released, subject to any unsatisfied claim under Clause 17.3, the Security Bond to the Tenant.

 

17.6 The amount of the Security Bond shall be adjusted in each year of the lease, subsequent to the first year, by using the same method as that used for Rent Reviews.

 

18. Tenant’s Default

 

18.1 The following events are considered an act of default by the Tenant:

 

  (a) the Tenant’s failure to pay the Rent or any other monies payable under this Agreement for any period in excess of 7 days after such monies have become due, whether any formal demand is made or not. (Section 85(1)(d) of the Conveyancing Act 1919 is modified accordingly); or

 

  (b) repairs required by any notice are not carried out by the Tenant within the time specified in the notice; or

 

  (c) the Tenant fails to perform or observe any of its covenants or obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (d) the Tenant commits an act of bankruptcy or an act allowing the Tenant’s property
  to become liable to be taken in execution; or

 

  (e) the Tenant, being a corporation, has an administrator, liquidator, or receiver appointed (accept for the purposes of reconstruction).

 

18.2 If the act of default by the Tenant in Clause 18.1(a) is not resolved forthwith or any of the acts of default by the Tenant in 18.1(b) to 18.1(d) are not resolved by the Tenant in accordance with notice from the Landlord under the provisions of Section 129 of the Conveyancing Act 1919 , the Landlord may without limiting other remedies, including action for damages and/or specific performance:

 

  (1) terminate this Agreement in accordance with Clause 26.1

 

  (2) resume possession of the Premises

 

  (3) claim the loss, if any, incurred by the Landlord

 

  (4) continue the Agreement on a periodic basis.

 

19. Stamp Duty

Payment of Stamp Duty and/or all other taxes, levies or fees in relation to this Agreement are the responsibility of the Tenant.

 

20. Professional Fees

All professional fees incurred by the Landlord in relation to this Agreement shall be paid by the Tenant.

 

21. Landlord’s Agent

The parties agree that the landlord may appoint an Agent to administer this Agreement.

 

22. GST

 

22.1 The Tenant is required to pay to the Landlord the GST amount for a taxable supply made to the Tenant under this Agreement on provision by the Landlord of a valid tax invoice.

 

22.2 Unless otherwise expressly stated, all monies payable by the Tenant to the Landlord under this Agreement are expressed exclusive of GST.

 

23. Invoices

 

23.1 The Landlord will issue tax invoices when necessary in respect of all monies owing by the Tenant to the Landlord.

 

23.2 Invoices or statements (original or substituted) given to the Tenant detailing the amounts that the Tenant or the Guarantor (if applicable) must pay to the Landlord under this Agreement are presumed correct when issued.
 


24. Time

 

24.1 Time shall be of the essence regarding the carrying out of either party’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

24.2 Any event that must occur on or before a specified date, in respect to this Agreement, which date does not fall on a Business Day shall be extended to the next Business Day following the specified date.

 

25. Notice of Dispute

In case of disputes either party may serve on the other a notice containing full details of the dispute in which case both parties will use their best endeavors to settle the dispute without recourse to litigation

 

26. Termination

 

26.1 The Landlord may give notice terminating this Agreement if:

 

  (a) the Tenant fails to remedy a default; or

 

  (b) the Premises is permanently unfit for the Tenant to occupy in accordance with Clause 12.

 

26.2 If the Tenant fails to vacate the Premises upon receiving notice in accordance with Clause 26.1 the Tenant is liable to pay compensation to the Landlord for any loss occasioned by the Landlord resultant upon that failure and the receipt of funds by the Landlord shall not create a new Tenancy.

 

26.3 In the case of default, and the tenancy under this Agreement continuing (in accordance with notice given by the Landlord) on a periodic basis, the Tenant may continue to occupy the Premises on a periodic basis on the terms and conditions determined by the Landlord, but without prejudice to any rights accruing to the Landlord under this Agreement.

 

26.4 Should the landlord be in breach of its provisions of this Agreement the Tenant may give to the Landlord notice in writing to remedy such breach. If within 14 days after receipt of such notice the Landlord has not taken steps to remedy the breach the Tenant may terminate this
  Agreement by giving 30 days notice in writing to the Landlord.

 

27. Entire Agreement

This Agreement forms the entire Agreement between the parties and each party has entered into this Agreement after making their own enquiries and without relying on representations not contained herein.

 

28. Special Conditions

Any Special Conditions to this Agreement shall form part of this Agreement. Should there be any inconsistency between the Terms of Agreement and the Special Conditions the Special Conditions shall apply.

 

29. Interest on Overdue Monies

 

29.1 Any monies payable under this Lease Contract, (or any judgment given in respect of this Lease Contract) not paid when due will attract Interest from the due date for payment, to the date of payment at the rate prescribed in Item (14). If no rate is prescribed, the rate will be equivalent to the Lessor’s bank overdraft rate plus 2%.

 

29.2 Interest due will not be payable until notice is given to the lessee by the Lessor in respect to monies owed.

 

30. Notices

 

30.1 Any notice to be served on any party under this Agreement shall be in writing and may be served on that party:

 

  (a) by delivering the notice to the party personally; or

 

  (b) by leaving it for the party at the party’s address as stated in Items (2), (3) and (4); or

 

  (c) by posting it to the party, by registered mail as a letter addressed to the party at the address as stated in Items (2), (3) or (4); or

 

  (d) by facsimile to the party’s facsimile number in Items (2), (3) or (4).

 

30.2 A notice so posted shall be deemed to have been served, unless the contrary is shown, at the time when, by the ordinary course of post, the notice would be delivered.

 

30.3 Notices must be served before 5pm on a Business Day, failing which, such Notice will be deemed to have been served on the next Business Day.
 


31. Guarantor

 

31.1 In consideration of the Landlord granting this Lease to the Tenant at the Guarantor’s request, the Guarantor guarantees to the Landlord:

 

  (1) the payment by the Tenant of the Rent and other money agreed to be paid; and

 

  (2) prompt performance and observance of all of the Tenant’s covenants and obligations contained or implied in this Agreement; and

 

  (3) indemnifies the Landlord against all claims which the Landlord may suffer or incur in connection with any breach or default by the Tenant under this Agreement or any extension or renewal of the Lease Term.

 

31.2 The liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee and indemnity will not be affected by the granting of time or any other indulgence to the Tenant or by the compounding compromise, release or variation of any of the rights of the Landlord against the Tenant.

 

32. Provision of Documents

The parties agree and confirm this Agreement may be forwarded electronically if the recipient has provided an email address or facsimile number in the Item Schedule to this Agreement.

 

33. Severability

Should any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction determine any term, provision or obligation of this Agreement to be void, illegal or unenforceable by law, that term, provision or obligation must be read down to the extent possible or removed from the Agreement whilst keeping the operation of the remainder of the Lease in effect.

NOTE

 

(1) This Agreement is not suitable, nor intended to be used for leases under the Residential Tenancies Act 2010 and/or the Retail Leases Act 1994 .

 

(2) Parties to this Agreement should refer to the Conveyancing Act 1919 Schedule 4 Part 2 for clarification of short form covenants where used in this Agreement. (Refer to Clauses 8.1(1),
  8.1(4), 8.1(5), 8.1(13), 8.1(18), 8.2(1), 9, 10.3, 12 and 14)

 

(3) Any lease of a term longer than 3 years will require registration under the Real Property Act 1990 in which case this document will form a schedule to the Land & Property Information NSW (LPI) Lease Form 07L.
 


Addendum

 

F1. Special Conditions

 

    Tenant to be responsible for cleaning and rubbish removal

 

    The tenant agrees neither to change any lock nor fit any lock on the premises without the express approval in writing of the Landlord or Agent. If permission is obtained, a copy of the new keys must be immediately provided to the Agent or Landlord. In default, the Landlord or Agent is authorized to have a locksmith gain access; any cost incurred will be borne by the Tenant/s.

 

    Lessee to be responsible for all lease preparation and disbursements costs.

 

    The lessee/s agree to pay all water usage charges as may be levied at the premises under a “User Pays” billing system where applied by the local Water Authority (as a %).

 

    Tenant is responsible for electricity costs.

 

    The fridge, microwave and dishwasher will be left as part of the kitchen and it will be up to the tenant to maintain or replace them if necessary.

 

    Tenant is responsible for all repairs and maintenance except those which may be structural.

 

    Lessee responsible for all air conditioning repairs & maintenance as well as cleaning of the filters. They must engage a reputable air conditioning maintenance contractor to conduct regular maintenance checks.

 

    The lessee will take all reasonable precautions to keep the interior of the premises free of rodents, vermin, insect pests, birds and animals, sealing any food products in air tight containers and employ from time to time pest exterminators approved by the lessors.

 

    All rent is due and payable by the due date. Should the rent fall in arrears of more than 5 working days at any time there will be a $25 fee payable as administration costs to cover any notice that needs to be served for the collection of arrears of rent or overdue outgoings.
 

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO LOGO

[date]

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

[name]

[address]

Dear [name]

LETTER OF APPOINTMENT

I am pleased to offer you the position of [title] with Benitec Biopharma Limited (“Company”) in accordance with the terms set out in this letter (“Agreement”).

The major conditions of your appointment are set out below. It is important that you read and understand these conditions. If you require clarification on any matter please contact me as soon as possible and I will be happy to discuss any aspect of this offer with you.

If you agree to the terms of this offer would you please sign the Declaration at the end of this document and return a signed original to the Company as soon as possible. Please retain a copy for your own records.

If you have any queries, feel free to contact me.

 

1. Position

 

1.1 The Company offers you a full-time position of [title] on a 5 day per week basis, effective from [date].

In your position, you will report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). You will be required to undertake duties as described in the Position Description set out in Annexure A or as varied from time to time by the Company.

The Position Description will be developed further with you once you have established familiarity with the Company’s Program activities to date and you have an understanding of the Company’s strategies.

 

1.2 Your duties include, but are not limited to:

 

  (a) performing the tasks contained in the Job Description or as directed by the CEO or the Company;

 

  (b) without limitation to clause 1.2(a), utilise your inventive faculty and apply such faculty to make or discover inventions;

 

  (c) satisfactorily carrying out your duties as determined by the CEO;

 

  (d) taking all reasonable steps to meet performance criteria established by the Company from time to time;


  (e) complying with all reasonable directions and Company policies in place from time to time, including the Company Code of Conduct; and

 

  (f) carrying out such other duties as may be reasonably requested by the Company from time to time.

 

1.3 Your ordinary hours of work will be 40 hours per week between 9am and 5pm on a full time (5 days, Monday to Friday) basis.

 

1.4 You agree and acknowledge that, having regard to the Company’s workload and the scope and responsibility of your position, you may be required to work reasonable hours beyond those hours should circumstances require.

 

1.5 The position will require you to work from the Company’s offices located at F6A/1-15 Barr Street, Balmain NSW 2041, as well work to be performed at the request of the Company at any other location. You will be expected to travel domestically and internationally as part of your role.

 

2. Remuneration

 

2.1 The Company will pay a gross annual remuneration package of AUD $[xxx,000] per annum plus superannuation contributions in accordance with legislative requirements.

 

2.2 You acknowledge and agree that the salary referred to in this clause 2 has been set specifically having regard to any and all entitlements that may apply now, or in the future, under an industrial award, enterprise agreement or the the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth), as amended from time to time, (“Act”) including reasonable additional hours, shift penalties, overtime and allowances (howsoever described). It is agreed that the Company may apply any over award salary or remuneration in satisfaction of its obligation to provide such award benefits.

 

2.3 The Company can offer you flexibility within your gross annual remuneration to allow you to salary sacrifice and the Company will add that salary sacrifice to its contribution to the superannuation scheme. Any actual increase in the Company contribution to the superannuation scheme is subject to legislative rules at the time. The minimum company superannuation contribution is set by legislation.

 

2.4 The Company will meet the cost of reasonable and verifiable out of pocket expenses necessarily incurred in carrying out your duties. Expenses in excess of $200 must be approved by the CEO or Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) in advance of expenditure. Examples include mobile phone, home office internet connection charges, parking fees, tram, train and taxi fares and the like.


3. Salary Review – Performance Measures

 

3.1 The CEO intends to review your gross salary package every 12 months against your performance and as a result of such performance the CEO may, in his sole discretion, increase or not make any changes to your salary and pay or not pay a bonus whether in the form of cash, share options or both. The first of such annual reviews will be held in [month,year].

 

3.2 Your performance will be reviewed against key performance criteria set by the CEO soon after entry into this Agreement. It is intended that subsequent key performance criteria will be set every 6 months in each year. The key performance criteria will set strategic objectives, required competencies and performance measures that you will be measured against.

 

3.3 The CEO intends to conduct performance and development reviews every 6 months and any decision made by the CEO in respect of such performance milestones will be final and binding on both parties.

 

4. Benitec Employee Staff Long Term Incentive arrangements

You are aware that Benitec is presently reviewing its staff Long Term Incentive arrangements and you may be granted securities under the revised arrangements consistent with offers made to other staff. The granting to you of securities under the Staff Long Term Incentive arrangements will be dependent upon the CEO assessment of your performance which includes achievement of pre-agreed performance targets. The number of securities, their pricing and vesting details will be agreed between you and the CEO and will then require approval of the Board.

 

5. Payment

Your salary will accrue and be payable monthly one half in advance and one half in arrears by equal instalments on or about the 15 th of each month by electronic funds transfer to a bank account nominated by you.

 

6. Annual leave and long service leave

 

6.1 You will be entitled to four weeks’ annual leave pro rata per year of service in accordance with the Act. You will be encouraged to take your full entitlement each year.

 

6.2 Payment for the period of leave will be on the basis of the ordinary time you would have worked had you not been on annual leave.

 

6.3 Annual leave must be taken at a time or times to be approved by the Company.

 

6.4 You will be entitled to long service leave entitlements in accordance with the long service leave legislation applicable to the Company’s employment.


7. Personal/Carer’s and compassionate leave

 

7.1 You will be entitled to 10 days’ paid personal/carer’s leave per year of service pro rata if you:

 

  (a) cannot attend work due to illness; or

 

  (b) need to care or support an immediate family member or other member of your household due to their illness or unexpected emergency.

 

7.2 Untaken paid personal/carer’s leave accumulates from year to year but will not be paid out on termination.

 

7.3 In addition, you will be granted two days’ unpaid carer’s leave if you have exhausted paid personal/carer’s leave and you provide proof in accordance with clause 7.5. Rights under this clause 7.3 arise each time you need to care for or support an immediate family member or other member of your household due to their illness or unexpected emergency.

 

7.4 You are entitled to two days’ paid compassionate leave in the event of the death or a serious life-threatening illness or injury of an immediate family member or member of your household. Untaken compassionate leave does not accumulate from year to year and will not be paid out if your employment ends.

 

7.5 The Company may require you to provide a medical certificate or, if it is not reasonably practicable to do so, a statutory declaration for any absence from work for personal/carer’s or compassionate leave.

 

7.6 You must give the Company notice of your taking of personal/carer’s or compassionate leave as soon as practicable. You must also advise the Company of the period or expected period of leave.

 

8. Parental leave

You will be provided with parental leave in accordance with the Act on a pro rata basis.

 

9. Community service leave

You may be entitled to community service leave in accordance with the Act.

 

10. Alternative Employment

During your employment you cannot, without the prior written consent of the Company, be engaged, concerned or interested directly or indirectly in any capacity in any trade or business other than the Company nor will you directly or indirectly acquire or attain any financial interest in any business or other enterprise similar or of substantially similar nature to the business of the Company without the prior written approval of the Company. This clause does not prevent you from holding any investments listed on a Stock Exchange.

 

11. Best Endeavours

You agree throughout your term of employment to act conscientiously and diligently and in the best interests of the Company and use your best endeavours to promote and enhance the business reputation and affairs of the Company.


12. Statements by Employee

 

12.1 You agree to abstain from making any slanderous, misleading or deceptive statements in relation to the Company, its clients, competitors and your fellow employees and you further agree to abstain from publishing, whether by way of electronic mail, voice mail or otherwise material of a defamatory, misleading or deceptive nature. You will not make any statements to the press without the prior approval of the Chair of the Board, or failing the Chair of the Board, one of the non-executive directors of the Company.

 

12.2 You warrant that during the course of your employment you will not disclose to or discuss with your colleagues (other than the CEO) the terms of your employment contract including your salary and other benefits.

 

13. Confidential Information

 

13.1 You acknowledge the Company’s rights to preserve and protect the confidentiality of its confidential information and all such confidential information received or generated by you during the course of your employment.

 

13.2 You shall not during and after your employment, except as authorised or required by your duties, reveal to any person or persons any the Company confidential information which may come to your knowledge during your employment and keep with complete secrecy all confidential information entrusted to you and not use or attempt to use any such information in any matter which may injure or cause loss or be likely to injure or cause loss either directly or indirectly to the Company or its business.

 

13.3 You acknowledge and agree that the undertakings given by you in relation to confidential information will survive any termination of employment and will continue in force until such time as the confidential information has legally come into the public domain.

 

13.4 You agree to use your best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any confidential information by any third party and upon becoming aware of any actual or apprehended publication or disclosure of any confidential information you agree to inform the Company immediately.

 

13.5 You will not at any time without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld or given with conditions, copy or take extracts from the confidential information or remove any item of confidential information from the Company’s premises except as authorised by the Company. Where such confidential information is to be taken from the Company’s premises with the Company’s consent, you agree to adopt and maintain all reasonable precautions as are prudent or desirable in order to safeguard the confidentiality of the confidential information and to prevent the disclosure of the confidential information to persons other than those approved and permitted by the Company.

 

14. Disciplinary Action

You agree that in a situation where the Company is required to investigate a disciplinary incident or complaint it may be necessary to suspend (with or without loss of pay) the employee whose alleged actions are the subject of the investigation while the investigation is being undertaken.


15. Termination of Employment

 

15.1 The Company may terminate this Agreement by giving three month’s prior written notice to you.

 

15.2 You may terminate this Agreement on giving the Company three month’s prior written notice.

 

15.3 The Company reserves the right to pay out your notice period and have you leave on the day of your notice.

 

15.4 Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, your employment may be terminated immediately by the Company without prior notice to you at any time if you:

 

  (a) commit any serious or persistent breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  (b) commit any act of wilful or serious misconduct or negligence in the discharge of your duties. By way of example only, as currently framed, serious misconduct under the Act includes but is not limited to theft, fraud, assault, being intoxicated at work or the refusal to carry out a lawful and reasonable instruction that is consistent with the terms and conditions of your employment;

 

  (c) become bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with your creditors;

 

  (d) become of unsound mind or under the control of any committee or officer under any law relating to mental health;

 

  (e) are convicted of any criminal offence other than an offence which in the reasonable opinion of the Company does not affect your position; or

 

  (f) become permanently incapacitated by accident or illness from performing your duties under this Agreement. For the purposes of this clause, incapacity rendering you unable to perform his or her duties for a period aggregating more than 3 months in any 6 month period, or for any period beyond 3 consecutive months, is deemed to be permanent incapacity.

 

15.5 Upon termination of your employment for any reason, you will immediately return any property belonging to the Company including without limitation all Confidential Information, tools, vehicles, uniforms and equipment in your power, possession or control.

 

16. Redundancy

In the event that your position becomes redundant, the terms and conditions in regard to your retrenchment will be in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures and any relevant legislation, including the Act. The minimum period of notice would be provided in accordance with clause 16.1.

 

17. Intellectual Property

 

17.1 For the purposes of this clause:

“Intellectual Property Rights” means any and all intellectual and industrial property rights throughout the world including without limitation rights in respect of or in connection with any Confidential Information, copyright (including future copyright and rights in the nature of or analogous to copyright), moral rights, inventions, patents, trademarks, service marks, designs, circuit layout, patentable idea, trade secrets, plan to variety rights, know-how, technology and all other like rights whether or not now existing and whether or not registered or registrable and includes any right to apply for the registration of such rights and includes all renewals and extensions.


17.2 You acknowledge that in the course of your employment you may be required to create material which gives rise to Intellectual Property Rights. You further acknowledge and agree that any Intellectual Property Rights which you conceive, make, invent or suggest, at any time during the terms of this Agreement whether during or outside business hours, which is in any way connected with your employment by the Company or with work or tests carried out by the Company or any related corporation to the Company must be immediately communicated to the Company and are and remain the property of the Company to deal with as it sees fit.

 

17.3 You assign upon creation to the Company or any related corporation nominated by the directors of the Company any and all rights you may have in relation to any Intellectual Property Rights specified in clause 18.2 and you agree to execute all documents and do all things that the Company may reasonably request in connection with the obtaining of any intellectual property protection and/or registration by the Company or its nominee in relation to any such Intellectual Property Rights.

 

17.4 You irrevocably appoint severally the Company and each director and secretary for the time being of the Company to be your attorney in your name and on your behalf to execute all such instruments and do all such things and generally to use your name for the purpose of assuring to the Company (or its nominee) the full benefit of provisions of this clause.

 

18. Moral Rights

You acknowledge that, in respect of any moral rights that you may have by operation of Part IX of the Copyright Act 1968 (Cth) in respect of any work or material created by you in the course of your employment, you irrevocably consent to any acts or omissions of the Company, and any entities granted rights by the Company, in using, modifying or reproducing that work or material that may or would constitute an infringement of your moral rights.

 

19. Employee Activities

 

19.1 You agree to refrain from acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Company or any of its related companies in any manner outside the directions given and authority granted to you by the Company.

 

19.2 You warrant that at the date of signing this Agreement there are no impediments in undertaking the duties set out in this Agreement. If any such impediments arise in the future, you will immediately advise the Company of the full details of any such issues.

 

20. Health and Safety

 

20.1 You agree to comply with all the Company’s policies and procedures and agree to undergo any medical examination or drug or alcohol test that may be required by the Company; all expenses of which will be met by the Company. Testing may be by urine or blood sample.

 

20.2 The Company will take all reasonable steps to ensure that all examinations, tests and their results concerning you remain confidential.

 

20.3 Information arising from a medical examination or drug or alcohol test will not be released by the Company except:

 

  (a) to obtain legal advice;

 

  (b) in relation to legal proceedings to which the Company is a party and which relates to your employment;

 

  (c) if required by law; or


  (d) with your prior written consent.

 

21. Inducements

You must not accept any payment or other benefit as an inducement or reward for any act in connection with the business of the Company, other than under this Agreement.

 

22. Declaration of Interest

You shall not have any direct or indirect pecuniary interests in any business, club, organisation, corporation or group that would in any way compromise the performance of your duties unless that disclosure of that direct or indirect interest has been made to the Company and you have complied with any reasonable written directions.

 

23. Governing Law

This agreement will be governed by the laws of New South Wales.

Your contribution in this role will be vital to the Company and its future success. We look forward to receiving your acceptance of this offer.

Yours sincerely

Benitec Biopharma Limited

Dr PETER FRENCH

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

DECLARATION AND AGREEMENT

I acknowledge that I have read and I understand and accept the provisions of this Agreement regarding my employment with the Company.

 

Signature:

 

Name:
Date:      /      /     


LOGO

APPENDIX A

Job Description

[title]

 

    [insert job description]

Exhibit 10.9

 

Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance
Benitec Biopharma Limited

The party listed in the Schedule

 


Table of contents

 

 

1.

Definitions and interpretation

  1   

2.

Company Books

  5   

3.

Officer’s indemnity

  7   

4.

Insurance

  11   

5.

Payment of Legal Costs for proceedings against D&O insurer

  12   

6.

Payments

  13   

7.

Independent professional advice

  14   

8.

Notices

  14   

9.

GST

  14   

10.

General provisions

  15   

Schedule 1

  17   

The Officer

  17   

 

i Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


Title Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance
Date
Parties Benitec Biopharma Limited (ACN 068 943 662) of F6A/1-15 Barr Street, Balmain, NSW, 2041, Australia ( Company )
The party listed in the Schedule in the party’s capacity as a director, secretary or public officer ( Officer )

Recitals

 

A The Officer has been appointed as a director of the Company or a Related Body Corporate.

 

B The Company wishes, amongst other things, to give the Officer access to certain documents and indemnify and insure the Officer on the terms of this Deed.

 

C To the extent that the benefits given to the Officer under this Deed are financial benefits, the parties consider them to be reasonable in the circumstances of the Company.

 

D Nothing in this Deed is intended to replace or reduce the Officer’s duties to the Company or a Related Body Corporate under any law.

Operative provisions

 

 

 

1. Definitions and interpretation

Definitions

 

1.1 In this Deed unless the context requires otherwise:

Access Period means the time on and from the Appointment Date and ending on the later of:

 

  (a) seven years after the Cessation Date; or

 

  (b) where an Action is commenced prior to the date referred to in paragraph (a), the date of final determination of the Action.

ACL means the Australian Consumer Law , schedule 2 to the CCA as implemented under Commonwealth, State and Territory laws.

Action means any actual, threatened or reasonably apprehended action, proceeding, investigation, inquiry, examination, subpoena, notice to produce a document, notice requiring disclosure of information or hearing (whether criminal, civil, administrative or judicial) brought against, involving or likely to involve the Officer in the Officer’s capacity as a director, secretary or public officer of the Company or a Related Body Corporate.

Appointment Date means the date of appointment of the Officer as a director, secretary or public officer of the Company or a Related Body Corporate.

Appointment Period means the period on and from the Appointment Date to the Cessation Date.

 

1 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


APRA means the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.

ASIC means the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

ASX means the Australian Securities Exchange.

Authority means:

 

  (a) APRA, ASIC, ASX and any other commissions, tribunals or regulatory agencies;

 

  (b) a department of any Government Agency;

 

  (c) a public authority;

 

  (d) an instrumentality agent or appointee of the Crown in right of the Commonwealth, in right of a State or in right of a Territory or the equivalent of any of them in any other jurisdiction; and

 

  (e) any other body exercising statutory or prerogative power.

Board means the board of directors of the Company or a Related Body Corporate of which the Officer is or has been a director, secretary or public officer.

Board Papers means all documents given or made available to the Board or tabled at meetings of the Board (including, without limitation, board papers, submissions, minutes, letters, board committee and sub-committee papers) and any other documents in the possession of the Company or a Related Body Corporate which are referred to (directly or by implication) in those documents.

Business Day means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, a public holiday or bank holiday in Sydney.

CCA means the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth).

Cessation Date means the date on which the Officer ceases to be a director, secretary or public officer of the Company or a Related Body Corporate provided that the Officer is deemed not to have ceased to be a director, secretary or public officer where the Officer resigns by rotation at a general meeting under the Constitution and is re-elected at that meeting.

Company Books means registers, financial reports and records, documents, other records of information and Board Papers of the Company or a Related Body Corporate.

Constitution means the constitution of the Company or a Related Body Corporate.

Control has the meaning given in the Corporations Act and Controlled has a corresponding meaning.

Controller has the meaning given in the Corporations Act.

Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

D&O Insurance means an insurance policy provided by and maintained with a reputable insurance company for the benefit of (amongst others) the Officer and reasonably acceptable to the Officer which insures the Officer against liability for acts or omissions of the Officer in the Officer’s capacity (or, as the case may be, former capacity) as a director, secretary or public officer of the Company or a Related Body Corporate other than a liability referred to in section 199B of the Corporations Act.

 

2 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


Deed means this Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance.

Excluded Liability means a Liability which the Company is prohibited by law (including section 199B of the Corporations Act) from insuring against.

External Administrator means a liquidator, provisional liquidator, Controller or an administrator.

Government Agency means:

 

  (a) a government, whether foreign, federal, state, territorial or local or a department, office or minister of a government acting in that capacity; or

 

  (b) a commission, delegate, instrumentality, agency, board, or other government, semi-government, judicial, administrative, monetary or fiscal body, department, tribunal, entity or authority, whether statutory or not, and includes any self-regulatory organisation established under statute or any stock exchange.

Liability means a liability, whether actual or contingent, present or future, quantified or unquantified.

Legal Costs means a Liability comprising legal costs or expenses.

Related Body Corporate means a related body corporate of the Company within the meaning of sections 9 and 50 of the Corporations Act.

Tax means:

 

  (a) a tax, levy, charge, impost, deduction, withholding or duty of any nature (including stamp and transaction duty and GST) at any time imposed or levied by any Government Agency or required to be remitted to, or collected, withheld or assessed by, any Government Agency; and

 

  (b) any related interest, expense, fine, penalty or other charge on those amounts;

and includes any amount that a person is required to pay to another person on account of that other person’s liability for Tax.

Third Party means a person other than the Company or a Related Body Corporate and includes an insurer.

Interpretation

 

1.2 In this Deed:

 

  (a) unless the context otherwise requires, a reference:

 

  (i) to the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

  (ii) to a gender includes all genders;

 

  (iii) to a document (including this Deed) is a reference to that document (including any schedules and annexures) as amended, consolidated, supplemented, novated or replaced;

 

  (iv) to an agreement includes any undertaking, representation, deed, agreement or legally enforceable arrangement or understanding whether written or not;

 

3 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


  (v) to parties means the parties to this Deed and in whose favour this Deed is given and to a party means a party to this Deed or in whose favour this Deed is given;

 

  (vi) to an item, recital, clause, schedule or annexure is to an item, recital, clause, schedule or annexure of or to this Deed;

 

  (vii) to a notice means all notices, approvals, demands, requests, nominations or other communications given by one party to another under or in connection with this Deed;

 

  (viii) to a person (including any party) includes a reference to an individual, company, other body corporate, association, partnership, firm, joint venture, trust or Government Agency as the case requires;

 

  (ix) to a person (including any party) includes the person’s successors, permitted assigns, executors and administrators;

 

  (x) to a law:

 

  (A) includes a reference to any constitutional provision, subordinate legislation, treaty, decree, convention, statute, regulation, rule, ordinance, proclamation, by-law, judgment, rule of common law or equity or rule of any applicable stock exchange;

 

  (B) is a reference to that law as amended, consolidated, supplemented or replaced; and

 

  (C) is a reference to any regulation, rule, ordinance, proclamation, by-law or judgment made under that law;

 

  (xi) to liquidation includes official management, appointment of an administrator, compromise, arrangement, merger, amalgamation, reconstruction, winding-up, dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, scheme, composition or arrangement with creditors, insolvency, bankruptcy, or any similar procedure or, where applicable, changes in the constitution of any partnership or person, or death;

 

  (xii) to a body, other than a party to this Deed (including, without limitation, an institute, association or authority), whether statutory or not:

 

  (A) which ceases to exist; or

 

  (B) whose powers or functions are transferred to another body;

 

  (C) is a reference to the body which replaces it or which substantially succeeds to its powers or functions;

 

  (xiii) to proceedings includes litigation, arbitration and investigation;

 

  (xiv) to a judgment includes an order, injunction, decree, determination or award of any court or tribunal;

 

  (xv) the word including or includes means including, but not limited to, or includes, without limitation;

 

  (b) where a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical forms have a corresponding meaning;

 

4 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


  (c) headings are for convenience only and do not affect interpretation;

 

  (d) if a payment or other act must (but for this clause) be made or done on a day which is not a Business Day, then it must be made or done on the next Business Day;

 

  (e) if a period occurs from, after or before a day or the day of an act or event, it excludes that day; and

 

  (f) all references to time are to Sydney, New South Wales, Australia time.

 

1.3 If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Deed and the terms of engagement of the Officer as a director, secretary or public officer of the Company or a Related Body Corporate, this Deed prevails to the extent of the conflict or inconsistency.

 

 

 

2. Company Books

Right of access

 

2.1 The rights of access to and taking copies of the Company Books that the Officer has under the Corporations Act are acknowledged by the Company and the Company agrees to extend those rights by extending the authorised purposes of those rights to:

 

  (a) the purpose of any investigation or inquiry by any Authority or External Administrator:

 

  (i) into the affairs of the Company or a Related Body Corporate during the time that the Officer is or was an Officer of the Company or the Related Body Corporate; or

 

  (ii) relating to, arising out of or in any way connected to an Action; or

 

  (b) any other proper purpose relevant to the Director’s present or former capacity as a director of the Company or a Related Body Corporate and approved by the Board or the Board’s delegate.

Access to Company Books

 

2.2 Subject to clause 2.3, during the Access Period, the Company must:

 

  (a) upon receiving reasonable notice from the Officer (specifying the reason for the request), allow the Officer or a legal representative of the Officer at no cost to the officer access to those Company Books that relate to the Officer’s Appointment Period:

 

  (i) at any time during business hours; or

 

  (ii) at a reasonable time outside business hours by agreement between the Company and the Officer; and

 

  (iii) at the Company’s registered office, or at a time and place otherwise agreed between the Company and the Officer;

 

  (b) at the Officer’s reasonable request, provide to the Officer at no charge copies of Company Books that relate to the Officer’s Appointment Period; and

 

  (c) procure each Related Body Corporate to do what is required under clauses 2.2(a) and 2.2(b).

 

5 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


Access by an Officer’s legal representatives under this clause 2.2 is subject to those advisers agreeing to maintain confidentiality under clause 2.6(a).

Access after Cessation Date

 

2.3 Unless the Board agrees otherwise, during the Access Period after the Cessation Date the Officer will have the right to access, and take copies of, Company Books under clause 2.2 only if:

 

  (a) the Officer is, or is likely to be, defending or appearing in an Action; and

 

  (b) the Officer requests access to Company Books solely for the purpose of obtaining advice for, defending or preparing to defend, or appearing or preparing to appear in that Action.

Obligation to retain

 

2.4 During the Access Period, the Company must keep (and must procure each Related Body Corporate to keep):

 

  (a) a complete set of Board Papers that relate to the Appointment Period; and

 

  (b) Company Books other than Board Papers under the ordinary course document management policies of the Company or a Related Body Corporate, as applicable.

Maintenance of Company Books

 

2.5 The Company and any Related Body Corporate of which the Officer is or has been a director, secretary or public officer must:

 

  (a) keep Company Books in chronological order and store them in a secure place;

 

  (b) nominate a person responsible for safe custody and retention of Company Books;

 

  (c) have document management policies in place and ensure compliance with such policies; and

 

  (d) on the Officer’s written request, inform the Officer about the Company’s document management policies and system.

Confidentiality undertakings by the Officer

 

2.6 The Officer agrees:

 

  (a) to keep confidential the Company Books except that the Officer may, subject to clause 2.7, disclose:

 

  (i) the Company Books to the Officer’s lawyers and expert advisers and only for the purpose for which access was originally given to the Officer or to the extent necessary to obtain advice for, defend or prepare to defend, or appear or prepare to appear in any Action;

 

  (ii) those parts of the Company Books which are relevant to an Action in which the Officer is a party, to the other parties to the Action where this is necessary for the purposes of the Action;

 

  (iii) the Company Books as required by law;

 

  (iv) information in the Company Books that is available publicly otherwise than because the Officer contravened this Deed;

 

  (v) the Company Books to the Officer’s insurers in connection with effecting, maintaining or complying with the terms of an insurance policy;

 

6 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


provided that, in respect of paragraphs (i), (ii) and (v) the recipient has agreed to maintain confidentiality in a manner acceptable to the Company;

 

  (b) to use the Company Books to which access has been given only for the requested purpose; and

 

  (c) where the Officer proposes to disclose the Company Books to a Third Party under clause 2.6(a), the Officer will inform the Company of the Officer’s intentions to do so and the Officer will use his or her best endeavours to ensure that the Company Books are only disclosed under any lawful confidentiality restrictions required by the Company.

Notification of privileged documents

 

2.7 If access is given under this clause 2, in respect of any Company Books which are the subject of legal professional privilege in favour of the Company or a Related Body Corporate, the Company must notify the Officer:

 

  (a) that a document to which the Officer is to be given or has been given access is the subject of legal professional privilege in favour of the Company or a Related Body Corporate; and

 

  (b) of the general nature of acts, omissions or conduct that could cause that privilege to be waived, extinguished or lost.

Legal professional privilege

 

2.8 The Officer’s right to access and take copies of Company Books under this Deed extends to documents and information to which legal professional privilege attaches in respect of the Company or a Related Body Corporate, except for advice obtained by the Company or a Related Body Corporate in relation to an Action by the Company or a Related Body Corporate against the Officer.

 

2.9 Where any Company Book contains documents or information to which legal professional privilege in respect of the Company or a Related Body Corporate attaches, the disclosure of such documents or information to the Officer is not a waiver of such legal professional privilege.

 

2.10 The Officer must not do anything to waive the legal professional privilege in respect of the Company or a Related Body Corporate, or cause it to be waived, without the prior written consent of the Company or the Related Body Corporate as the case may be.

Return of documents

 

2.11 On request from the Company, the Officer agrees to return (and procure that their advisers return) to the Company all copies of Company Books for which Access Rights were granted when the permitted purpose has finished. This applies even after the Access Period has ended.

 

 

 

3. Officer’s indemnity

Liabilities other than Legal Costs

 

3.1

To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Officer against any Liability (other than Legal Costs, which are dealt with in

 

7 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


  clause 3.2) in connection with their role as an officer of the Company or a Related Body Corporate, other than Liability against which the Company is precluded by law from indemnifying the Officer, including:

 

  (a) a Liability owed to the Company or a Related Body Corporate;

 

  (b) a Liability for a pecuniary penalty order under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 961M, 1317H, 1317HA or 1317HB, of the Corporations Act;

 

  (c) a Liability that is owed to someone other than the Company or a Related Body Corporate and did not arise out of conduct in good faith; or

 

  (d) a Liability to pay a pecuniary penalty under section 76 of the CCA for a contravention of a provision of Part IV of the CCA; or

 

  (e) a Liability to pay a pecuniary penalty under section 224 of the ACL.

Legal Costs

 

3.2 To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Officer against Legal Costs, not limited to taxed costs, incurred by the Officer as an officer of the Company or a Related Body Corporate, including Legal Costs incurred:

 

  (a) in defending or resisting an Action where the outcome of the Action is not yet known; and

 

  (b) in responding to actions taken by ASIC, ASX or any other commissions, tribunals and regulatory agencies, or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing an Action for a court order,

but otherwise excluding Legal Costs incurred:

 

  (c) in defending or resisting an Action where the outcome of the Action is that the Officer is found to have a Liability for which the Officer could not be indemnified under clause 3.1;

 

  (d) in defending or resisting criminal Action where the outcome of the Action is that the Officer is found guilty;

 

  (e) in defending or resisting an Action brought by ASIC, ASX or any other commissions, tribunals and regulatory agencies, or a liquidator, for a court order where the outcome of the Action is that the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established;

 

  (f) in connection with an Action for relief to the Officer under the Corporations Act where the outcome of the Action is that the court denies relief; or

 

  (g) in defending or resisting an Action in which the Officer is found to have a Liability to pay a pecuniary penalty under:

 

  (i) section 76 of the CCA for a contravention of a provision of Part IV of the CCA; or

 

  (ii) section 224 of the ACL.

 

3.3 For the purposes of clause 3.2, the outcome of an Action is the outcome of the Action and any appeal in relation to the Action.

 

8 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


Limitations

 

3.4 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this clause 3, the indemnities in this clause 3 will only apply to the extent that the Officer is not entitled to be indemnified by a Third Party and is not actually indemnified by a Third Party.

 

3.5 If the Company reasonably believes the Officer has not complied with the Officer’s obligations under clause 3.11, the Company will not be liable, and the Officer may not make a claim, under the indemnities in clauses 3.1 and Error! Reference source not found. to the extent that the Liabilities or Legal Costs, as applicable, were increased as a result of that non-compliance.

 

3.6 Payment under clause 6.4 for costs referred to in clause 3.2 will only be made in circumstances where the Officer instigated a civil Action where the Officer reasonably believes, based on legal advice, that the Officer has a duty to instigate the civil Action or will or may expose himself or herself or the Company ti damage or loss as a result of not doing so or:

 

  (a) if the Company acting reasonably and in good faith has first agreed in writing to the instigation of the Action; and

 

  (b) any reasonable terms and conditions notified by the Company to the Officer in relation to the Action, or the conduct of it, have been complied with by the Officer.

 

3.7 Nothing in this Deed obliges the Company to indemnify the Officer or to make an advance or loan in respect of a liability for Legal Costs incurred by the Officer in defending or resisting an Action:

 

  (a) brought or made against the Officer by the Company or a Related Body Corporate; or

 

  (b) brought or made by the Officer against the Company or a Related Body Corporate.

Nature of indemnity

 

3.8 Subject to clauses 3.4 to 3.7, the indemnities in this clause 3:

 

  (a) are unconditional, unlimited and continuing;

 

  (b) indemnify each Officer despite that Officer ceasing to hold any position in the Company or a Related Body Corporate; and

 

  (c) are not to be taken to be wholly or partially discharged by payment of any amounts under this Deed or by any other matter.

 

3.9 The indemnities in this clause 3 are in addition to any indemnity contained in the Constitution and if there is any inconsistency between the indemnities in this clause 3 and any indemnity contained in the Constitution, the indemnities in this clause 3 will prevail to the extent of any inconsistency.

 

3.10 It is not necessary for the Officer to incur an expense or make payment before enforcing a right of indemnity under this Deed.

Obligations of the Officer

 

3.11 The Officer must:

 

  (a) give notice to the Company promptly after becoming aware of any Action or circumstances that could give rise to a claim under this clause 3;

 

9 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


  (b) take all reasonable steps (except commencing litigation) to enforce the Officer’s rights against any insurer or any other person who may be liable to indemnify the Officer in respect of an amount which could give rise to a claim under this clause 3;

 

  (c) take any action that the Company reasonably requests to avoid or mitigate any Liability which could give rise to a claim under this clause 3;

 

  (d) not admit Liability in respect of or settle any Action (which may give rise to claim under this clause 3) without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent must not be unreasonably withheld;

 

  (e) notify the Company immediately of any offer of settlement or compromise received from a person making a Claim;

 

  (f) upon request by the Company, provide all reasonable assistance and co-operation to the Company or a Related Body Corporate or its or their insurers in connection with any Action (including providing the Company or a Related Body Corporate or its or their insurers with any documents, authorities or directions that the Company or a Related Body Corporate or its or their insurers reasonably require for the prosecution of any claim in connection with an Action); and

 

  (g) upon request by the Company, provide all reasonable assistance to enable the Company or a Related Body Corporate or its or their insurers (so far as it is possible) to be subrogated to and enjoy the benefit of the Officer’s rights against any Third Party in relation to an Action or any claim in connection with an Action.

Notification of an Action

 

3.12 The Company will promptly notify the Officer of any Action anticipated, threatened or commenced against the Company or a Related Body Corporate if such Action may involve the Officer or result in a claim against the Officer.

 

3.13 The Company will promptly provide the Officer with a copy of any documentation in the possession of the Company or a Related Body Corporate that relates to an Action referred to in clause 3.12, unless doing so may be against the Company’s interests.

Conduct of an Action

 

3.14 If the Officer has given notice to the Company under clause 3.11(a) and the Company admits liability to indemnify the Officer under this clause 3, the Company or the Related Body Corporate as the case may be may or must, if required by the Officer, manage the conduct or defence of that Action, including settling the Action subject to the Officer’s written consent and instigating proceedings in the Officer’s name as part of the defence of that Action.

 

3.15 If the Company acts under clause 3.14, the Company may manage and control the conduct of the Claim but must:

 

  (a) do so at the cost of the Company or its insurers; and

 

  (b) take reasonable steps to protect the reputation of the Director to the extent practicable.

 

3.16 In those circumstances, the Company agrees to instruct its lawyers on behalf of both the Company and the Officer.

 

10 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


 

 

4. Insurance

General

 

4.1 To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company must:

 

  (a) maintain D&O Insurance for the duration of the Access Period;

 

  (b) ensure that from the Cessation Date and until the last day of the Access Period the terms of the D&O Insurance are not materially less favourable to the Officer than the terms of the D&O Insurance in place at the end of the Appointment Period; and

 

  (c) pay all premiums for the D&O Insurance.

 

4.2 If the Company does not pay a premium for the D&O Insurance, the Officer may pay the premium. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company must reimburse the Officer for the payment of the premium and any costs related to such payment immediately after provision by the Officer of satisfactory evidence of making such payment and/or incurring such costs.

Details of D&O Insurance

 

4.3 If requested by the Officer, the Company must, as soon as practicable following receipt by the Company, provide the Officer with a copy of:

 

  (a) each certificate of currency in respect of the D&O Insurance issued from time to time by the Company’s insurance company or broker;

 

  (b) the D&O Insurance document; and

 

  (c) any other document relating to the D&O Insurance.

 

4.4 The Company agrees to:

 

  (a) use reasonable endeavours not to do or permit to be done anything which prejudices, and promptly rectify anything which might prejudice, cover under the D&O Insurance;

 

  (b) notify the Officer if, for any reason, the D&O Insurance is cancelled; and

 

  (c) give the Officer a reasonable opportunity to pay the premium for the Excluded Liability if insurance for the Excluded Liability is otherwise available under the insurance policy and it is lawful for the Officer to pay the premium.

 

4.5 The Officer agrees:

 

  (a) to do anything the Company reasonably requires to enable the Company to take out and maintain the D&O Insurance at the Company’s expense;

 

  (b) to comply at all times with the Officer’s obligations under the D&O Insurance, including reporting claims, and circumstances which could give rise to a claim; and

 

  (c) if the insurance policy provides cover for an Excluded Liability and it is lawful for the Officer to do so, to comply with a request from the Company to pay that part of the premium under the D&O Insurance, relating to the Excluded Liability.

 

11 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


 

 

5. Payment of Legal Costs for proceedings against D&O insurer

Payment of Legal Costs

 

5.1 Subject to clauses 5.2 and 5.3, the Company will, to the maximum extent permitted by law, pay any Legal Costs reasonably incurred by the Officer in connection with proceedings brought by the Officer against the insurer under any D&O Insurance obtained or maintained under clause 4, in respect of a claim made by the Officer under the D&O Insurance, where the insurer disputes that claim, on such terms as the Company reasonably requires including as to security to be provided by the Officer.

Officer’s obligations

 

5.2 In order to be entitled to the indemnity under clause 5.1, the Officer must:

 

  (a) before seeking payment of Legal Costs under clause 5.1:

 

  (i) give the Company prior written notice that the Officer is bringing the proceedings; and

 

  (ii) obtain written advice from a senior counsel, that the proceedings may be pursued with reasonable prospects of success and provide that advice to the Company;

 

  (b) give the Company all available details of the claim and the proceedings, in relation to which cover under the D&O Insurance is being sought;

 

  (c) keep the Company fully informed at all times about the conduct of the proceedings (including any negotiations to settle it);

 

  (d) give the Company any document or information relating to the claim or the proceedings requested by the Company;

 

  (e) do anything reasonably requested by the Company in relation to the conduct of the proceedings;

 

  (f) immediately notify the Company of any offer of settlement of the proceedings received from or on behalf of the insurer; and

 

  (g) so far as practical, comply with clause 3.11(d) in relation to any counterclaim or cross-claim by the insurer.

Review of commitment

 

5.3 The Company may at any time during the course of the proceedings referred to in clause 5.1 obtain, from the lawyers who are conducting the proceedings, a reassessment of the merits of the proceedings. If the prospects of the Officer succeeding against the insurer are assessed to have substantially deteriorated, the Company may review its commitment to continue to pay Legal Costs incurred by the Officer and may compromise the proceedings upon such terms as the solicitors or counsel may recommend, subject to indemnifying the Officer in respect of any adverse costs order.

 

12 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


 

 

6. Payments

Payment on demand

 

6.1 The Company must pay an amount due under this Deed on demand from time to time by the Officer within 30 days of the date which the Officer provides evidence to the Company of the Liability or cost and the fact that the amount is due and payable.

No deduction or withholding

 

6.2 All money payable by the Company under this Deed must be paid unconditionally and in full without demand, set off, withholding, counterclaim or deduction.

Method of payment

 

6.3 All payments by the Company under this Deed must be made:

 

  (a) not later than 11 am on the due date for payment; and

 

  (b) to the account specified by the Officer;

or in any other manner as the Officer may notify the Company.

Legal Costs

 

6.4 As it may take time to determine whether the Officer is entitled to be indemnified under this Deed, pending the final outcome, at the Officer’s request, and to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company must either, at its election, pay on behalf of the Officer or lend to the Officer the amount necessary to meet reasonable Legal Costs incurred by the Officer in defending or otherwise being represented in connection with, a Claim. The Officer must provide evidence satisfactory to the Company that the Legal Costs are due and payable by the Officer. Amounts payable under this clause 6.4:

 

  (a) are payable on such reasonable terms as the Company determines;

 

  (b) do not include Legal Costs for which it would not be possible to be indemnified under this Deed;

 

  (c) must be reasonable in the circumstances of the Company; and

 

  (d) must be repaid if required under clause 6.5.

Repayment of amounts paid

 

6.5 Where the Company has paid any amount under clauses 3, 6.1 or 6.4 to or on behalf of the Officer in connection with a Liability, the Officer agrees to repay such amount within 30 days after receiving a written request from the Company specifying the amount to be repaid, to the extent that:

 

  (a) the Liability is or becomes a Liability for which the Officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Deed;

 

  (b) a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for the Liability; or

 

  (c) the Officer is reimbursed by a Third Party for the Liability, or a Third Party satisfies the Liability directly.

 

13 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


 

 

7. Independent professional advice

 

7.1 The Officer is, in furtherance of the Officer’s duties to the Company and any Related Body Corporate, entitled to obtain independent professional advice, and the Company must pay the reasonable costs of such advice if that advice is obtained under the guidelines adopted by the Board from time to time or the Board has given prior approval to the obtaining of the advice.

 

 

 

8. Notices

Requirements

 

8.1 All notices must be:

 

  (a) in legible writing and in English;

 

  (b) addressed to the recipient at the address set out below or to any other address that a party may notify to the other:

to the Company:

 

Address:

F6A / 1-15 Barr Street

Balmain, NSW 2061

Australia

Attention: The Directors

to the Officer:

at the relevant address set out in Schedule 1.

 

  (c) signed by the party or, where the sender is a company, by an officer of that company or under the common seal of that company; and

 

  (d) sent to the recipient by hand or prepaid post (airmail if to or from a place outside Australia).

Receipt

 

8.2 Without limiting any other means by which a party may be able to prove that a notice has been received by the other party, a notice will be considered to have been received:

 

  (a) if sent by hand, when left at the address of the recipient; or

 

  (b) if sent by prepaid post, three days (if posted within Australia to an address in Australia) or 10 days (if posted from one country to another) after the date of posting,

but if a notice is served by hand, on a day that is not a Business Day, or after 5 pm (recipient’s local time) on a Business Day, the notice will be considered to have been received by the recipient at 9 am (recipient’s local time) on the next Business Day.

 

 

 

9. GST

 

9.1 Terms defined in the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) have the same meaning when used in this clause 9 unless expressly stated otherwise.

 

14 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


9.2 Unless expressly stated otherwise, any sum payable or amount used in the calculation of a sum payable under this Deed has been determined without regard to GST and must be increased, on account of any GST payable under this clause.

 

9.3 If any GST is payable on any taxable supply made under this Deed to the recipient by the supplier, the recipient must pay the GST to the supplier at the time of making payment of any consideration on which the GST is calculated and in the same manner as making payment of any consideration on which the GST is calculated.

 

9.4 The supplier must provide a tax invoice as a precondition for payment by the recipient of the GST.

 

9.5 If either party is required to pay, reimburse or indemnify the other for the whole or any part of any cost, expense, loss, liability or other amount that the other party has incurred or will incur in connection with this Deed, the amount must be reduced by the amount for which the other party (or representative member if this is not the other party) can claim an input tax credit, partial input tax credit, or other like offset.

 

9.6 This clause survives termination of this Deed.

 

 

 

10. General provisions

Costs

 

10.1 The Company will pay the costs and expenses in relation to preparation, negotiation and execution of this Deed, as well as costs of its interpretation or enforcement.

Entire agreement

 

10.2 This Deed and any other documents referred to in this Deed or executed in connection with this Deed is the entire agreement of the parties about the subject matter of this Deed. No party has entered into this Deed relying on any representations made by or on behalf of the other, other than those expressly made in this Deed.

Further assurances

 

10.3 Each party must, at its own expense, whenever reasonably requested by the other party, promptly do or arrange for others to do, everything reasonably necessary or desirable to give full effect to this Deed.

Assignment

 

10.4 A party must not assign or otherwise transfer, create any charge, trust or other interest in, or otherwise deal in any other way with any of its rights under this Deed without the prior written consent of the other party.

Invalid or unenforceable provisions

 

10.5 If a provision of this Deed is invalid or unenforceable in a jurisdiction:

 

  (a) it is to be read down or severed in that jurisdiction to the extent of the invalidity or unenforceability; and

 

  (b) that fact does not affect the validity or enforceability of that provision in another jurisdiction or the remaining provisions.

 

15 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


Waiver and exercise of rights

 

10.6 A waiver by a party of a provision of or of a right under this Deed is binding on the party granting the waiver only if it is given in writing and is signed by the party or an officer of the party granting the waiver.

 

10.7 A waiver is effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

 

10.8 A single or partial exercise of a right by a party does not preclude another exercise of that right or the exercise of another right.

 

10.9 Failure by a party to exercise or delay in exercising a right does not prevent its exercise or operate as a waiver.

Amendment

 

10.10 This Deed may be amended only by a document signed by all parties.

Counterparts

 

10.11 This Deed may be signed in counterparts and all counterparts taken together constitute one document.

Rights cumulative

 

10.12 The rights, remedies and powers of the parties under this Deed are cumulative and do not exclude any other rights, remedies or powers.

Governing law

 

10.13 This Deed is governed by the laws of New South Wales.

Jurisdiction

 

10.14 Each party irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales; and

 

  (b) waives, without limitation, any claim or objection based on absence of jurisdiction or inconvenient forum.

 

16 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


Schedule 1

The Officer

 

 

 

Name

  

Address

[Specify name]

   [Specify person’s address]

 

  17    Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance


Execution

Executed as a deed.

 

Signed by
Benitec Biopharma Limited
by a director and secretary/director:

 

 

Signature of director Signature of director/secretary

 

 

Name of director (please print) Name of director/secretary (please print)
Signed by
[Specify name]
in the presence of:

 

 

Signature of witness Signature of [Specify name]

 

Name of witness (please print)

 

18 Deed of Access, Indemnity and Insurance

Exhibit 21.1

Significant Subsidiaries of Benitec Biopharma Limited

Benitec Limited, a U.K. corporation

Benitec, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Tacere Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Benitec Australia Limited, an Australian corporation

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have issued our report dated 1 May 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Benitec Biopharma Limited contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON AUDIT PTY LTD
GRANT THORNTON AUDIT PTY LTD

Sydney, NSW

Australia

22 June 2015